| //===--- ExprConstant.cpp - Expression Constant Evaluator -----------------===// | 
 | // | 
 | // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions. | 
 | // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information. | 
 | // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception | 
 | // | 
 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | 
 | // | 
 | // This file implements the Expr constant evaluator. | 
 | // | 
 | // Constant expression evaluation produces four main results: | 
 | // | 
 | //  * A success/failure flag indicating whether constant folding was successful. | 
 | //    This is the 'bool' return value used by most of the code in this file. A | 
 | //    'false' return value indicates that constant folding has failed, and any | 
 | //    appropriate diagnostic has already been produced. | 
 | // | 
 | //  * An evaluated result, valid only if constant folding has not failed. | 
 | // | 
 | //  * A flag indicating if evaluation encountered (unevaluated) side-effects. | 
 | //    These arise in cases such as (sideEffect(), 0) and (sideEffect() || 1), | 
 | //    where it is possible to determine the evaluated result regardless. | 
 | // | 
 | //  * A set of notes indicating why the evaluation was not a constant expression | 
 | //    (under the C++11 / C++1y rules only, at the moment), or, if folding failed | 
 | //    too, why the expression could not be folded. | 
 | // | 
 | // If we are checking for a potential constant expression, failure to constant | 
 | // fold a potential constant sub-expression will be indicated by a 'false' | 
 | // return value (the expression could not be folded) and no diagnostic (the | 
 | // expression is not necessarily non-constant). | 
 | // | 
 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | 
 |  | 
 | #include "ByteCode/Context.h" | 
 | #include "ByteCode/Frame.h" | 
 | #include "ByteCode/State.h" | 
 | #include "ExprConstShared.h" | 
 | #include "clang/AST/APValue.h" | 
 | #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" | 
 | #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h" | 
 | #include "clang/AST/Attr.h" | 
 | #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" | 
 | #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" | 
 | #include "clang/AST/CurrentSourceLocExprScope.h" | 
 | #include "clang/AST/Expr.h" | 
 | #include "clang/AST/OSLog.h" | 
 | #include "clang/AST/OptionalDiagnostic.h" | 
 | #include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h" | 
 | #include "clang/AST/StmtVisitor.h" | 
 | #include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" | 
 | #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" | 
 | #include "clang/Basic/DiagnosticSema.h" | 
 | #include "clang/Basic/TargetBuiltins.h" | 
 | #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" | 
 | #include "llvm/ADT/APFixedPoint.h" | 
 | #include "llvm/ADT/Sequence.h" | 
 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallBitVector.h" | 
 | #include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h" | 
 | #include "llvm/Support/Casting.h" | 
 | #include "llvm/Support/Debug.h" | 
 | #include "llvm/Support/SaveAndRestore.h" | 
 | #include "llvm/Support/SipHash.h" | 
 | #include "llvm/Support/TimeProfiler.h" | 
 | #include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h" | 
 | #include <cstring> | 
 | #include <functional> | 
 | #include <optional> | 
 |  | 
 | #define DEBUG_TYPE "exprconstant" | 
 |  | 
 | using namespace clang; | 
 | using llvm::APFixedPoint; | 
 | using llvm::APInt; | 
 | using llvm::APSInt; | 
 | using llvm::APFloat; | 
 | using llvm::FixedPointSemantics; | 
 |  | 
 | namespace { | 
 |   struct LValue; | 
 |   class CallStackFrame; | 
 |   class EvalInfo; | 
 |  | 
 |   using SourceLocExprScopeGuard = | 
 |       CurrentSourceLocExprScope::SourceLocExprScopeGuard; | 
 |  | 
 |   static QualType getType(APValue::LValueBase B) { | 
 |     return B.getType(); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   /// Get an LValue path entry, which is known to not be an array index, as a | 
 |   /// field declaration. | 
 |   static const FieldDecl *getAsField(APValue::LValuePathEntry E) { | 
 |     return dyn_cast_or_null<FieldDecl>(E.getAsBaseOrMember().getPointer()); | 
 |   } | 
 |   /// Get an LValue path entry, which is known to not be an array index, as a | 
 |   /// base class declaration. | 
 |   static const CXXRecordDecl *getAsBaseClass(APValue::LValuePathEntry E) { | 
 |     return dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(E.getAsBaseOrMember().getPointer()); | 
 |   } | 
 |   /// Determine whether this LValue path entry for a base class names a virtual | 
 |   /// base class. | 
 |   static bool isVirtualBaseClass(APValue::LValuePathEntry E) { | 
 |     return E.getAsBaseOrMember().getInt(); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   /// Given an expression, determine the type used to store the result of | 
 |   /// evaluating that expression. | 
 |   static QualType getStorageType(const ASTContext &Ctx, const Expr *E) { | 
 |     if (E->isPRValue()) | 
 |       return E->getType(); | 
 |     return Ctx.getLValueReferenceType(E->getType()); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   /// Given a CallExpr, try to get the alloc_size attribute. May return null. | 
 |   static const AllocSizeAttr *getAllocSizeAttr(const CallExpr *CE) { | 
 |     if (const FunctionDecl *DirectCallee = CE->getDirectCallee()) | 
 |       return DirectCallee->getAttr<AllocSizeAttr>(); | 
 |     if (const Decl *IndirectCallee = CE->getCalleeDecl()) | 
 |       return IndirectCallee->getAttr<AllocSizeAttr>(); | 
 |     return nullptr; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   /// Attempts to unwrap a CallExpr (with an alloc_size attribute) from an Expr. | 
 |   /// This will look through a single cast. | 
 |   /// | 
 |   /// Returns null if we couldn't unwrap a function with alloc_size. | 
 |   static const CallExpr *tryUnwrapAllocSizeCall(const Expr *E) { | 
 |     if (!E->getType()->isPointerType()) | 
 |       return nullptr; | 
 |  | 
 |     E = E->IgnoreParens(); | 
 |     // If we're doing a variable assignment from e.g. malloc(N), there will | 
 |     // probably be a cast of some kind. In exotic cases, we might also see a | 
 |     // top-level ExprWithCleanups. Ignore them either way. | 
 |     if (const auto *FE = dyn_cast<FullExpr>(E)) | 
 |       E = FE->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens(); | 
 |  | 
 |     if (const auto *Cast = dyn_cast<CastExpr>(E)) | 
 |       E = Cast->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens(); | 
 |  | 
 |     if (const auto *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) | 
 |       return getAllocSizeAttr(CE) ? CE : nullptr; | 
 |     return nullptr; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   /// Determines whether or not the given Base contains a call to a function | 
 |   /// with the alloc_size attribute. | 
 |   static bool isBaseAnAllocSizeCall(APValue::LValueBase Base) { | 
 |     const auto *E = Base.dyn_cast<const Expr *>(); | 
 |     return E && E->getType()->isPointerType() && tryUnwrapAllocSizeCall(E); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   /// Determines whether the given kind of constant expression is only ever | 
 |   /// used for name mangling. If so, it's permitted to reference things that we | 
 |   /// can't generate code for (in particular, dllimported functions). | 
 |   static bool isForManglingOnly(ConstantExprKind Kind) { | 
 |     switch (Kind) { | 
 |     case ConstantExprKind::Normal: | 
 |     case ConstantExprKind::ClassTemplateArgument: | 
 |     case ConstantExprKind::ImmediateInvocation: | 
 |       // Note that non-type template arguments of class type are emitted as | 
 |       // template parameter objects. | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     case ConstantExprKind::NonClassTemplateArgument: | 
 |       return true; | 
 |     } | 
 |     llvm_unreachable("unknown ConstantExprKind"); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   static bool isTemplateArgument(ConstantExprKind Kind) { | 
 |     switch (Kind) { | 
 |     case ConstantExprKind::Normal: | 
 |     case ConstantExprKind::ImmediateInvocation: | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     case ConstantExprKind::ClassTemplateArgument: | 
 |     case ConstantExprKind::NonClassTemplateArgument: | 
 |       return true; | 
 |     } | 
 |     llvm_unreachable("unknown ConstantExprKind"); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   /// The bound to claim that an array of unknown bound has. | 
 |   /// The value in MostDerivedArraySize is undefined in this case. So, set it | 
 |   /// to an arbitrary value that's likely to loudly break things if it's used. | 
 |   static const uint64_t AssumedSizeForUnsizedArray = | 
 |       std::numeric_limits<uint64_t>::max() / 2; | 
 |  | 
 |   /// Determines if an LValue with the given LValueBase will have an unsized | 
 |   /// array in its designator. | 
 |   /// Find the path length and type of the most-derived subobject in the given | 
 |   /// path, and find the size of the containing array, if any. | 
 |   static unsigned | 
 |   findMostDerivedSubobject(ASTContext &Ctx, APValue::LValueBase Base, | 
 |                            ArrayRef<APValue::LValuePathEntry> Path, | 
 |                            uint64_t &ArraySize, QualType &Type, bool &IsArray, | 
 |                            bool &FirstEntryIsUnsizedArray) { | 
 |     // This only accepts LValueBases from APValues, and APValues don't support | 
 |     // arrays that lack size info. | 
 |     assert(!isBaseAnAllocSizeCall(Base) && | 
 |            "Unsized arrays shouldn't appear here"); | 
 |     unsigned MostDerivedLength = 0; | 
 |     Type = getType(Base); | 
 |  | 
 |     for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) { | 
 |       if (Type->isArrayType()) { | 
 |         const ArrayType *AT = Ctx.getAsArrayType(Type); | 
 |         Type = AT->getElementType(); | 
 |         MostDerivedLength = I + 1; | 
 |         IsArray = true; | 
 |  | 
 |         if (auto *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) { | 
 |           ArraySize = CAT->getZExtSize(); | 
 |         } else { | 
 |           assert(I == 0 && "unexpected unsized array designator"); | 
 |           FirstEntryIsUnsizedArray = true; | 
 |           ArraySize = AssumedSizeForUnsizedArray; | 
 |         } | 
 |       } else if (Type->isAnyComplexType()) { | 
 |         const ComplexType *CT = Type->castAs<ComplexType>(); | 
 |         Type = CT->getElementType(); | 
 |         ArraySize = 2; | 
 |         MostDerivedLength = I + 1; | 
 |         IsArray = true; | 
 |       } else if (const auto *VT = Type->getAs<VectorType>()) { | 
 |         Type = VT->getElementType(); | 
 |         ArraySize = VT->getNumElements(); | 
 |         MostDerivedLength = I + 1; | 
 |         IsArray = true; | 
 |       } else if (const FieldDecl *FD = getAsField(Path[I])) { | 
 |         Type = FD->getType(); | 
 |         ArraySize = 0; | 
 |         MostDerivedLength = I + 1; | 
 |         IsArray = false; | 
 |       } else { | 
 |         // Path[I] describes a base class. | 
 |         ArraySize = 0; | 
 |         IsArray = false; | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |     return MostDerivedLength; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   /// A path from a glvalue to a subobject of that glvalue. | 
 |   struct SubobjectDesignator { | 
 |     /// True if the subobject was named in a manner not supported by C++11. Such | 
 |     /// lvalues can still be folded, but they are not core constant expressions | 
 |     /// and we cannot perform lvalue-to-rvalue conversions on them. | 
 |     LLVM_PREFERRED_TYPE(bool) | 
 |     unsigned Invalid : 1; | 
 |  | 
 |     /// Is this a pointer one past the end of an object? | 
 |     LLVM_PREFERRED_TYPE(bool) | 
 |     unsigned IsOnePastTheEnd : 1; | 
 |  | 
 |     /// Indicator of whether the first entry is an unsized array. | 
 |     LLVM_PREFERRED_TYPE(bool) | 
 |     unsigned FirstEntryIsAnUnsizedArray : 1; | 
 |  | 
 |     /// Indicator of whether the most-derived object is an array element. | 
 |     LLVM_PREFERRED_TYPE(bool) | 
 |     unsigned MostDerivedIsArrayElement : 1; | 
 |  | 
 |     /// The length of the path to the most-derived object of which this is a | 
 |     /// subobject. | 
 |     unsigned MostDerivedPathLength : 28; | 
 |  | 
 |     /// The size of the array of which the most-derived object is an element. | 
 |     /// This will always be 0 if the most-derived object is not an array | 
 |     /// element. 0 is not an indicator of whether or not the most-derived object | 
 |     /// is an array, however, because 0-length arrays are allowed. | 
 |     /// | 
 |     /// If the current array is an unsized array, the value of this is | 
 |     /// undefined. | 
 |     uint64_t MostDerivedArraySize; | 
 |     /// The type of the most derived object referred to by this address. | 
 |     QualType MostDerivedType; | 
 |  | 
 |     typedef APValue::LValuePathEntry PathEntry; | 
 |  | 
 |     /// The entries on the path from the glvalue to the designated subobject. | 
 |     SmallVector<PathEntry, 8> Entries; | 
 |  | 
 |     SubobjectDesignator() : Invalid(true) {} | 
 |  | 
 |     explicit SubobjectDesignator(QualType T) | 
 |         : Invalid(false), IsOnePastTheEnd(false), | 
 |           FirstEntryIsAnUnsizedArray(false), MostDerivedIsArrayElement(false), | 
 |           MostDerivedPathLength(0), MostDerivedArraySize(0), | 
 |           MostDerivedType(T) {} | 
 |  | 
 |     SubobjectDesignator(ASTContext &Ctx, const APValue &V) | 
 |         : Invalid(!V.isLValue() || !V.hasLValuePath()), IsOnePastTheEnd(false), | 
 |           FirstEntryIsAnUnsizedArray(false), MostDerivedIsArrayElement(false), | 
 |           MostDerivedPathLength(0), MostDerivedArraySize(0) { | 
 |       assert(V.isLValue() && "Non-LValue used to make an LValue designator?"); | 
 |       if (!Invalid) { | 
 |         IsOnePastTheEnd = V.isLValueOnePastTheEnd(); | 
 |         ArrayRef<PathEntry> VEntries = V.getLValuePath(); | 
 |         Entries.insert(Entries.end(), VEntries.begin(), VEntries.end()); | 
 |         if (V.getLValueBase()) { | 
 |           bool IsArray = false; | 
 |           bool FirstIsUnsizedArray = false; | 
 |           MostDerivedPathLength = findMostDerivedSubobject( | 
 |               Ctx, V.getLValueBase(), V.getLValuePath(), MostDerivedArraySize, | 
 |               MostDerivedType, IsArray, FirstIsUnsizedArray); | 
 |           MostDerivedIsArrayElement = IsArray; | 
 |           FirstEntryIsAnUnsizedArray = FirstIsUnsizedArray; | 
 |         } | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     void truncate(ASTContext &Ctx, APValue::LValueBase Base, | 
 |                   unsigned NewLength) { | 
 |       if (Invalid) | 
 |         return; | 
 |  | 
 |       assert(Base && "cannot truncate path for null pointer"); | 
 |       assert(NewLength <= Entries.size() && "not a truncation"); | 
 |  | 
 |       if (NewLength == Entries.size()) | 
 |         return; | 
 |       Entries.resize(NewLength); | 
 |  | 
 |       bool IsArray = false; | 
 |       bool FirstIsUnsizedArray = false; | 
 |       MostDerivedPathLength = findMostDerivedSubobject( | 
 |           Ctx, Base, Entries, MostDerivedArraySize, MostDerivedType, IsArray, | 
 |           FirstIsUnsizedArray); | 
 |       MostDerivedIsArrayElement = IsArray; | 
 |       FirstEntryIsAnUnsizedArray = FirstIsUnsizedArray; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     void setInvalid() { | 
 |       Invalid = true; | 
 |       Entries.clear(); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     /// Determine whether the most derived subobject is an array without a | 
 |     /// known bound. | 
 |     bool isMostDerivedAnUnsizedArray() const { | 
 |       assert(!Invalid && "Calling this makes no sense on invalid designators"); | 
 |       return Entries.size() == 1 && FirstEntryIsAnUnsizedArray; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     /// Determine what the most derived array's size is. Results in an assertion | 
 |     /// failure if the most derived array lacks a size. | 
 |     uint64_t getMostDerivedArraySize() const { | 
 |       assert(!isMostDerivedAnUnsizedArray() && "Unsized array has no size"); | 
 |       return MostDerivedArraySize; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     /// Determine whether this is a one-past-the-end pointer. | 
 |     bool isOnePastTheEnd() const { | 
 |       assert(!Invalid); | 
 |       if (IsOnePastTheEnd) | 
 |         return true; | 
 |       if (!isMostDerivedAnUnsizedArray() && MostDerivedIsArrayElement && | 
 |           Entries[MostDerivedPathLength - 1].getAsArrayIndex() == | 
 |               MostDerivedArraySize) | 
 |         return true; | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     /// Get the range of valid index adjustments in the form | 
 |     ///   {maximum value that can be subtracted from this pointer, | 
 |     ///    maximum value that can be added to this pointer} | 
 |     std::pair<uint64_t, uint64_t> validIndexAdjustments() { | 
 |       if (Invalid || isMostDerivedAnUnsizedArray()) | 
 |         return {0, 0}; | 
 |  | 
 |       // [expr.add]p4: For the purposes of these operators, a pointer to a | 
 |       // nonarray object behaves the same as a pointer to the first element of | 
 |       // an array of length one with the type of the object as its element type. | 
 |       bool IsArray = MostDerivedPathLength == Entries.size() && | 
 |                      MostDerivedIsArrayElement; | 
 |       uint64_t ArrayIndex = IsArray ? Entries.back().getAsArrayIndex() | 
 |                                     : (uint64_t)IsOnePastTheEnd; | 
 |       uint64_t ArraySize = | 
 |           IsArray ? getMostDerivedArraySize() : (uint64_t)1; | 
 |       return {ArrayIndex, ArraySize - ArrayIndex}; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     /// Check that this refers to a valid subobject. | 
 |     bool isValidSubobject() const { | 
 |       if (Invalid) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |       return !isOnePastTheEnd(); | 
 |     } | 
 |     /// Check that this refers to a valid subobject, and if not, produce a | 
 |     /// relevant diagnostic and set the designator as invalid. | 
 |     bool checkSubobject(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E, CheckSubobjectKind CSK); | 
 |  | 
 |     /// Get the type of the designated object. | 
 |     QualType getType(ASTContext &Ctx) const { | 
 |       assert(!Invalid && "invalid designator has no subobject type"); | 
 |       return MostDerivedPathLength == Entries.size() | 
 |                  ? MostDerivedType | 
 |                  : Ctx.getRecordType(getAsBaseClass(Entries.back())); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     /// Update this designator to refer to the first element within this array. | 
 |     void addArrayUnchecked(const ConstantArrayType *CAT) { | 
 |       Entries.push_back(PathEntry::ArrayIndex(0)); | 
 |  | 
 |       // This is a most-derived object. | 
 |       MostDerivedType = CAT->getElementType(); | 
 |       MostDerivedIsArrayElement = true; | 
 |       MostDerivedArraySize = CAT->getZExtSize(); | 
 |       MostDerivedPathLength = Entries.size(); | 
 |     } | 
 |     /// Update this designator to refer to the first element within the array of | 
 |     /// elements of type T. This is an array of unknown size. | 
 |     void addUnsizedArrayUnchecked(QualType ElemTy) { | 
 |       Entries.push_back(PathEntry::ArrayIndex(0)); | 
 |  | 
 |       MostDerivedType = ElemTy; | 
 |       MostDerivedIsArrayElement = true; | 
 |       // The value in MostDerivedArraySize is undefined in this case. So, set it | 
 |       // to an arbitrary value that's likely to loudly break things if it's | 
 |       // used. | 
 |       MostDerivedArraySize = AssumedSizeForUnsizedArray; | 
 |       MostDerivedPathLength = Entries.size(); | 
 |     } | 
 |     /// Update this designator to refer to the given base or member of this | 
 |     /// object. | 
 |     void addDeclUnchecked(const Decl *D, bool Virtual = false) { | 
 |       Entries.push_back(APValue::BaseOrMemberType(D, Virtual)); | 
 |  | 
 |       // If this isn't a base class, it's a new most-derived object. | 
 |       if (const FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) { | 
 |         MostDerivedType = FD->getType(); | 
 |         MostDerivedIsArrayElement = false; | 
 |         MostDerivedArraySize = 0; | 
 |         MostDerivedPathLength = Entries.size(); | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |     /// Update this designator to refer to the given complex component. | 
 |     void addComplexUnchecked(QualType EltTy, bool Imag) { | 
 |       Entries.push_back(PathEntry::ArrayIndex(Imag)); | 
 |  | 
 |       // This is technically a most-derived object, though in practice this | 
 |       // is unlikely to matter. | 
 |       MostDerivedType = EltTy; | 
 |       MostDerivedIsArrayElement = true; | 
 |       MostDerivedArraySize = 2; | 
 |       MostDerivedPathLength = Entries.size(); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     void addVectorElementUnchecked(QualType EltTy, uint64_t Size, | 
 |                                    uint64_t Idx) { | 
 |       Entries.push_back(PathEntry::ArrayIndex(Idx)); | 
 |       MostDerivedType = EltTy; | 
 |       MostDerivedPathLength = Entries.size(); | 
 |       MostDerivedArraySize = 0; | 
 |       MostDerivedIsArrayElement = false; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     void diagnoseUnsizedArrayPointerArithmetic(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E); | 
 |     void diagnosePointerArithmetic(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E, | 
 |                                    const APSInt &N); | 
 |     /// Add N to the address of this subobject. | 
 |     void adjustIndex(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E, APSInt N) { | 
 |       if (Invalid || !N) return; | 
 |       uint64_t TruncatedN = N.extOrTrunc(64).getZExtValue(); | 
 |       if (isMostDerivedAnUnsizedArray()) { | 
 |         diagnoseUnsizedArrayPointerArithmetic(Info, E); | 
 |         // Can't verify -- trust that the user is doing the right thing (or if | 
 |         // not, trust that the caller will catch the bad behavior). | 
 |         // FIXME: Should we reject if this overflows, at least? | 
 |         Entries.back() = PathEntry::ArrayIndex( | 
 |             Entries.back().getAsArrayIndex() + TruncatedN); | 
 |         return; | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |       // [expr.add]p4: For the purposes of these operators, a pointer to a | 
 |       // nonarray object behaves the same as a pointer to the first element of | 
 |       // an array of length one with the type of the object as its element type. | 
 |       bool IsArray = MostDerivedPathLength == Entries.size() && | 
 |                      MostDerivedIsArrayElement; | 
 |       uint64_t ArrayIndex = IsArray ? Entries.back().getAsArrayIndex() | 
 |                                     : (uint64_t)IsOnePastTheEnd; | 
 |       uint64_t ArraySize = | 
 |           IsArray ? getMostDerivedArraySize() : (uint64_t)1; | 
 |  | 
 |       if (N < -(int64_t)ArrayIndex || N > ArraySize - ArrayIndex) { | 
 |         // Calculate the actual index in a wide enough type, so we can include | 
 |         // it in the note. | 
 |         N = N.extend(std::max<unsigned>(N.getBitWidth() + 1, 65)); | 
 |         (llvm::APInt&)N += ArrayIndex; | 
 |         assert(N.ugt(ArraySize) && "bounds check failed for in-bounds index"); | 
 |         diagnosePointerArithmetic(Info, E, N); | 
 |         setInvalid(); | 
 |         return; | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |       ArrayIndex += TruncatedN; | 
 |       assert(ArrayIndex <= ArraySize && | 
 |              "bounds check succeeded for out-of-bounds index"); | 
 |  | 
 |       if (IsArray) | 
 |         Entries.back() = PathEntry::ArrayIndex(ArrayIndex); | 
 |       else | 
 |         IsOnePastTheEnd = (ArrayIndex != 0); | 
 |     } | 
 |   }; | 
 |  | 
 |   /// A scope at the end of which an object can need to be destroyed. | 
 |   enum class ScopeKind { | 
 |     Block, | 
 |     FullExpression, | 
 |     Call | 
 |   }; | 
 |  | 
 |   /// A reference to a particular call and its arguments. | 
 |   struct CallRef { | 
 |     CallRef() : OrigCallee(), CallIndex(0), Version() {} | 
 |     CallRef(const FunctionDecl *Callee, unsigned CallIndex, unsigned Version) | 
 |         : OrigCallee(Callee), CallIndex(CallIndex), Version(Version) {} | 
 |  | 
 |     explicit operator bool() const { return OrigCallee; } | 
 |  | 
 |     /// Get the parameter that the caller initialized, corresponding to the | 
 |     /// given parameter in the callee. | 
 |     const ParmVarDecl *getOrigParam(const ParmVarDecl *PVD) const { | 
 |       return OrigCallee ? OrigCallee->getParamDecl(PVD->getFunctionScopeIndex()) | 
 |                         : PVD; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     /// The callee at the point where the arguments were evaluated. This might | 
 |     /// be different from the actual callee (a different redeclaration, or a | 
 |     /// virtual override), but this function's parameters are the ones that | 
 |     /// appear in the parameter map. | 
 |     const FunctionDecl *OrigCallee; | 
 |     /// The call index of the frame that holds the argument values. | 
 |     unsigned CallIndex; | 
 |     /// The version of the parameters corresponding to this call. | 
 |     unsigned Version; | 
 |   }; | 
 |  | 
 |   /// A stack frame in the constexpr call stack. | 
 |   class CallStackFrame : public interp::Frame { | 
 |   public: | 
 |     EvalInfo &Info; | 
 |  | 
 |     /// Parent - The caller of this stack frame. | 
 |     CallStackFrame *Caller; | 
 |  | 
 |     /// Callee - The function which was called. | 
 |     const FunctionDecl *Callee; | 
 |  | 
 |     /// This - The binding for the this pointer in this call, if any. | 
 |     const LValue *This; | 
 |  | 
 |     /// CallExpr - The syntactical structure of member function calls | 
 |     const Expr *CallExpr; | 
 |  | 
 |     /// Information on how to find the arguments to this call. Our arguments | 
 |     /// are stored in our parent's CallStackFrame, using the ParmVarDecl* as a | 
 |     /// key and this value as the version. | 
 |     CallRef Arguments; | 
 |  | 
 |     /// Source location information about the default argument or default | 
 |     /// initializer expression we're evaluating, if any. | 
 |     CurrentSourceLocExprScope CurSourceLocExprScope; | 
 |  | 
 |     // Note that we intentionally use std::map here so that references to | 
 |     // values are stable. | 
 |     typedef std::pair<const void *, unsigned> MapKeyTy; | 
 |     typedef std::map<MapKeyTy, APValue> MapTy; | 
 |     /// Temporaries - Temporary lvalues materialized within this stack frame. | 
 |     MapTy Temporaries; | 
 |     MapTy ConstexprUnknownAPValues; | 
 |  | 
 |     /// CallRange - The source range of the call expression for this call. | 
 |     SourceRange CallRange; | 
 |  | 
 |     /// Index - The call index of this call. | 
 |     unsigned Index; | 
 |  | 
 |     /// The stack of integers for tracking version numbers for temporaries. | 
 |     SmallVector<unsigned, 2> TempVersionStack = {1}; | 
 |     unsigned CurTempVersion = TempVersionStack.back(); | 
 |  | 
 |     unsigned getTempVersion() const { return TempVersionStack.back(); } | 
 |  | 
 |     void pushTempVersion() { | 
 |       TempVersionStack.push_back(++CurTempVersion); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     void popTempVersion() { | 
 |       TempVersionStack.pop_back(); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     CallRef createCall(const FunctionDecl *Callee) { | 
 |       return {Callee, Index, ++CurTempVersion}; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // FIXME: Adding this to every 'CallStackFrame' may have a nontrivial impact | 
 |     // on the overall stack usage of deeply-recursing constexpr evaluations. | 
 |     // (We should cache this map rather than recomputing it repeatedly.) | 
 |     // But let's try this and see how it goes; we can look into caching the map | 
 |     // as a later change. | 
 |  | 
 |     /// LambdaCaptureFields - Mapping from captured variables/this to | 
 |     /// corresponding data members in the closure class. | 
 |     llvm::DenseMap<const ValueDecl *, FieldDecl *> LambdaCaptureFields; | 
 |     FieldDecl *LambdaThisCaptureField = nullptr; | 
 |  | 
 |     CallStackFrame(EvalInfo &Info, SourceRange CallRange, | 
 |                    const FunctionDecl *Callee, const LValue *This, | 
 |                    const Expr *CallExpr, CallRef Arguments); | 
 |     ~CallStackFrame(); | 
 |  | 
 |     // Return the temporary for Key whose version number is Version. | 
 |     APValue *getTemporary(const void *Key, unsigned Version) { | 
 |       MapKeyTy KV(Key, Version); | 
 |       auto LB = Temporaries.lower_bound(KV); | 
 |       if (LB != Temporaries.end() && LB->first == KV) | 
 |         return &LB->second; | 
 |       return nullptr; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // Return the current temporary for Key in the map. | 
 |     APValue *getCurrentTemporary(const void *Key) { | 
 |       auto UB = Temporaries.upper_bound(MapKeyTy(Key, UINT_MAX)); | 
 |       if (UB != Temporaries.begin() && std::prev(UB)->first.first == Key) | 
 |         return &std::prev(UB)->second; | 
 |       return nullptr; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // Return the version number of the current temporary for Key. | 
 |     unsigned getCurrentTemporaryVersion(const void *Key) const { | 
 |       auto UB = Temporaries.upper_bound(MapKeyTy(Key, UINT_MAX)); | 
 |       if (UB != Temporaries.begin() && std::prev(UB)->first.first == Key) | 
 |         return std::prev(UB)->first.second; | 
 |       return 0; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     /// Allocate storage for an object of type T in this stack frame. | 
 |     /// Populates LV with a handle to the created object. Key identifies | 
 |     /// the temporary within the stack frame, and must not be reused without | 
 |     /// bumping the temporary version number. | 
 |     template<typename KeyT> | 
 |     APValue &createTemporary(const KeyT *Key, QualType T, | 
 |                              ScopeKind Scope, LValue &LV); | 
 |  | 
 |     APValue &createConstexprUnknownAPValues(const VarDecl *Key, | 
 |                                             APValue::LValueBase Base); | 
 |  | 
 |     /// Allocate storage for a parameter of a function call made in this frame. | 
 |     APValue &createParam(CallRef Args, const ParmVarDecl *PVD, LValue &LV); | 
 |  | 
 |     void describe(llvm::raw_ostream &OS) const override; | 
 |  | 
 |     Frame *getCaller() const override { return Caller; } | 
 |     SourceRange getCallRange() const override { return CallRange; } | 
 |     const FunctionDecl *getCallee() const override { return Callee; } | 
 |  | 
 |     bool isStdFunction() const { | 
 |       for (const DeclContext *DC = Callee; DC; DC = DC->getParent()) | 
 |         if (DC->isStdNamespace()) | 
 |           return true; | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     /// Whether we're in a context where [[msvc::constexpr]] evaluation is | 
 |     /// permitted. See MSConstexprDocs for description of permitted contexts. | 
 |     bool CanEvalMSConstexpr = false; | 
 |  | 
 |   private: | 
 |     APValue &createLocal(APValue::LValueBase Base, const void *Key, QualType T, | 
 |                          ScopeKind Scope); | 
 |   }; | 
 |  | 
 |   /// Temporarily override 'this'. | 
 |   class ThisOverrideRAII { | 
 |   public: | 
 |     ThisOverrideRAII(CallStackFrame &Frame, const LValue *NewThis, bool Enable) | 
 |         : Frame(Frame), OldThis(Frame.This) { | 
 |       if (Enable) | 
 |         Frame.This = NewThis; | 
 |     } | 
 |     ~ThisOverrideRAII() { | 
 |       Frame.This = OldThis; | 
 |     } | 
 |   private: | 
 |     CallStackFrame &Frame; | 
 |     const LValue *OldThis; | 
 |   }; | 
 |  | 
 |   // A shorthand time trace scope struct, prints source range, for example | 
 |   // {"name":"EvaluateAsRValue","args":{"detail":"<test.cc:8:21, col:25>"}}} | 
 |   class ExprTimeTraceScope { | 
 |   public: | 
 |     ExprTimeTraceScope(const Expr *E, const ASTContext &Ctx, StringRef Name) | 
 |         : TimeScope(Name, [E, &Ctx] { | 
 |             return E->getSourceRange().printToString(Ctx.getSourceManager()); | 
 |           }) {} | 
 |  | 
 |   private: | 
 |     llvm::TimeTraceScope TimeScope; | 
 |   }; | 
 |  | 
 |   /// RAII object used to change the current ability of | 
 |   /// [[msvc::constexpr]] evaulation. | 
 |   struct MSConstexprContextRAII { | 
 |     CallStackFrame &Frame; | 
 |     bool OldValue; | 
 |     explicit MSConstexprContextRAII(CallStackFrame &Frame, bool Value) | 
 |         : Frame(Frame), OldValue(Frame.CanEvalMSConstexpr) { | 
 |       Frame.CanEvalMSConstexpr = Value; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     ~MSConstexprContextRAII() { Frame.CanEvalMSConstexpr = OldValue; } | 
 |   }; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static bool HandleDestruction(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E, | 
 |                               const LValue &This, QualType ThisType); | 
 | static bool HandleDestruction(EvalInfo &Info, SourceLocation Loc, | 
 |                               APValue::LValueBase LVBase, APValue &Value, | 
 |                               QualType T); | 
 |  | 
 | namespace { | 
 |   /// A cleanup, and a flag indicating whether it is lifetime-extended. | 
 |   class Cleanup { | 
 |     llvm::PointerIntPair<APValue*, 2, ScopeKind> Value; | 
 |     APValue::LValueBase Base; | 
 |     QualType T; | 
 |  | 
 |   public: | 
 |     Cleanup(APValue *Val, APValue::LValueBase Base, QualType T, | 
 |             ScopeKind Scope) | 
 |         : Value(Val, Scope), Base(Base), T(T) {} | 
 |  | 
 |     /// Determine whether this cleanup should be performed at the end of the | 
 |     /// given kind of scope. | 
 |     bool isDestroyedAtEndOf(ScopeKind K) const { | 
 |       return (int)Value.getInt() >= (int)K; | 
 |     } | 
 |     bool endLifetime(EvalInfo &Info, bool RunDestructors) { | 
 |       if (RunDestructors) { | 
 |         SourceLocation Loc; | 
 |         if (const ValueDecl *VD = Base.dyn_cast<const ValueDecl*>()) | 
 |           Loc = VD->getLocation(); | 
 |         else if (const Expr *E = Base.dyn_cast<const Expr*>()) | 
 |           Loc = E->getExprLoc(); | 
 |         return HandleDestruction(Info, Loc, Base, *Value.getPointer(), T); | 
 |       } | 
 |       *Value.getPointer() = APValue(); | 
 |       return true; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     bool hasSideEffect() { | 
 |       return T.isDestructedType(); | 
 |     } | 
 |   }; | 
 |  | 
 |   /// A reference to an object whose construction we are currently evaluating. | 
 |   struct ObjectUnderConstruction { | 
 |     APValue::LValueBase Base; | 
 |     ArrayRef<APValue::LValuePathEntry> Path; | 
 |     friend bool operator==(const ObjectUnderConstruction &LHS, | 
 |                            const ObjectUnderConstruction &RHS) { | 
 |       return LHS.Base == RHS.Base && LHS.Path == RHS.Path; | 
 |     } | 
 |     friend llvm::hash_code hash_value(const ObjectUnderConstruction &Obj) { | 
 |       return llvm::hash_combine(Obj.Base, Obj.Path); | 
 |     } | 
 |   }; | 
 |   enum class ConstructionPhase { | 
 |     None, | 
 |     Bases, | 
 |     AfterBases, | 
 |     AfterFields, | 
 |     Destroying, | 
 |     DestroyingBases | 
 |   }; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | namespace llvm { | 
 | template<> struct DenseMapInfo<ObjectUnderConstruction> { | 
 |   using Base = DenseMapInfo<APValue::LValueBase>; | 
 |   static ObjectUnderConstruction getEmptyKey() { | 
 |     return {Base::getEmptyKey(), {}}; } | 
 |   static ObjectUnderConstruction getTombstoneKey() { | 
 |     return {Base::getTombstoneKey(), {}}; | 
 |   } | 
 |   static unsigned getHashValue(const ObjectUnderConstruction &Object) { | 
 |     return hash_value(Object); | 
 |   } | 
 |   static bool isEqual(const ObjectUnderConstruction &LHS, | 
 |                       const ObjectUnderConstruction &RHS) { | 
 |     return LHS == RHS; | 
 |   } | 
 | }; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | namespace { | 
 |   /// A dynamically-allocated heap object. | 
 |   struct DynAlloc { | 
 |     /// The value of this heap-allocated object. | 
 |     APValue Value; | 
 |     /// The allocating expression; used for diagnostics. Either a CXXNewExpr | 
 |     /// or a CallExpr (the latter is for direct calls to operator new inside | 
 |     /// std::allocator<T>::allocate). | 
 |     const Expr *AllocExpr = nullptr; | 
 |  | 
 |     enum Kind { | 
 |       New, | 
 |       ArrayNew, | 
 |       StdAllocator | 
 |     }; | 
 |  | 
 |     /// Get the kind of the allocation. This must match between allocation | 
 |     /// and deallocation. | 
 |     Kind getKind() const { | 
 |       if (auto *NE = dyn_cast<CXXNewExpr>(AllocExpr)) | 
 |         return NE->isArray() ? ArrayNew : New; | 
 |       assert(isa<CallExpr>(AllocExpr)); | 
 |       return StdAllocator; | 
 |     } | 
 |   }; | 
 |  | 
 |   struct DynAllocOrder { | 
 |     bool operator()(DynamicAllocLValue L, DynamicAllocLValue R) const { | 
 |       return L.getIndex() < R.getIndex(); | 
 |     } | 
 |   }; | 
 |  | 
 |   /// EvalInfo - This is a private struct used by the evaluator to capture | 
 |   /// information about a subexpression as it is folded.  It retains information | 
 |   /// about the AST context, but also maintains information about the folded | 
 |   /// expression. | 
 |   /// | 
 |   /// If an expression could be evaluated, it is still possible it is not a C | 
 |   /// "integer constant expression" or constant expression.  If not, this struct | 
 |   /// captures information about how and why not. | 
 |   /// | 
 |   /// One bit of information passed *into* the request for constant folding | 
 |   /// indicates whether the subexpression is "evaluated" or not according to C | 
 |   /// rules.  For example, the RHS of (0 && foo()) is not evaluated.  We can | 
 |   /// evaluate the expression regardless of what the RHS is, but C only allows | 
 |   /// certain things in certain situations. | 
 |   class EvalInfo : public interp::State { | 
 |   public: | 
 |     ASTContext &Ctx; | 
 |  | 
 |     /// EvalStatus - Contains information about the evaluation. | 
 |     Expr::EvalStatus &EvalStatus; | 
 |  | 
 |     /// CurrentCall - The top of the constexpr call stack. | 
 |     CallStackFrame *CurrentCall; | 
 |  | 
 |     /// CallStackDepth - The number of calls in the call stack right now. | 
 |     unsigned CallStackDepth; | 
 |  | 
 |     /// NextCallIndex - The next call index to assign. | 
 |     unsigned NextCallIndex; | 
 |  | 
 |     /// StepsLeft - The remaining number of evaluation steps we're permitted | 
 |     /// to perform. This is essentially a limit for the number of statements | 
 |     /// we will evaluate. | 
 |     unsigned StepsLeft; | 
 |  | 
 |     /// Enable the experimental new constant interpreter. If an expression is | 
 |     /// not supported by the interpreter, an error is triggered. | 
 |     bool EnableNewConstInterp; | 
 |  | 
 |     /// BottomFrame - The frame in which evaluation started. This must be | 
 |     /// initialized after CurrentCall and CallStackDepth. | 
 |     CallStackFrame BottomFrame; | 
 |  | 
 |     /// A stack of values whose lifetimes end at the end of some surrounding | 
 |     /// evaluation frame. | 
 |     llvm::SmallVector<Cleanup, 16> CleanupStack; | 
 |  | 
 |     /// EvaluatingDecl - This is the declaration whose initializer is being | 
 |     /// evaluated, if any. | 
 |     APValue::LValueBase EvaluatingDecl; | 
 |  | 
 |     enum class EvaluatingDeclKind { | 
 |       None, | 
 |       /// We're evaluating the construction of EvaluatingDecl. | 
 |       Ctor, | 
 |       /// We're evaluating the destruction of EvaluatingDecl. | 
 |       Dtor, | 
 |     }; | 
 |     EvaluatingDeclKind IsEvaluatingDecl = EvaluatingDeclKind::None; | 
 |  | 
 |     /// EvaluatingDeclValue - This is the value being constructed for the | 
 |     /// declaration whose initializer is being evaluated, if any. | 
 |     APValue *EvaluatingDeclValue; | 
 |  | 
 |     /// Set of objects that are currently being constructed. | 
 |     llvm::DenseMap<ObjectUnderConstruction, ConstructionPhase> | 
 |         ObjectsUnderConstruction; | 
 |  | 
 |     /// Current heap allocations, along with the location where each was | 
 |     /// allocated. We use std::map here because we need stable addresses | 
 |     /// for the stored APValues. | 
 |     std::map<DynamicAllocLValue, DynAlloc, DynAllocOrder> HeapAllocs; | 
 |  | 
 |     /// The number of heap allocations performed so far in this evaluation. | 
 |     unsigned NumHeapAllocs = 0; | 
 |  | 
 |     struct EvaluatingConstructorRAII { | 
 |       EvalInfo &EI; | 
 |       ObjectUnderConstruction Object; | 
 |       bool DidInsert; | 
 |       EvaluatingConstructorRAII(EvalInfo &EI, ObjectUnderConstruction Object, | 
 |                                 bool HasBases) | 
 |           : EI(EI), Object(Object) { | 
 |         DidInsert = | 
 |             EI.ObjectsUnderConstruction | 
 |                 .insert({Object, HasBases ? ConstructionPhase::Bases | 
 |                                           : ConstructionPhase::AfterBases}) | 
 |                 .second; | 
 |       } | 
 |       void finishedConstructingBases() { | 
 |         EI.ObjectsUnderConstruction[Object] = ConstructionPhase::AfterBases; | 
 |       } | 
 |       void finishedConstructingFields() { | 
 |         EI.ObjectsUnderConstruction[Object] = ConstructionPhase::AfterFields; | 
 |       } | 
 |       ~EvaluatingConstructorRAII() { | 
 |         if (DidInsert) EI.ObjectsUnderConstruction.erase(Object); | 
 |       } | 
 |     }; | 
 |  | 
 |     struct EvaluatingDestructorRAII { | 
 |       EvalInfo &EI; | 
 |       ObjectUnderConstruction Object; | 
 |       bool DidInsert; | 
 |       EvaluatingDestructorRAII(EvalInfo &EI, ObjectUnderConstruction Object) | 
 |           : EI(EI), Object(Object) { | 
 |         DidInsert = EI.ObjectsUnderConstruction | 
 |                         .insert({Object, ConstructionPhase::Destroying}) | 
 |                         .second; | 
 |       } | 
 |       void startedDestroyingBases() { | 
 |         EI.ObjectsUnderConstruction[Object] = | 
 |             ConstructionPhase::DestroyingBases; | 
 |       } | 
 |       ~EvaluatingDestructorRAII() { | 
 |         if (DidInsert) | 
 |           EI.ObjectsUnderConstruction.erase(Object); | 
 |       } | 
 |     }; | 
 |  | 
 |     ConstructionPhase | 
 |     isEvaluatingCtorDtor(APValue::LValueBase Base, | 
 |                          ArrayRef<APValue::LValuePathEntry> Path) { | 
 |       return ObjectsUnderConstruction.lookup({Base, Path}); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     /// If we're currently speculatively evaluating, the outermost call stack | 
 |     /// depth at which we can mutate state, otherwise 0. | 
 |     unsigned SpeculativeEvaluationDepth = 0; | 
 |  | 
 |     /// The current array initialization index, if we're performing array | 
 |     /// initialization. | 
 |     uint64_t ArrayInitIndex = -1; | 
 |  | 
 |     /// HasActiveDiagnostic - Was the previous diagnostic stored? If so, further | 
 |     /// notes attached to it will also be stored, otherwise they will not be. | 
 |     bool HasActiveDiagnostic; | 
 |  | 
 |     /// Have we emitted a diagnostic explaining why we couldn't constant | 
 |     /// fold (not just why it's not strictly a constant expression)? | 
 |     bool HasFoldFailureDiagnostic; | 
 |  | 
 |     /// Whether we're checking that an expression is a potential constant | 
 |     /// expression. If so, do not fail on constructs that could become constant | 
 |     /// later on (such as a use of an undefined global). | 
 |     bool CheckingPotentialConstantExpression = false; | 
 |  | 
 |     /// Whether we're checking for an expression that has undefined behavior. | 
 |     /// If so, we will produce warnings if we encounter an operation that is | 
 |     /// always undefined. | 
 |     /// | 
 |     /// Note that we still need to evaluate the expression normally when this | 
 |     /// is set; this is used when evaluating ICEs in C. | 
 |     bool CheckingForUndefinedBehavior = false; | 
 |  | 
 |     enum EvaluationMode { | 
 |       /// Evaluate as a constant expression. Stop if we find that the expression | 
 |       /// is not a constant expression. | 
 |       EM_ConstantExpression, | 
 |  | 
 |       /// Evaluate as a constant expression. Stop if we find that the expression | 
 |       /// is not a constant expression. Some expressions can be retried in the | 
 |       /// optimizer if we don't constant fold them here, but in an unevaluated | 
 |       /// context we try to fold them immediately since the optimizer never | 
 |       /// gets a chance to look at it. | 
 |       EM_ConstantExpressionUnevaluated, | 
 |  | 
 |       /// Fold the expression to a constant. Stop if we hit a side-effect that | 
 |       /// we can't model. | 
 |       EM_ConstantFold, | 
 |  | 
 |       /// Evaluate in any way we know how. Don't worry about side-effects that | 
 |       /// can't be modeled. | 
 |       EM_IgnoreSideEffects, | 
 |     } EvalMode; | 
 |  | 
 |     /// Are we checking whether the expression is a potential constant | 
 |     /// expression? | 
 |     bool checkingPotentialConstantExpression() const override  { | 
 |       return CheckingPotentialConstantExpression; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     /// Are we checking an expression for overflow? | 
 |     // FIXME: We should check for any kind of undefined or suspicious behavior | 
 |     // in such constructs, not just overflow. | 
 |     bool checkingForUndefinedBehavior() const override { | 
 |       return CheckingForUndefinedBehavior; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     EvalInfo(const ASTContext &C, Expr::EvalStatus &S, EvaluationMode Mode) | 
 |         : Ctx(const_cast<ASTContext &>(C)), EvalStatus(S), CurrentCall(nullptr), | 
 |           CallStackDepth(0), NextCallIndex(1), | 
 |           StepsLeft(C.getLangOpts().ConstexprStepLimit), | 
 |           EnableNewConstInterp(C.getLangOpts().EnableNewConstInterp), | 
 |           BottomFrame(*this, SourceLocation(), /*Callee=*/nullptr, | 
 |                       /*This=*/nullptr, | 
 |                       /*CallExpr=*/nullptr, CallRef()), | 
 |           EvaluatingDecl((const ValueDecl *)nullptr), | 
 |           EvaluatingDeclValue(nullptr), HasActiveDiagnostic(false), | 
 |           HasFoldFailureDiagnostic(false), EvalMode(Mode) {} | 
 |  | 
 |     ~EvalInfo() { | 
 |       discardCleanups(); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     ASTContext &getASTContext() const override { return Ctx; } | 
 |  | 
 |     void setEvaluatingDecl(APValue::LValueBase Base, APValue &Value, | 
 |                            EvaluatingDeclKind EDK = EvaluatingDeclKind::Ctor) { | 
 |       EvaluatingDecl = Base; | 
 |       IsEvaluatingDecl = EDK; | 
 |       EvaluatingDeclValue = &Value; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     bool CheckCallLimit(SourceLocation Loc) { | 
 |       // Don't perform any constexpr calls (other than the call we're checking) | 
 |       // when checking a potential constant expression. | 
 |       if (checkingPotentialConstantExpression() && CallStackDepth > 1) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |       if (NextCallIndex == 0) { | 
 |         // NextCallIndex has wrapped around. | 
 |         FFDiag(Loc, diag::note_constexpr_call_limit_exceeded); | 
 |         return false; | 
 |       } | 
 |       if (CallStackDepth <= getLangOpts().ConstexprCallDepth) | 
 |         return true; | 
 |       FFDiag(Loc, diag::note_constexpr_depth_limit_exceeded) | 
 |         << getLangOpts().ConstexprCallDepth; | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     bool CheckArraySize(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned BitWidth, | 
 |                         uint64_t ElemCount, bool Diag) { | 
 |       // FIXME: GH63562 | 
 |       // APValue stores array extents as unsigned, | 
 |       // so anything that is greater that unsigned would overflow when | 
 |       // constructing the array, we catch this here. | 
 |       if (BitWidth > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Ctx) || | 
 |           ElemCount > uint64_t(std::numeric_limits<unsigned>::max())) { | 
 |         if (Diag) | 
 |           FFDiag(Loc, diag::note_constexpr_new_too_large) << ElemCount; | 
 |         return false; | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |       // FIXME: GH63562 | 
 |       // Arrays allocate an APValue per element. | 
 |       // We use the number of constexpr steps as a proxy for the maximum size | 
 |       // of arrays to avoid exhausting the system resources, as initialization | 
 |       // of each element is likely to take some number of steps anyway. | 
 |       uint64_t Limit = Ctx.getLangOpts().ConstexprStepLimit; | 
 |       if (ElemCount > Limit) { | 
 |         if (Diag) | 
 |           FFDiag(Loc, diag::note_constexpr_new_exceeds_limits) | 
 |               << ElemCount << Limit; | 
 |         return false; | 
 |       } | 
 |       return true; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     std::pair<CallStackFrame *, unsigned> | 
 |     getCallFrameAndDepth(unsigned CallIndex) { | 
 |       assert(CallIndex && "no call index in getCallFrameAndDepth"); | 
 |       // We will eventually hit BottomFrame, which has Index 1, so Frame can't | 
 |       // be null in this loop. | 
 |       unsigned Depth = CallStackDepth; | 
 |       CallStackFrame *Frame = CurrentCall; | 
 |       while (Frame->Index > CallIndex) { | 
 |         Frame = Frame->Caller; | 
 |         --Depth; | 
 |       } | 
 |       if (Frame->Index == CallIndex) | 
 |         return {Frame, Depth}; | 
 |       return {nullptr, 0}; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     bool nextStep(const Stmt *S) { | 
 |       if (!StepsLeft) { | 
 |         FFDiag(S->getBeginLoc(), diag::note_constexpr_step_limit_exceeded); | 
 |         return false; | 
 |       } | 
 |       --StepsLeft; | 
 |       return true; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     APValue *createHeapAlloc(const Expr *E, QualType T, LValue &LV); | 
 |  | 
 |     std::optional<DynAlloc *> lookupDynamicAlloc(DynamicAllocLValue DA) { | 
 |       std::optional<DynAlloc *> Result; | 
 |       auto It = HeapAllocs.find(DA); | 
 |       if (It != HeapAllocs.end()) | 
 |         Result = &It->second; | 
 |       return Result; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     /// Get the allocated storage for the given parameter of the given call. | 
 |     APValue *getParamSlot(CallRef Call, const ParmVarDecl *PVD) { | 
 |       CallStackFrame *Frame = getCallFrameAndDepth(Call.CallIndex).first; | 
 |       return Frame ? Frame->getTemporary(Call.getOrigParam(PVD), Call.Version) | 
 |                    : nullptr; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     /// Information about a stack frame for std::allocator<T>::[de]allocate. | 
 |     struct StdAllocatorCaller { | 
 |       unsigned FrameIndex; | 
 |       QualType ElemType; | 
 |       const Expr *Call; | 
 |       explicit operator bool() const { return FrameIndex != 0; }; | 
 |     }; | 
 |  | 
 |     StdAllocatorCaller getStdAllocatorCaller(StringRef FnName) const { | 
 |       for (const CallStackFrame *Call = CurrentCall; Call != &BottomFrame; | 
 |            Call = Call->Caller) { | 
 |         const auto *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(Call->Callee); | 
 |         if (!MD) | 
 |           continue; | 
 |         const IdentifierInfo *FnII = MD->getIdentifier(); | 
 |         if (!FnII || !FnII->isStr(FnName)) | 
 |           continue; | 
 |  | 
 |         const auto *CTSD = | 
 |             dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(MD->getParent()); | 
 |         if (!CTSD) | 
 |           continue; | 
 |  | 
 |         const IdentifierInfo *ClassII = CTSD->getIdentifier(); | 
 |         const TemplateArgumentList &TAL = CTSD->getTemplateArgs(); | 
 |         if (CTSD->isInStdNamespace() && ClassII && | 
 |             ClassII->isStr("allocator") && TAL.size() >= 1 && | 
 |             TAL[0].getKind() == TemplateArgument::Type) | 
 |           return {Call->Index, TAL[0].getAsType(), Call->CallExpr}; | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |       return {}; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     void performLifetimeExtension() { | 
 |       // Disable the cleanups for lifetime-extended temporaries. | 
 |       llvm::erase_if(CleanupStack, [](Cleanup &C) { | 
 |         return !C.isDestroyedAtEndOf(ScopeKind::FullExpression); | 
 |       }); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     /// Throw away any remaining cleanups at the end of evaluation. If any | 
 |     /// cleanups would have had a side-effect, note that as an unmodeled | 
 |     /// side-effect and return false. Otherwise, return true. | 
 |     bool discardCleanups() { | 
 |       for (Cleanup &C : CleanupStack) { | 
 |         if (C.hasSideEffect() && !noteSideEffect()) { | 
 |           CleanupStack.clear(); | 
 |           return false; | 
 |         } | 
 |       } | 
 |       CleanupStack.clear(); | 
 |       return true; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   private: | 
 |     interp::Frame *getCurrentFrame() override { return CurrentCall; } | 
 |     const interp::Frame *getBottomFrame() const override { return &BottomFrame; } | 
 |  | 
 |     bool hasActiveDiagnostic() override { return HasActiveDiagnostic; } | 
 |     void setActiveDiagnostic(bool Flag) override { HasActiveDiagnostic = Flag; } | 
 |  | 
 |     void setFoldFailureDiagnostic(bool Flag) override { | 
 |       HasFoldFailureDiagnostic = Flag; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     Expr::EvalStatus &getEvalStatus() const override { return EvalStatus; } | 
 |  | 
 |     // If we have a prior diagnostic, it will be noting that the expression | 
 |     // isn't a constant expression. This diagnostic is more important, | 
 |     // unless we require this evaluation to produce a constant expression. | 
 |     // | 
 |     // FIXME: We might want to show both diagnostics to the user in | 
 |     // EM_ConstantFold mode. | 
 |     bool hasPriorDiagnostic() override { | 
 |       if (!EvalStatus.Diag->empty()) { | 
 |         switch (EvalMode) { | 
 |         case EM_ConstantFold: | 
 |         case EM_IgnoreSideEffects: | 
 |           if (!HasFoldFailureDiagnostic) | 
 |             break; | 
 |           // We've already failed to fold something. Keep that diagnostic. | 
 |           [[fallthrough]]; | 
 |         case EM_ConstantExpression: | 
 |         case EM_ConstantExpressionUnevaluated: | 
 |           setActiveDiagnostic(false); | 
 |           return true; | 
 |         } | 
 |       } | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     unsigned getCallStackDepth() override { return CallStackDepth; } | 
 |  | 
 |   public: | 
 |     /// Should we continue evaluation after encountering a side-effect that we | 
 |     /// couldn't model? | 
 |     bool keepEvaluatingAfterSideEffect() const override { | 
 |       switch (EvalMode) { | 
 |       case EM_IgnoreSideEffects: | 
 |         return true; | 
 |  | 
 |       case EM_ConstantExpression: | 
 |       case EM_ConstantExpressionUnevaluated: | 
 |       case EM_ConstantFold: | 
 |         // By default, assume any side effect might be valid in some other | 
 |         // evaluation of this expression from a different context. | 
 |         return checkingPotentialConstantExpression() || | 
 |                checkingForUndefinedBehavior(); | 
 |       } | 
 |       llvm_unreachable("Missed EvalMode case"); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     /// Note that we have had a side-effect, and determine whether we should | 
 |     /// keep evaluating. | 
 |     bool noteSideEffect() override { | 
 |       EvalStatus.HasSideEffects = true; | 
 |       return keepEvaluatingAfterSideEffect(); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     /// Should we continue evaluation after encountering undefined behavior? | 
 |     bool keepEvaluatingAfterUndefinedBehavior() { | 
 |       switch (EvalMode) { | 
 |       case EM_IgnoreSideEffects: | 
 |       case EM_ConstantFold: | 
 |         return true; | 
 |  | 
 |       case EM_ConstantExpression: | 
 |       case EM_ConstantExpressionUnevaluated: | 
 |         return checkingForUndefinedBehavior(); | 
 |       } | 
 |       llvm_unreachable("Missed EvalMode case"); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     /// Note that we hit something that was technically undefined behavior, but | 
 |     /// that we can evaluate past it (such as signed overflow or floating-point | 
 |     /// division by zero.) | 
 |     bool noteUndefinedBehavior() override { | 
 |       EvalStatus.HasUndefinedBehavior = true; | 
 |       return keepEvaluatingAfterUndefinedBehavior(); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     /// Should we continue evaluation as much as possible after encountering a | 
 |     /// construct which can't be reduced to a value? | 
 |     bool keepEvaluatingAfterFailure() const override { | 
 |       if (!StepsLeft) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |  | 
 |       switch (EvalMode) { | 
 |       case EM_ConstantExpression: | 
 |       case EM_ConstantExpressionUnevaluated: | 
 |       case EM_ConstantFold: | 
 |       case EM_IgnoreSideEffects: | 
 |         return checkingPotentialConstantExpression() || | 
 |                checkingForUndefinedBehavior(); | 
 |       } | 
 |       llvm_unreachable("Missed EvalMode case"); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     /// Notes that we failed to evaluate an expression that other expressions | 
 |     /// directly depend on, and determine if we should keep evaluating. This | 
 |     /// should only be called if we actually intend to keep evaluating. | 
 |     /// | 
 |     /// Call noteSideEffect() instead if we may be able to ignore the value that | 
 |     /// we failed to evaluate, e.g. if we failed to evaluate Foo() in: | 
 |     /// | 
 |     /// (Foo(), 1)      // use noteSideEffect | 
 |     /// (Foo() || true) // use noteSideEffect | 
 |     /// Foo() + 1       // use noteFailure | 
 |     [[nodiscard]] bool noteFailure() { | 
 |       // Failure when evaluating some expression often means there is some | 
 |       // subexpression whose evaluation was skipped. Therefore, (because we | 
 |       // don't track whether we skipped an expression when unwinding after an | 
 |       // evaluation failure) every evaluation failure that bubbles up from a | 
 |       // subexpression implies that a side-effect has potentially happened. We | 
 |       // skip setting the HasSideEffects flag to true until we decide to | 
 |       // continue evaluating after that point, which happens here. | 
 |       bool KeepGoing = keepEvaluatingAfterFailure(); | 
 |       EvalStatus.HasSideEffects |= KeepGoing; | 
 |       return KeepGoing; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     class ArrayInitLoopIndex { | 
 |       EvalInfo &Info; | 
 |       uint64_t OuterIndex; | 
 |  | 
 |     public: | 
 |       ArrayInitLoopIndex(EvalInfo &Info) | 
 |           : Info(Info), OuterIndex(Info.ArrayInitIndex) { | 
 |         Info.ArrayInitIndex = 0; | 
 |       } | 
 |       ~ArrayInitLoopIndex() { Info.ArrayInitIndex = OuterIndex; } | 
 |  | 
 |       operator uint64_t&() { return Info.ArrayInitIndex; } | 
 |     }; | 
 |   }; | 
 |  | 
 |   /// Object used to treat all foldable expressions as constant expressions. | 
 |   struct FoldConstant { | 
 |     EvalInfo &Info; | 
 |     bool Enabled; | 
 |     bool HadNoPriorDiags; | 
 |     EvalInfo::EvaluationMode OldMode; | 
 |  | 
 |     explicit FoldConstant(EvalInfo &Info, bool Enabled) | 
 |       : Info(Info), | 
 |         Enabled(Enabled), | 
 |         HadNoPriorDiags(Info.EvalStatus.Diag && | 
 |                         Info.EvalStatus.Diag->empty() && | 
 |                         !Info.EvalStatus.HasSideEffects), | 
 |         OldMode(Info.EvalMode) { | 
 |       if (Enabled) | 
 |         Info.EvalMode = EvalInfo::EM_ConstantFold; | 
 |     } | 
 |     void keepDiagnostics() { Enabled = false; } | 
 |     ~FoldConstant() { | 
 |       if (Enabled && HadNoPriorDiags && !Info.EvalStatus.Diag->empty() && | 
 |           !Info.EvalStatus.HasSideEffects) | 
 |         Info.EvalStatus.Diag->clear(); | 
 |       Info.EvalMode = OldMode; | 
 |     } | 
 |   }; | 
 |  | 
 |   /// RAII object used to set the current evaluation mode to ignore | 
 |   /// side-effects. | 
 |   struct IgnoreSideEffectsRAII { | 
 |     EvalInfo &Info; | 
 |     EvalInfo::EvaluationMode OldMode; | 
 |     explicit IgnoreSideEffectsRAII(EvalInfo &Info) | 
 |         : Info(Info), OldMode(Info.EvalMode) { | 
 |       Info.EvalMode = EvalInfo::EM_IgnoreSideEffects; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     ~IgnoreSideEffectsRAII() { Info.EvalMode = OldMode; } | 
 |   }; | 
 |  | 
 |   /// RAII object used to optionally suppress diagnostics and side-effects from | 
 |   /// a speculative evaluation. | 
 |   class SpeculativeEvaluationRAII { | 
 |     EvalInfo *Info = nullptr; | 
 |     Expr::EvalStatus OldStatus; | 
 |     unsigned OldSpeculativeEvaluationDepth = 0; | 
 |  | 
 |     void moveFromAndCancel(SpeculativeEvaluationRAII &&Other) { | 
 |       Info = Other.Info; | 
 |       OldStatus = Other.OldStatus; | 
 |       OldSpeculativeEvaluationDepth = Other.OldSpeculativeEvaluationDepth; | 
 |       Other.Info = nullptr; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     void maybeRestoreState() { | 
 |       if (!Info) | 
 |         return; | 
 |  | 
 |       Info->EvalStatus = OldStatus; | 
 |       Info->SpeculativeEvaluationDepth = OldSpeculativeEvaluationDepth; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   public: | 
 |     SpeculativeEvaluationRAII() = default; | 
 |  | 
 |     SpeculativeEvaluationRAII( | 
 |         EvalInfo &Info, SmallVectorImpl<PartialDiagnosticAt> *NewDiag = nullptr) | 
 |         : Info(&Info), OldStatus(Info.EvalStatus), | 
 |           OldSpeculativeEvaluationDepth(Info.SpeculativeEvaluationDepth) { | 
 |       Info.EvalStatus.Diag = NewDiag; | 
 |       Info.SpeculativeEvaluationDepth = Info.CallStackDepth + 1; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     SpeculativeEvaluationRAII(const SpeculativeEvaluationRAII &Other) = delete; | 
 |     SpeculativeEvaluationRAII(SpeculativeEvaluationRAII &&Other) { | 
 |       moveFromAndCancel(std::move(Other)); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     SpeculativeEvaluationRAII &operator=(SpeculativeEvaluationRAII &&Other) { | 
 |       maybeRestoreState(); | 
 |       moveFromAndCancel(std::move(Other)); | 
 |       return *this; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     ~SpeculativeEvaluationRAII() { maybeRestoreState(); } | 
 |   }; | 
 |  | 
 |   /// RAII object wrapping a full-expression or block scope, and handling | 
 |   /// the ending of the lifetime of temporaries created within it. | 
 |   template<ScopeKind Kind> | 
 |   class ScopeRAII { | 
 |     EvalInfo &Info; | 
 |     unsigned OldStackSize; | 
 |   public: | 
 |     ScopeRAII(EvalInfo &Info) | 
 |         : Info(Info), OldStackSize(Info.CleanupStack.size()) { | 
 |       // Push a new temporary version. This is needed to distinguish between | 
 |       // temporaries created in different iterations of a loop. | 
 |       Info.CurrentCall->pushTempVersion(); | 
 |     } | 
 |     bool destroy(bool RunDestructors = true) { | 
 |       bool OK = cleanup(Info, RunDestructors, OldStackSize); | 
 |       OldStackSize = -1U; | 
 |       return OK; | 
 |     } | 
 |     ~ScopeRAII() { | 
 |       if (OldStackSize != -1U) | 
 |         destroy(false); | 
 |       // Body moved to a static method to encourage the compiler to inline away | 
 |       // instances of this class. | 
 |       Info.CurrentCall->popTempVersion(); | 
 |     } | 
 |   private: | 
 |     static bool cleanup(EvalInfo &Info, bool RunDestructors, | 
 |                         unsigned OldStackSize) { | 
 |       assert(OldStackSize <= Info.CleanupStack.size() && | 
 |              "running cleanups out of order?"); | 
 |  | 
 |       // Run all cleanups for a block scope, and non-lifetime-extended cleanups | 
 |       // for a full-expression scope. | 
 |       bool Success = true; | 
 |       for (unsigned I = Info.CleanupStack.size(); I > OldStackSize; --I) { | 
 |         if (Info.CleanupStack[I - 1].isDestroyedAtEndOf(Kind)) { | 
 |           if (!Info.CleanupStack[I - 1].endLifetime(Info, RunDestructors)) { | 
 |             Success = false; | 
 |             break; | 
 |           } | 
 |         } | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |       // Compact any retained cleanups. | 
 |       auto NewEnd = Info.CleanupStack.begin() + OldStackSize; | 
 |       if (Kind != ScopeKind::Block) | 
 |         NewEnd = | 
 |             std::remove_if(NewEnd, Info.CleanupStack.end(), [](Cleanup &C) { | 
 |               return C.isDestroyedAtEndOf(Kind); | 
 |             }); | 
 |       Info.CleanupStack.erase(NewEnd, Info.CleanupStack.end()); | 
 |       return Success; | 
 |     } | 
 |   }; | 
 |   typedef ScopeRAII<ScopeKind::Block> BlockScopeRAII; | 
 |   typedef ScopeRAII<ScopeKind::FullExpression> FullExpressionRAII; | 
 |   typedef ScopeRAII<ScopeKind::Call> CallScopeRAII; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool SubobjectDesignator::checkSubobject(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E, | 
 |                                          CheckSubobjectKind CSK) { | 
 |   if (Invalid) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   if (isOnePastTheEnd()) { | 
 |     Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_past_end_subobject) | 
 |       << CSK; | 
 |     setInvalid(); | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |   // Note, we do not diagnose if isMostDerivedAnUnsizedArray(), because there | 
 |   // must actually be at least one array element; even a VLA cannot have a | 
 |   // bound of zero. And if our index is nonzero, we already had a CCEDiag. | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | void SubobjectDesignator::diagnoseUnsizedArrayPointerArithmetic(EvalInfo &Info, | 
 |                                                                 const Expr *E) { | 
 |   Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_unsized_array_indexed); | 
 |   // Do not set the designator as invalid: we can represent this situation, | 
 |   // and correct handling of __builtin_object_size requires us to do so. | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | void SubobjectDesignator::diagnosePointerArithmetic(EvalInfo &Info, | 
 |                                                     const Expr *E, | 
 |                                                     const APSInt &N) { | 
 |   // If we're complaining, we must be able to statically determine the size of | 
 |   // the most derived array. | 
 |   if (MostDerivedPathLength == Entries.size() && MostDerivedIsArrayElement) | 
 |     Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_array_index) | 
 |       << N << /*array*/ 0 | 
 |       << static_cast<unsigned>(getMostDerivedArraySize()); | 
 |   else | 
 |     Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_array_index) | 
 |       << N << /*non-array*/ 1; | 
 |   setInvalid(); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | CallStackFrame::CallStackFrame(EvalInfo &Info, SourceRange CallRange, | 
 |                                const FunctionDecl *Callee, const LValue *This, | 
 |                                const Expr *CallExpr, CallRef Call) | 
 |     : Info(Info), Caller(Info.CurrentCall), Callee(Callee), This(This), | 
 |       CallExpr(CallExpr), Arguments(Call), CallRange(CallRange), | 
 |       Index(Info.NextCallIndex++) { | 
 |   Info.CurrentCall = this; | 
 |   ++Info.CallStackDepth; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | CallStackFrame::~CallStackFrame() { | 
 |   assert(Info.CurrentCall == this && "calls retired out of order"); | 
 |   --Info.CallStackDepth; | 
 |   Info.CurrentCall = Caller; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static bool isRead(AccessKinds AK) { | 
 |   return AK == AK_Read || AK == AK_ReadObjectRepresentation || | 
 |          AK == AK_IsWithinLifetime; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static bool isModification(AccessKinds AK) { | 
 |   switch (AK) { | 
 |   case AK_Read: | 
 |   case AK_ReadObjectRepresentation: | 
 |   case AK_MemberCall: | 
 |   case AK_DynamicCast: | 
 |   case AK_TypeId: | 
 |   case AK_IsWithinLifetime: | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   case AK_Assign: | 
 |   case AK_Increment: | 
 |   case AK_Decrement: | 
 |   case AK_Construct: | 
 |   case AK_Destroy: | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |   llvm_unreachable("unknown access kind"); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static bool isAnyAccess(AccessKinds AK) { | 
 |   return isRead(AK) || isModification(AK); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Is this an access per the C++ definition? | 
 | static bool isFormalAccess(AccessKinds AK) { | 
 |   return isAnyAccess(AK) && AK != AK_Construct && AK != AK_Destroy && | 
 |          AK != AK_IsWithinLifetime; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Is this kind of axcess valid on an indeterminate object value? | 
 | static bool isValidIndeterminateAccess(AccessKinds AK) { | 
 |   switch (AK) { | 
 |   case AK_Read: | 
 |   case AK_Increment: | 
 |   case AK_Decrement: | 
 |     // These need the object's value. | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   case AK_IsWithinLifetime: | 
 |   case AK_ReadObjectRepresentation: | 
 |   case AK_Assign: | 
 |   case AK_Construct: | 
 |   case AK_Destroy: | 
 |     // Construction and destruction don't need the value. | 
 |     return true; | 
 |  | 
 |   case AK_MemberCall: | 
 |   case AK_DynamicCast: | 
 |   case AK_TypeId: | 
 |     // These aren't really meaningful on scalars. | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |   llvm_unreachable("unknown access kind"); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | namespace { | 
 |   struct ComplexValue { | 
 |   private: | 
 |     bool IsInt; | 
 |  | 
 |   public: | 
 |     APSInt IntReal, IntImag; | 
 |     APFloat FloatReal, FloatImag; | 
 |  | 
 |     ComplexValue() : FloatReal(APFloat::Bogus()), FloatImag(APFloat::Bogus()) {} | 
 |  | 
 |     void makeComplexFloat() { IsInt = false; } | 
 |     bool isComplexFloat() const { return !IsInt; } | 
 |     APFloat &getComplexFloatReal() { return FloatReal; } | 
 |     APFloat &getComplexFloatImag() { return FloatImag; } | 
 |  | 
 |     void makeComplexInt() { IsInt = true; } | 
 |     bool isComplexInt() const { return IsInt; } | 
 |     APSInt &getComplexIntReal() { return IntReal; } | 
 |     APSInt &getComplexIntImag() { return IntImag; } | 
 |  | 
 |     void moveInto(APValue &v) const { | 
 |       if (isComplexFloat()) | 
 |         v = APValue(FloatReal, FloatImag); | 
 |       else | 
 |         v = APValue(IntReal, IntImag); | 
 |     } | 
 |     void setFrom(const APValue &v) { | 
 |       assert(v.isComplexFloat() || v.isComplexInt()); | 
 |       if (v.isComplexFloat()) { | 
 |         makeComplexFloat(); | 
 |         FloatReal = v.getComplexFloatReal(); | 
 |         FloatImag = v.getComplexFloatImag(); | 
 |       } else { | 
 |         makeComplexInt(); | 
 |         IntReal = v.getComplexIntReal(); | 
 |         IntImag = v.getComplexIntImag(); | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |   }; | 
 |  | 
 |   struct LValue { | 
 |     APValue::LValueBase Base; | 
 |     CharUnits Offset; | 
 |     SubobjectDesignator Designator; | 
 |     bool IsNullPtr : 1; | 
 |     bool InvalidBase : 1; | 
 |     // P2280R4 track if we have an unknown reference or pointer. | 
 |     bool AllowConstexprUnknown = false; | 
 |  | 
 |     const APValue::LValueBase getLValueBase() const { return Base; } | 
 |     bool allowConstexprUnknown() const { return AllowConstexprUnknown; } | 
 |     CharUnits &getLValueOffset() { return Offset; } | 
 |     const CharUnits &getLValueOffset() const { return Offset; } | 
 |     SubobjectDesignator &getLValueDesignator() { return Designator; } | 
 |     const SubobjectDesignator &getLValueDesignator() const { return Designator;} | 
 |     bool isNullPointer() const { return IsNullPtr;} | 
 |  | 
 |     unsigned getLValueCallIndex() const { return Base.getCallIndex(); } | 
 |     unsigned getLValueVersion() const { return Base.getVersion(); } | 
 |  | 
 |     void moveInto(APValue &V) const { | 
 |       if (Designator.Invalid) | 
 |         V = APValue(Base, Offset, APValue::NoLValuePath(), IsNullPtr); | 
 |       else { | 
 |         assert(!InvalidBase && "APValues can't handle invalid LValue bases"); | 
 |         V = APValue(Base, Offset, Designator.Entries, | 
 |                     Designator.IsOnePastTheEnd, IsNullPtr); | 
 |       } | 
 |       if (AllowConstexprUnknown) | 
 |         V.setConstexprUnknown(); | 
 |     } | 
 |     void setFrom(ASTContext &Ctx, const APValue &V) { | 
 |       assert(V.isLValue() && "Setting LValue from a non-LValue?"); | 
 |       Base = V.getLValueBase(); | 
 |       Offset = V.getLValueOffset(); | 
 |       InvalidBase = false; | 
 |       Designator = SubobjectDesignator(Ctx, V); | 
 |       IsNullPtr = V.isNullPointer(); | 
 |       AllowConstexprUnknown = V.allowConstexprUnknown(); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     void set(APValue::LValueBase B, bool BInvalid = false) { | 
 | #ifndef NDEBUG | 
 |       // We only allow a few types of invalid bases. Enforce that here. | 
 |       if (BInvalid) { | 
 |         const auto *E = B.get<const Expr *>(); | 
 |         assert((isa<MemberExpr>(E) || tryUnwrapAllocSizeCall(E)) && | 
 |                "Unexpected type of invalid base"); | 
 |       } | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 |       Base = B; | 
 |       Offset = CharUnits::fromQuantity(0); | 
 |       InvalidBase = BInvalid; | 
 |       Designator = SubobjectDesignator(getType(B)); | 
 |       IsNullPtr = false; | 
 |       AllowConstexprUnknown = false; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     void setNull(ASTContext &Ctx, QualType PointerTy) { | 
 |       Base = (const ValueDecl *)nullptr; | 
 |       Offset = | 
 |           CharUnits::fromQuantity(Ctx.getTargetNullPointerValue(PointerTy)); | 
 |       InvalidBase = false; | 
 |       Designator = SubobjectDesignator(PointerTy->getPointeeType()); | 
 |       IsNullPtr = true; | 
 |       AllowConstexprUnknown = false; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     void setInvalid(APValue::LValueBase B, unsigned I = 0) { | 
 |       set(B, true); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     std::string toString(ASTContext &Ctx, QualType T) const { | 
 |       APValue Printable; | 
 |       moveInto(Printable); | 
 |       return Printable.getAsString(Ctx, T); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   private: | 
 |     // Check that this LValue is not based on a null pointer. If it is, produce | 
 |     // a diagnostic and mark the designator as invalid. | 
 |     template <typename GenDiagType> | 
 |     bool checkNullPointerDiagnosingWith(const GenDiagType &GenDiag) { | 
 |       if (Designator.Invalid) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |       if (IsNullPtr) { | 
 |         GenDiag(); | 
 |         Designator.setInvalid(); | 
 |         return false; | 
 |       } | 
 |       return true; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   public: | 
 |     bool checkNullPointer(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E, | 
 |                           CheckSubobjectKind CSK) { | 
 |       return checkNullPointerDiagnosingWith([&Info, E, CSK] { | 
 |         Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_null_subobject) << CSK; | 
 |       }); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     bool checkNullPointerForFoldAccess(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E, | 
 |                                        AccessKinds AK) { | 
 |       return checkNullPointerDiagnosingWith([&Info, E, AK] { | 
 |         Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_access_null) << AK; | 
 |       }); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // Check this LValue refers to an object. If not, set the designator to be | 
 |     // invalid and emit a diagnostic. | 
 |     bool checkSubobject(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E, CheckSubobjectKind CSK) { | 
 |       return (CSK == CSK_ArrayToPointer || checkNullPointer(Info, E, CSK)) && | 
 |              Designator.checkSubobject(Info, E, CSK); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     void addDecl(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E, | 
 |                  const Decl *D, bool Virtual = false) { | 
 |       if (checkSubobject(Info, E, isa<FieldDecl>(D) ? CSK_Field : CSK_Base)) | 
 |         Designator.addDeclUnchecked(D, Virtual); | 
 |     } | 
 |     void addUnsizedArray(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E, QualType ElemTy) { | 
 |       if (!Designator.Entries.empty()) { | 
 |         Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_unsupported_unsized_array); | 
 |         Designator.setInvalid(); | 
 |         return; | 
 |       } | 
 |       if (checkSubobject(Info, E, CSK_ArrayToPointer)) { | 
 |         assert(getType(Base)->isPointerType() || getType(Base)->isArrayType()); | 
 |         Designator.FirstEntryIsAnUnsizedArray = true; | 
 |         Designator.addUnsizedArrayUnchecked(ElemTy); | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |     void addArray(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E, const ConstantArrayType *CAT) { | 
 |       if (checkSubobject(Info, E, CSK_ArrayToPointer)) | 
 |         Designator.addArrayUnchecked(CAT); | 
 |     } | 
 |     void addComplex(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E, QualType EltTy, bool Imag) { | 
 |       if (checkSubobject(Info, E, Imag ? CSK_Imag : CSK_Real)) | 
 |         Designator.addComplexUnchecked(EltTy, Imag); | 
 |     } | 
 |     void addVectorElement(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E, QualType EltTy, | 
 |                           uint64_t Size, uint64_t Idx) { | 
 |       if (checkSubobject(Info, E, CSK_VectorElement)) | 
 |         Designator.addVectorElementUnchecked(EltTy, Size, Idx); | 
 |     } | 
 |     void clearIsNullPointer() { | 
 |       IsNullPtr = false; | 
 |     } | 
 |     void adjustOffsetAndIndex(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E, | 
 |                               const APSInt &Index, CharUnits ElementSize) { | 
 |       // An index of 0 has no effect. (In C, adding 0 to a null pointer is UB, | 
 |       // but we're not required to diagnose it and it's valid in C++.) | 
 |       if (!Index) | 
 |         return; | 
 |  | 
 |       // Compute the new offset in the appropriate width, wrapping at 64 bits. | 
 |       // FIXME: When compiling for a 32-bit target, we should use 32-bit | 
 |       // offsets. | 
 |       uint64_t Offset64 = Offset.getQuantity(); | 
 |       uint64_t ElemSize64 = ElementSize.getQuantity(); | 
 |       uint64_t Index64 = Index.extOrTrunc(64).getZExtValue(); | 
 |       Offset = CharUnits::fromQuantity(Offset64 + ElemSize64 * Index64); | 
 |  | 
 |       if (checkNullPointer(Info, E, CSK_ArrayIndex)) | 
 |         Designator.adjustIndex(Info, E, Index); | 
 |       clearIsNullPointer(); | 
 |     } | 
 |     void adjustOffset(CharUnits N) { | 
 |       Offset += N; | 
 |       if (N.getQuantity()) | 
 |         clearIsNullPointer(); | 
 |     } | 
 |   }; | 
 |  | 
 |   struct MemberPtr { | 
 |     MemberPtr() {} | 
 |     explicit MemberPtr(const ValueDecl *Decl) | 
 |         : DeclAndIsDerivedMember(Decl, false) {} | 
 |  | 
 |     /// The member or (direct or indirect) field referred to by this member | 
 |     /// pointer, or 0 if this is a null member pointer. | 
 |     const ValueDecl *getDecl() const { | 
 |       return DeclAndIsDerivedMember.getPointer(); | 
 |     } | 
 |     /// Is this actually a member of some type derived from the relevant class? | 
 |     bool isDerivedMember() const { | 
 |       return DeclAndIsDerivedMember.getInt(); | 
 |     } | 
 |     /// Get the class which the declaration actually lives in. | 
 |     const CXXRecordDecl *getContainingRecord() const { | 
 |       return cast<CXXRecordDecl>( | 
 |           DeclAndIsDerivedMember.getPointer()->getDeclContext()); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     void moveInto(APValue &V) const { | 
 |       V = APValue(getDecl(), isDerivedMember(), Path); | 
 |     } | 
 |     void setFrom(const APValue &V) { | 
 |       assert(V.isMemberPointer()); | 
 |       DeclAndIsDerivedMember.setPointer(V.getMemberPointerDecl()); | 
 |       DeclAndIsDerivedMember.setInt(V.isMemberPointerToDerivedMember()); | 
 |       Path.clear(); | 
 |       ArrayRef<const CXXRecordDecl*> P = V.getMemberPointerPath(); | 
 |       Path.insert(Path.end(), P.begin(), P.end()); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     /// DeclAndIsDerivedMember - The member declaration, and a flag indicating | 
 |     /// whether the member is a member of some class derived from the class type | 
 |     /// of the member pointer. | 
 |     llvm::PointerIntPair<const ValueDecl*, 1, bool> DeclAndIsDerivedMember; | 
 |     /// Path - The path of base/derived classes from the member declaration's | 
 |     /// class (exclusive) to the class type of the member pointer (inclusive). | 
 |     SmallVector<const CXXRecordDecl*, 4> Path; | 
 |  | 
 |     /// Perform a cast towards the class of the Decl (either up or down the | 
 |     /// hierarchy). | 
 |     bool castBack(const CXXRecordDecl *Class) { | 
 |       assert(!Path.empty()); | 
 |       const CXXRecordDecl *Expected; | 
 |       if (Path.size() >= 2) | 
 |         Expected = Path[Path.size() - 2]; | 
 |       else | 
 |         Expected = getContainingRecord(); | 
 |       if (Expected->getCanonicalDecl() != Class->getCanonicalDecl()) { | 
 |         // C++11 [expr.static.cast]p12: In a conversion from (D::*) to (B::*), | 
 |         // if B does not contain the original member and is not a base or | 
 |         // derived class of the class containing the original member, the result | 
 |         // of the cast is undefined. | 
 |         // C++11 [conv.mem]p2 does not cover this case for a cast from (B::*) to | 
 |         // (D::*). We consider that to be a language defect. | 
 |         return false; | 
 |       } | 
 |       Path.pop_back(); | 
 |       return true; | 
 |     } | 
 |     /// Perform a base-to-derived member pointer cast. | 
 |     bool castToDerived(const CXXRecordDecl *Derived) { | 
 |       if (!getDecl()) | 
 |         return true; | 
 |       if (!isDerivedMember()) { | 
 |         Path.push_back(Derived); | 
 |         return true; | 
 |       } | 
 |       if (!castBack(Derived)) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |       if (Path.empty()) | 
 |         DeclAndIsDerivedMember.setInt(false); | 
 |       return true; | 
 |     } | 
 |     /// Perform a derived-to-base member pointer cast. | 
 |     bool castToBase(const CXXRecordDecl *Base) { | 
 |       if (!getDecl()) | 
 |         return true; | 
 |       if (Path.empty()) | 
 |         DeclAndIsDerivedMember.setInt(true); | 
 |       if (isDerivedMember()) { | 
 |         Path.push_back(Base); | 
 |         return true; | 
 |       } | 
 |       return castBack(Base); | 
 |     } | 
 |   }; | 
 |  | 
 |   /// Compare two member pointers, which are assumed to be of the same type. | 
 |   static bool operator==(const MemberPtr &LHS, const MemberPtr &RHS) { | 
 |     if (!LHS.getDecl() || !RHS.getDecl()) | 
 |       return !LHS.getDecl() && !RHS.getDecl(); | 
 |     if (LHS.getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl() != RHS.getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl()) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     return LHS.Path == RHS.Path; | 
 |   } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static bool Evaluate(APValue &Result, EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E); | 
 | static bool EvaluateInPlace(APValue &Result, EvalInfo &Info, | 
 |                             const LValue &This, const Expr *E, | 
 |                             bool AllowNonLiteralTypes = false); | 
 | static bool EvaluateLValue(const Expr *E, LValue &Result, EvalInfo &Info, | 
 |                            bool InvalidBaseOK = false); | 
 | static bool EvaluatePointer(const Expr *E, LValue &Result, EvalInfo &Info, | 
 |                             bool InvalidBaseOK = false); | 
 | static bool EvaluateMemberPointer(const Expr *E, MemberPtr &Result, | 
 |                                   EvalInfo &Info); | 
 | static bool EvaluateTemporary(const Expr *E, LValue &Result, EvalInfo &Info); | 
 | static bool EvaluateInteger(const Expr *E, APSInt &Result, EvalInfo &Info); | 
 | static bool EvaluateIntegerOrLValue(const Expr *E, APValue &Result, | 
 |                                     EvalInfo &Info); | 
 | static bool EvaluateFloat(const Expr *E, APFloat &Result, EvalInfo &Info); | 
 | static bool EvaluateComplex(const Expr *E, ComplexValue &Res, EvalInfo &Info); | 
 | static bool EvaluateAtomic(const Expr *E, const LValue *This, APValue &Result, | 
 |                            EvalInfo &Info); | 
 | static bool EvaluateAsRValue(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E, APValue &Result); | 
 | static bool EvaluateBuiltinStrLen(const Expr *E, uint64_t &Result, | 
 |                                   EvalInfo &Info, | 
 |                                   std::string *StringResult = nullptr); | 
 |  | 
 | /// Evaluate an integer or fixed point expression into an APResult. | 
 | static bool EvaluateFixedPointOrInteger(const Expr *E, APFixedPoint &Result, | 
 |                                         EvalInfo &Info); | 
 |  | 
 | /// Evaluate only a fixed point expression into an APResult. | 
 | static bool EvaluateFixedPoint(const Expr *E, APFixedPoint &Result, | 
 |                                EvalInfo &Info); | 
 |  | 
 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | 
 | // Misc utilities | 
 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | 
 |  | 
 | /// Negate an APSInt in place, converting it to a signed form if necessary, and | 
 | /// preserving its value (by extending by up to one bit as needed). | 
 | static void negateAsSigned(APSInt &Int) { | 
 |   if (Int.isUnsigned() || Int.isMinSignedValue()) { | 
 |     Int = Int.extend(Int.getBitWidth() + 1); | 
 |     Int.setIsSigned(true); | 
 |   } | 
 |   Int = -Int; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | template<typename KeyT> | 
 | APValue &CallStackFrame::createTemporary(const KeyT *Key, QualType T, | 
 |                                          ScopeKind Scope, LValue &LV) { | 
 |   unsigned Version = getTempVersion(); | 
 |   APValue::LValueBase Base(Key, Index, Version); | 
 |   LV.set(Base); | 
 |   return createLocal(Base, Key, T, Scope); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | APValue & | 
 | CallStackFrame::createConstexprUnknownAPValues(const VarDecl *Key, | 
 |                                                APValue::LValueBase Base) { | 
 |   APValue &Result = ConstexprUnknownAPValues[MapKeyTy(Key, Base.getVersion())]; | 
 |   Result = APValue(Base, CharUnits::Zero(), APValue::ConstexprUnknown{}); | 
 |  | 
 |   return Result; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Allocate storage for a parameter of a function call made in this frame. | 
 | APValue &CallStackFrame::createParam(CallRef Args, const ParmVarDecl *PVD, | 
 |                                      LValue &LV) { | 
 |   assert(Args.CallIndex == Index && "creating parameter in wrong frame"); | 
 |   APValue::LValueBase Base(PVD, Index, Args.Version); | 
 |   LV.set(Base); | 
 |   // We always destroy parameters at the end of the call, even if we'd allow | 
 |   // them to live to the end of the full-expression at runtime, in order to | 
 |   // give portable results and match other compilers. | 
 |   return createLocal(Base, PVD, PVD->getType(), ScopeKind::Call); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | APValue &CallStackFrame::createLocal(APValue::LValueBase Base, const void *Key, | 
 |                                      QualType T, ScopeKind Scope) { | 
 |   assert(Base.getCallIndex() == Index && "lvalue for wrong frame"); | 
 |   unsigned Version = Base.getVersion(); | 
 |   APValue &Result = Temporaries[MapKeyTy(Key, Version)]; | 
 |   assert(Result.isAbsent() && "local created multiple times"); | 
 |  | 
 |   // If we're creating a local immediately in the operand of a speculative | 
 |   // evaluation, don't register a cleanup to be run outside the speculative | 
 |   // evaluation context, since we won't actually be able to initialize this | 
 |   // object. | 
 |   if (Index <= Info.SpeculativeEvaluationDepth) { | 
 |     if (T.isDestructedType()) | 
 |       Info.noteSideEffect(); | 
 |   } else { | 
 |     Info.CleanupStack.push_back(Cleanup(&Result, Base, T, Scope)); | 
 |   } | 
 |   return Result; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | APValue *EvalInfo::createHeapAlloc(const Expr *E, QualType T, LValue &LV) { | 
 |   if (NumHeapAllocs > DynamicAllocLValue::getMaxIndex()) { | 
 |     FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_heap_alloc_limit_exceeded); | 
 |     return nullptr; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   DynamicAllocLValue DA(NumHeapAllocs++); | 
 |   LV.set(APValue::LValueBase::getDynamicAlloc(DA, T)); | 
 |   auto Result = HeapAllocs.emplace(std::piecewise_construct, | 
 |                                    std::forward_as_tuple(DA), std::tuple<>()); | 
 |   assert(Result.second && "reused a heap alloc index?"); | 
 |   Result.first->second.AllocExpr = E; | 
 |   return &Result.first->second.Value; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Produce a string describing the given constexpr call. | 
 | void CallStackFrame::describe(raw_ostream &Out) const { | 
 |   unsigned ArgIndex = 0; | 
 |   bool IsMemberCall = | 
 |       isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Callee) && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Callee) && | 
 |       cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Callee)->isImplicitObjectMemberFunction(); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!IsMemberCall) | 
 |     Callee->getNameForDiagnostic(Out, Info.Ctx.getPrintingPolicy(), | 
 |                                  /*Qualified=*/false); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (This && IsMemberCall) { | 
 |     if (const auto *MCE = dyn_cast_if_present<CXXMemberCallExpr>(CallExpr)) { | 
 |       const Expr *Object = MCE->getImplicitObjectArgument(); | 
 |       Object->printPretty(Out, /*Helper=*/nullptr, Info.Ctx.getPrintingPolicy(), | 
 |                           /*Indentation=*/0); | 
 |       if (Object->getType()->isPointerType()) | 
 |           Out << "->"; | 
 |       else | 
 |           Out << "."; | 
 |     } else if (const auto *OCE = | 
 |                    dyn_cast_if_present<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(CallExpr)) { | 
 |       OCE->getArg(0)->printPretty(Out, /*Helper=*/nullptr, | 
 |                                   Info.Ctx.getPrintingPolicy(), | 
 |                                   /*Indentation=*/0); | 
 |       Out << "."; | 
 |     } else { | 
 |       APValue Val; | 
 |       This->moveInto(Val); | 
 |       Val.printPretty( | 
 |           Out, Info.Ctx, | 
 |           Info.Ctx.getLValueReferenceType(This->Designator.MostDerivedType)); | 
 |       Out << "."; | 
 |     } | 
 |     Callee->getNameForDiagnostic(Out, Info.Ctx.getPrintingPolicy(), | 
 |                                  /*Qualified=*/false); | 
 |     IsMemberCall = false; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   Out << '('; | 
 |  | 
 |   for (FunctionDecl::param_const_iterator I = Callee->param_begin(), | 
 |        E = Callee->param_end(); I != E; ++I, ++ArgIndex) { | 
 |     if (ArgIndex > (unsigned)IsMemberCall) | 
 |       Out << ", "; | 
 |  | 
 |     const ParmVarDecl *Param = *I; | 
 |     APValue *V = Info.getParamSlot(Arguments, Param); | 
 |     if (V) | 
 |       V->printPretty(Out, Info.Ctx, Param->getType()); | 
 |     else | 
 |       Out << "<...>"; | 
 |  | 
 |     if (ArgIndex == 0 && IsMemberCall) | 
 |       Out << "->" << *Callee << '('; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   Out << ')'; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Evaluate an expression to see if it had side-effects, and discard its | 
 | /// result. | 
 | /// \return \c true if the caller should keep evaluating. | 
 | static bool EvaluateIgnoredValue(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E) { | 
 |   assert(!E->isValueDependent()); | 
 |   APValue Scratch; | 
 |   if (!Evaluate(Scratch, Info, E)) | 
 |     // We don't need the value, but we might have skipped a side effect here. | 
 |     return Info.noteSideEffect(); | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Should this call expression be treated as forming an opaque constant? | 
 | static bool IsOpaqueConstantCall(const CallExpr *E) { | 
 |   unsigned Builtin = E->getBuiltinCallee(); | 
 |   return (Builtin == Builtin::BI__builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString || | 
 |           Builtin == Builtin::BI__builtin___NSStringMakeConstantString || | 
 |           Builtin == Builtin::BI__builtin_ptrauth_sign_constant || | 
 |           Builtin == Builtin::BI__builtin_function_start); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static bool IsOpaqueConstantCall(const LValue &LVal) { | 
 |   const auto *BaseExpr = | 
 |       llvm::dyn_cast_if_present<CallExpr>(LVal.Base.dyn_cast<const Expr *>()); | 
 |   return BaseExpr && IsOpaqueConstantCall(BaseExpr); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static bool IsGlobalLValue(APValue::LValueBase B) { | 
 |   // C++11 [expr.const]p3 An address constant expression is a prvalue core | 
 |   // constant expression of pointer type that evaluates to... | 
 |  | 
 |   // ... a null pointer value, or a prvalue core constant expression of type | 
 |   // std::nullptr_t. | 
 |   if (!B) | 
 |     return true; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (const ValueDecl *D = B.dyn_cast<const ValueDecl*>()) { | 
 |     // ... the address of an object with static storage duration, | 
 |     if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) | 
 |       return VD->hasGlobalStorage(); | 
 |     if (isa<TemplateParamObjectDecl>(D)) | 
 |       return true; | 
 |     // ... the address of a function, | 
 |     // ... the address of a GUID [MS extension], | 
 |     // ... the address of an unnamed global constant | 
 |     return isa<FunctionDecl, MSGuidDecl, UnnamedGlobalConstantDecl>(D); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (B.is<TypeInfoLValue>() || B.is<DynamicAllocLValue>()) | 
 |     return true; | 
 |  | 
 |   const Expr *E = B.get<const Expr*>(); | 
 |   switch (E->getStmtClass()) { | 
 |   default: | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   case Expr::CompoundLiteralExprClass: { | 
 |     const CompoundLiteralExpr *CLE = cast<CompoundLiteralExpr>(E); | 
 |     return CLE->isFileScope() && CLE->isLValue(); | 
 |   } | 
 |   case Expr::MaterializeTemporaryExprClass: | 
 |     // A materialized temporary might have been lifetime-extended to static | 
 |     // storage duration. | 
 |     return cast<MaterializeTemporaryExpr>(E)->getStorageDuration() == SD_Static; | 
 |   // A string literal has static storage duration. | 
 |   case Expr::StringLiteralClass: | 
 |   case Expr::PredefinedExprClass: | 
 |   case Expr::ObjCStringLiteralClass: | 
 |   case Expr::ObjCEncodeExprClass: | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   case Expr::ObjCBoxedExprClass: | 
 |     return cast<ObjCBoxedExpr>(E)->isExpressibleAsConstantInitializer(); | 
 |   case Expr::CallExprClass: | 
 |     return IsOpaqueConstantCall(cast<CallExpr>(E)); | 
 |   // For GCC compatibility, &&label has static storage duration. | 
 |   case Expr::AddrLabelExprClass: | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   // A Block literal expression may be used as the initialization value for | 
 |   // Block variables at global or local static scope. | 
 |   case Expr::BlockExprClass: | 
 |     return !cast<BlockExpr>(E)->getBlockDecl()->hasCaptures(); | 
 |   // The APValue generated from a __builtin_source_location will be emitted as a | 
 |   // literal. | 
 |   case Expr::SourceLocExprClass: | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   case Expr::ImplicitValueInitExprClass: | 
 |     // FIXME: | 
 |     // We can never form an lvalue with an implicit value initialization as its | 
 |     // base through expression evaluation, so these only appear in one case: the | 
 |     // implicit variable declaration we invent when checking whether a constexpr | 
 |     // constructor can produce a constant expression. We must assume that such | 
 |     // an expression might be a global lvalue. | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static const ValueDecl *GetLValueBaseDecl(const LValue &LVal) { | 
 |   return LVal.Base.dyn_cast<const ValueDecl*>(); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | // Information about an LValueBase that is some kind of string. | 
 | struct LValueBaseString { | 
 |   std::string ObjCEncodeStorage; | 
 |   StringRef Bytes; | 
 |   int CharWidth; | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | // Gets the lvalue base of LVal as a string. | 
 | static bool GetLValueBaseAsString(const EvalInfo &Info, const LValue &LVal, | 
 |                                   LValueBaseString &AsString) { | 
 |   const auto *BaseExpr = LVal.Base.dyn_cast<const Expr *>(); | 
 |   if (!BaseExpr) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   // For ObjCEncodeExpr, we need to compute and store the string. | 
 |   if (const auto *EE = dyn_cast<ObjCEncodeExpr>(BaseExpr)) { | 
 |     Info.Ctx.getObjCEncodingForType(EE->getEncodedType(), | 
 |                                     AsString.ObjCEncodeStorage); | 
 |     AsString.Bytes = AsString.ObjCEncodeStorage; | 
 |     AsString.CharWidth = 1; | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Otherwise, we have a StringLiteral. | 
 |   const auto *Lit = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(BaseExpr); | 
 |   if (const auto *PE = dyn_cast<PredefinedExpr>(BaseExpr)) | 
 |     Lit = PE->getFunctionName(); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!Lit) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   AsString.Bytes = Lit->getBytes(); | 
 |   AsString.CharWidth = Lit->getCharByteWidth(); | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | // Determine whether two string literals potentially overlap. This will be the | 
 | // case if they agree on the values of all the bytes on the overlapping region | 
 | // between them. | 
 | // | 
 | // The overlapping region is the portion of the two string literals that must | 
 | // overlap in memory if the pointers actually point to the same address at | 
 | // runtime. For example, if LHS is "abcdef" + 3 and RHS is "cdef\0gh" + 1 then | 
 | // the overlapping region is "cdef\0", which in this case does agree, so the | 
 | // strings are potentially overlapping. Conversely, for "foobar" + 3 versus | 
 | // "bazbar" + 3, the overlapping region contains all of both strings, so they | 
 | // are not potentially overlapping, even though they agree from the given | 
 | // addresses onwards. | 
 | // | 
 | // See open core issue CWG2765 which is discussing the desired rule here. | 
 | static bool ArePotentiallyOverlappingStringLiterals(const EvalInfo &Info, | 
 |                                                     const LValue &LHS, | 
 |                                                     const LValue &RHS) { | 
 |   LValueBaseString LHSString, RHSString; | 
 |   if (!GetLValueBaseAsString(Info, LHS, LHSString) || | 
 |       !GetLValueBaseAsString(Info, RHS, RHSString)) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   // This is the byte offset to the location of the first character of LHS | 
 |   // within RHS. We don't need to look at the characters of one string that | 
 |   // would appear before the start of the other string if they were merged. | 
 |   CharUnits Offset = RHS.Offset - LHS.Offset; | 
 |   if (Offset.isNegative()) | 
 |     LHSString.Bytes = LHSString.Bytes.drop_front(-Offset.getQuantity()); | 
 |   else | 
 |     RHSString.Bytes = RHSString.Bytes.drop_front(Offset.getQuantity()); | 
 |  | 
 |   bool LHSIsLonger = LHSString.Bytes.size() > RHSString.Bytes.size(); | 
 |   StringRef Longer = LHSIsLonger ? LHSString.Bytes : RHSString.Bytes; | 
 |   StringRef Shorter = LHSIsLonger ? RHSString.Bytes : LHSString.Bytes; | 
 |   int ShorterCharWidth = (LHSIsLonger ? RHSString : LHSString).CharWidth; | 
 |  | 
 |   // The null terminator isn't included in the string data, so check for it | 
 |   // manually. If the longer string doesn't have a null terminator where the | 
 |   // shorter string ends, they aren't potentially overlapping. | 
 |   for (int NullByte : llvm::seq(ShorterCharWidth)) { | 
 |     if (Shorter.size() + NullByte >= Longer.size()) | 
 |       break; | 
 |     if (Longer[Shorter.size() + NullByte]) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Otherwise, they're potentially overlapping if and only if the overlapping | 
 |   // region is the same. | 
 |   return Shorter == Longer.take_front(Shorter.size()); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static bool IsWeakLValue(const LValue &Value) { | 
 |   const ValueDecl *Decl = GetLValueBaseDecl(Value); | 
 |   return Decl && Decl->isWeak(); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static bool isZeroSized(const LValue &Value) { | 
 |   const ValueDecl *Decl = GetLValueBaseDecl(Value); | 
 |   if (isa_and_nonnull<VarDecl>(Decl)) { | 
 |     QualType Ty = Decl->getType(); | 
 |     if (Ty->isArrayType()) | 
 |       return Ty->isIncompleteType() || | 
 |              Decl->getASTContext().getTypeSize(Ty) == 0; | 
 |   } | 
 |   return false; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static bool HasSameBase(const LValue &A, const LValue &B) { | 
 |   if (!A.getLValueBase()) | 
 |     return !B.getLValueBase(); | 
 |   if (!B.getLValueBase()) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (A.getLValueBase().getOpaqueValue() != | 
 |       B.getLValueBase().getOpaqueValue()) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   return A.getLValueCallIndex() == B.getLValueCallIndex() && | 
 |          A.getLValueVersion() == B.getLValueVersion(); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static void NoteLValueLocation(EvalInfo &Info, APValue::LValueBase Base) { | 
 |   assert(Base && "no location for a null lvalue"); | 
 |   const ValueDecl *VD = Base.dyn_cast<const ValueDecl*>(); | 
 |  | 
 |   // For a parameter, find the corresponding call stack frame (if it still | 
 |   // exists), and point at the parameter of the function definition we actually | 
 |   // invoked. | 
 |   if (auto *PVD = dyn_cast_or_null<ParmVarDecl>(VD)) { | 
 |     unsigned Idx = PVD->getFunctionScopeIndex(); | 
 |     for (CallStackFrame *F = Info.CurrentCall; F; F = F->Caller) { | 
 |       if (F->Arguments.CallIndex == Base.getCallIndex() && | 
 |           F->Arguments.Version == Base.getVersion() && F->Callee && | 
 |           Idx < F->Callee->getNumParams()) { | 
 |         VD = F->Callee->getParamDecl(Idx); | 
 |         break; | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (VD) | 
 |     Info.Note(VD->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); | 
 |   else if (const Expr *E = Base.dyn_cast<const Expr*>()) | 
 |     Info.Note(E->getExprLoc(), diag::note_constexpr_temporary_here); | 
 |   else if (DynamicAllocLValue DA = Base.dyn_cast<DynamicAllocLValue>()) { | 
 |     // FIXME: Produce a note for dangling pointers too. | 
 |     if (std::optional<DynAlloc *> Alloc = Info.lookupDynamicAlloc(DA)) | 
 |       Info.Note((*Alloc)->AllocExpr->getExprLoc(), | 
 |                 diag::note_constexpr_dynamic_alloc_here); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // We have no information to show for a typeid(T) object. | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | enum class CheckEvaluationResultKind { | 
 |   ConstantExpression, | 
 |   FullyInitialized, | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | /// Materialized temporaries that we've already checked to determine if they're | 
 | /// initializsed by a constant expression. | 
 | using CheckedTemporaries = | 
 |     llvm::SmallPtrSet<const MaterializeTemporaryExpr *, 8>; | 
 |  | 
 | static bool CheckEvaluationResult(CheckEvaluationResultKind CERK, | 
 |                                   EvalInfo &Info, SourceLocation DiagLoc, | 
 |                                   QualType Type, const APValue &Value, | 
 |                                   ConstantExprKind Kind, | 
 |                                   const FieldDecl *SubobjectDecl, | 
 |                                   CheckedTemporaries &CheckedTemps); | 
 |  | 
 | /// Check that this reference or pointer core constant expression is a valid | 
 | /// value for an address or reference constant expression. Return true if we | 
 | /// can fold this expression, whether or not it's a constant expression. | 
 | static bool CheckLValueConstantExpression(EvalInfo &Info, SourceLocation Loc, | 
 |                                           QualType Type, const LValue &LVal, | 
 |                                           ConstantExprKind Kind, | 
 |                                           CheckedTemporaries &CheckedTemps) { | 
 |   bool IsReferenceType = Type->isReferenceType(); | 
 |  | 
 |   APValue::LValueBase Base = LVal.getLValueBase(); | 
 |   const SubobjectDesignator &Designator = LVal.getLValueDesignator(); | 
 |  | 
 |   const Expr *BaseE = Base.dyn_cast<const Expr *>(); | 
 |   const ValueDecl *BaseVD = Base.dyn_cast<const ValueDecl*>(); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Additional restrictions apply in a template argument. We only enforce the | 
 |   // C++20 restrictions here; additional syntactic and semantic restrictions | 
 |   // are applied elsewhere. | 
 |   if (isTemplateArgument(Kind)) { | 
 |     int InvalidBaseKind = -1; | 
 |     StringRef Ident; | 
 |     if (Base.is<TypeInfoLValue>()) | 
 |       InvalidBaseKind = 0; | 
 |     else if (isa_and_nonnull<StringLiteral>(BaseE)) | 
 |       InvalidBaseKind = 1; | 
 |     else if (isa_and_nonnull<MaterializeTemporaryExpr>(BaseE) || | 
 |              isa_and_nonnull<LifetimeExtendedTemporaryDecl>(BaseVD)) | 
 |       InvalidBaseKind = 2; | 
 |     else if (auto *PE = dyn_cast_or_null<PredefinedExpr>(BaseE)) { | 
 |       InvalidBaseKind = 3; | 
 |       Ident = PE->getIdentKindName(); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     if (InvalidBaseKind != -1) { | 
 |       Info.FFDiag(Loc, diag::note_constexpr_invalid_template_arg) | 
 |           << IsReferenceType << !Designator.Entries.empty() << InvalidBaseKind | 
 |           << Ident; | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (auto *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(BaseVD); | 
 |       FD && FD->isImmediateFunction()) { | 
 |     Info.FFDiag(Loc, diag::note_consteval_address_accessible) | 
 |         << !Type->isAnyPointerType(); | 
 |     Info.Note(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Check that the object is a global. Note that the fake 'this' object we | 
 |   // manufacture when checking potential constant expressions is conservatively | 
 |   // assumed to be global here. | 
 |   if (!IsGlobalLValue(Base)) { | 
 |     if (Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { | 
 |       Info.FFDiag(Loc, diag::note_constexpr_non_global, 1) | 
 |           << IsReferenceType << !Designator.Entries.empty() << !!BaseVD | 
 |           << BaseVD; | 
 |       auto *VarD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(BaseVD); | 
 |       if (VarD && VarD->isConstexpr()) { | 
 |         // Non-static local constexpr variables have unintuitive semantics: | 
 |         //   constexpr int a = 1; | 
 |         //   constexpr const int *p = &a; | 
 |         // ... is invalid because the address of 'a' is not constant. Suggest | 
 |         // adding a 'static' in this case. | 
 |         Info.Note(VarD->getLocation(), diag::note_constexpr_not_static) | 
 |             << VarD | 
 |             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VarD->getBeginLoc(), "static "); | 
 |       } else { | 
 |         NoteLValueLocation(Info, Base); | 
 |       } | 
 |     } else { | 
 |       Info.FFDiag(Loc); | 
 |     } | 
 |     // Don't allow references to temporaries to escape. | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |   assert((Info.checkingPotentialConstantExpression() || | 
 |           LVal.getLValueCallIndex() == 0) && | 
 |          "have call index for global lvalue"); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (Base.is<DynamicAllocLValue>()) { | 
 |     Info.FFDiag(Loc, diag::note_constexpr_dynamic_alloc) | 
 |         << IsReferenceType << !Designator.Entries.empty(); | 
 |     NoteLValueLocation(Info, Base); | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (BaseVD) { | 
 |     if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<const VarDecl>(BaseVD)) { | 
 |       // Check if this is a thread-local variable. | 
 |       if (Var->getTLSKind()) | 
 |         // FIXME: Diagnostic! | 
 |         return false; | 
 |  | 
 |       // A dllimport variable never acts like a constant, unless we're | 
 |       // evaluating a value for use only in name mangling. | 
 |       if (!isForManglingOnly(Kind) && Var->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>()) | 
 |         // FIXME: Diagnostic! | 
 |         return false; | 
 |  | 
 |       // In CUDA/HIP device compilation, only device side variables have | 
 |       // constant addresses. | 
 |       if (Info.getASTContext().getLangOpts().CUDA && | 
 |           Info.getASTContext().getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice && | 
 |           Info.getASTContext().CUDAConstantEvalCtx.NoWrongSidedVars) { | 
 |         if ((!Var->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() && | 
 |              !Var->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>() && | 
 |              !Var->getType()->isCUDADeviceBuiltinSurfaceType() && | 
 |              !Var->getType()->isCUDADeviceBuiltinTextureType()) || | 
 |             Var->hasAttr<HIPManagedAttr>()) | 
 |           return false; | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |     if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<const FunctionDecl>(BaseVD)) { | 
 |       // __declspec(dllimport) must be handled very carefully: | 
 |       // We must never initialize an expression with the thunk in C++. | 
 |       // Doing otherwise would allow the same id-expression to yield | 
 |       // different addresses for the same function in different translation | 
 |       // units.  However, this means that we must dynamically initialize the | 
 |       // expression with the contents of the import address table at runtime. | 
 |       // | 
 |       // The C language has no notion of ODR; furthermore, it has no notion of | 
 |       // dynamic initialization.  This means that we are permitted to | 
 |       // perform initialization with the address of the thunk. | 
 |       if (Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !isForManglingOnly(Kind) && | 
 |           FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>()) | 
 |         // FIXME: Diagnostic! | 
 |         return false; | 
 |     } | 
 |   } else if (const auto *MTE = | 
 |                  dyn_cast_or_null<MaterializeTemporaryExpr>(BaseE)) { | 
 |     if (CheckedTemps.insert(MTE).second) { | 
 |       QualType TempType = getType(Base); | 
 |       if (TempType.isDestructedType()) { | 
 |         Info.FFDiag(MTE->getExprLoc(), | 
 |                     diag::note_constexpr_unsupported_temporary_nontrivial_dtor) | 
 |             << TempType; | 
 |         return false; | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |       APValue *V = MTE->getOrCreateValue(false); | 
 |       assert(V && "evasluation result refers to uninitialised temporary"); | 
 |       if (!CheckEvaluationResult(CheckEvaluationResultKind::ConstantExpression, | 
 |                                  Info, MTE->getExprLoc(), TempType, *V, Kind, | 
 |                                  /*SubobjectDecl=*/nullptr, CheckedTemps)) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Allow address constant expressions to be past-the-end pointers. This is | 
 |   // an extension: the standard requires them to point to an object. | 
 |   if (!IsReferenceType) | 
 |     return true; | 
 |  | 
 |   // A reference constant expression must refer to an object. | 
 |   if (!Base) { | 
 |     // FIXME: diagnostic | 
 |     Info.CCEDiag(Loc); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Does this refer one past the end of some object? | 
 |   if (!Designator.Invalid && Designator.isOnePastTheEnd()) { | 
 |     Info.FFDiag(Loc, diag::note_constexpr_past_end, 1) | 
 |       << !Designator.Entries.empty() << !!BaseVD << BaseVD; | 
 |     NoteLValueLocation(Info, Base); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Member pointers are constant expressions unless they point to a | 
 | /// non-virtual dllimport member function. | 
 | static bool CheckMemberPointerConstantExpression(EvalInfo &Info, | 
 |                                                  SourceLocation Loc, | 
 |                                                  QualType Type, | 
 |                                                  const APValue &Value, | 
 |                                                  ConstantExprKind Kind) { | 
 |   const ValueDecl *Member = Value.getMemberPointerDecl(); | 
 |   const auto *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(Member); | 
 |   if (!FD) | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   if (FD->isImmediateFunction()) { | 
 |     Info.FFDiag(Loc, diag::note_consteval_address_accessible) << /*pointer*/ 0; | 
 |     Info.Note(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |   return isForManglingOnly(Kind) || FD->isVirtual() || | 
 |          !FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Check that this core constant expression is of literal type, and if not, | 
 | /// produce an appropriate diagnostic. | 
 | static bool CheckLiteralType(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E, | 
 |                              const LValue *This = nullptr) { | 
 |   // The restriction to literal types does not exist in C++23 anymore. | 
 |   if (Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus23) | 
 |     return true; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!E->isPRValue() || E->getType()->isLiteralType(Info.Ctx)) | 
 |     return true; | 
 |  | 
 |   // C++1y: A constant initializer for an object o [...] may also invoke | 
 |   // constexpr constructors for o and its subobjects even if those objects | 
 |   // are of non-literal class types. | 
 |   // | 
 |   // C++11 missed this detail for aggregates, so classes like this: | 
 |   //   struct foo_t { union { int i; volatile int j; } u; }; | 
 |   // are not (obviously) initializable like so: | 
 |   //   __attribute__((__require_constant_initialization__)) | 
 |   //   static const foo_t x = {{0}}; | 
 |   // because "i" is a subobject with non-literal initialization (due to the | 
 |   // volatile member of the union). See: | 
 |   //   http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#1677 | 
 |   // Therefore, we use the C++1y behavior. | 
 |   if (This && Info.EvaluatingDecl == This->getLValueBase()) | 
 |     return true; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Prvalue constant expressions must be of literal types. | 
 |   if (Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) | 
 |     Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_nonliteral) | 
 |       << E->getType(); | 
 |   else | 
 |     Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr); | 
 |   return false; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static bool CheckEvaluationResult(CheckEvaluationResultKind CERK, | 
 |                                   EvalInfo &Info, SourceLocation DiagLoc, | 
 |                                   QualType Type, const APValue &Value, | 
 |                                   ConstantExprKind Kind, | 
 |                                   const FieldDecl *SubobjectDecl, | 
 |                                   CheckedTemporaries &CheckedTemps) { | 
 |   if (!Value.hasValue()) { | 
 |     if (SubobjectDecl) { | 
 |       Info.FFDiag(DiagLoc, diag::note_constexpr_uninitialized) | 
 |           << /*(name)*/ 1 << SubobjectDecl; | 
 |       Info.Note(SubobjectDecl->getLocation(), | 
 |                 diag::note_constexpr_subobject_declared_here); | 
 |     } else { | 
 |       Info.FFDiag(DiagLoc, diag::note_constexpr_uninitialized) | 
 |           << /*of type*/ 0 << Type; | 
 |     } | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // We allow _Atomic(T) to be initialized from anything that T can be | 
 |   // initialized from. | 
 |   if (const AtomicType *AT = Type->getAs<AtomicType>()) | 
 |     Type = AT->getValueType(); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Core issue 1454: For a literal constant expression of array or class type, | 
 |   // each subobject of its value shall have been initialized by a constant | 
 |   // expression. | 
 |   if (Value.isArray()) { | 
 |     QualType EltTy = Type->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); | 
 |     for (unsigned I = 0, N = Value.getArrayInitializedElts(); I != N; ++I) { | 
 |       if (!CheckEvaluationResult(CERK, Info, DiagLoc, EltTy, | 
 |                                  Value.getArrayInitializedElt(I), Kind, | 
 |                                  SubobjectDecl, CheckedTemps)) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |     } | 
 |     if (!Value.hasArrayFiller()) | 
 |       return true; | 
 |     return CheckEvaluationResult(CERK, Info, DiagLoc, EltTy, | 
 |                                  Value.getArrayFiller(), Kind, SubobjectDecl, | 
 |                                  CheckedTemps); | 
 |   } | 
 |   if (Value.isUnion() && Value.getUnionField()) { | 
 |     return CheckEvaluationResult( | 
 |         CERK, Info, DiagLoc, Value.getUnionField()->getType(), | 
 |         Value.getUnionValue(), Kind, Value.getUnionField(), CheckedTemps); | 
 |   } | 
 |   if (Value.isStruct()) { | 
 |     RecordDecl *RD = Type->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); | 
 |     if (const CXXRecordDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) { | 
 |       unsigned BaseIndex = 0; | 
 |       for (const CXXBaseSpecifier &BS : CD->bases()) { | 
 |         const APValue &BaseValue = Value.getStructBase(BaseIndex); | 
 |         if (!BaseValue.hasValue()) { | 
 |           SourceLocation TypeBeginLoc = BS.getBaseTypeLoc(); | 
 |           Info.FFDiag(TypeBeginLoc, diag::note_constexpr_uninitialized_base) | 
 |               << BS.getType() << SourceRange(TypeBeginLoc, BS.getEndLoc()); | 
 |           return false; | 
 |         } | 
 |         if (!CheckEvaluationResult(CERK, Info, DiagLoc, BS.getType(), BaseValue, | 
 |                                    Kind, /*SubobjectDecl=*/nullptr, | 
 |                                    CheckedTemps)) | 
 |           return false; | 
 |         ++BaseIndex; | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |     for (const auto *I : RD->fields()) { | 
 |       if (I->isUnnamedBitField()) | 
 |         continue; | 
 |  | 
 |       if (!CheckEvaluationResult(CERK, Info, DiagLoc, I->getType(), | 
 |                                  Value.getStructField(I->getFieldIndex()), Kind, | 
 |                                  I, CheckedTemps)) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (Value.isLValue() && | 
 |       CERK == CheckEvaluationResultKind::ConstantExpression) { | 
 |     LValue LVal; | 
 |     LVal.setFrom(Info.Ctx, Value); | 
 |     return CheckLValueConstantExpression(Info, DiagLoc, Type, LVal, Kind, | 
 |                                          CheckedTemps); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (Value.isMemberPointer() && | 
 |       CERK == CheckEvaluationResultKind::ConstantExpression) | 
 |     return CheckMemberPointerConstantExpression(Info, DiagLoc, Type, Value, Kind); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Everything else is fine. | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Check that this core constant expression value is a valid value for a | 
 | /// constant expression. If not, report an appropriate diagnostic. Does not | 
 | /// check that the expression is of literal type. | 
 | static bool CheckConstantExpression(EvalInfo &Info, SourceLocation DiagLoc, | 
 |                                     QualType Type, const APValue &Value, | 
 |                                     ConstantExprKind Kind) { | 
 |   // Nothing to check for a constant expression of type 'cv void'. | 
 |   if (Type->isVoidType()) | 
 |     return true; | 
 |  | 
 |   CheckedTemporaries CheckedTemps; | 
 |   return CheckEvaluationResult(CheckEvaluationResultKind::ConstantExpression, | 
 |                                Info, DiagLoc, Type, Value, Kind, | 
 |                                /*SubobjectDecl=*/nullptr, CheckedTemps); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Check that this evaluated value is fully-initialized and can be loaded by | 
 | /// an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion. | 
 | static bool CheckFullyInitialized(EvalInfo &Info, SourceLocation DiagLoc, | 
 |                                   QualType Type, const APValue &Value) { | 
 |   CheckedTemporaries CheckedTemps; | 
 |   return CheckEvaluationResult( | 
 |       CheckEvaluationResultKind::FullyInitialized, Info, DiagLoc, Type, Value, | 
 |       ConstantExprKind::Normal, /*SubobjectDecl=*/nullptr, CheckedTemps); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Enforce C++2a [expr.const]/4.17, which disallows new-expressions unless | 
 | /// "the allocated storage is deallocated within the evaluation". | 
 | static bool CheckMemoryLeaks(EvalInfo &Info) { | 
 |   if (!Info.HeapAllocs.empty()) { | 
 |     // We can still fold to a constant despite a compile-time memory leak, | 
 |     // so long as the heap allocation isn't referenced in the result (we check | 
 |     // that in CheckConstantExpression). | 
 |     Info.CCEDiag(Info.HeapAllocs.begin()->second.AllocExpr, | 
 |                  diag::note_constexpr_memory_leak) | 
 |         << unsigned(Info.HeapAllocs.size() - 1); | 
 |   } | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static bool EvalPointerValueAsBool(const APValue &Value, bool &Result) { | 
 |   // A null base expression indicates a null pointer.  These are always | 
 |   // evaluatable, and they are false unless the offset is zero. | 
 |   if (!Value.getLValueBase()) { | 
 |     // TODO: Should a non-null pointer with an offset of zero evaluate to true? | 
 |     Result = !Value.getLValueOffset().isZero(); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // We have a non-null base.  These are generally known to be true, but if it's | 
 |   // a weak declaration it can be null at runtime. | 
 |   Result = true; | 
 |   const ValueDecl *Decl = Value.getLValueBase().dyn_cast<const ValueDecl*>(); | 
 |   return !Decl || !Decl->isWeak(); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static bool HandleConversionToBool(const APValue &Val, bool &Result) { | 
 |   // TODO: This function should produce notes if it fails. | 
 |   switch (Val.getKind()) { | 
 |   case APValue::None: | 
 |   case APValue::Indeterminate: | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   case APValue::Int: | 
 |     Result = Val.getInt().getBoolValue(); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   case APValue::FixedPoint: | 
 |     Result = Val.getFixedPoint().getBoolValue(); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   case APValue::Float: | 
 |     Result = !Val.getFloat().isZero(); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   case APValue::ComplexInt: | 
 |     Result = Val.getComplexIntReal().getBoolValue() || | 
 |              Val.getComplexIntImag().getBoolValue(); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   case APValue::ComplexFloat: | 
 |     Result = !Val.getComplexFloatReal().isZero() || | 
 |              !Val.getComplexFloatImag().isZero(); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   case APValue::LValue: | 
 |     return EvalPointerValueAsBool(Val, Result); | 
 |   case APValue::MemberPointer: | 
 |     if (Val.getMemberPointerDecl() && Val.getMemberPointerDecl()->isWeak()) { | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     } | 
 |     Result = Val.getMemberPointerDecl(); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   case APValue::Vector: | 
 |   case APValue::Array: | 
 |   case APValue::Struct: | 
 |   case APValue::Union: | 
 |   case APValue::AddrLabelDiff: | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   llvm_unreachable("unknown APValue kind"); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static bool EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(const Expr *E, bool &Result, | 
 |                                        EvalInfo &Info) { | 
 |   assert(!E->isValueDependent()); | 
 |   assert(E->isPRValue() && "missing lvalue-to-rvalue conv in bool condition"); | 
 |   APValue Val; | 
 |   if (!Evaluate(Val, Info, E)) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   return HandleConversionToBool(Val, Result); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | template<typename T> | 
 | static bool HandleOverflow(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E, | 
 |                            const T &SrcValue, QualType DestType) { | 
 |   Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_overflow) | 
 |     << SrcValue << DestType; | 
 |   return Info.noteUndefinedBehavior(); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static bool HandleFloatToIntCast(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E, | 
 |                                  QualType SrcType, const APFloat &Value, | 
 |                                  QualType DestType, APSInt &Result) { | 
 |   unsigned DestWidth = Info.Ctx.getIntWidth(DestType); | 
 |   // Determine whether we are converting to unsigned or signed. | 
 |   bool DestSigned = DestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); | 
 |  | 
 |   Result = APSInt(DestWidth, !DestSigned); | 
 |   bool ignored; | 
 |   if (Value.convertToInteger(Result, llvm::APFloat::rmTowardZero, &ignored) | 
 |       & APFloat::opInvalidOp) | 
 |     return HandleOverflow(Info, E, Value, DestType); | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Get rounding mode to use in evaluation of the specified expression. | 
 | /// | 
 | /// If rounding mode is unknown at compile time, still try to evaluate the | 
 | /// expression. If the result is exact, it does not depend on rounding mode. | 
 | /// So return "tonearest" mode instead of "dynamic". | 
 | static llvm::RoundingMode getActiveRoundingMode(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E) { | 
 |   llvm::RoundingMode RM = | 
 |       E->getFPFeaturesInEffect(Info.Ctx.getLangOpts()).getRoundingMode(); | 
 |   if (RM == llvm::RoundingMode::Dynamic) | 
 |     RM = llvm::RoundingMode::NearestTiesToEven; | 
 |   return RM; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Check if the given evaluation result is allowed for constant evaluation. | 
 | static bool checkFloatingPointResult(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E, | 
 |                                      APFloat::opStatus St) { | 
 |   // In a constant context, assume that any dynamic rounding mode or FP | 
 |   // exception state matches the default floating-point environment. | 
 |   if (Info.InConstantContext) | 
 |     return true; | 
 |  | 
 |   FPOptions FPO = E->getFPFeaturesInEffect(Info.Ctx.getLangOpts()); | 
 |   if ((St & APFloat::opInexact) && | 
 |       FPO.getRoundingMode() == llvm::RoundingMode::Dynamic) { | 
 |     // Inexact result means that it depends on rounding mode. If the requested | 
 |     // mode is dynamic, the evaluation cannot be made in compile time. | 
 |     Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_dynamic_rounding); | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if ((St != APFloat::opOK) && | 
 |       (FPO.getRoundingMode() == llvm::RoundingMode::Dynamic || | 
 |        FPO.getExceptionMode() != LangOptions::FPE_Ignore || | 
 |        FPO.getAllowFEnvAccess())) { | 
 |     Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_float_arithmetic_strict); | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if ((St & APFloat::opStatus::opInvalidOp) && | 
 |       FPO.getExceptionMode() != LangOptions::FPE_Ignore) { | 
 |     // There is no usefully definable result. | 
 |     Info.FFDiag(E); | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // FIXME: if: | 
 |   // - evaluation triggered other FP exception, and | 
 |   // - exception mode is not "ignore", and | 
 |   // - the expression being evaluated is not a part of global variable | 
 |   //   initializer, | 
 |   // the evaluation probably need to be rejected. | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static bool HandleFloatToFloatCast(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E, | 
 |                                    QualType SrcType, QualType DestType, | 
 |                                    APFloat &Result) { | 
 |   assert((isa<CastExpr>(E) || isa<CompoundAssignOperator>(E) || | 
 |           isa<ConvertVectorExpr>(E)) && | 
 |          "HandleFloatToFloatCast has been checked with only CastExpr, " | 
 |          "CompoundAssignOperator and ConvertVectorExpr. Please either validate " | 
 |          "the new expression or address the root cause of this usage."); | 
 |   llvm::RoundingMode RM = getActiveRoundingMode(Info, E); | 
 |   APFloat::opStatus St; | 
 |   APFloat Value = Result; | 
 |   bool ignored; | 
 |   St = Result.convert(Info.Ctx.getFloatTypeSemantics(DestType), RM, &ignored); | 
 |   return checkFloatingPointResult(Info, E, St); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static APSInt HandleIntToIntCast(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E, | 
 |                                  QualType DestType, QualType SrcType, | 
 |                                  const APSInt &Value) { | 
 |   unsigned DestWidth = Info.Ctx.getIntWidth(DestType); | 
 |   // Figure out if this is a truncate, extend or noop cast. | 
 |   // If the input is signed, do a sign extend, noop, or truncate. | 
 |   APSInt Result = Value.extOrTrunc(DestWidth); | 
 |   Result.setIsUnsigned(DestType->isUnsignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); | 
 |   if (DestType->isBooleanType()) | 
 |     Result = Value.getBoolValue(); | 
 |   return Result; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static bool HandleIntToFloatCast(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E, | 
 |                                  const FPOptions FPO, | 
 |                                  QualType SrcType, const APSInt &Value, | 
 |                                  QualType DestType, APFloat &Result) { | 
 |   Result = APFloat(Info.Ctx.getFloatTypeSemantics(DestType), 1); | 
 |   llvm::RoundingMode RM = getActiveRoundingMode(Info, E); | 
 |   APFloat::opStatus St = Result.convertFromAPInt(Value, Value.isSigned(), RM); | 
 |   return checkFloatingPointResult(Info, E, St); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static bool truncateBitfieldValue(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E, | 
 |                                   APValue &Value, const FieldDecl *FD) { | 
 |   assert(FD->isBitField() && "truncateBitfieldValue on non-bitfield"); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!Value.isInt()) { | 
 |     // Trying to store a pointer-cast-to-integer into a bitfield. | 
 |     // FIXME: In this case, we should provide the diagnostic for casting | 
 |     // a pointer to an integer. | 
 |     assert(Value.isLValue() && "integral value neither int nor lvalue?"); | 
 |     Info.FFDiag(E); | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   APSInt &Int = Value.getInt(); | 
 |   unsigned OldBitWidth = Int.getBitWidth(); | 
 |   unsigned NewBitWidth = FD->getBitWidthValue(); | 
 |   if (NewBitWidth < OldBitWidth) | 
 |     Int = Int.trunc(NewBitWidth).extend(OldBitWidth); | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Perform the given integer operation, which is known to need at most BitWidth | 
 | /// bits, and check for overflow in the original type (if that type was not an | 
 | /// unsigned type). | 
 | template<typename Operation> | 
 | static bool CheckedIntArithmetic(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E, | 
 |                                  const APSInt &LHS, const APSInt &RHS, | 
 |                                  unsigned BitWidth, Operation Op, | 
 |                                  APSInt &Result) { | 
 |   if (LHS.isUnsigned()) { | 
 |     Result = Op(LHS, RHS); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   APSInt Value(Op(LHS.extend(BitWidth), RHS.extend(BitWidth)), false); | 
 |   Result = Value.trunc(LHS.getBitWidth()); | 
 |   if (Result.extend(BitWidth) != Value) { | 
 |     if (Info.checkingForUndefinedBehavior()) | 
 |       Info.Ctx.getDiagnostics().Report(E->getExprLoc(), | 
 |                                        diag::warn_integer_constant_overflow) | 
 |           << toString(Result, 10, Result.isSigned(), /*formatAsCLiteral=*/false, | 
 |                       /*UpperCase=*/true, /*InsertSeparators=*/true) | 
 |           << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange(); | 
 |     return HandleOverflow(Info, E, Value, E->getType()); | 
 |   } | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Perform the given binary integer operation. | 
 | static bool handleIntIntBinOp(EvalInfo &Info, const BinaryOperator *E, | 
 |                               const APSInt &LHS, BinaryOperatorKind Opcode, | 
 |                               APSInt RHS, APSInt &Result) { | 
 |   bool HandleOverflowResult = true; | 
 |   switch (Opcode) { | 
 |   default: | 
 |     Info.FFDiag(E); | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   case BO_Mul: | 
 |     return CheckedIntArithmetic(Info, E, LHS, RHS, LHS.getBitWidth() * 2, | 
 |                                 std::multiplies<APSInt>(), Result); | 
 |   case BO_Add: | 
 |     return CheckedIntArithmetic(Info, E, LHS, RHS, LHS.getBitWidth() + 1, | 
 |                                 std::plus<APSInt>(), Result); | 
 |   case BO_Sub: | 
 |     return CheckedIntArithmetic(Info, E, LHS, RHS, LHS.getBitWidth() + 1, | 
 |                                 std::minus<APSInt>(), Result); | 
 |   case BO_And: Result = LHS & RHS; return true; | 
 |   case BO_Xor: Result = LHS ^ RHS; return true; | 
 |   case BO_Or:  Result = LHS | RHS; return true; | 
 |   case BO_Div: | 
 |   case BO_Rem: | 
 |     if (RHS == 0) { | 
 |       Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_expr_divide_by_zero) | 
 |           << E->getRHS()->getSourceRange(); | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     } | 
 |     // Check for overflow case: INT_MIN / -1 or INT_MIN % -1. APSInt supports | 
 |     // this operation and gives the two's complement result. | 
 |     if (RHS.isNegative() && RHS.isAllOnes() && LHS.isSigned() && | 
 |         LHS.isMinSignedValue()) | 
 |       HandleOverflowResult = HandleOverflow( | 
 |           Info, E, -LHS.extend(LHS.getBitWidth() + 1), E->getType()); | 
 |     Result = (Opcode == BO_Rem ? LHS % RHS : LHS / RHS); | 
 |     return HandleOverflowResult; | 
 |   case BO_Shl: { | 
 |     if (Info.getLangOpts().OpenCL) | 
 |       // OpenCL 6.3j: shift values are effectively % word size of LHS. | 
 |       RHS &= APSInt(llvm::APInt(RHS.getBitWidth(), | 
 |                     static_cast<uint64_t>(LHS.getBitWidth() - 1)), | 
 |                     RHS.isUnsigned()); | 
 |     else if (RHS.isSigned() && RHS.isNegative()) { | 
 |       // During constant-folding, a negative shift is an opposite shift. Such | 
 |       // a shift is not a constant expression. | 
 |       Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_negative_shift) << RHS; | 
 |       if (!Info.noteUndefinedBehavior()) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |       RHS = -RHS; | 
 |       goto shift_right; | 
 |     } | 
 |   shift_left: | 
 |     // C++11 [expr.shift]p1: Shift width must be less than the bit width of | 
 |     // the shifted type. | 
 |     unsigned SA = (unsigned) RHS.getLimitedValue(LHS.getBitWidth()-1); | 
 |     if (SA != RHS) { | 
 |       Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_large_shift) | 
 |         << RHS << E->getType() << LHS.getBitWidth(); | 
 |       if (!Info.noteUndefinedBehavior()) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |     } else if (LHS.isSigned() && !Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20) { | 
 |       // C++11 [expr.shift]p2: A signed left shift must have a non-negative | 
 |       // operand, and must not overflow the corresponding unsigned type. | 
 |       // C++2a [expr.shift]p2: E1 << E2 is the unique value congruent to | 
 |       // E1 x 2^E2 module 2^N. | 
 |       if (LHS.isNegative()) { | 
 |         Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_lshift_of_negative) << LHS; | 
 |         if (!Info.noteUndefinedBehavior()) | 
 |           return false; | 
 |       } else if (LHS.countl_zero() < SA) { | 
 |         Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_lshift_discards); | 
 |         if (!Info.noteUndefinedBehavior()) | 
 |           return false; | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |     Result = LHS << SA; | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |   case BO_Shr: { | 
 |     if (Info.getLangOpts().OpenCL) | 
 |       // OpenCL 6.3j: shift values are effectively % word size of LHS. | 
 |       RHS &= APSInt(llvm::APInt(RHS.getBitWidth(), | 
 |                     static_cast<uint64_t>(LHS.getBitWidth() - 1)), | 
 |                     RHS.isUnsigned()); | 
 |     else if (RHS.isSigned() && RHS.isNegative()) { | 
 |       // During constant-folding, a negative shift is an opposite shift. Such a | 
 |       // shift is not a constant expression. | 
 |       Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_negative_shift) << RHS; | 
 |       if (!Info.noteUndefinedBehavior()) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |       RHS = -RHS; | 
 |       goto shift_left; | 
 |     } | 
 |   shift_right: | 
 |     // C++11 [expr.shift]p1: Shift width must be less than the bit width of the | 
 |     // shifted type. | 
 |     unsigned SA = (unsigned) RHS.getLimitedValue(LHS.getBitWidth()-1); | 
 |     if (SA != RHS) { | 
 |       Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_large_shift) | 
 |         << RHS << E->getType() << LHS.getBitWidth(); | 
 |       if (!Info.noteUndefinedBehavior()) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     Result = LHS >> SA; | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   case BO_LT: Result = LHS < RHS; return true; | 
 |   case BO_GT: Result = LHS > RHS; return true; | 
 |   case BO_LE: Result = LHS <= RHS; return true; | 
 |   case BO_GE: Result = LHS >= RHS; return true; | 
 |   case BO_EQ: Result = LHS == RHS; return true; | 
 |   case BO_NE: Result = LHS != RHS; return true; | 
 |   case BO_Cmp: | 
 |     llvm_unreachable("BO_Cmp should be handled elsewhere"); | 
 |   } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Perform the given binary floating-point operation, in-place, on LHS. | 
 | static bool handleFloatFloatBinOp(EvalInfo &Info, const BinaryOperator *E, | 
 |                                   APFloat &LHS, BinaryOperatorKind Opcode, | 
 |                                   const APFloat &RHS) { | 
 |   llvm::RoundingMode RM = getActiveRoundingMode(Info, E); | 
 |   APFloat::opStatus St; | 
 |   switch (Opcode) { | 
 |   default: | 
 |     Info.FFDiag(E); | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   case BO_Mul: | 
 |     St = LHS.multiply(RHS, RM); | 
 |     break; | 
 |   case BO_Add: | 
 |     St = LHS.add(RHS, RM); | 
 |     break; | 
 |   case BO_Sub: | 
 |     St = LHS.subtract(RHS, RM); | 
 |     break; | 
 |   case BO_Div: | 
 |     // [expr.mul]p4: | 
 |     //   If the second operand of / or % is zero the behavior is undefined. | 
 |     if (RHS.isZero()) | 
 |       Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_expr_divide_by_zero); | 
 |     St = LHS.divide(RHS, RM); | 
 |     break; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // [expr.pre]p4: | 
 |   //   If during the evaluation of an expression, the result is not | 
 |   //   mathematically defined [...], the behavior is undefined. | 
 |   // FIXME: C++ rules require us to not conform to IEEE 754 here. | 
 |   if (LHS.isNaN()) { | 
 |     Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_float_arithmetic) << LHS.isNaN(); | 
 |     return Info.noteUndefinedBehavior(); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   return checkFloatingPointResult(Info, E, St); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static bool handleLogicalOpForVector(const APInt &LHSValue, | 
 |                                      BinaryOperatorKind Opcode, | 
 |                                      const APInt &RHSValue, APInt &Result) { | 
 |   bool LHS = (LHSValue != 0); | 
 |   bool RHS = (RHSValue != 0); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (Opcode == BO_LAnd) | 
 |     Result = LHS && RHS; | 
 |   else | 
 |     Result = LHS || RHS; | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 | static bool handleLogicalOpForVector(const APFloat &LHSValue, | 
 |                                      BinaryOperatorKind Opcode, | 
 |                                      const APFloat &RHSValue, APInt &Result) { | 
 |   bool LHS = !LHSValue.isZero(); | 
 |   bool RHS = !RHSValue.isZero(); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (Opcode == BO_LAnd) | 
 |     Result = LHS && RHS; | 
 |   else | 
 |     Result = LHS || RHS; | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static bool handleLogicalOpForVector(const APValue &LHSValue, | 
 |                                      BinaryOperatorKind Opcode, | 
 |                                      const APValue &RHSValue, APInt &Result) { | 
 |   // The result is always an int type, however operands match the first. | 
 |   if (LHSValue.getKind() == APValue::Int) | 
 |     return handleLogicalOpForVector(LHSValue.getInt(), Opcode, | 
 |                                     RHSValue.getInt(), Result); | 
 |   assert(LHSValue.getKind() == APValue::Float && "Should be no other options"); | 
 |   return handleLogicalOpForVector(LHSValue.getFloat(), Opcode, | 
 |                                   RHSValue.getFloat(), Result); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | template <typename APTy> | 
 | static bool | 
 | handleCompareOpForVectorHelper(const APTy &LHSValue, BinaryOperatorKind Opcode, | 
 |                                const APTy &RHSValue, APInt &Result) { | 
 |   switch (Opcode) { | 
 |   default: | 
 |     llvm_unreachable("unsupported binary operator"); | 
 |   case BO_EQ: | 
 |     Result = (LHSValue == RHSValue); | 
 |     break; | 
 |   case BO_NE: | 
 |     Result = (LHSValue != RHSValue); | 
 |     break; | 
 |   case BO_LT: | 
 |     Result = (LHSValue < RHSValue); | 
 |     break; | 
 |   case BO_GT: | 
 |     Result = (LHSValue > RHSValue); | 
 |     break; | 
 |   case BO_LE: | 
 |     Result = (LHSValue <= RHSValue); | 
 |     break; | 
 |   case BO_GE: | 
 |     Result = (LHSValue >= RHSValue); | 
 |     break; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // The boolean operations on these vector types use an instruction that | 
 |   // results in a mask of '-1' for the 'truth' value.  Ensure that we negate 1 | 
 |   // to -1 to make sure that we produce the correct value. | 
 |   Result.negate(); | 
 |  | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static bool handleCompareOpForVector(const APValue &LHSValue, | 
 |                                      BinaryOperatorKind Opcode, | 
 |                                      const APValue &RHSValue, APInt &Result) { | 
 |   // The result is always an int type, however operands match the first. | 
 |   if (LHSValue.getKind() == APValue::Int) | 
 |     return handleCompareOpForVectorHelper(LHSValue.getInt(), Opcode, | 
 |                                           RHSValue.getInt(), Result); | 
 |   assert(LHSValue.getKind() == APValue::Float && "Should be no other options"); | 
 |   return handleCompareOpForVectorHelper(LHSValue.getFloat(), Opcode, | 
 |                                         RHSValue.getFloat(), Result); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | // Perform binary operations for vector types, in place on the LHS. | 
 | static bool handleVectorVectorBinOp(EvalInfo &Info, const BinaryOperator *E, | 
 |                                     BinaryOperatorKind Opcode, | 
 |                                     APValue &LHSValue, | 
 |                                     const APValue &RHSValue) { | 
 |   assert(Opcode != BO_PtrMemD && Opcode != BO_PtrMemI && | 
 |          "Operation not supported on vector types"); | 
 |  | 
 |   const auto *VT = E->getType()->castAs<VectorType>(); | 
 |   unsigned NumElements = VT->getNumElements(); | 
 |   QualType EltTy = VT->getElementType(); | 
 |  | 
 |   // In the cases (typically C as I've observed) where we aren't evaluating | 
 |   // constexpr but are checking for cases where the LHS isn't yet evaluatable, | 
 |   // just give up. | 
 |   if (!LHSValue.isVector()) { | 
 |     assert(LHSValue.isLValue() && | 
 |            "A vector result that isn't a vector OR uncalculated LValue"); | 
 |     Info.FFDiag(E); | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   assert(LHSValue.getVectorLength() == NumElements && | 
 |          RHSValue.getVectorLength() == NumElements && "Different vector sizes"); | 
 |  | 
 |   SmallVector<APValue, 4> ResultElements; | 
 |  | 
 |   for (unsigned EltNum = 0; EltNum < NumElements; ++EltNum) { | 
 |     APValue LHSElt = LHSValue.getVectorElt(EltNum); | 
 |     APValue RHSElt = RHSValue.getVectorElt(EltNum); | 
 |  | 
 |     if (EltTy->isIntegerType()) { | 
 |       APSInt EltResult{Info.Ctx.getIntWidth(EltTy), | 
 |                        EltTy->isUnsignedIntegerType()}; | 
 |       bool Success = true; | 
 |  | 
 |       if (BinaryOperator::isLogicalOp(Opcode)) | 
 |         Success = handleLogicalOpForVector(LHSElt, Opcode, RHSElt, EltResult); | 
 |       else if (BinaryOperator::isComparisonOp(Opcode)) | 
 |         Success = handleCompareOpForVector(LHSElt, Opcode, RHSElt, EltResult); | 
 |       else | 
 |         Success = handleIntIntBinOp(Info, E, LHSElt.getInt(), Opcode, | 
 |                                     RHSElt.getInt(), EltResult); | 
 |  | 
 |       if (!Success) { | 
 |         Info.FFDiag(E); | 
 |         return false; | 
 |       } | 
 |       ResultElements.emplace_back(EltResult); | 
 |  | 
 |     } else if (EltTy->isFloatingType()) { | 
 |       assert(LHSElt.getKind() == APValue::Float && | 
 |              RHSElt.getKind() == APValue::Float && | 
 |              "Mismatched LHS/RHS/Result Type"); | 
 |       APFloat LHSFloat = LHSElt.getFloat(); | 
 |  | 
 |       if (!handleFloatFloatBinOp(Info, E, LHSFloat, Opcode, | 
 |                                  RHSElt.getFloat())) { | 
 |         Info.FFDiag(E); | 
 |         return false; | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |       ResultElements.emplace_back(LHSFloat); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   LHSValue = APValue(ResultElements.data(), ResultElements.size()); | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Cast an lvalue referring to a base subobject to a derived class, by | 
 | /// truncating the lvalue's path to the given length. | 
 | static bool CastToDerivedClass(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E, LValue &Result, | 
 |                                const RecordDecl *TruncatedType, | 
 |                                unsigned TruncatedElements) { | 
 |   SubobjectDesignator &D = Result.Designator; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Check we actually point to a derived class object. | 
 |   if (TruncatedElements == D.Entries.size()) | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   assert(TruncatedElements >= D.MostDerivedPathLength && | 
 |          "not casting to a derived class"); | 
 |   if (!Result.checkSubobject(Info, E, CSK_Derived)) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Truncate the path to the subobject, and remove any derived-to-base offsets. | 
 |   const RecordDecl *RD = TruncatedType; | 
 |   for (unsigned I = TruncatedElements, N = D.Entries.size(); I != N; ++I) { | 
 |     if (RD->isInvalidDecl()) return false; | 
 |     const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = Info.Ctx.getASTRecordLayout(RD); | 
 |     const CXXRecordDecl *Base = getAsBaseClass(D.Entries[I]); | 
 |     if (isVirtualBaseClass(D.Entries[I])) | 
 |       Result.Offset -= Layout.getVBaseClassOffset(Base); | 
 |     else | 
 |       Result.Offset -= Layout.getBaseClassOffset(Base); | 
 |     RD = Base; | 
 |   } | 
 |   D.Entries.resize(TruncatedElements); | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static bool HandleLValueDirectBase(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E, LValue &Obj, | 
 |                                    const CXXRecordDecl *Derived, | 
 |                                    const CXXRecordDecl *Base, | 
 |                                    const ASTRecordLayout *RL = nullptr) { | 
 |   if (!RL) { | 
 |     if (Derived->isInvalidDecl()) return false; | 
 |     RL = &Info.Ctx.getASTRecordLayout(Derived); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   Obj.addDecl(Info, E, Base, /*Virtual*/ false); | 
 |   Obj.getLValueOffset() += RL->getBaseClassOffset(Base); | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static bool HandleLValueBase(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E, LValue &Obj, | 
 |                              const CXXRecordDecl *DerivedDecl, | 
 |                              const CXXBaseSpecifier *Base) { | 
 |   const CXXRecordDecl *BaseDecl = Base->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!Base->isVirtual()) | 
 |     return HandleLValueDirectBase(Info, E, Obj, DerivedDecl, BaseDecl); | 
 |  | 
 |   SubobjectDesignator &D = Obj.Designator; | 
 |   if (D.Invalid) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Extract most-derived object and corresponding type. | 
 |   DerivedDecl = D.MostDerivedType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); | 
 |   if (!CastToDerivedClass(Info, E, Obj, DerivedDecl, D.MostDerivedPathLength)) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Find the virtual base class. | 
 |   if (DerivedDecl->isInvalidDecl()) return false; | 
 |   const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = Info.Ctx.getASTRecordLayout(DerivedDecl); | 
 |   Obj.addDecl(Info, E, BaseDecl, /*Virtual*/ true); | 
 |   Obj.getLValueOffset() += Layout.getVBaseClassOffset(BaseDecl); | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static bool HandleLValueBasePath(EvalInfo &Info, const CastExpr *E, | 
 |                                  QualType Type, LValue &Result) { | 
 |   for (CastExpr::path_const_iterator PathI = E->path_begin(), | 
 |                                      PathE = E->path_end(); | 
 |        PathI != PathE; ++PathI) { | 
 |     if (!HandleLValueBase(Info, E, Result, Type->getAsCXXRecordDecl(), | 
 |                           *PathI)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     Type = (*PathI)->getType(); | 
 |   } | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Cast an lvalue referring to a derived class to a known base subobject. | 
 | static bool CastToBaseClass(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E, LValue &Result, | 
 |                             const CXXRecordDecl *DerivedRD, | 
 |                             const CXXRecordDecl *BaseRD) { | 
 |   CXXBasePaths Paths(/*FindAmbiguities=*/false, | 
 |                      /*RecordPaths=*/true, /*DetectVirtual=*/false); | 
 |   if (!DerivedRD->isDerivedFrom(BaseRD, Paths)) | 
 |     llvm_unreachable("Class must be derived from the passed in base class!"); | 
 |  | 
 |   for (CXXBasePathElement &Elem : Paths.front()) | 
 |     if (!HandleLValueBase(Info, E, Result, Elem.Class, Elem.Base)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Update LVal to refer to the given field, which must be a member of the type | 
 | /// currently described by LVal. | 
 | static bool HandleLValueMember(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E, LValue &LVal, | 
 |                                const FieldDecl *FD, | 
 |                                const ASTRecordLayout *RL = nullptr) { | 
 |   if (!RL) { | 
 |     if (FD->getParent()->isInvalidDecl()) return false; | 
 |     RL = &Info.Ctx.getASTRecordLayout(FD->getParent()); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   unsigned I = FD->getFieldIndex(); | 
 |   LVal.addDecl(Info, E, FD); | 
 |   LVal.adjustOffset(Info.Ctx.toCharUnitsFromBits(RL->getFieldOffset(I))); | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Update LVal to refer to the given indirect field. | 
 | static bool HandleLValueIndirectMember(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E, | 
 |                                        LValue &LVal, | 
 |                                        const IndirectFieldDecl *IFD) { | 
 |   for (const auto *C : IFD->chain()) | 
 |     if (!HandleLValueMember(Info, E, LVal, cast<FieldDecl>(C))) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | enum class SizeOfType { | 
 |   SizeOf, | 
 |   DataSizeOf, | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | /// Get the size of the given type in char units. | 
 | static bool HandleSizeof(EvalInfo &Info, SourceLocation Loc, QualType Type, | 
 |                          CharUnits &Size, SizeOfType SOT = SizeOfType::SizeOf) { | 
 |   // sizeof(void), __alignof__(void), sizeof(function) = 1 as a gcc | 
 |   // extension. | 
 |   if (Type->isVoidType() || Type->isFunctionType()) { | 
 |     Size = CharUnits::One(); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (Type->isDependentType()) { | 
 |     Info.FFDiag(Loc); | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!Type->isConstantSizeType()) { | 
 |     // sizeof(vla) is not a constantexpr: C99 6.5.3.4p2. | 
 |     // FIXME: Better diagnostic. | 
 |     Info.FFDiag(Loc); | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (SOT == SizeOfType::SizeOf) | 
 |     Size = Info.Ctx.getTypeSizeInChars(Type); | 
 |   else | 
 |     Size = Info.Ctx.getTypeInfoDataSizeInChars(Type).Width; | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Update a pointer value to model pointer arithmetic. | 
 | /// \param Info - Information about the ongoing evaluation. | 
 | /// \param E - The expression being evaluated, for diagnostic purposes. | 
 | /// \param LVal - The pointer value to be updated. | 
 | /// \param EltTy - The pointee type represented by LVal. | 
 | /// \param Adjustment - The adjustment, in objects of type EltTy, to add. | 
 | static bool HandleLValueArrayAdjustment(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E, | 
 |                                         LValue &LVal, QualType EltTy, | 
 |                                         APSInt Adjustment) { | 
 |   CharUnits SizeOfPointee; | 
 |   if (!HandleSizeof(Info, E->getExprLoc(), EltTy, SizeOfPointee)) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   LVal.adjustOffsetAndIndex(Info, E, Adjustment, SizeOfPointee); | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static bool HandleLValueArrayAdjustment(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E, | 
 |                                         LValue &LVal, QualType EltTy, | 
 |                                         int64_t Adjustment) { | 
 |   return HandleLValueArrayAdjustment(Info, E, LVal, EltTy, | 
 |                                      APSInt::get(Adjustment)); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Update an lvalue to refer to a component of a complex number. | 
 | /// \param Info - Information about the ongoing evaluation. | 
 | /// \param LVal - The lvalue to be updated. | 
 | /// \param EltTy - The complex number's component type. | 
 | /// \param Imag - False for the real component, true for the imaginary. | 
 | static bool HandleLValueComplexElement(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E, | 
 |                                        LValue &LVal, QualType EltTy, | 
 |                                        bool Imag) { | 
 |   if (Imag) { | 
 |     CharUnits SizeOfComponent; | 
 |     if (!HandleSizeof(Info, E->getExprLoc(), EltTy, SizeOfComponent)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     LVal.Offset += SizeOfComponent; | 
 |   } | 
 |   LVal.addComplex(Info, E, EltTy, Imag); | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static bool HandleLValueVectorElement(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E, | 
 |                                       LValue &LVal, QualType EltTy, | 
 |                                       uint64_t Size, uint64_t Idx) { | 
 |   if (Idx) { | 
 |     CharUnits SizeOfElement; | 
 |     if (!HandleSizeof(Info, E->getExprLoc(), EltTy, SizeOfElement)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     LVal.Offset += SizeOfElement * Idx; | 
 |   } | 
 |   LVal.addVectorElement(Info, E, EltTy, Size, Idx); | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Try to evaluate the initializer for a variable declaration. | 
 | /// | 
 | /// \param Info   Information about the ongoing evaluation. | 
 | /// \param E      An expression to be used when printing diagnostics. | 
 | /// \param VD     The variable whose initializer should be obtained. | 
 | /// \param Version The version of the variable within the frame. | 
 | /// \param Frame  The frame in which the variable was created. Must be null | 
 | ///               if this variable is not local to the evaluation. | 
 | /// \param Result Filled in with a pointer to the value of the variable. | 
 | static bool evaluateVarDeclInit(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E, | 
 |                                 const VarDecl *VD, CallStackFrame *Frame, | 
 |                                 unsigned Version, APValue *&Result) { | 
 |   // C++23 [expr.const]p8 If we have a reference type allow unknown references | 
 |   // and pointers. | 
 |   bool AllowConstexprUnknown = | 
 |       Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus23 && VD->getType()->isReferenceType(); | 
 |  | 
 |   APValue::LValueBase Base(VD, Frame ? Frame->Index : 0, Version); | 
 |  | 
 |   // If this is a local variable, dig out its value. | 
 |   if (Frame) { | 
 |     Result = Frame->getTemporary(VD, Version); | 
 |     if (Result) | 
 |       return true; | 
 |  | 
 |     if (!isa<ParmVarDecl>(VD)) { | 
 |       // Assume variables referenced within a lambda's call operator that were | 
 |       // not declared within the call operator are captures and during checking | 
 |       // of a potential constant expression, assume they are unknown constant | 
 |       // expressions. | 
 |       assert(isLambdaCallOperator(Frame->Callee) && | 
 |              (VD->getDeclContext() != Frame->Callee || VD->isInitCapture()) && | 
 |              "missing value for local variable"); | 
 |       if (Info.checkingPotentialConstantExpression()) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |       // FIXME: This diagnostic is bogus; we do support captures. Is this code | 
 |       // still reachable at all? | 
 |       Info.FFDiag(E->getBeginLoc(), | 
 |                   diag::note_unimplemented_constexpr_lambda_feature_ast) | 
 |           << "captures not currently allowed"; | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // If we're currently evaluating the initializer of this declaration, use that | 
 |   // in-flight value. | 
 |   if (Info.EvaluatingDecl == Base) { | 
 |     Result = Info.EvaluatingDeclValue; | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // P2280R4 struck the restriction that variable of reference type lifetime | 
 |   // should begin within the evaluation of E | 
 |   // Used to be C++20 [expr.const]p5.12.2: | 
 |   // ... its lifetime began within the evaluation of E; | 
 |   if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(VD) && !AllowConstexprUnknown) { | 
 |     // Assume parameters of a potential constant expression are usable in | 
 |     // constant expressions. | 
 |     if (!Info.checkingPotentialConstantExpression() || | 
 |         !Info.CurrentCall->Callee || | 
 |         !Info.CurrentCall->Callee->Equals(VD->getDeclContext())) { | 
 |       if (Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { | 
 |         Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_function_param_value_unknown) | 
 |             << VD; | 
 |         NoteLValueLocation(Info, Base); | 
 |       } else { | 
 |         Info.FFDiag(E); | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (E->isValueDependent()) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Dig out the initializer, and use the declaration which it's attached to. | 
 |   // FIXME: We should eventually check whether the variable has a reachable | 
 |   // initializing declaration. | 
 |   const Expr *Init = VD->getAnyInitializer(VD); | 
 |   // P2280R4 struck the restriction that variable of reference type should have | 
 |   // a preceding initialization. | 
 |   // Used to be C++20 [expr.const]p5.12: | 
 |   //   ... reference has a preceding initialization and either ... | 
 |   if (!Init && !AllowConstexprUnknown) { | 
 |     // Don't diagnose during potential constant expression checking; an | 
 |     // initializer might be added later. | 
 |     if (!Info.checkingPotentialConstantExpression()) { | 
 |       Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_var_init_unknown, 1) | 
 |         << VD; | 
 |       NoteLValueLocation(Info, Base); | 
 |     } | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // P2280R4 struck the initialization requirement for variables of reference | 
 |   // type so we can no longer assume we have an Init. | 
 |   // Used to be C++20 [expr.const]p5.12: | 
 |   //  ... reference has a preceding initialization and either ... | 
 |   if (Init && Init->isValueDependent()) { | 
 |     // The DeclRefExpr is not value-dependent, but the variable it refers to | 
 |     // has a value-dependent initializer. This should only happen in | 
 |     // constant-folding cases, where the variable is not actually of a suitable | 
 |     // type for use in a constant expression (otherwise the DeclRefExpr would | 
 |     // have been value-dependent too), so diagnose that. | 
 |     assert(!VD->mightBeUsableInConstantExpressions(Info.Ctx)); | 
 |     if (!Info.checkingPotentialConstantExpression()) { | 
 |       Info.FFDiag(E, Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 | 
 |                          ? diag::note_constexpr_ltor_non_constexpr | 
 |                          : diag::note_constexpr_ltor_non_integral, 1) | 
 |           << VD << VD->getType(); | 
 |       NoteLValueLocation(Info, Base); | 
 |     } | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Check that we can fold the initializer. In C++, we will have already done | 
 |   // this in the cases where it matters for conformance. | 
 |   // P2280R4 struck the initialization requirement for variables of reference | 
 |   // type so we can no longer assume we have an Init. | 
 |   // Used to be C++20 [expr.const]p5.12: | 
 |   //  ... reference has a preceding initialization and either ... | 
 |   if (Init && !VD->evaluateValue()) { | 
 |     if (AllowConstexprUnknown) { | 
 |       Result = &Info.CurrentCall->createConstexprUnknownAPValues(VD, Base); | 
 |       return true; | 
 |     } | 
 |     Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_var_init_non_constant, 1) << VD; | 
 |     NoteLValueLocation(Info, Base); | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Check that the variable is actually usable in constant expressions. For a | 
 |   // const integral variable or a reference, we might have a non-constant | 
 |   // initializer that we can nonetheless evaluate the initializer for. Such | 
 |   // variables are not usable in constant expressions. In C++98, the | 
 |   // initializer also syntactically needs to be an ICE. | 
 |   // | 
 |   // FIXME: We don't diagnose cases that aren't potentially usable in constant | 
 |   // expressions here; doing so would regress diagnostics for things like | 
 |   // reading from a volatile constexpr variable. | 
 |   if ((Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VD->hasConstantInitialization() && | 
 |        VD->mightBeUsableInConstantExpressions(Info.Ctx)) || | 
 |       ((Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Info.getLangOpts().OpenCL) && | 
 |        !Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !VD->hasICEInitializer(Info.Ctx))) { | 
 |     if (Init) { | 
 |       Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_var_init_non_constant, 1) << VD; | 
 |       NoteLValueLocation(Info, Base); | 
 |     } else { | 
 |       Info.CCEDiag(E); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Never use the initializer of a weak variable, not even for constant | 
 |   // folding. We can't be sure that this is the definition that will be used. | 
 |   if (VD->isWeak()) { | 
 |     Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_var_init_weak) << VD; | 
 |     NoteLValueLocation(Info, Base); | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   Result = VD->getEvaluatedValue(); | 
 |  | 
 |   // C++23 [expr.const]p8 | 
 |   // ... For such an object that is not usable in constant expressions, the | 
 |   // dynamic type of the object is constexpr-unknown. For such a reference that | 
 |   // is not usable in constant expressions, the reference is treated as binding | 
 |   // to an unspecified object of the referenced type whose lifetime and that of | 
 |   // all subobjects includes the entire constant evaluation and whose dynamic | 
 |   // type is constexpr-unknown. | 
 |   if (AllowConstexprUnknown) { | 
 |     if (!Result) | 
 |       Result = &Info.CurrentCall->createConstexprUnknownAPValues(VD, Base); | 
 |     else | 
 |       Result->setConstexprUnknown(); | 
 |   } | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Get the base index of the given base class within an APValue representing | 
 | /// the given derived class. | 
 | static unsigned getBaseIndex(const CXXRecordDecl *Derived, | 
 |                              const CXXRecordDecl *Base) { | 
 |   Base = Base->getCanonicalDecl(); | 
 |   unsigned Index = 0; | 
 |   for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator I = Derived->bases_begin(), | 
 |          E = Derived->bases_end(); I != E; ++I, ++Index) { | 
 |     if (I->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl()->getCanonicalDecl() == Base) | 
 |       return Index; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   llvm_unreachable("base class missing from derived class's bases list"); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Extract the value of a character from a string literal. | 
 | static APSInt extractStringLiteralCharacter(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *Lit, | 
 |                                             uint64_t Index) { | 
 |   assert(!isa<SourceLocExpr>(Lit) && | 
 |          "SourceLocExpr should have already been converted to a StringLiteral"); | 
 |  | 
 |   // FIXME: Support MakeStringConstant | 
 |   if (const auto *ObjCEnc = dyn_cast<ObjCEncodeExpr>(Lit)) { | 
 |     std::string Str; | 
 |     Info.Ctx.getObjCEncodingForType(ObjCEnc->getEncodedType(), Str); | 
 |     assert(Index <= Str.size() && "Index too large"); | 
 |     return APSInt::getUnsigned(Str.c_str()[Index]); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (auto PE = dyn_cast<PredefinedExpr>(Lit)) | 
 |     Lit = PE->getFunctionName(); | 
 |   const StringLiteral *S = cast<StringLiteral>(Lit); | 
 |   const ConstantArrayType *CAT = | 
 |       Info.Ctx.getAsConstantArrayType(S->getType()); | 
 |   assert(CAT && "string literal isn't an array"); | 
 |   QualType CharType = CAT->getElementType(); | 
 |   assert(CharType->isIntegerType() && "unexpected character type"); | 
 |   APSInt Value(Info.Ctx.getTypeSize(CharType), | 
 |                CharType->isUnsignedIntegerType()); | 
 |   if (Index < S->getLength()) | 
 |     Value = S->getCodeUnit(Index); | 
 |   return Value; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | // Expand a string literal into an array of characters. | 
 | // | 
 | // FIXME: This is inefficient; we should probably introduce something similar | 
 | // to the LLVM ConstantDataArray to make this cheaper. | 
 | static void expandStringLiteral(EvalInfo &Info, const StringLiteral *S, | 
 |                                 APValue &Result, | 
 |                                 QualType AllocType = QualType()) { | 
 |   const ConstantArrayType *CAT = Info.Ctx.getAsConstantArrayType( | 
 |       AllocType.isNull() ? S->getType() : AllocType); | 
 |   assert(CAT && "string literal isn't an array"); | 
 |   QualType CharType = CAT->getElementType(); | 
 |   assert(CharType->isIntegerType() && "unexpected character type"); | 
 |  | 
 |   unsigned Elts = CAT->getZExtSize(); | 
 |   Result = APValue(APValue::UninitArray(), | 
 |                    std::min(S->getLength(), Elts), Elts); | 
 |   APSInt Value(Info.Ctx.getTypeSize(CharType), | 
 |                CharType->isUnsignedIntegerType()); | 
 |   if (Result.hasArrayFiller()) | 
 |     Result.getArrayFiller() = APValue(Value); | 
 |   for (unsigned I = 0, N = Result.getArrayInitializedElts(); I != N; ++I) { | 
 |     Value = S->getCodeUnit(I); | 
 |     Result.getArrayInitializedElt(I) = APValue(Value); | 
 |   } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | // Expand an array so that it has more than Index filled elements. | 
 | static void expandArray(APValue &Array, unsigned Index) { | 
 |   unsigned Size = Array.getArraySize(); | 
 |   assert(Index < Size); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Always at least double the number of elements for which we store a value. | 
 |   unsigned OldElts = Array.getArrayInitializedElts(); | 
 |   unsigned NewElts = std::max(Index+1, OldElts * 2); | 
 |   NewElts = std::min(Size, std::max(NewElts, 8u)); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Copy the data across. | 
 |   APValue NewValue(APValue::UninitArray(), NewElts, Size); | 
 |   for (unsigned I = 0; I != OldElts; ++I) | 
 |     NewValue.getArrayInitializedElt(I).swap(Array.getArrayInitializedElt(I)); | 
 |   for (unsigned I = OldElts; I != NewElts; ++I) | 
 |     NewValue.getArrayInitializedElt(I) = Array.getArrayFiller(); | 
 |   if (NewValue.hasArrayFiller()) | 
 |     NewValue.getArrayFiller() = Array.getArrayFiller(); | 
 |   Array.swap(NewValue); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Determine whether a type would actually be read by an lvalue-to-rvalue | 
 | /// conversion. If it's of class type, we may assume that the copy operation | 
 | /// is trivial. Note that this is never true for a union type with fields | 
 | /// (because the copy always "reads" the active member) and always true for | 
 | /// a non-class type. | 
 | static bool isReadByLvalueToRvalueConversion(const CXXRecordDecl *RD); | 
 | static bool isReadByLvalueToRvalueConversion(QualType T) { | 
 |   CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); | 
 |   return !RD || isReadByLvalueToRvalueConversion(RD); | 
 | } | 
 | static bool isReadByLvalueToRvalueConversion(const CXXRecordDecl *RD) { | 
 |   // FIXME: A trivial copy of a union copies the object representation, even if | 
 |   // the union is empty. | 
 |   if (RD->isUnion()) | 
 |     return !RD->field_empty(); | 
 |   if (RD->isEmpty()) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   for (auto *Field : RD->fields()) | 
 |     if (!Field->isUnnamedBitField() && | 
 |         isReadByLvalueToRvalueConversion(Field->getType())) | 
 |       return true; | 
 |  | 
 |   for (auto &BaseSpec : RD->bases()) | 
 |     if (isReadByLvalueToRvalueConversion(BaseSpec.getType())) | 
 |       return true; | 
 |  | 
 |   return false; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Diagnose an attempt to read from any unreadable field within the specified | 
 | /// type, which might be a class type. | 
 | static bool diagnoseMutableFields(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E, AccessKinds AK, | 
 |                                   QualType T) { | 
 |   CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); | 
 |   if (!RD) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!RD->hasMutableFields()) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   for (auto *Field : RD->fields()) { | 
 |     // If we're actually going to read this field in some way, then it can't | 
 |     // be mutable. If we're in a union, then assigning to a mutable field | 
 |     // (even an empty one) can change the active member, so that's not OK. | 
 |     // FIXME: Add core issue number for the union case. | 
 |     if (Field->isMutable() && | 
 |         (RD->isUnion() || isReadByLvalueToRvalueConversion(Field->getType()))) { | 
 |       Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_access_mutable, 1) << AK << Field; | 
 |       Info.Note(Field->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); | 
 |       return true; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     if (diagnoseMutableFields(Info, E, AK, Field->getType())) | 
 |       return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   for (auto &BaseSpec : RD->bases()) | 
 |     if (diagnoseMutableFields(Info, E, AK, BaseSpec.getType())) | 
 |       return true; | 
 |  | 
 |   // All mutable fields were empty, and thus not actually read. | 
 |   return false; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static bool lifetimeStartedInEvaluation(EvalInfo &Info, | 
 |                                         APValue::LValueBase Base, | 
 |                                         bool MutableSubobject = false) { | 
 |   // A temporary or transient heap allocation we created. | 
 |   if (Base.getCallIndex() || Base.is<DynamicAllocLValue>()) | 
 |     return true; | 
 |  | 
 |   switch (Info.IsEvaluatingDecl) { | 
 |   case EvalInfo::EvaluatingDeclKind::None: | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   case EvalInfo::EvaluatingDeclKind::Ctor: | 
 |     // The variable whose initializer we're evaluating. | 
 |     if (Info.EvaluatingDecl == Base) | 
 |       return true; | 
 |  | 
 |     // A temporary lifetime-extended by the variable whose initializer we're | 
 |     // evaluating. | 
 |     if (auto *BaseE = Base.dyn_cast<const Expr *>()) | 
 |       if (auto *BaseMTE = dyn_cast<MaterializeTemporaryExpr>(BaseE)) | 
 |         return Info.EvaluatingDecl == BaseMTE->getExtendingDecl(); | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   case EvalInfo::EvaluatingDeclKind::Dtor: | 
 |     // C++2a [expr.const]p6: | 
 |     //   [during constant destruction] the lifetime of a and its non-mutable | 
 |     //   subobjects (but not its mutable subobjects) [are] considered to start | 
 |     //   within e. | 
 |     if (MutableSubobject || Base != Info.EvaluatingDecl) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     // FIXME: We can meaningfully extend this to cover non-const objects, but | 
 |     // we will need special handling: we should be able to access only | 
 |     // subobjects of such objects that are themselves declared const. | 
 |     QualType T = getType(Base); | 
 |     return T.isConstQualified() || T->isReferenceType(); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   llvm_unreachable("unknown evaluating decl kind"); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static bool CheckArraySize(EvalInfo &Info, const ConstantArrayType *CAT, | 
 |                            SourceLocation CallLoc = {}) { | 
 |   return Info.CheckArraySize( | 
 |       CAT->getSizeExpr() ? CAT->getSizeExpr()->getBeginLoc() : CallLoc, | 
 |       CAT->getNumAddressingBits(Info.Ctx), CAT->getZExtSize(), | 
 |       /*Diag=*/true); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | namespace { | 
 | /// A handle to a complete object (an object that is not a subobject of | 
 | /// another object). | 
 | struct CompleteObject { | 
 |   /// The identity of the object. | 
 |   APValue::LValueBase Base; | 
 |   /// The value of the complete object. | 
 |   APValue *Value; | 
 |   /// The type of the complete object. | 
 |   QualType Type; | 
 |  | 
 |   CompleteObject() : Value(nullptr) {} | 
 |   CompleteObject(APValue::LValueBase Base, APValue *Value, QualType Type) | 
 |       : Base(Base), Value(Value), Type(Type) {} | 
 |  | 
 |   bool mayAccessMutableMembers(EvalInfo &Info, AccessKinds AK) const { | 
 |     // If this isn't a "real" access (eg, if it's just accessing the type | 
 |     // info), allow it. We assume the type doesn't change dynamically for | 
 |     // subobjects of constexpr objects (even though we'd hit UB here if it | 
 |     // did). FIXME: Is this right? | 
 |     if (!isAnyAccess(AK)) | 
 |       return true; | 
 |  | 
 |     // In C++14 onwards, it is permitted to read a mutable member whose | 
 |     // lifetime began within the evaluation. | 
 |     // FIXME: Should we also allow this in C++11? | 
 |     if (!Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && | 
 |         AK != AccessKinds::AK_IsWithinLifetime) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     return lifetimeStartedInEvaluation(Info, Base, /*MutableSubobject*/true); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   explicit operator bool() const { return !Type.isNull(); } | 
 | }; | 
 | } // end anonymous namespace | 
 |  | 
 | static QualType getSubobjectType(QualType ObjType, QualType SubobjType, | 
 |                                  bool IsMutable = false) { | 
 |   // C++ [basic.type.qualifier]p1: | 
 |   // - A const object is an object of type const T or a non-mutable subobject | 
 |   //   of a const object. | 
 |   if (ObjType.isConstQualified() && !IsMutable) | 
 |     SubobjType.addConst(); | 
 |   // - A volatile object is an object of type const T or a subobject of a | 
 |   //   volatile object. | 
 |   if (ObjType.isVolatileQualified()) | 
 |     SubobjType.addVolatile(); | 
 |   return SubobjType; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Find the designated sub-object of an rvalue. | 
 | template <typename SubobjectHandler> | 
 | static typename SubobjectHandler::result_type | 
 | findSubobject(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E, const CompleteObject &Obj, | 
 |               const SubobjectDesignator &Sub, SubobjectHandler &handler) { | 
 |   if (Sub.Invalid) | 
 |     // A diagnostic will have already been produced. | 
 |     return handler.failed(); | 
 |   if (Sub.isOnePastTheEnd() || Sub.isMostDerivedAnUnsizedArray()) { | 
 |     if (Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) | 
 |       Info.FFDiag(E, Sub.isOnePastTheEnd() | 
 |                          ? diag::note_constexpr_access_past_end | 
 |                          : diag::note_constexpr_access_unsized_array) | 
 |           << handler.AccessKind; | 
 |     else | 
 |       Info.FFDiag(E); | 
 |     return handler.failed(); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   APValue *O = Obj.Value; | 
 |   QualType ObjType = Obj.Type; | 
 |   const FieldDecl *LastField = nullptr; | 
 |   const FieldDecl *VolatileField = nullptr; | 
 |  | 
 |   // C++23 [expr.const]p8 If we have an unknown reference or pointers and it | 
 |   // does not have a value then bail out. | 
 |   if (O->allowConstexprUnknown() && !O->hasValue()) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Walk the designator's path to find the subobject. | 
 |   for (unsigned I = 0, N = Sub.Entries.size(); /**/; ++I) { | 
 |     // Reading an indeterminate value is undefined, but assigning over one is OK. | 
 |     if ((O->isAbsent() && !(handler.AccessKind == AK_Construct && I == N)) || | 
 |         (O->isIndeterminate() && | 
 |          !isValidIndeterminateAccess(handler.AccessKind))) { | 
 |       // Object has ended lifetime. | 
 |       // If I is non-zero, some subobject (member or array element) of a | 
 |       // complete object has ended its lifetime, so this is valid for | 
 |       // IsWithinLifetime, resulting in false. | 
 |       if (I != 0 && handler.AccessKind == AK_IsWithinLifetime) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |       if (!Info.checkingPotentialConstantExpression()) | 
 |         Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_access_uninit) | 
 |             << handler.AccessKind << O->isIndeterminate() | 
 |             << E->getSourceRange(); | 
 |       return handler.failed(); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // C++ [class.ctor]p5, C++ [class.dtor]p5: | 
 |     //    const and volatile semantics are not applied on an object under | 
 |     //    {con,de}struction. | 
 |     if ((ObjType.isConstQualified() || ObjType.isVolatileQualified()) && | 
 |         ObjType->isRecordType() && | 
 |         Info.isEvaluatingCtorDtor( | 
 |             Obj.Base, | 
 |             llvm::ArrayRef(Sub.Entries.begin(), Sub.Entries.begin() + I)) != | 
 |             ConstructionPhase::None) { | 
 |       ObjType = Info.Ctx.getCanonicalType(ObjType); | 
 |       ObjType.removeLocalConst(); | 
 |       ObjType.removeLocalVolatile(); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // If this is our last pass, check that the final object type is OK. | 
 |     if (I == N || (I == N - 1 && ObjType->isAnyComplexType())) { | 
 |       // Accesses to volatile objects are prohibited. | 
 |       if (ObjType.isVolatileQualified() && isFormalAccess(handler.AccessKind)) { | 
 |         if (Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | 
 |           int DiagKind; | 
 |           SourceLocation Loc; | 
 |           const NamedDecl *Decl = nullptr; | 
 |           if (VolatileField) { | 
 |             DiagKind = 2; | 
 |             Loc = VolatileField->getLocation(); | 
 |             Decl = VolatileField; | 
 |           } else if (auto *VD = Obj.Base.dyn_cast<const ValueDecl*>()) { | 
 |             DiagKind = 1; | 
 |             Loc = VD->getLocation(); | 
 |             Decl = VD; | 
 |           } else { | 
 |             DiagKind = 0; | 
 |             if (auto *E = Obj.Base.dyn_cast<const Expr *>()) | 
 |               Loc = E->getExprLoc(); | 
 |           } | 
 |           Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_access_volatile_obj, 1) | 
 |               << handler.AccessKind << DiagKind << Decl; | 
 |           Info.Note(Loc, diag::note_constexpr_volatile_here) << DiagKind; | 
 |         } else { | 
 |           Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr); | 
 |         } | 
 |         return handler.failed(); | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |       // If we are reading an object of class type, there may still be more | 
 |       // things we need to check: if there are any mutable subobjects, we | 
 |       // cannot perform this read. (This only happens when performing a trivial | 
 |       // copy or assignment.) | 
 |       if (ObjType->isRecordType() && | 
 |           !Obj.mayAccessMutableMembers(Info, handler.AccessKind) && | 
 |           diagnoseMutableFields(Info, E, handler.AccessKind, ObjType)) | 
 |         return handler.failed(); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     if (I == N) { | 
 |       if (!handler.found(*O, ObjType)) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |  | 
 |       // If we modified a bit-field, truncate it to the right width. | 
 |       if (isModification(handler.AccessKind) && | 
 |           LastField && LastField->isBitField() && | 
 |           !truncateBitfieldValue(Info, E, *O, LastField)) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |  | 
 |       return true; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     LastField = nullptr; | 
 |     if (ObjType->isArrayType()) { | 
 |       // Next subobject is an array element. | 
 |       const ConstantArrayType *CAT = Info.Ctx.getAsConstantArrayType(ObjType); | 
 |       assert(CAT && "vla in literal type?"); | 
 |       uint64_t Index = Sub.Entries[I].getAsArrayIndex(); | 
 |       if (CAT->getSize().ule(Index)) { | 
 |         // Note, it should not be possible to form a pointer with a valid | 
 |         // designator which points more than one past the end of the array. | 
 |         if (Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) | 
 |           Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_access_past_end) | 
 |             << handler.AccessKind; | 
 |         else | 
 |           Info.FFDiag(E); | 
 |         return handler.failed(); | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |       ObjType = CAT->getElementType(); | 
 |  | 
 |       if (O->getArrayInitializedElts() > Index) | 
 |         O = &O->getArrayInitializedElt(Index); | 
 |       else if (!isRead(handler.AccessKind)) { | 
 |         if (!CheckArraySize(Info, CAT, E->getExprLoc())) | 
 |           return handler.failed(); | 
 |  | 
 |         expandArray(*O, Index); | 
 |         O = &O->getArrayInitializedElt(Index); | 
 |       } else | 
 |         O = &O->getArrayFiller(); | 
 |     } else if (ObjType->isAnyComplexType()) { | 
 |       // Next subobject is a complex number. | 
 |       uint64_t Index = Sub.Entries[I].getAsArrayIndex(); | 
 |       if (Index > 1) { | 
 |         if (Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) | 
 |           Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_access_past_end) | 
 |             << handler.AccessKind; | 
 |         else | 
 |           Info.FFDiag(E); | 
 |         return handler.failed(); | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |       ObjType = getSubobjectType( | 
 |           ObjType, ObjType->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType()); | 
 |  | 
 |       assert(I == N - 1 && "extracting subobject of scalar?"); | 
 |       if (O->isComplexInt()) { | 
 |         return handler.found(Index ? O->getComplexIntImag() | 
 |                                    : O->getComplexIntReal(), ObjType); | 
 |       } else { | 
 |         assert(O->isComplexFloat()); | 
 |         return handler.found(Index ? O->getComplexFloatImag() | 
 |                                    : O->getComplexFloatReal(), ObjType); | 
 |       } | 
 |     } else if (const auto *VT = ObjType->getAs<VectorType>()) { | 
 |       uint64_t Index = Sub.Entries[I].getAsArrayIndex(); | 
 |       unsigned NumElements = VT->getNumElements(); | 
 |       if (Index == NumElements) { | 
 |         if (Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) | 
 |           Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_access_past_end) | 
 |               << handler.AccessKind; | 
 |         else | 
 |           Info.FFDiag(E); | 
 |         return handler.failed(); | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |       if (Index > NumElements) { | 
 |         Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_array_index) | 
 |             << Index << /*array*/ 0 << NumElements; | 
 |         return handler.failed(); | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |       ObjType = VT->getElementType(); | 
 |       assert(I == N - 1 && "extracting subobject of scalar?"); | 
 |       return handler.found(O->getVectorElt(Index), ObjType); | 
 |     } else if (const FieldDecl *Field = getAsField(Sub.Entries[I])) { | 
 |       if (Field->isMutable() && | 
 |           !Obj.mayAccessMutableMembers(Info, handler.AccessKind)) { | 
 |         Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_access_mutable, 1) | 
 |           << handler.AccessKind << Field; | 
 |         Info.Note(Field->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); | 
 |         return handler.failed(); | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |       // Next subobject is a class, struct or union field. | 
 |       RecordDecl *RD = ObjType->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); | 
 |       if (RD->isUnion()) { | 
 |         const FieldDecl *UnionField = O->getUnionField(); | 
 |         if (!UnionField || | 
 |             UnionField->getCanonicalDecl() != Field->getCanonicalDecl()) { | 
 |           if (I == N - 1 && handler.AccessKind == AK_Construct) { | 
 |             // Placement new onto an inactive union member makes it active. | 
 |             O->setUnion(Field, APValue()); | 
 |           } else { | 
 |             // Pointer to/into inactive union member: Not within lifetime | 
 |             if (handler.AccessKind == AK_IsWithinLifetime) | 
 |               return false; | 
 |             // FIXME: If O->getUnionValue() is absent, report that there's no | 
 |             // active union member rather than reporting the prior active union | 
 |             // member. We'll need to fix nullptr_t to not use APValue() as its | 
 |             // representation first. | 
 |             Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_access_inactive_union_member) | 
 |                 << handler.AccessKind << Field << !UnionField << UnionField; | 
 |             return handler.failed(); | 
 |           } | 
 |         } | 
 |         O = &O->getUnionValue(); | 
 |       } else | 
 |         O = &O->getStructField(Field->getFieldIndex()); | 
 |  | 
 |       ObjType = getSubobjectType(ObjType, Field->getType(), Field->isMutable()); | 
 |       LastField = Field; | 
 |       if (Field->getType().isVolatileQualified()) | 
 |         VolatileField = Field; | 
 |     } else { | 
 |       // Next subobject is a base class. | 
 |       const CXXRecordDecl *Derived = ObjType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); | 
 |       const CXXRecordDecl *Base = getAsBaseClass(Sub.Entries[I]); | 
 |       O = &O->getStructBase(getBaseIndex(Derived, Base)); | 
 |  | 
 |       ObjType = getSubobjectType(ObjType, Info.Ctx.getRecordType(Base)); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | namespace { | 
 | struct ExtractSubobjectHandler { | 
 |   EvalInfo &Info; | 
 |   const Expr *E; | 
 |   APValue &Result; | 
 |   const AccessKinds AccessKind; | 
 |  | 
 |   typedef bool result_type; | 
 |   bool failed() { return false; } | 
 |   bool found(APValue &Subobj, QualType SubobjType) { | 
 |     Result = Subobj; | 
 |     if (AccessKind == AK_ReadObjectRepresentation) | 
 |       return true; | 
 |     return CheckFullyInitialized(Info, E->getExprLoc(), SubobjType, Result); | 
 |   } | 
 |   bool found(APSInt &Value, QualType SubobjType) { | 
 |     Result = APValue(Value); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |   bool found(APFloat &Value, QualType SubobjType) { | 
 |     Result = APValue(Value); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 | }; | 
 | } // end anonymous namespace | 
 |  | 
 | /// Extract the designated sub-object of an rvalue. | 
 | static bool extractSubobject(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E, | 
 |                              const CompleteObject &Obj, | 
 |                              const SubobjectDesignator &Sub, APValue &Result, | 
 |                              AccessKinds AK = AK_Read) { | 
 |   assert(AK == AK_Read || AK == AK_ReadObjectRepresentation); | 
 |   ExtractSubobjectHandler Handler = {Info, E, Result, AK}; | 
 |   return findSubobject(Info, E, Obj, Sub, Handler); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | namespace { | 
 | struct ModifySubobjectHandler { | 
 |   EvalInfo &Info; | 
 |   APValue &NewVal; | 
 |   const Expr *E; | 
 |  | 
 |   typedef bool result_type; | 
 |   static const AccessKinds AccessKind = AK_Assign; | 
 |  | 
 |   bool checkConst(QualType QT) { | 
 |     // Assigning to a const object has undefined behavior. | 
 |     if (QT.isConstQualified()) { | 
 |       Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_modify_const_type) << QT; | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     } | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   bool failed() { return false; } | 
 |   bool found(APValue &Subobj, QualType SubobjType) { | 
 |     if (!checkConst(SubobjType)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     // We've been given ownership of NewVal, so just swap it in. | 
 |     Subobj.swap(NewVal); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |   bool found(APSInt &Value, QualType SubobjType) { | 
 |     if (!checkConst(SubobjType)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     if (!NewVal.isInt()) { | 
 |       // Maybe trying to write a cast pointer value into a complex? | 
 |       Info.FFDiag(E); | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     } | 
 |     Value = NewVal.getInt(); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |   bool found(APFloat &Value, QualType SubobjType) { | 
 |     if (!checkConst(SubobjType)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     Value = NewVal.getFloat(); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 | }; | 
 | } // end anonymous namespace | 
 |  | 
 | const AccessKinds ModifySubobjectHandler::AccessKind; | 
 |  | 
 | /// Update the designated sub-object of an rvalue to the given value. | 
 | static bool modifySubobject(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E, | 
 |                             const CompleteObject &Obj, | 
 |                             const SubobjectDesignator &Sub, | 
 |                             APValue &NewVal) { | 
 |   ModifySubobjectHandler Handler = { Info, NewVal, E }; | 
 |   return findSubobject(Info, E, Obj, Sub, Handler); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Find the position where two subobject designators diverge, or equivalently | 
 | /// the length of the common initial subsequence. | 
 | static unsigned FindDesignatorMismatch(QualType ObjType, | 
 |                                        const SubobjectDesignator &A, | 
 |                                        const SubobjectDesignator &B, | 
 |                                        bool &WasArrayIndex) { | 
 |   unsigned I = 0, N = std::min(A.Entries.size(), B.Entries.size()); | 
 |   for (/**/; I != N; ++I) { | 
 |     if (!ObjType.isNull() && | 
 |         (ObjType->isArrayType() || ObjType->isAnyComplexType())) { | 
 |       // Next subobject is an array element. | 
 |       if (A.Entries[I].getAsArrayIndex() != B.Entries[I].getAsArrayIndex()) { | 
 |         WasArrayIndex = true; | 
 |         return I; | 
 |       } | 
 |       if (ObjType->isAnyComplexType()) | 
 |         ObjType = ObjType->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(); | 
 |       else | 
 |         ObjType = ObjType->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); | 
 |     } else { | 
 |       if (A.Entries[I].getAsBaseOrMember() != | 
 |           B.Entries[I].getAsBaseOrMember()) { | 
 |         WasArrayIndex = false; | 
 |         return I; | 
 |       } | 
 |       if (const FieldDecl *FD = getAsField(A.Entries[I])) | 
 |         // Next subobject is a field. | 
 |         ObjType = FD->getType(); | 
 |       else | 
 |         // Next subobject is a base class. | 
 |         ObjType = QualType(); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |   WasArrayIndex = false; | 
 |   return I; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Determine whether the given subobject designators refer to elements of the | 
 | /// same array object. | 
 | static bool AreElementsOfSameArray(QualType ObjType, | 
 |                                    const SubobjectDesignator &A, | 
 |                                    const SubobjectDesignator &B) { | 
 |   if (A.Entries.size() != B.Entries.size()) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   bool IsArray = A.MostDerivedIsArrayElement; | 
 |   if (IsArray && A.MostDerivedPathLength != A.Entries.size()) | 
 |     // A is a subobject of the array element. | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   // If A (and B) designates an array element, the last entry will be the array | 
 |   // index. That doesn't have to match. Otherwise, we're in the 'implicit array | 
 |   // of length 1' case, and the entire path must match. | 
 |   bool WasArrayIndex; | 
 |   unsigned CommonLength = FindDesignatorMismatch(ObjType, A, B, WasArrayIndex); | 
 |   return CommonLength >= A.Entries.size() - IsArray; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Find the complete object to which an LValue refers. | 
 | static CompleteObject findCompleteObject(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E, | 
 |                                          AccessKinds AK, const LValue &LVal, | 
 |                                          QualType LValType) { | 
 |   if (LVal.InvalidBase) { | 
 |     Info.FFDiag(E); | 
 |     return CompleteObject(); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!LVal.Base) { | 
 |     Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_access_null) << AK; | 
 |     return CompleteObject(); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   CallStackFrame *Frame = nullptr; | 
 |   unsigned Depth = 0; | 
 |   if (LVal.getLValueCallIndex()) { | 
 |     std::tie(Frame, Depth) = | 
 |         Info.getCallFrameAndDepth(LVal.getLValueCallIndex()); | 
 |     if (!Frame) { | 
 |       Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_lifetime_ended, 1) | 
 |         << AK << LVal.Base.is<const ValueDecl*>(); | 
 |       NoteLValueLocation(Info, LVal.Base); | 
 |       return CompleteObject(); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   bool IsAccess = isAnyAccess(AK); | 
 |  | 
 |   // C++11 DR1311: An lvalue-to-rvalue conversion on a volatile-qualified type | 
 |   // is not a constant expression (even if the object is non-volatile). We also | 
 |   // apply this rule to C++98, in order to conform to the expected 'volatile' | 
 |   // semantics. | 
 |   if (isFormalAccess(AK) && LValType.isVolatileQualified()) { | 
 |     if (Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) | 
 |       Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_access_volatile_type) | 
 |         << AK << LValType; | 
 |     else | 
 |       Info.FFDiag(E); | 
 |     return CompleteObject(); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Compute value storage location and type of base object. | 
 |   APValue *BaseVal = nullptr; | 
 |   QualType BaseType = getType(LVal.Base); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && LVal.Base == Info.EvaluatingDecl && | 
 |       lifetimeStartedInEvaluation(Info, LVal.Base)) { | 
 |     // This is the object whose initializer we're evaluating, so its lifetime | 
 |     // started in the current evaluation. | 
 |     BaseVal = Info.EvaluatingDeclValue; | 
 |   } else if (const ValueDecl *D = LVal.Base.dyn_cast<const ValueDecl *>()) { | 
 |     // Allow reading from a GUID declaration. | 
 |     if (auto *GD = dyn_cast<MSGuidDecl>(D)) { | 
 |       if (isModification(AK)) { | 
 |         // All the remaining cases do not permit modification of the object. | 
 |         Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_modify_global); | 
 |         return CompleteObject(); | 
 |       } | 
 |       APValue &V = GD->getAsAPValue(); | 
 |       if (V.isAbsent()) { | 
 |         Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_unsupported_layout) | 
 |             << GD->getType(); | 
 |         return CompleteObject(); | 
 |       } | 
 |       return CompleteObject(LVal.Base, &V, GD->getType()); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // Allow reading the APValue from an UnnamedGlobalConstantDecl. | 
 |     if (auto *GCD = dyn_cast<UnnamedGlobalConstantDecl>(D)) { | 
 |       if (isModification(AK)) { | 
 |         Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_modify_global); | 
 |         return CompleteObject(); | 
 |       } | 
 |       return CompleteObject(LVal.Base, const_cast<APValue *>(&GCD->getValue()), | 
 |                             GCD->getType()); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // Allow reading from template parameter objects. | 
 |     if (auto *TPO = dyn_cast<TemplateParamObjectDecl>(D)) { | 
 |       if (isModification(AK)) { | 
 |         Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_modify_global); | 
 |         return CompleteObject(); | 
 |       } | 
 |       return CompleteObject(LVal.Base, const_cast<APValue *>(&TPO->getValue()), | 
 |                             TPO->getType()); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // In C++98, const, non-volatile integers initialized with ICEs are ICEs. | 
 |     // In C++11, constexpr, non-volatile variables initialized with constant | 
 |     // expressions are constant expressions too. Inside constexpr functions, | 
 |     // parameters are constant expressions even if they're non-const. | 
 |     // In C++1y, objects local to a constant expression (those with a Frame) are | 
 |     // both readable and writable inside constant expressions. | 
 |     // In C, such things can also be folded, although they are not ICEs. | 
 |     const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); | 
 |     if (VD) { | 
 |       if (const VarDecl *VDef = VD->getDefinition(Info.Ctx)) | 
 |         VD = VDef; | 
 |     } | 
 |     if (!VD || VD->isInvalidDecl()) { | 
 |       Info.FFDiag(E); | 
 |       return CompleteObject(); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     bool IsConstant = BaseType.isConstant(Info.Ctx); | 
 |     bool ConstexprVar = false; | 
 |     if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast_if_present<VarDecl>( | 
 |             Info.EvaluatingDecl.dyn_cast<const ValueDecl *>())) | 
 |       ConstexprVar = VD->isConstexpr(); | 
 |  | 
 |     // Unless we're looking at a local variable or argument in a constexpr call, | 
 |     // the variable we're reading must be const. | 
 |     if (!Frame) { | 
 |       if (IsAccess && isa<ParmVarDecl>(VD)) { | 
 |         // Access of a parameter that's not associated with a frame isn't going | 
 |         // to work out, but we can leave it to evaluateVarDeclInit to provide a | 
 |         // suitable diagnostic. | 
 |       } else if (Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && | 
 |                  lifetimeStartedInEvaluation(Info, LVal.Base)) { | 
 |         // OK, we can read and modify an object if we're in the process of | 
 |         // evaluating its initializer, because its lifetime began in this | 
 |         // evaluation. | 
 |       } else if (isModification(AK)) { | 
 |         // All the remaining cases do not permit modification of the object. | 
 |         Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_modify_global); | 
 |         return CompleteObject(); | 
 |       } else if (VD->isConstexpr()) { | 
 |         // OK, we can read this variable. | 
 |       } else if (Info.getLangOpts().C23 && ConstexprVar) { | 
 |         Info.FFDiag(E); | 
 |         return CompleteObject(); | 
 |       } else if (BaseType->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { | 
 |         if (!IsConstant) { | 
 |           if (!IsAccess) | 
 |             return CompleteObject(LVal.getLValueBase(), nullptr, BaseType); | 
 |           if (Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | 
 |             Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_ltor_non_const_int, 1) << VD; | 
 |             Info.Note(VD->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); | 
 |           } else { | 
 |             Info.FFDiag(E); | 
 |           } | 
 |           return CompleteObject(); | 
 |         } | 
 |       } else if (!IsAccess) { | 
 |         return CompleteObject(LVal.getLValueBase(), nullptr, BaseType); | 
 |       } else if (IsConstant && Info.checkingPotentialConstantExpression() && | 
 |                  BaseType->isLiteralType(Info.Ctx) && !VD->hasDefinition()) { | 
 |         // This variable might end up being constexpr. Don't diagnose it yet. | 
 |       } else if (IsConstant) { | 
 |         // Keep evaluating to see what we can do. In particular, we support | 
 |         // folding of const floating-point types, in order to make static const | 
 |         // data members of such types (supported as an extension) more useful. | 
 |         if (Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | 
 |           Info.CCEDiag(E, Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 | 
 |                               ? diag::note_constexpr_ltor_non_constexpr | 
 |                               : diag::note_constexpr_ltor_non_integral, 1) | 
 |               << VD << BaseType; | 
 |           Info.Note(VD->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); | 
 |         } else { | 
 |           Info.CCEDiag(E); | 
 |         } | 
 |       } else { | 
 |         // Never allow reading a non-const value. | 
 |         if (Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | 
 |           Info.FFDiag(E, Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 | 
 |                              ? diag::note_constexpr_ltor_non_constexpr | 
 |                              : diag::note_constexpr_ltor_non_integral, 1) | 
 |               << VD << BaseType; | 
 |           Info.Note(VD->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); | 
 |         } else { | 
 |           Info.FFDiag(E); | 
 |         } | 
 |         return CompleteObject(); | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     if (!evaluateVarDeclInit(Info, E, VD, Frame, LVal.getLValueVersion(), BaseVal)) | 
 |       return CompleteObject(); | 
 |   } else if (DynamicAllocLValue DA = LVal.Base.dyn_cast<DynamicAllocLValue>()) { | 
 |     std::optional<DynAlloc *> Alloc = Info.lookupDynamicAlloc(DA); | 
 |     if (!Alloc) { | 
 |       Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_access_deleted_object) << AK; | 
 |       return CompleteObject(); | 
 |     } | 
 |     return CompleteObject(LVal.Base, &(*Alloc)->Value, | 
 |                           LVal.Base.getDynamicAllocType()); | 
 |   } else { | 
 |     const Expr *Base = LVal.Base.dyn_cast<const Expr*>(); | 
 |  | 
 |     if (!Frame) { | 
 |       if (const MaterializeTemporaryExpr *MTE = | 
 |               dyn_cast_or_null<MaterializeTemporaryExpr>(Base)) { | 
 |         assert(MTE->getStorageDuration() == SD_Static && | 
 |                "should have a frame for a non-global materialized temporary"); | 
 |  | 
 |         // C++20 [expr.const]p4: [DR2126] | 
 |         //   An object or reference is usable in constant expressions if it is | 
 |         //   - a temporary object of non-volatile const-qualified literal type | 
 |         //     whose lifetime is extended to that of a variable that is usable | 
 |         //     in constant expressions | 
 |         // | 
 |         // C++20 [expr.const]p5: | 
 |         //  an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion [is not allowed unless it applies to] | 
 |         //   - a non-volatile glvalue that refers to an object that is usable | 
 |         //     in constant expressions, or | 
 |         //   - a non-volatile glvalue of literal type that refers to a | 
 |         //     non-volatile object whose lifetime began within the evaluation | 
 |         //     of E; | 
 |         // | 
 |         // C++11 misses the 'began within the evaluation of e' check and | 
 |         // instead allows all temporaries, including things like: | 
 |         //   int &&r = 1; | 
 |         //   int x = ++r; | 
 |         //   constexpr int k = r; | 
 |         // Therefore we use the C++14-onwards rules in C++11 too. | 
 |         // | 
 |         // Note that temporaries whose lifetimes began while evaluating a | 
 |         // variable's constructor are not usable while evaluating the | 
 |         // corresponding destructor, not even if they're of const-qualified | 
 |         // types. | 
 |         if (!MTE->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Info.Ctx) && | 
 |             !lifetimeStartedInEvaluation(Info, LVal.Base)) { | 
 |           if (!IsAccess) | 
 |             return CompleteObject(LVal.getLValueBase(), nullptr, BaseType); | 
 |           Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_access_static_temporary, 1) << AK; | 
 |           Info.Note(MTE->getExprLoc(), diag::note_constexpr_temporary_here); | 
 |           return CompleteObject(); | 
 |         } | 
 |  | 
 |         BaseVal = MTE->getOrCreateValue(false); | 
 |         assert(BaseVal && "got reference to unevaluated temporary"); | 
 |       } else { | 
 |         if (!IsAccess) | 
 |           return CompleteObject(LVal.getLValueBase(), nullptr, BaseType); | 
 |         APValue Val; | 
 |         LVal.moveInto(Val); | 
 |         Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_access_unreadable_object) | 
 |             << AK | 
 |             << Val.getAsString(Info.Ctx, | 
 |                                Info.Ctx.getLValueReferenceType(LValType)); | 
 |         NoteLValueLocation(Info, LVal.Base); | 
 |         return CompleteObject(); | 
 |       } | 
 |     } else { | 
 |       BaseVal = Frame->getTemporary(Base, LVal.Base.getVersion()); | 
 |       assert(BaseVal && "missing value for temporary"); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // In C++14, we can't safely access any mutable state when we might be | 
 |   // evaluating after an unmodeled side effect. Parameters are modeled as state | 
 |   // in the caller, but aren't visible once the call returns, so they can be | 
 |   // modified in a speculatively-evaluated call. | 
 |   // | 
 |   // FIXME: Not all local state is mutable. Allow local constant subobjects | 
 |   // to be read here (but take care with 'mutable' fields). | 
 |   unsigned VisibleDepth = Depth; | 
 |   if (llvm::isa_and_nonnull<ParmVarDecl>( | 
 |           LVal.Base.dyn_cast<const ValueDecl *>())) | 
 |     ++VisibleDepth; | 
 |   if ((Frame && Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && | 
 |        Info.EvalStatus.HasSideEffects) || | 
 |       (isModification(AK) && VisibleDepth < Info.SpeculativeEvaluationDepth)) | 
 |     return CompleteObject(); | 
 |  | 
 |   return CompleteObject(LVal.getLValueBase(), BaseVal, BaseType); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Perform an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion on the given glvalue. This | 
 | /// can also be used for 'lvalue-to-lvalue' conversions for looking up the | 
 | /// glvalue referred to by an entity of reference type. | 
 | /// | 
 | /// \param Info - Information about the ongoing evaluation. | 
 | /// \param Conv - The expression for which we are performing the conversion. | 
 | ///               Used for diagnostics. | 
 | /// \param Type - The type of the glvalue (before stripping cv-qualifiers in the | 
 | ///               case of a non-class type). | 
 | /// \param LVal - The glvalue on which we are attempting to perform this action. | 
 | /// \param RVal - The produced value will be placed here. | 
 | /// \param WantObjectRepresentation - If true, we're looking for the object | 
 | ///               representation rather than the value, and in particular, | 
 | ///               there is no requirement that the result be fully initialized. | 
 | static bool | 
 | handleLValueToRValueConversion(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *Conv, QualType Type, | 
 |                                const LValue &LVal, APValue &RVal, | 
 |                                bool WantObjectRepresentation = false) { | 
 |   if (LVal.Designator.Invalid) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Check for special cases where there is no existing APValue to look at. | 
 |   const Expr *Base = LVal.Base.dyn_cast<const Expr*>(); | 
 |  | 
 |   AccessKinds AK = | 
 |       WantObjectRepresentation ? AK_ReadObjectRepresentation : AK_Read; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (Base && !LVal.getLValueCallIndex() && !Type.isVolatileQualified()) { | 
 |     if (const CompoundLiteralExpr *CLE = dyn_cast<CompoundLiteralExpr>(Base)) { | 
 |       // In C99, a CompoundLiteralExpr is an lvalue, and we defer evaluating the | 
 |       // initializer until now for such expressions. Such an expression can't be | 
 |       // an ICE in C, so this only matters for fold. | 
 |       if (Type.isVolatileQualified()) { | 
 |         Info.FFDiag(Conv); | 
 |         return false; | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |       APValue Lit; | 
 |       if (!Evaluate(Lit, Info, CLE->getInitializer())) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |  | 
 |       // According to GCC info page: | 
 |       // | 
 |       // 6.28 Compound Literals | 
 |       // | 
 |       // As an optimization, G++ sometimes gives array compound literals longer | 
 |       // lifetimes: when the array either appears outside a function or has a | 
 |       // const-qualified type. If foo and its initializer had elements of type | 
 |       // char *const rather than char *, or if foo were a global variable, the | 
 |       // array would have static storage duration. But it is probably safest | 
 |       // just to avoid the use of array compound literals in C++ code. | 
 |       // | 
 |       // Obey that rule by checking constness for converted array types. | 
 |  | 
 |       QualType CLETy = CLE->getType(); | 
 |       if (CLETy->isArrayType() && !Type->isArrayType()) { | 
 |         if (!CLETy.isConstant(Info.Ctx)) { | 
 |           Info.FFDiag(Conv); | 
 |           Info.Note(CLE->getExprLoc(), diag::note_declared_at); | 
 |           return false; | 
 |         } | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |       CompleteObject LitObj(LVal.Base, &Lit, Base->getType()); | 
 |       return extractSubobject(Info, Conv, LitObj, LVal.Designator, RVal, AK); | 
 |     } else if (isa<StringLiteral>(Base) || isa<PredefinedExpr>(Base)) { | 
 |       // Special-case character extraction so we don't have to construct an | 
 |       // APValue for the whole string. | 
 |       assert(LVal.Designator.Entries.size() <= 1 && | 
 |              "Can only read characters from string literals"); | 
 |       if (LVal.Designator.Entries.empty()) { | 
 |         // Fail for now for LValue to RValue conversion of an array. | 
 |         // (This shouldn't show up in C/C++, but it could be triggered by a | 
 |         // weird EvaluateAsRValue call from a tool.) | 
 |         Info.FFDiag(Conv); | 
 |         return false; | 
 |       } | 
 |       if (LVal.Designator.isOnePastTheEnd()) { | 
 |         if (Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) | 
 |           Info.FFDiag(Conv, diag::note_constexpr_access_past_end) << AK; | 
 |         else | 
 |           Info.FFDiag(Conv); | 
 |         return false; | 
 |       } | 
 |       uint64_t CharIndex = LVal.Designator.Entries[0].getAsArrayIndex(); | 
 |       RVal = APValue(extractStringLiteralCharacter(Info, Base, CharIndex)); | 
 |       return true; | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   CompleteObject Obj = findCompleteObject(Info, Conv, AK, LVal, Type); | 
 |   return Obj && extractSubobject(Info, Conv, Obj, LVal.Designator, RVal, AK); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Perform an assignment of Val to LVal. Takes ownership of Val. | 
 | static bool handleAssignment(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E, const LValue &LVal, | 
 |                              QualType LValType, APValue &Val) { | 
 |   if (LVal.Designator.Invalid) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) { | 
 |     Info.FFDiag(E); | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   CompleteObject Obj = findCompleteObject(Info, E, AK_Assign, LVal, LValType); | 
 |   return Obj && modifySubobject(Info, E, Obj, LVal.Designator, Val); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | namespace { | 
 | struct CompoundAssignSubobjectHandler { | 
 |   EvalInfo &Info; | 
 |   const CompoundAssignOperator *E; | 
 |   QualType PromotedLHSType; | 
 |   BinaryOperatorKind Opcode; | 
 |   const APValue &RHS; | 
 |  | 
 |   static const AccessKinds AccessKind = AK_Assign; | 
 |  | 
 |   typedef bool result_type; | 
 |  | 
 |   bool checkConst(QualType QT) { | 
 |     // Assigning to a const object has undefined behavior. | 
 |     if (QT.isConstQualified()) { | 
 |       Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_modify_const_type) << QT; | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     } | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   bool failed() { return false; } | 
 |   bool found(APValue &Subobj, QualType SubobjType) { | 
 |     switch (Subobj.getKind()) { | 
 |     case APValue::Int: | 
 |       return found(Subobj.getInt(), SubobjType); | 
 |     case APValue::Float: | 
 |       return found(Subobj.getFloat(), SubobjType); | 
 |     case APValue::ComplexInt: | 
 |     case APValue::ComplexFloat: | 
 |       // FIXME: Implement complex compound assignment. | 
 |       Info.FFDiag(E); | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     case APValue::LValue: | 
 |       return foundPointer(Subobj, SubobjType); | 
 |     case APValue::Vector: | 
 |       return foundVector(Subobj, SubobjType); | 
 |     case APValue::Indeterminate: | 
 |       Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_access_uninit) | 
 |           << /*read of=*/0 << /*uninitialized object=*/1 | 
 |           << E->getLHS()->getSourceRange(); | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     default: | 
 |       // FIXME: can this happen? | 
 |       Info.FFDiag(E); | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   bool foundVector(APValue &Value, QualType SubobjType) { | 
 |     if (!checkConst(SubobjType)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     if (!SubobjType->isVectorType()) { | 
 |       Info.FFDiag(E); | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     } | 
 |     return handleVectorVectorBinOp(Info, E, Opcode, Value, RHS); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   bool found(APSInt &Value, QualType SubobjType) { | 
 |     if (!checkConst(SubobjType)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     if (!SubobjType->isIntegerType()) { | 
 |       // We don't support compound assignment on integer-cast-to-pointer | 
 |       // values. | 
 |       Info.FFDiag(E); | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     if (RHS.isInt()) { | 
 |       APSInt LHS = | 
 |           HandleIntToIntCast(Info, E, PromotedLHSType, SubobjType, Value); | 
 |       if (!handleIntIntBinOp(Info, E, LHS, Opcode, RHS.getInt(), LHS)) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |       Value = HandleIntToIntCast(Info, E, SubobjType, PromotedLHSType, LHS); | 
 |       return true; | 
 |     } else if (RHS.isFloat()) { | 
 |       const FPOptions FPO = E->getFPFeaturesInEffect( | 
 |                                     Info.Ctx.getLangOpts()); | 
 |       APFloat FValue(0.0); | 
 |       return HandleIntToFloatCast(Info, E, FPO, SubobjType, Value, | 
 |                                   PromotedLHSType, FValue) && | 
 |              handleFloatFloatBinOp(Info, E, FValue, Opcode, RHS.getFloat()) && | 
 |              HandleFloatToIntCast(Info, E, PromotedLHSType, FValue, SubobjType, | 
 |                                   Value); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     Info.FFDiag(E); | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |   bool found(APFloat &Value, QualType SubobjType) { | 
 |     return checkConst(SubobjType) && | 
 |            HandleFloatToFloatCast(Info, E, SubobjType, PromotedLHSType, | 
 |                                   Value) && | 
 |            handleFloatFloatBinOp(Info, E, Value, Opcode, RHS.getFloat()) && | 
 |            HandleFloatToFloatCast(Info, E, PromotedLHSType, SubobjType, Value); | 
 |   } | 
 |   bool foundPointer(APValue &Subobj, QualType SubobjType) { | 
 |     if (!checkConst(SubobjType)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     QualType PointeeType; | 
 |     if (const PointerType *PT = SubobjType->getAs<PointerType>()) | 
 |       PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType(); | 
 |  | 
 |     if (PointeeType.isNull() || !RHS.isInt() || | 
 |         (Opcode != BO_Add && Opcode != BO_Sub)) { | 
 |       Info.FFDiag(E); | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     APSInt Offset = RHS.getInt(); | 
 |     if (Opcode == BO_Sub) | 
 |       negateAsSigned(Offset); | 
 |  | 
 |     LValue LVal; | 
 |     LVal.setFrom(Info.Ctx, Subobj); | 
 |     if (!HandleLValueArrayAdjustment(Info, E, LVal, PointeeType, Offset)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     LVal.moveInto(Subobj); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 | }; | 
 | } // end anonymous namespace | 
 |  | 
 | const AccessKinds CompoundAssignSubobjectHandler::AccessKind; | 
 |  | 
 | /// Perform a compound assignment of LVal <op>= RVal. | 
 | static bool handleCompoundAssignment(EvalInfo &Info, | 
 |                                      const CompoundAssignOperator *E, | 
 |                                      const LValue &LVal, QualType LValType, | 
 |                                      QualType PromotedLValType, | 
 |                                      BinaryOperatorKind Opcode, | 
 |                                      const APValue &RVal) { | 
 |   if (LVal.Designator.Invalid) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) { | 
 |     Info.FFDiag(E); | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   CompleteObject Obj = findCompleteObject(Info, E, AK_Assign, LVal, LValType); | 
 |   CompoundAssignSubobjectHandler Handler = { Info, E, PromotedLValType, Opcode, | 
 |                                              RVal }; | 
 |   return Obj && findSubobject(Info, E, Obj, LVal.Designator, Handler); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | namespace { | 
 | struct IncDecSubobjectHandler { | 
 |   EvalInfo &Info; | 
 |   const UnaryOperator *E; | 
 |   AccessKinds AccessKind; | 
 |   APValue *Old; | 
 |  | 
 |   typedef bool result_type; | 
 |  | 
 |   bool checkConst(QualType QT) { | 
 |     // Assigning to a const object has undefined behavior. | 
 |     if (QT.isConstQualified()) { | 
 |       Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_modify_const_type) << QT; | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     } | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   bool failed() { return false; } | 
 |   bool found(APValue &Subobj, QualType SubobjType) { | 
 |     // Stash the old value. Also clear Old, so we don't clobber it later | 
 |     // if we're post-incrementing a complex. | 
 |     if (Old) { | 
 |       *Old = Subobj; | 
 |       Old = nullptr; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     switch (Subobj.getKind()) { | 
 |     case APValue::Int: | 
 |       return found(Subobj.getInt(), SubobjType); | 
 |     case APValue::Float: | 
 |       return found(Subobj.getFloat(), SubobjType); | 
 |     case APValue::ComplexInt: | 
 |       return found(Subobj.getComplexIntReal(), | 
 |                    SubobjType->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType() | 
 |                      .withCVRQualifiers(SubobjType.getCVRQualifiers())); | 
 |     case APValue::ComplexFloat: | 
 |       return found(Subobj.getComplexFloatReal(), | 
 |                    SubobjType->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType() | 
 |                      .withCVRQualifiers(SubobjType.getCVRQualifiers())); | 
 |     case APValue::LValue: | 
 |       return foundPointer(Subobj, SubobjType); | 
 |     default: | 
 |       // FIXME: can this happen? | 
 |       Info.FFDiag(E); | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |   bool found(APSInt &Value, QualType SubobjType) { | 
 |     if (!checkConst(SubobjType)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     if (!SubobjType->isIntegerType()) { | 
 |       // We don't support increment / decrement on integer-cast-to-pointer | 
 |       // values. | 
 |       Info.FFDiag(E); | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     if (Old) *Old = APValue(Value); | 
 |  | 
 |     // bool arithmetic promotes to int, and the conversion back to bool | 
 |     // doesn't reduce mod 2^n, so special-case it. | 
 |     if (SubobjType->isBooleanType()) { | 
 |       if (AccessKind == AK_Increment) | 
 |         Value = 1; | 
 |       else | 
 |         Value = !Value; | 
 |       return true; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     bool WasNegative = Value.isNegative(); | 
 |     if (AccessKind == AK_Increment) { | 
 |       ++Value; | 
 |  | 
 |       if (!WasNegative && Value.isNegative() && E->canOverflow()) { | 
 |         APSInt ActualValue(Value, /*IsUnsigned*/true); | 
 |         return HandleOverflow(Info, E, ActualValue, SubobjType); | 
 |       } | 
 |     } else { | 
 |       --Value; | 
 |  | 
 |       if (WasNegative && !Value.isNegative() && E->canOverflow()) { | 
 |         unsigned BitWidth = Value.getBitWidth(); | 
 |         APSInt ActualValue(Value.sext(BitWidth + 1), /*IsUnsigned*/false); | 
 |         ActualValue.setBit(BitWidth); | 
 |         return HandleOverflow(Info, E, ActualValue, SubobjType); | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |   bool found(APFloat &Value, QualType SubobjType) { | 
 |     if (!checkConst(SubobjType)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     if (Old) *Old = APValue(Value); | 
 |  | 
 |     APFloat One(Value.getSemantics(), 1); | 
 |     llvm::RoundingMode RM = getActiveRoundingMode(Info, E); | 
 |     APFloat::opStatus St; | 
 |     if (AccessKind == AK_Increment) | 
 |       St = Value.add(One, RM); | 
 |     else | 
 |       St = Value.subtract(One, RM); | 
 |     return checkFloatingPointResult(Info, E, St); | 
 |   } | 
 |   bool foundPointer(APValue &Subobj, QualType SubobjType) { | 
 |     if (!checkConst(SubobjType)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     QualType PointeeType; | 
 |     if (const PointerType *PT = SubobjType->getAs<PointerType>()) | 
 |       PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType(); | 
 |     else { | 
 |       Info.FFDiag(E); | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     LValue LVal; | 
 |     LVal.setFrom(Info.Ctx, Subobj); | 
 |     if (!HandleLValueArrayAdjustment(Info, E, LVal, PointeeType, | 
 |                                      AccessKind == AK_Increment ? 1 : -1)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     LVal.moveInto(Subobj); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 | }; | 
 | } // end anonymous namespace | 
 |  | 
 | /// Perform an increment or decrement on LVal. | 
 | static bool handleIncDec(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E, const LValue &LVal, | 
 |                          QualType LValType, bool IsIncrement, APValue *Old) { | 
 |   if (LVal.Designator.Invalid) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) { | 
 |     Info.FFDiag(E); | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   AccessKinds AK = IsIncrement ? AK_Increment : AK_Decrement; | 
 |   CompleteObject Obj = findCompleteObject(Info, E, AK, LVal, LValType); | 
 |   IncDecSubobjectHandler Handler = {Info, cast<UnaryOperator>(E), AK, Old}; | 
 |   return Obj && findSubobject(Info, E, Obj, LVal.Designator, Handler); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Build an lvalue for the object argument of a member function call. | 
 | static bool EvaluateObjectArgument(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *Object, | 
 |                                    LValue &This) { | 
 |   if (Object->getType()->isPointerType() && Object->isPRValue()) | 
 |     return EvaluatePointer(Object, This, Info); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (Object->isGLValue()) | 
 |     return EvaluateLValue(Object, This, Info); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (Object->getType()->isLiteralType(Info.Ctx)) | 
 |     return EvaluateTemporary(Object, This, Info); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (Object->getType()->isRecordType() && Object->isPRValue()) | 
 |     return EvaluateTemporary(Object, This, Info); | 
 |  | 
 |   Info.FFDiag(Object, diag::note_constexpr_nonliteral) << Object->getType(); | 
 |   return false; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// HandleMemberPointerAccess - Evaluate a member access operation and build an | 
 | /// lvalue referring to the result. | 
 | /// | 
 | /// \param Info - Information about the ongoing evaluation. | 
 | /// \param LV - An lvalue referring to the base of the member pointer. | 
 | /// \param RHS - The member pointer expression. | 
 | /// \param IncludeMember - Specifies whether the member itself is included in | 
 | ///        the resulting LValue subobject designator. This is not possible when | 
 | ///        creating a bound member function. | 
 | /// \return The field or method declaration to which the member pointer refers, | 
 | ///         or 0 if evaluation fails. | 
 | static const ValueDecl *HandleMemberPointerAccess(EvalInfo &Info, | 
 |                                                   QualType LVType, | 
 |                                                   LValue &LV, | 
 |                                                   const Expr *RHS, | 
 |                                                   bool IncludeMember = true) { | 
 |   MemberPtr MemPtr; | 
 |   if (!EvaluateMemberPointer(RHS, MemPtr, Info)) | 
 |     return nullptr; | 
 |  | 
 |   // C++11 [expr.mptr.oper]p6: If the second operand is the null pointer to | 
 |   // member value, the behavior is undefined. | 
 |   if (!MemPtr.getDecl()) { | 
 |     // FIXME: Specific diagnostic. | 
 |     Info.FFDiag(RHS); | 
 |     return nullptr; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (MemPtr.isDerivedMember()) { | 
 |     // This is a member of some derived class. Truncate LV appropriately. | 
 |     // The end of the derived-to-base path for the base object must match the | 
 |     // derived-to-base path for the member pointer. | 
 |     if (LV.Designator.MostDerivedPathLength + MemPtr.Path.size() > | 
 |         LV.Designator.Entries.size()) { | 
 |       Info.FFDiag(RHS); | 
 |       return nullptr; | 
 |     } | 
 |     unsigned PathLengthToMember = | 
 |         LV.Designator.Entries.size() - MemPtr.Path.size(); | 
 |     for (unsigned I = 0, N = MemPtr.Path.size(); I != N; ++I) { | 
 |       const CXXRecordDecl *LVDecl = getAsBaseClass( | 
 |           LV.Designator.Entries[PathLengthToMember + I]); | 
 |       const CXXRecordDecl *MPDecl = MemPtr.Path[I]; | 
 |       if (LVDecl->getCanonicalDecl() != MPDecl->getCanonicalDecl()) { | 
 |         Info.FFDiag(RHS); | 
 |         return nullptr; | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // Truncate the lvalue to the appropriate derived class. | 
 |     if (!CastToDerivedClass(Info, RHS, LV, MemPtr.getContainingRecord(), | 
 |                             PathLengthToMember)) | 
 |       return nullptr; | 
 |   } else if (!MemPtr.Path.empty()) { | 
 |     // Extend the LValue path with the member pointer's path. | 
 |     LV.Designator.Entries.reserve(LV.Designator.Entries.size() + | 
 |                                   MemPtr.Path.size() + IncludeMember); | 
 |  | 
 |     // Walk down to the appropriate base class. | 
 |     if (const PointerType *PT = LVType->getAs<PointerType>()) | 
 |       LVType = PT->getPointeeType(); | 
 |     const CXXRecordDecl *RD = LVType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); | 
 |     assert(RD && "member pointer access on non-class-type expression"); | 
 |     // The first class in the path is that of the lvalue. | 
 |     for (unsigned I = 1, N = MemPtr.Path.size(); I != N; ++I) { | 
 |       const CXXRecordDecl *Base = MemPtr.Path[N - I - 1]; | 
 |       if (!HandleLValueDirectBase(Info, RHS, LV, RD, Base)) | 
 |         return nullptr; | 
 |       RD = Base; | 
 |     } | 
 |     // Finally cast to the class containing the member. | 
 |     if (!HandleLValueDirectBase(Info, RHS, LV, RD, | 
 |                                 MemPtr.getContainingRecord())) | 
 |       return nullptr; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Add the member. Note that we cannot build bound member functions here. | 
 |   if (IncludeMember) { | 
 |     if (const FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemPtr.getDecl())) { | 
 |       if (!HandleLValueMember(Info, RHS, LV, FD)) | 
 |         return nullptr; | 
 |     } else if (const IndirectFieldDecl *IFD = | 
 |                  dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(MemPtr.getDecl())) { | 
 |       if (!HandleLValueIndirectMember(Info, RHS, LV, IFD)) | 
 |         return nullptr; | 
 |     } else { | 
 |       llvm_unreachable("can't construct reference to bound member function"); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   return MemPtr.getDecl(); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static const ValueDecl *HandleMemberPointerAccess(EvalInfo &Info, | 
 |                                                   const BinaryOperator *BO, | 
 |                                                   LValue &LV, | 
 |                                                   bool IncludeMember = true) { | 
 |   assert(BO->getOpcode() == BO_PtrMemD || BO->getOpcode() == BO_PtrMemI); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!EvaluateObjectArgument(Info, BO->getLHS(), LV)) { | 
 |     if (Info.noteFailure()) { | 
 |       MemberPtr MemPtr; | 
 |       EvaluateMemberPointer(BO->getRHS(), MemPtr, Info); | 
 |     } | 
 |     return nullptr; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   return HandleMemberPointerAccess(Info, BO->getLHS()->getType(), LV, | 
 |                                    BO->getRHS(), IncludeMember); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// HandleBaseToDerivedCast - Apply the given base-to-derived cast operation on | 
 | /// the provided lvalue, which currently refers to the base object. | 
 | static bool HandleBaseToDerivedCast(EvalInfo &Info, const CastExpr *E, | 
 |                                     LValue &Result) { | 
 |   SubobjectDesignator &D = Result.Designator; | 
 |   if (D.Invalid || !Result.checkNullPointer(Info, E, CSK_Derived)) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   QualType TargetQT = E->getType(); | 
 |   if (const PointerType *PT = TargetQT->getAs<PointerType>()) | 
 |     TargetQT = PT->getPointeeType(); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Check this cast lands within the final derived-to-base subobject path. | 
 |   if (D.MostDerivedPathLength + E->path_size() > D.Entries.size()) { | 
 |     Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_invalid_downcast) | 
 |       << D.MostDerivedType << TargetQT; | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Check the type of the final cast. We don't need to check the path, | 
 |   // since a cast can only be formed if the path is unique. | 
 |   unsigned NewEntriesSize = D.Entries.size() - E->path_size(); | 
 |   const CXXRecordDecl *TargetType = TargetQT->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); | 
 |   const CXXRecordDecl *FinalType; | 
 |   if (NewEntriesSize == D.MostDerivedPathLength) | 
 |     FinalType = D.MostDerivedType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); | 
 |   else | 
 |     FinalType = getAsBaseClass(D.Entries[NewEntriesSize - 1]); | 
 |   if (FinalType->getCanonicalDecl() != TargetType->getCanonicalDecl()) { | 
 |     Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_invalid_downcast) | 
 |       << D.MostDerivedType << TargetQT; | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Truncate the lvalue to the appropriate derived class. | 
 |   return CastToDerivedClass(Info, E, Result, TargetType, NewEntriesSize); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Get the value to use for a default-initialized object of type T. | 
 | /// Return false if it encounters something invalid. | 
 | static bool handleDefaultInitValue(QualType T, APValue &Result) { | 
 |   bool Success = true; | 
 |  | 
 |   // If there is already a value present don't overwrite it. | 
 |   if (!Result.isAbsent()) | 
 |     return true; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (auto *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { | 
 |     if (RD->isInvalidDecl()) { | 
 |       Result = APValue(); | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     } | 
 |     if (RD->isUnion()) { | 
 |       Result = APValue((const FieldDecl *)nullptr); | 
 |       return true; | 
 |     } | 
 |     Result = APValue(APValue::UninitStruct(), RD->getNumBases(), | 
 |                      std::distance(RD->field_begin(), RD->field_end())); | 
 |  | 
 |     unsigned Index = 0; | 
 |     for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator I = RD->bases_begin(), | 
 |                                                   End = RD->bases_end(); | 
 |          I != End; ++I, ++Index) | 
 |       Success &= | 
 |           handleDefaultInitValue(I->getType(), Result.getStructBase(Index)); | 
 |  | 
 |     for (const auto *I : RD->fields()) { | 
 |       if (I->isUnnamedBitField()) | 
 |         continue; | 
 |       Success &= handleDefaultInitValue( | 
 |           I->getType(), Result.getStructField(I->getFieldIndex())); | 
 |     } | 
 |     return Success; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (auto *AT = | 
 |           dyn_cast_or_null<ConstantArrayType>(T->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe())) { | 
 |     Result = APValue(APValue::UninitArray(), 0, AT->getZExtSize()); | 
 |     if (Result.hasArrayFiller()) | 
 |       Success &= | 
 |           handleDefaultInitValue(AT->getElementType(), Result.getArrayFiller()); | 
 |  | 
 |     return Success; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   Result = APValue::IndeterminateValue(); | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | namespace { | 
 | enum EvalStmtResult { | 
 |   /// Evaluation failed. | 
 |   ESR_Failed, | 
 |   /// Hit a 'return' statement. | 
 |   ESR_Returned, | 
 |   /// Evaluation succeeded. | 
 |   ESR_Succeeded, | 
 |   /// Hit a 'continue' statement. | 
 |   ESR_Continue, | 
 |   /// Hit a 'break' statement. | 
 |   ESR_Break, | 
 |   /// Still scanning for 'case' or 'default' statement. | 
 |   ESR_CaseNotFound | 
 | }; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static bool EvaluateVarDecl(EvalInfo &Info, const VarDecl *VD) { | 
 |   if (VD->isInvalidDecl()) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   // We don't need to evaluate the initializer for a static local. | 
 |   if (!VD->hasLocalStorage()) | 
 |     return true; | 
 |  | 
 |   LValue Result; | 
 |   APValue &Val = Info.CurrentCall->createTemporary(VD, VD->getType(), | 
 |                                                    ScopeKind::Block, Result); | 
 |  | 
 |   const Expr *InitE = VD->getInit(); | 
 |   if (!InitE) { | 
 |     if (VD->getType()->isDependentType()) | 
 |       return Info.noteSideEffect(); | 
 |     return handleDefaultInitValue(VD->getType(), Val); | 
 |   } | 
 |   if (InitE->isValueDependent()) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!EvaluateInPlace(Val, Info, Result, InitE)) { | 
 |     // Wipe out any partially-computed value, to allow tracking that this | 
 |     // evaluation failed. | 
 |     Val = APValue(); | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static bool EvaluateDecl(EvalInfo &Info, const Decl *D) { | 
 |   bool OK = true; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) | 
 |     OK &= EvaluateVarDecl(Info, VD); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (const DecompositionDecl *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D)) | 
 |     for (auto *BD : DD->flat_bindings()) | 
 |       if (auto *VD = BD->getHoldingVar()) | 
 |         OK &= EvaluateDecl(Info, VD); | 
 |  | 
 |   return OK; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static bool EvaluateDependentExpr(const Expr *E, EvalInfo &Info) { | 
 |   assert(E->isValueDependent()); | 
 |   if (Info.noteSideEffect()) | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   assert(E->containsErrors() && "valid value-dependent expression should never " | 
 |                                 "reach invalid code path."); | 
 |   return false; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Evaluate a condition (either a variable declaration or an expression). | 
 | static bool EvaluateCond(EvalInfo &Info, const VarDecl *CondDecl, | 
 |                          const Expr *Cond, bool &Result) { | 
 |   if (Cond->isValueDependent()) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   FullExpressionRAII Scope(Info); | 
 |   if (CondDecl && !EvaluateDecl(Info, CondDecl)) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   if (!EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(Cond, Result, Info)) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   return Scope.destroy(); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | namespace { | 
 | /// A location where the result (returned value) of evaluating a | 
 | /// statement should be stored. | 
 | struct StmtResult { | 
 |   /// The APValue that should be filled in with the returned value. | 
 |   APValue &Value; | 
 |   /// The location containing the result, if any (used to support RVO). | 
 |   const LValue *Slot; | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | struct TempVersionRAII { | 
 |   CallStackFrame &Frame; | 
 |  | 
 |   TempVersionRAII(CallStackFrame &Frame) : Frame(Frame) { | 
 |     Frame.pushTempVersion(); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   ~TempVersionRAII() { | 
 |     Frame.popTempVersion(); | 
 |   } | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static EvalStmtResult EvaluateStmt(StmtResult &Result, EvalInfo &Info, | 
 |                                    const Stmt *S, | 
 |                                    const SwitchCase *SC = nullptr); | 
 |  | 
 | /// Evaluate the body of a loop, and translate the result as appropriate. | 
 | static EvalStmtResult EvaluateLoopBody(StmtResult &Result, EvalInfo &Info, | 
 |                                        const Stmt *Body, | 
 |                                        const SwitchCase *Case = nullptr) { | 
 |   BlockScopeRAII Scope(Info); | 
 |  | 
 |   EvalStmtResult ESR = EvaluateStmt(Result, Info, Body, Case); | 
 |   if (ESR != ESR_Failed && ESR != ESR_CaseNotFound && !Scope.destroy()) | 
 |     ESR = ESR_Failed; | 
 |  | 
 |   switch (ESR) { | 
 |   case ESR_Break: | 
 |     return ESR_Succeeded; | 
 |   case ESR_Succeeded: | 
 |   case ESR_Continue: | 
 |     return ESR_Continue; | 
 |   case ESR_Failed: | 
 |   case ESR_Returned: | 
 |   case ESR_CaseNotFound: | 
 |     return ESR; | 
 |   } | 
 |   llvm_unreachable("Invalid EvalStmtResult!"); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Evaluate a switch statement. | 
 | static EvalStmtResult EvaluateSwitch(StmtResult &Result, EvalInfo &Info, | 
 |                                      const SwitchStmt *SS) { | 
 |   BlockScopeRAII Scope(Info); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Evaluate the switch condition. | 
 |   APSInt Value; | 
 |   { | 
 |     if (const Stmt *Init = SS->getInit()) { | 
 |       EvalStmtResult ESR = EvaluateStmt(Result, Info, Init); | 
 |       if (ESR != ESR_Succeeded) { | 
 |         if (ESR != ESR_Failed && !Scope.destroy()) | 
 |           ESR = ESR_Failed; | 
 |         return ESR; | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     FullExpressionRAII CondScope(Info); | 
 |     if (SS->getConditionVariable() && | 
 |         !EvaluateDecl(Info, SS->getConditionVariable())) | 
 |       return ESR_Failed; | 
 |     if (SS->getCond()->isValueDependent()) { | 
 |       // We don't know what the value is, and which branch should jump to. | 
 |       EvaluateDependentExpr(SS->getCond(), Info); | 
 |       return ESR_Failed; | 
 |     } | 
 |     if (!EvaluateInteger(SS->getCond(), Value, Info)) | 
 |       return ESR_Failed; | 
 |  | 
 |     if (!CondScope.destroy()) | 
 |       return ESR_Failed; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Find the switch case corresponding to the value of the condition. | 
 |   // FIXME: Cache this lookup. | 
 |   const SwitchCase *Found = nullptr; | 
 |   for (const SwitchCase *SC = SS->getSwitchCaseList(); SC; | 
 |        SC = SC->getNextSwitchCase()) { | 
 |     if (isa<DefaultStmt>(SC)) { | 
 |       Found = SC; | 
 |       continue; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     const CaseStmt *CS = cast<CaseStmt>(SC); | 
 |     APSInt LHS = CS->getLHS()->EvaluateKnownConstInt(Info.Ctx); | 
 |     APSInt RHS = CS->getRHS() ? CS->getRHS()->EvaluateKnownConstInt(Info.Ctx) | 
 |                               : LHS; | 
 |     if (LHS <= Value && Value <= RHS) { | 
 |       Found = SC; | 
 |       break; | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!Found) | 
 |     return Scope.destroy() ? ESR_Succeeded : ESR_Failed; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Search the switch body for the switch case and evaluate it from there. | 
 |   EvalStmtResult ESR = EvaluateStmt(Result, Info, SS->getBody(), Found); | 
 |   if (ESR != ESR_Failed && ESR != ESR_CaseNotFound && !Scope.destroy()) | 
 |     return ESR_Failed; | 
 |  | 
 |   switch (ESR) { | 
 |   case ESR_Break: | 
 |     return ESR_Succeeded; | 
 |   case ESR_Succeeded: | 
 |   case ESR_Continue: | 
 |   case ESR_Failed: | 
 |   case ESR_Returned: | 
 |     return ESR; | 
 |   case ESR_CaseNotFound: | 
 |     // This can only happen if the switch case is nested within a statement | 
 |     // expression. We have no intention of supporting that. | 
 |     Info.FFDiag(Found->getBeginLoc(), | 
 |                 diag::note_constexpr_stmt_expr_unsupported); | 
 |     return ESR_Failed; | 
 |   } | 
 |   llvm_unreachable("Invalid EvalStmtResult!"); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static bool CheckLocalVariableDeclaration(EvalInfo &Info, const VarDecl *VD) { | 
 |   // An expression E is a core constant expression unless the evaluation of E | 
 |   // would evaluate one of the following: [C++23] - a control flow that passes | 
 |   // through a declaration of a variable with static or thread storage duration | 
 |   // unless that variable is usable in constant expressions. | 
 |   if (VD->isLocalVarDecl() && VD->isStaticLocal() && | 
 |       !VD->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Info.Ctx)) { | 
 |     Info.CCEDiag(VD->getLocation(), diag::note_constexpr_static_local) | 
 |         << (VD->getTSCSpec() == TSCS_unspecified ? 0 : 1) << VD; | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | // Evaluate a statement. | 
 | static EvalStmtResult EvaluateStmt(StmtResult &Result, EvalInfo &Info, | 
 |                                    const Stmt *S, const SwitchCase *Case) { | 
 |   if (!Info.nextStep(S)) | 
 |     return ESR_Failed; | 
 |  | 
 |   // If we're hunting down a 'case' or 'default' label, recurse through | 
 |   // substatements until we hit the label. | 
 |   if (Case) { | 
 |     switch (S->getStmtClass()) { | 
 |     case Stmt::CompoundStmtClass: | 
 |       // FIXME: Precompute which substatement of a compound statement we | 
 |       // would jump to, and go straight there rather than performing a | 
 |       // linear scan each time. | 
 |     case Stmt::LabelStmtClass: | 
 |     case Stmt::AttributedStmtClass: | 
 |     case Stmt::DoStmtClass: | 
 |       break; | 
 |  | 
 |     case Stmt::CaseStmtClass: | 
 |     case Stmt::DefaultStmtClass: | 
 |       if (Case == S) | 
 |         Case = nullptr; | 
 |       break; | 
 |  | 
 |     case Stmt::IfStmtClass: { | 
 |       // FIXME: Precompute which side of an 'if' we would jump to, and go | 
 |       // straight there rather than scanning both sides. | 
 |       const IfStmt *IS = cast<IfStmt>(S); | 
 |  | 
 |       // Wrap the evaluation in a block scope, in case it's a DeclStmt | 
 |       // preceded by our switch label. | 
 |       BlockScopeRAII Scope(Info); | 
 |  | 
 |       // Step into the init statement in case it brings an (uninitialized) | 
 |       // variable into scope. | 
 |       if (const Stmt *Init = IS->getInit()) { | 
 |         EvalStmtResult ESR = EvaluateStmt(Result, Info, Init, Case); | 
 |         if (ESR != ESR_CaseNotFound) { | 
 |           assert(ESR != ESR_Succeeded); | 
 |           return ESR; | 
 |         } | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |       // Condition variable must be initialized if it exists. | 
 |       // FIXME: We can skip evaluating the body if there's a condition | 
 |       // variable, as there can't be any case labels within it. | 
 |       // (The same is true for 'for' statements.) | 
 |  | 
 |       EvalStmtResult ESR = EvaluateStmt(Result, Info, IS->getThen(), Case); | 
 |       if (ESR == ESR_Failed) | 
 |         return ESR; | 
 |       if (ESR != ESR_CaseNotFound) | 
 |         return Scope.destroy() ? ESR : ESR_Failed; | 
 |       if (!IS->getElse()) | 
 |         return ESR_CaseNotFound; | 
 |  | 
 |       ESR = EvaluateStmt(Result, Info, IS->getElse(), Case); | 
 |       if (ESR == ESR_Failed) | 
 |         return ESR; | 
 |       if (ESR != ESR_CaseNotFound) | 
 |         return Scope.destroy() ? ESR : ESR_Failed; | 
 |       return ESR_CaseNotFound; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     case Stmt::WhileStmtClass: { | 
 |       EvalStmtResult ESR = | 
 |           EvaluateLoopBody(Result, Info, cast<WhileStmt>(S)->getBody(), Case); | 
 |       if (ESR != ESR_Continue) | 
 |         return ESR; | 
 |       break; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     case Stmt::ForStmtClass: { | 
 |       const ForStmt *FS = cast<ForStmt>(S); | 
 |       BlockScopeRAII Scope(Info); | 
 |  | 
 |       // Step into the init statement in case it brings an (uninitialized) | 
 |       // variable into scope. | 
 |       if (const Stmt *Init = FS->getInit()) { | 
 |         EvalStmtResult ESR = EvaluateStmt(Result, Info, Init, Case); | 
 |         if (ESR != ESR_CaseNotFound) { | 
 |           assert(ESR != ESR_Succeeded); | 
 |           return ESR; | 
 |         } | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |       EvalStmtResult ESR = | 
 |           EvaluateLoopBody(Result, Info, FS->getBody(), Case); | 
 |       if (ESR != ESR_Continue) | 
 |         return ESR; | 
 |       if (const auto *Inc = FS->getInc()) { | 
 |         if (Inc->isValueDependent()) { | 
 |           if (!EvaluateDependentExpr(Inc, Info)) | 
 |             return ESR_Failed; | 
 |         } else { | 
 |           FullExpressionRAII IncScope(Info); | 
 |           if (!EvaluateIgnoredValue(Info, Inc) || !IncScope.destroy()) | 
 |             return ESR_Failed; | 
 |         } | 
 |       } | 
 |       break; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     case Stmt::DeclStmtClass: { | 
 |       // Start the lifetime of any uninitialized variables we encounter. They | 
 |       // might be used by the selected branch of the switch. | 
 |       const DeclStmt *DS = cast<DeclStmt>(S); | 
 |       for (const auto *D : DS->decls()) { | 
 |         if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { | 
 |           if (!CheckLocalVariableDeclaration(Info, VD)) | 
 |             return ESR_Failed; | 
 |           if (VD->hasLocalStorage() && !VD->getInit()) | 
 |             if (!EvaluateVarDecl(Info, VD)) | 
 |               return ESR_Failed; | 
 |           // FIXME: If the variable has initialization that can't be jumped | 
 |           // over, bail out of any immediately-surrounding compound-statement | 
 |           // too. There can't be any case labels here. | 
 |         } | 
 |       } | 
 |       return ESR_CaseNotFound; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     default: | 
 |       return ESR_CaseNotFound; | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   switch (S->getStmtClass()) { | 
 |   default: | 
 |     if (const Expr *E = dyn_cast<Expr>(S)) { | 
 |       if (E->isValueDependent()) { | 
 |         if (!EvaluateDependentExpr(E, Info)) | 
 |           return ESR_Failed; | 
 |       } else { | 
 |         // Don't bother evaluating beyond an expression-statement which couldn't | 
 |         // be evaluated. | 
 |         // FIXME: Do we need the FullExpressionRAII object here? | 
 |         // VisitExprWithCleanups should create one when necessary. | 
 |         FullExpressionRAII Scope(Info); | 
 |         if (!EvaluateIgnoredValue(Info, E) || !Scope.destroy()) | 
 |           return ESR_Failed; | 
 |       } | 
 |       return ESR_Succeeded; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     Info.FFDiag(S->getBeginLoc()) << S->getSourceRange(); | 
 |     return ESR_Failed; | 
 |  | 
 |   case Stmt::NullStmtClass: | 
 |     return ESR_Succeeded; | 
 |  | 
 |   case Stmt::DeclStmtClass: { | 
 |     const DeclStmt *DS = cast<DeclStmt>(S); | 
 |     for (const auto *D : DS->decls()) { | 
 |       const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(D); | 
 |       if (VD && !CheckLocalVariableDeclaration(Info, VD)) | 
 |         return ESR_Failed; | 
 |       // Each declaration initialization is its own full-expression. | 
 |       FullExpressionRAII Scope(Info); | 
 |       if (!EvaluateDecl(Info, D) && !Info.noteFailure()) | 
 |         return ESR_Failed; | 
 |       if (!Scope.destroy()) | 
 |         return ESR_Failed; | 
 |     } | 
 |     return ESR_Succeeded; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   case Stmt::ReturnStmtClass: { | 
 |     const Expr *RetExpr = cast<ReturnStmt>(S)->getRetValue(); | 
 |     FullExpressionRAII Scope(Info); | 
 |     if (RetExpr && RetExpr->isValueDependent()) { | 
 |       EvaluateDependentExpr(RetExpr, Info); | 
 |       // We know we returned, but we don't know what the value is. | 
 |       return ESR_Failed; | 
 |     } | 
 |     if (RetExpr && | 
 |         !(Result.Slot | 
 |               ? EvaluateInPlace(Result.Value, Info, *Result.Slot, RetExpr) | 
 |               : Evaluate(Result.Value, Info, RetExpr))) | 
 |       return ESR_Failed; | 
 |     return Scope.destroy() ? ESR_Returned : ESR_Failed; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   case Stmt::CompoundStmtClass: { | 
 |     BlockScopeRAII Scope(Info); | 
 |  | 
 |     const CompoundStmt *CS = cast<CompoundStmt>(S); | 
 |     for (const auto *BI : CS->body()) { | 
 |       EvalStmtResult ESR = EvaluateStmt(Result, Info, BI, Case); | 
 |       if (ESR == ESR_Succeeded) | 
 |         Case = nullptr; | 
 |       else if (ESR != ESR_CaseNotFound) { | 
 |         if (ESR != ESR_Failed && !Scope.destroy()) | 
 |           return ESR_Failed; | 
 |         return ESR; | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |     if (Case) | 
 |       return ESR_CaseNotFound; | 
 |     return Scope.destroy() ? ESR_Succeeded : ESR_Failed; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   case Stmt::IfStmtClass: { | 
 |     const IfStmt *IS = cast<IfStmt>(S); | 
 |  | 
 |     // Evaluate the condition, as either a var decl or as an expression. | 
 |     BlockScopeRAII Scope(Info); | 
 |     if (const Stmt *Init = IS->getInit()) { | 
 |       EvalStmtResult ESR = EvaluateStmt(Result, Info, Init); | 
 |       if (ESR != ESR_Succeeded) { | 
 |         if (ESR != ESR_Failed && !Scope.destroy()) | 
 |           return ESR_Failed; | 
 |         return ESR; | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |     bool Cond; | 
 |     if (IS->isConsteval()) { | 
 |       Cond = IS->isNonNegatedConsteval(); | 
 |       // If we are not in a constant context, if consteval should not evaluate | 
 |       // to true. | 
 |       if (!Info.InConstantContext) | 
 |         Cond = !Cond; | 
 |     } else if (!EvaluateCond(Info, IS->getConditionVariable(), IS->getCond(), | 
 |                              Cond)) | 
 |       return ESR_Failed; | 
 |  | 
 |     if (const Stmt *SubStmt = Cond ? IS->getThen() : IS->getElse()) { | 
 |       EvalStmtResult ESR = EvaluateStmt(Result, Info, SubStmt); | 
 |       if (ESR != ESR_Succeeded) { | 
 |         if (ESR != ESR_Failed && !Scope.destroy()) | 
 |           return ESR_Failed; | 
 |         return ESR; | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |     return Scope.destroy() ? ESR_Succeeded : ESR_Failed; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   case Stmt::WhileStmtClass: { | 
 |     const WhileStmt *WS = cast<WhileStmt>(S); | 
 |     while (true) { | 
 |       BlockScopeRAII Scope(Info); | 
 |       bool Continue; | 
 |       if (!EvaluateCond(Info, WS->getConditionVariable(), WS->getCond(), | 
 |                         Continue)) | 
 |         return ESR_Failed; | 
 |       if (!Continue) | 
 |         break; | 
 |  | 
 |       EvalStmtResult ESR = EvaluateLoopBody(Result, Info, WS->getBody()); | 
 |       if (ESR != ESR_Continue) { | 
 |         if (ESR != ESR_Failed && !Scope.destroy()) | 
 |           return ESR_Failed; | 
 |         return ESR; | 
 |       } | 
 |       if (!Scope.destroy()) | 
 |         return ESR_Failed; | 
 |     } | 
 |     return ESR_Succeeded; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   case Stmt::DoStmtClass: { | 
 |     const DoStmt *DS = cast<DoStmt>(S); | 
 |     bool Continue; | 
 |     do { | 
 |       EvalStmtResult ESR = EvaluateLoopBody(Result, Info, DS->getBody(), Case); | 
 |       if (ESR != ESR_Continue) | 
 |         return ESR; | 
 |       Case = nullptr; | 
 |  | 
 |       if (DS->getCond()->isValueDependent()) { | 
 |         EvaluateDependentExpr(DS->getCond(), Info); | 
 |         // Bailout as we don't know whether to keep going or terminate the loop. | 
 |         return ESR_Failed; | 
 |       } | 
 |       FullExpressionRAII CondScope(Info); | 
 |       if (!EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(DS->getCond(), Continue, Info) || | 
 |           !CondScope.destroy()) | 
 |         return ESR_Failed; | 
 |     } while (Continue); | 
 |     return ESR_Succeeded; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   case Stmt::ForStmtClass: { | 
 |     const ForStmt *FS = cast<ForStmt>(S); | 
 |     BlockScopeRAII ForScope(Info); | 
 |     if (FS->getInit()) { | 
 |       EvalStmtResult ESR = EvaluateStmt(Result, Info, FS->getInit()); | 
 |       if (ESR != ESR_Succeeded) { | 
 |         if (ESR != ESR_Failed && !ForScope.destroy()) | 
 |           return ESR_Failed; | 
 |         return ESR; | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |     while (true) { | 
 |       BlockScopeRAII IterScope(Info); | 
 |       bool Continue = true; | 
 |       if (FS->getCond() && !EvaluateCond(Info, FS->getConditionVariable(), | 
 |                                          FS->getCond(), Continue)) | 
 |         return ESR_Failed; | 
 |       if (!Continue) | 
 |         break; | 
 |  | 
 |       EvalStmtResult ESR = EvaluateLoopBody(Result, Info, FS->getBody()); | 
 |       if (ESR != ESR_Continue) { | 
 |         if (ESR != ESR_Failed && (!IterScope.destroy() || !ForScope.destroy())) | 
 |           return ESR_Failed; | 
 |         return ESR; | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |       if (const auto *Inc = FS->getInc()) { | 
 |         if (Inc->isValueDependent()) { | 
 |           if (!EvaluateDependentExpr(Inc, Info)) | 
 |             return ESR_Failed; | 
 |         } else { | 
 |           FullExpressionRAII IncScope(Info); | 
 |           if (!EvaluateIgnoredValue(Info, Inc) || !IncScope.destroy()) | 
 |             return ESR_Failed; | 
 |         } | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |       if (!IterScope.destroy()) | 
 |         return ESR_Failed; | 
 |     } | 
 |     return ForScope.destroy() ? ESR_Succeeded : ESR_Failed; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   case Stmt::CXXForRangeStmtClass: { | 
 |     const CXXForRangeStmt *FS = cast<CXXForRangeStmt>(S); | 
 |     BlockScopeRAII Scope(Info); | 
 |  | 
 |     // Evaluate the init-statement if present. | 
 |     if (FS->getInit()) { | 
 |       EvalStmtResult ESR = EvaluateStmt(Result, Info, FS->getInit()); | 
 |       if (ESR != ESR_Succeeded) { | 
 |         if (ESR != ESR_Failed && !Scope.destroy()) | 
 |           return ESR_Failed; | 
 |         return ESR; | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // Initialize the __range variable. | 
 |     EvalStmtResult ESR = EvaluateStmt(Result, Info, FS->getRangeStmt()); | 
 |     if (ESR != ESR_Succeeded) { | 
 |       if (ESR != ESR_Failed && !Scope.destroy()) | 
 |         return ESR_Failed; | 
 |       return ESR; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // In error-recovery cases it's possible to get here even if we failed to | 
 |     // synthesize the __begin and __end variables. | 
 |     if (!FS->getBeginStmt() || !FS->getEndStmt() || !FS->getCond()) | 
 |       return ESR_Failed; | 
 |  | 
 |     // Create the __begin and __end iterators. | 
 |     ESR = EvaluateStmt(Result, Info, FS->getBeginStmt()); | 
 |     if (ESR != ESR_Succeeded) { | 
 |       if (ESR != ESR_Failed && !Scope.destroy()) | 
 |         return ESR_Failed; | 
 |       return ESR; | 
 |     } | 
 |     ESR = EvaluateStmt(Result, Info, FS->getEndStmt()); | 
 |     if (ESR != ESR_Succeeded) { | 
 |       if (ESR != ESR_Failed && !Scope.destroy()) | 
 |         return ESR_Failed; | 
 |       return ESR; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     while (true) { | 
 |       // Condition: __begin != __end. | 
 |       { | 
 |         if (FS->getCond()->isValueDependent()) { | 
 |           EvaluateDependentExpr(FS->getCond(), Info); | 
 |           // We don't know whether to keep going or terminate the loop. | 
 |           return ESR_Failed; | 
 |         } | 
 |         bool Continue = true; | 
 |         FullExpressionRAII CondExpr(Info); | 
 |         if (!EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(FS->getCond(), Continue, Info)) | 
 |           return ESR_Failed; | 
 |         if (!Continue) | 
 |           break; | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |       // User's variable declaration, initialized by *__begin. | 
 |       BlockScopeRAII InnerScope(Info); | 
 |       ESR = EvaluateStmt(Result, Info, FS->getLoopVarStmt()); | 
 |       if (ESR != ESR_Succeeded) { | 
 |         if (ESR != ESR_Failed && (!InnerScope.destroy() || !Scope.destroy())) | 
 |           return ESR_Failed; | 
 |         return ESR; | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |       // Loop body. | 
 |       ESR = EvaluateLoopBody(Result, Info, FS->getBody()); | 
 |       if (ESR != ESR_Continue) { | 
 |         if (ESR != ESR_Failed && (!InnerScope.destroy() || !Scope.destroy())) | 
 |           return ESR_Failed; | 
 |         return ESR; | 
 |       } | 
 |       if (FS->getInc()->isValueDependent()) { | 
 |         if (!EvaluateDependentExpr(FS->getInc(), Info)) | 
 |           return ESR_Failed; | 
 |       } else { | 
 |         // Increment: ++__begin | 
 |         if (!EvaluateIgnoredValue(Info, FS->getInc())) | 
 |           return ESR_Failed; | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |       if (!InnerScope.destroy()) | 
 |         return ESR_Failed; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     return Scope.destroy() ? ESR_Succeeded : ESR_Failed; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   case Stmt::SwitchStmtClass: | 
 |     return EvaluateSwitch(Result, Info, cast<SwitchStmt>(S)); | 
 |  | 
 |   case Stmt::ContinueStmtClass: | 
 |     return ESR_Continue; | 
 |  | 
 |   case Stmt::BreakStmtClass: | 
 |     return ESR_Break; | 
 |  | 
 |   case Stmt::LabelStmtClass: | 
 |     return EvaluateStmt(Result, Info, cast<LabelStmt>(S)->getSubStmt(), Case); | 
 |  | 
 |   case Stmt::AttributedStmtClass: { | 
 |     const auto *AS = cast<AttributedStmt>(S); | 
 |     const auto *SS = AS->getSubStmt(); | 
 |     MSConstexprContextRAII ConstexprContext( | 
 |         *Info.CurrentCall, hasSpecificAttr<MSConstexprAttr>(AS->getAttrs()) && | 
 |                                isa<ReturnStmt>(SS)); | 
 |  | 
 |     auto LO = Info.getASTContext().getLangOpts(); | 
 |     if (LO.CXXAssumptions && !LO.MSVCCompat) { | 
 |       for (auto *Attr : AS->getAttrs()) { | 
 |         auto *AA = dyn_cast<CXXAssumeAttr>(Attr); | 
 |         if (!AA) | 
 |           continue; | 
 |  | 
 |         auto *Assumption = AA->getAssumption(); | 
 |         if (Assumption->isValueDependent()) | 
 |           return ESR_Failed; | 
 |  | 
 |         if (Assumption->HasSideEffects(Info.getASTContext())) | 
 |           continue; | 
 |  | 
 |         bool Value; | 
 |         if (!EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(Assumption, Value, Info)) | 
 |           return ESR_Failed; | 
 |         if (!Value) { | 
 |           Info.CCEDiag(Assumption->getExprLoc(), | 
 |                        diag::note_constexpr_assumption_failed); | 
 |           return ESR_Failed; | 
 |         } | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     return EvaluateStmt(Result, Info, SS, Case); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   case Stmt::CaseStmtClass: | 
 |   case Stmt::DefaultStmtClass: | 
 |     return EvaluateStmt(Result, Info, cast<SwitchCase>(S)->getSubStmt(), Case); | 
 |   case Stmt::CXXTryStmtClass: | 
 |     // Evaluate try blocks by evaluating all sub statements. | 
 |     return EvaluateStmt(Result, Info, cast<CXXTryStmt>(S)->getTryBlock(), Case); | 
 |   } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// CheckTrivialDefaultConstructor - Check whether a constructor is a trivial | 
 | /// default constructor. If so, we'll fold it whether or not it's marked as | 
 | /// constexpr. If it is marked as constexpr, we will never implicitly define it, | 
 | /// so we need special handling. | 
 | static bool CheckTrivialDefaultConstructor(EvalInfo &Info, SourceLocation Loc, | 
 |                                            const CXXConstructorDecl *CD, | 
 |                                            bool IsValueInitialization) { | 
 |   if (!CD->isTrivial() || !CD->isDefaultConstructor()) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Value-initialization does not call a trivial default constructor, so such a | 
 |   // call is a core constant expression whether or not the constructor is | 
 |   // constexpr. | 
 |   if (!CD->isConstexpr() && !IsValueInitialization) { | 
 |     if (Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { | 
 |       // FIXME: If DiagDecl is an implicitly-declared special member function, | 
 |       // we should be much more explicit about why it's not constexpr. | 
 |       Info.CCEDiag(Loc, diag::note_constexpr_invalid_function, 1) | 
 |         << /*IsConstexpr*/0 << /*IsConstructor*/1 << CD; | 
 |       Info.Note(CD->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); | 
 |     } else { | 
 |       Info.CCEDiag(Loc, diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// CheckConstexprFunction - Check that a function can be called in a constant | 
 | /// expression. | 
 | static bool CheckConstexprFunction(EvalInfo &Info, SourceLocation CallLoc, | 
 |                                    const FunctionDecl *Declaration, | 
 |                                    const FunctionDecl *Definition, | 
 |                                    const Stmt *Body) { | 
 |   // Potential constant expressions can contain calls to declared, but not yet | 
 |   // defined, constexpr functions. | 
 |   if (Info.checkingPotentialConstantExpression() && !Definition && | 
 |       Declaration->isConstexpr()) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Bail out if the function declaration itself is invalid.  We will | 
 |   // have produced a relevant diagnostic while parsing it, so just | 
 |   // note the problematic sub-expression. | 
 |   if (Declaration->isInvalidDecl()) { | 
 |     Info.FFDiag(CallLoc, diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr); | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // DR1872: An instantiated virtual constexpr function can't be called in a | 
 |   // constant expression (prior to C++20). We can still constant-fold such a | 
 |   // call. | 
 |   if (!Info.Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20 && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Declaration) && | 
 |       cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Declaration)->isVirtual()) | 
 |     Info.CCEDiag(CallLoc, diag::note_constexpr_virtual_call); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (Definition && Definition->isInvalidDecl()) { | 
 |     Info.FFDiag(CallLoc, diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr); | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Can we evaluate this function call? | 
 |   if (Definition && Body && | 
 |       (Definition->isConstexpr() || (Info.CurrentCall->CanEvalMSConstexpr && | 
 |                                         Definition->hasAttr<MSConstexprAttr>()))) | 
 |     return true; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { | 
 |     const FunctionDecl *DiagDecl = Definition ? Definition : Declaration; | 
 |  | 
 |     // If this function is not constexpr because it is an inherited | 
 |     // non-constexpr constructor, diagnose that directly. | 
 |     auto *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(DiagDecl); | 
 |     if (CD && CD->isInheritingConstructor()) { | 
 |       auto *Inherited = CD->getInheritedConstructor().getConstructor(); | 
 |       if (!Inherited->isConstexpr()) | 
 |         DiagDecl = CD = Inherited; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // FIXME: If DiagDecl is an implicitly-declared special member function | 
 |     // or an inheriting constructor, we should be much more explicit about why | 
 |     // it's not constexpr. | 
 |     if (CD && CD->isInheritingConstructor()) | 
 |       Info.FFDiag(CallLoc, diag::note_constexpr_invalid_inhctor, 1) | 
 |         << CD->getInheritedConstructor().getConstructor()->getParent(); | 
 |     else | 
 |       Info.FFDiag(CallLoc, diag::note_constexpr_invalid_function, 1) | 
 |         << DiagDecl->isConstexpr() << (bool)CD << DiagDecl; | 
 |     Info.Note(DiagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); | 
 |   } else { | 
 |     Info.FFDiag(CallLoc, diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr); | 
 |   } | 
 |   return false; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | namespace { | 
 | struct CheckDynamicTypeHandler { | 
 |   AccessKinds AccessKind; | 
 |   typedef bool result_type; | 
 |   bool failed() { return false; } | 
 |   bool found(APValue &Subobj, QualType SubobjType) { return true; } | 
 |   bool found(APSInt &Value, QualType SubobjType) { return true; } | 
 |   bool found(APFloat &Value, QualType SubobjType) { return true; } | 
 | }; | 
 | } // end anonymous namespace | 
 |  | 
 | /// Check that we can access the notional vptr of an object / determine its | 
 | /// dynamic type. | 
 | static bool checkDynamicType(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E, const LValue &This, | 
 |                              AccessKinds AK, bool Polymorphic) { | 
 |   // We are not allowed to invoke a virtual function whose dynamic type | 
 |   // is constexpr-unknown, so stop early and let this fail later on if we | 
 |   // attempt to do so. | 
 |   // C++23 [expr.const]p5.6 | 
 |   // an invocation of a virtual function ([class.virtual]) for an object whose | 
 |   // dynamic type is constexpr-unknown; | 
 |   if (This.allowConstexprUnknown()) | 
 |     return true; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (This.Designator.Invalid) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   CompleteObject Obj = findCompleteObject(Info, E, AK, This, QualType()); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!Obj) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!Obj.Value) { | 
 |     // The object is not usable in constant expressions, so we can't inspect | 
 |     // its value to see if it's in-lifetime or what the active union members | 
 |     // are. We can still check for a one-past-the-end lvalue. | 
 |     if (This.Designator.isOnePastTheEnd() || | 
 |         This.Designator.isMostDerivedAnUnsizedArray()) { | 
 |       Info.FFDiag(E, This.Designator.isOnePastTheEnd() | 
 |                          ? diag::note_constexpr_access_past_end | 
 |                          : diag::note_constexpr_access_unsized_array) | 
 |           << AK; | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     } else if (Polymorphic) { | 
 |       // Conservatively refuse to perform a polymorphic operation if we would | 
 |       // not be able to read a notional 'vptr' value. | 
 |       APValue Val; | 
 |       This.moveInto(Val); | 
 |       QualType StarThisType = | 
 |           Info.Ctx.getLValueReferenceType(This.Designator.getType(Info.Ctx)); | 
 |       Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_polymorphic_unknown_dynamic_type) | 
 |           << AK << Val.getAsString(Info.Ctx, StarThisType); | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     } | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   CheckDynamicTypeHandler Handler{AK}; | 
 |   return Obj && findSubobject(Info, E, Obj, This.Designator, Handler); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Check that the pointee of the 'this' pointer in a member function call is | 
 | /// either within its lifetime or in its period of construction or destruction. | 
 | static bool | 
 | checkNonVirtualMemberCallThisPointer(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E, | 
 |                                      const LValue &This, | 
 |                                      const CXXMethodDecl *NamedMember) { | 
 |   return checkDynamicType( | 
 |       Info, E, This, | 
 |       isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NamedMember) ? AK_Destroy : AK_MemberCall, false); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | struct DynamicType { | 
 |   /// The dynamic class type of the object. | 
 |   const CXXRecordDecl *Type; | 
 |   /// The corresponding path length in the lvalue. | 
 |   unsigned PathLength; | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | static const CXXRecordDecl *getBaseClassType(SubobjectDesignator &Designator, | 
 |                                              unsigned PathLength) { | 
 |   assert(PathLength >= Designator.MostDerivedPathLength && PathLength <= | 
 |       Designator.Entries.size() && "invalid path length"); | 
 |   return (PathLength == Designator.MostDerivedPathLength) | 
 |              ? Designator.MostDerivedType->getAsCXXRecordDecl() | 
 |              : getAsBaseClass(Designator.Entries[PathLength - 1]); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Determine the dynamic type of an object. | 
 | static std::optional<DynamicType> ComputeDynamicType(EvalInfo &Info, | 
 |                                                      const Expr *E, | 
 |                                                      LValue &This, | 
 |                                                      AccessKinds AK) { | 
 |   // If we don't have an lvalue denoting an object of class type, there is no | 
 |   // meaningful dynamic type. (We consider objects of non-class type to have no | 
 |   // dynamic type.) | 
 |   if (!checkDynamicType(Info, E, This, AK, | 
 |                         (AK == AK_TypeId | 
 |                              ? (E->getType()->isReferenceType() ? true : false) | 
 |                              : true))) | 
 |     return std::nullopt; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (This.Designator.Invalid) | 
 |     return std::nullopt; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Refuse to compute a dynamic type in the presence of virtual bases. This | 
 |   // shouldn't happen other than in constant-folding situations, since literal | 
 |   // types can't have virtual bases. | 
 |   // | 
 |   // Note that consumers of DynamicType assume that the type has no virtual | 
 |   // bases, and will need modifications if this restriction is relaxed. | 
 |   const CXXRecordDecl *Class = | 
 |       This.Designator.MostDerivedType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); | 
 |   if (!Class || Class->getNumVBases()) { | 
 |     Info.FFDiag(E); | 
 |     return std::nullopt; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // FIXME: For very deep class hierarchies, it might be beneficial to use a | 
 |   // binary search here instead. But the overwhelmingly common case is that | 
 |   // we're not in the middle of a constructor, so it probably doesn't matter | 
 |   // in practice. | 
 |   ArrayRef<APValue::LValuePathEntry> Path = This.Designator.Entries; | 
 |   for (unsigned PathLength = This.Designator.MostDerivedPathLength; | 
 |        PathLength <= Path.size(); ++PathLength) { | 
 |     switch (Info.isEvaluatingCtorDtor(This.getLValueBase(), | 
 |                                       Path.slice(0, PathLength))) { | 
 |     case ConstructionPhase::Bases: | 
 |     case ConstructionPhase::DestroyingBases: | 
 |       // We're constructing or destroying a base class. This is not the dynamic | 
 |       // type. | 
 |       break; | 
 |  | 
 |     case ConstructionPhase::None: | 
 |     case ConstructionPhase::AfterBases: | 
 |     case ConstructionPhase::AfterFields: | 
 |     case ConstructionPhase::Destroying: | 
 |       // We've finished constructing the base classes and not yet started | 
 |       // destroying them again, so this is the dynamic type. | 
 |       return DynamicType{getBaseClassType(This.Designator, PathLength), | 
 |                          PathLength}; | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // CWG issue 1517: we're constructing a base class of the object described by | 
 |   // 'This', so that object has not yet begun its period of construction and | 
 |   // any polymorphic operation on it results in undefined behavior. | 
 |   Info.FFDiag(E); | 
 |   return std::nullopt; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Perform virtual dispatch. | 
 | static const CXXMethodDecl *HandleVirtualDispatch( | 
 |     EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E, LValue &This, const CXXMethodDecl *Found, | 
 |     llvm::SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &CovariantAdjustmentPath) { | 
 |   std::optional<DynamicType> DynType = ComputeDynamicType( | 
 |       Info, E, This, | 
 |       isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(Found) ? AK_Destroy : AK_MemberCall); | 
 |   if (!DynType) | 
 |     return nullptr; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Find the final overrider. It must be declared in one of the classes on the | 
 |   // path from the dynamic type to the static type. | 
 |   // FIXME: If we ever allow literal types to have virtual base classes, that | 
 |   // won't be true. | 
 |   const CXXMethodDecl *Callee = Found; | 
 |   unsigned PathLength = DynType->PathLength; | 
 |   for (/**/; PathLength <= This.Designator.Entries.size(); ++PathLength) { | 
 |     const CXXRecordDecl *Class = getBaseClassType(This.Designator, PathLength); | 
 |     const CXXMethodDecl *Overrider = | 
 |         Found->getCorrespondingMethodDeclaredInClass(Class, false); | 
 |     if (Overrider) { | 
 |       Callee = Overrider; | 
 |       break; | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // C++2a [class.abstract]p6: | 
 |   //   the effect of making a virtual call to a pure virtual function [...] is | 
 |   //   undefined | 
 |   if (Callee->isPureVirtual()) { | 
 |     Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_pure_virtual_call, 1) << Callee; | 
 |     Info.Note(Callee->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); | 
 |     return nullptr; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // If necessary, walk the rest of the path to determine the sequence of | 
 |   // covariant adjustment steps to apply. | 
 |   if (!Info.Ctx.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Callee->getReturnType(), | 
 |                                        Found->getReturnType())) { | 
 |     CovariantAdjustmentPath.push_back(Callee->getReturnType()); | 
 |     for (unsigned CovariantPathLength = PathLength + 1; | 
 |          CovariantPathLength != This.Designator.Entries.size(); | 
 |          ++CovariantPathLength) { | 
 |       const CXXRecordDecl *NextClass = | 
 |           getBaseClassType(This.Designator, CovariantPathLength); | 
 |       const CXXMethodDecl *Next = | 
 |           Found->getCorrespondingMethodDeclaredInClass(NextClass, false); | 
 |       if (Next && !Info.Ctx.hasSameUnqualifiedType( | 
 |                       Next->getReturnType(), CovariantAdjustmentPath.back())) | 
 |         CovariantAdjustmentPath.push_back(Next->getReturnType()); | 
 |     } | 
 |     if (!Info.Ctx.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Found->getReturnType(), | 
 |                                          CovariantAdjustmentPath.back())) | 
 |       CovariantAdjustmentPath.push_back(Found->getReturnType()); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Perform 'this' adjustment. | 
 |   if (!CastToDerivedClass(Info, E, This, Callee->getParent(), PathLength)) | 
 |     return nullptr; | 
 |  | 
 |   return Callee; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Perform the adjustment from a value returned by a virtual function to | 
 | /// a value of the statically expected type, which may be a pointer or | 
 | /// reference to a base class of the returned type. | 
 | static bool HandleCovariantReturnAdjustment(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E, | 
 |                                             APValue &Result, | 
 |                                             ArrayRef<QualType> Path) { | 
 |   assert(Result.isLValue() && | 
 |          "unexpected kind of APValue for covariant return"); | 
 |   if (Result.isNullPointer()) | 
 |     return true; | 
 |  | 
 |   LValue LVal; | 
 |   LVal.setFrom(Info.Ctx, Result); | 
 |  | 
 |   const CXXRecordDecl *OldClass = Path[0]->getPointeeCXXRecordDecl(); | 
 |   for (unsigned I = 1; I != Path.size(); ++I) { | 
 |     const CXXRecordDecl *NewClass = Path[I]->getPointeeCXXRecordDecl(); | 
 |     assert(OldClass && NewClass && "unexpected kind of covariant return"); | 
 |     if (OldClass != NewClass && | 
 |         !CastToBaseClass(Info, E, LVal, OldClass, NewClass)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     OldClass = NewClass; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   LVal.moveInto(Result); | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Determine whether \p Base, which is known to be a direct base class of | 
 | /// \p Derived, is a public base class. | 
 | static bool isBaseClassPublic(const CXXRecordDecl *Derived, | 
 |                               const CXXRecordDecl *Base) { | 
 |   for (const CXXBaseSpecifier &BaseSpec : Derived->bases()) { | 
 |     auto *BaseClass = BaseSpec.getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); | 
 |     if (BaseClass && declaresSameEntity(BaseClass, Base)) | 
 |       return BaseSpec.getAccessSpecifier() == AS_public; | 
 |   } | 
 |   llvm_unreachable("Base is not a direct base of Derived"); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Apply the given dynamic cast operation on the provided lvalue. | 
 | /// | 
 | /// This implements the hard case of dynamic_cast, requiring a "runtime check" | 
 | /// to find a suitable target subobject. | 
 | static bool HandleDynamicCast(EvalInfo &Info, const ExplicitCastExpr *E, | 
 |                               LValue &Ptr) { | 
 |   // We can't do anything with a non-symbolic pointer value. | 
 |   SubobjectDesignator &D = Ptr.Designator; | 
 |   if (D.Invalid) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   // C++ [expr.dynamic.cast]p6: | 
 |   //   If v is a null pointer value, the result is a null pointer value. | 
 |   if (Ptr.isNullPointer() && !E->isGLValue()) | 
 |     return true; | 
 |  | 
 |   // For all the other cases, we need the pointer to point to an object within | 
 |   // its lifetime / period of construction / destruction, and we need to know | 
 |   // its dynamic type. | 
 |   std::optional<DynamicType> DynType = | 
 |       ComputeDynamicType(Info, E, Ptr, AK_DynamicCast); | 
 |   if (!DynType) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   // C++ [expr.dynamic.cast]p7: | 
 |   //   If T is "pointer to cv void", then the result is a pointer to the most | 
 |   //   derived object | 
 |   if (E->getType()->isVoidPointerType()) | 
 |     return CastToDerivedClass(Info, E, Ptr, DynType->Type, DynType->PathLength); | 
 |  | 
 |   const CXXRecordDecl *C = E->getTypeAsWritten()->getPointeeCXXRecordDecl(); | 
 |   assert(C && "dynamic_cast target is not void pointer nor class"); | 
 |   CanQualType CQT = Info.Ctx.getCanonicalType(Info.Ctx.getRecordType(C)); | 
 |  | 
 |   auto RuntimeCheckFailed = [&] (CXXBasePaths *Paths) { | 
 |     // C++ [expr.dynamic.cast]p9: | 
 |     if (!E->isGLValue()) { | 
 |       //   The value of a failed cast to pointer type is the null pointer value | 
 |       //   of the required result type. | 
 |       Ptr.setNull(Info.Ctx, E->getType()); | 
 |       return true; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     //   A failed cast to reference type throws [...] std::bad_cast. | 
 |     unsigned DiagKind; | 
 |     if (!Paths && (declaresSameEntity(DynType->Type, C) || | 
 |                    DynType->Type->isDerivedFrom(C))) | 
 |       DiagKind = 0; | 
 |     else if (!Paths || Paths->begin() == Paths->end()) | 
 |       DiagKind = 1; | 
 |     else if (Paths->isAmbiguous(CQT)) | 
 |       DiagKind = 2; | 
 |     else { | 
 |       assert(Paths->front().Access != AS_public && "why did the cast fail?"); | 
 |       DiagKind = 3; | 
 |     } | 
 |     Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_dynamic_cast_to_reference_failed) | 
 |         << DiagKind << Ptr.Designator.getType(Info.Ctx) | 
 |         << Info.Ctx.getRecordType(DynType->Type) | 
 |         << E->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   }; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Runtime check, phase 1: | 
 |   //   Walk from the base subobject towards the derived object looking for the | 
 |   //   target type. | 
 |   for (int PathLength = Ptr.Designator.Entries.size(); | 
 |        PathLength >= (int)DynType->PathLength; --PathLength) { | 
 |     const CXXRecordDecl *Class = getBaseClassType(Ptr.Designator, PathLength); | 
 |     if (declaresSameEntity(Class, C)) | 
 |       return CastToDerivedClass(Info, E, Ptr, Class, PathLength); | 
 |     // We can only walk across public inheritance edges. | 
 |     if (PathLength > (int)DynType->PathLength && | 
 |         !isBaseClassPublic(getBaseClassType(Ptr.Designator, PathLength - 1), | 
 |                            Class)) | 
 |       return RuntimeCheckFailed(nullptr); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Runtime check, phase 2: | 
 |   //   Search the dynamic type for an unambiguous public base of type C. | 
 |   CXXBasePaths Paths(/*FindAmbiguities=*/true, | 
 |                      /*RecordPaths=*/true, /*DetectVirtual=*/false); | 
 |   if (DynType->Type->isDerivedFrom(C, Paths) && !Paths.isAmbiguous(CQT) && | 
 |       Paths.front().Access == AS_public) { | 
 |     // Downcast to the dynamic type... | 
 |     if (!CastToDerivedClass(Info, E, Ptr, DynType->Type, DynType->PathLength)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     // ... then upcast to the chosen base class subobject. | 
 |     for (CXXBasePathElement &Elem : Paths.front()) | 
 |       if (!HandleLValueBase(Info, E, Ptr, Elem.Class, Elem.Base)) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Otherwise, the runtime check fails. | 
 |   return RuntimeCheckFailed(&Paths); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | namespace { | 
 | struct StartLifetimeOfUnionMemberHandler { | 
 |   EvalInfo &Info; | 
 |   const Expr *LHSExpr; | 
 |   const FieldDecl *Field; | 
 |   bool DuringInit; | 
 |   bool Failed = false; | 
 |   static const AccessKinds AccessKind = AK_Assign; | 
 |  | 
 |   typedef bool result_type; | 
 |   bool failed() { return Failed; } | 
 |   bool found(APValue &Subobj, QualType SubobjType) { | 
 |     // We are supposed to perform no initialization but begin the lifetime of | 
 |     // the object. We interpret that as meaning to do what default | 
 |     // initialization of the object would do if all constructors involved were | 
 |     // trivial: | 
 |     //  * All base, non-variant member, and array element subobjects' lifetimes | 
 |     //    begin | 
 |     //  * No variant members' lifetimes begin | 
 |     //  * All scalar subobjects whose lifetimes begin have indeterminate values | 
 |     assert(SubobjType->isUnionType()); | 
 |     if (declaresSameEntity(Subobj.getUnionField(), Field)) { | 
 |       // This union member is already active. If it's also in-lifetime, there's | 
 |       // nothing to do. | 
 |       if (Subobj.getUnionValue().hasValue()) | 
 |         return true; | 
 |     } else if (DuringInit) { | 
 |       // We're currently in the process of initializing a different union | 
 |       // member.  If we carried on, that initialization would attempt to | 
 |       // store to an inactive union member, resulting in undefined behavior. | 
 |       Info.FFDiag(LHSExpr, | 
 |                   diag::note_constexpr_union_member_change_during_init); | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     } | 
 |     APValue Result; | 
 |     Failed = !handleDefaultInitValue(Field->getType(), Result); | 
 |     Subobj.setUnion(Field, Result); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |   bool found(APSInt &Value, QualType SubobjType) { | 
 |     llvm_unreachable("wrong value kind for union object"); | 
 |   } | 
 |   bool found(APFloat &Value, QualType SubobjType) { | 
 |     llvm_unreachable("wrong value kind for union object"); | 
 |   } | 
 | }; | 
 | } // end anonymous namespace | 
 |  | 
 | const AccessKinds StartLifetimeOfUnionMemberHandler::AccessKind; | 
 |  | 
 | /// Handle a builtin simple-assignment or a call to a trivial assignment | 
 | /// operator whose left-hand side might involve a union member access. If it | 
 | /// does, implicitly start the lifetime of any accessed union elements per | 
 | /// C++20 [class.union]5. | 
 | static bool MaybeHandleUnionActiveMemberChange(EvalInfo &Info, | 
 |                                                const Expr *LHSExpr, | 
 |                                                const LValue &LHS) { | 
 |   if (LHS.InvalidBase || LHS.Designator.Invalid) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   llvm::SmallVector<std::pair<unsigned, const FieldDecl*>, 4> UnionPathLengths; | 
 |   // C++ [class.union]p5: | 
 |   //   define the set S(E) of subexpressions of E as follows: | 
 |   unsigned PathLength = LHS.Designator.Entries.size(); | 
 |   for (const Expr *E = LHSExpr; E != nullptr;) { | 
 |     //   -- If E is of the form A.B, S(E) contains the elements of S(A)... | 
 |     if (auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) { | 
 |       auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()); | 
 |       // Note that we can't implicitly start the lifetime of a reference, | 
 |       // so we don't need to proceed any further if we reach one. | 
 |       if (!FD || FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) | 
 |         break; | 
 |  | 
 |       //    ... and also contains A.B if B names a union member ... | 
 |       if (FD->getParent()->isUnion()) { | 
 |         //    ... of a non-class, non-array type, or of a class type with a | 
 |         //    trivial default constructor that is not deleted, or an array of | 
 |         //    such types. | 
 |         auto *RD = | 
 |             FD->getType()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); | 
 |         if (!RD || RD->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) | 
 |           UnionPathLengths.push_back({PathLength - 1, FD}); | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |       E = ME->getBase(); | 
 |       --PathLength; | 
 |       assert(declaresSameEntity(FD, | 
 |                                 LHS.Designator.Entries[PathLength] | 
 |                                     .getAsBaseOrMember().getPointer())); | 
 |  | 
 |       //   -- If E is of the form A[B] and is interpreted as a built-in array | 
 |       //      subscripting operator, S(E) is [S(the array operand, if any)]. | 
 |     } else if (auto *ASE = dyn_cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)) { | 
 |       // Step over an ArrayToPointerDecay implicit cast. | 
 |       auto *Base = ASE->getBase()->IgnoreImplicit(); | 
 |       if (!Base->getType()->isArrayType()) | 
 |         break; | 
 |  | 
 |       E = Base; | 
 |       --PathLength; | 
 |  | 
 |     } else if (auto *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) { | 
 |       // Step over a derived-to-base conversion. | 
 |       E = ICE->getSubExpr(); | 
 |       if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp) | 
 |         continue; | 
 |       if (ICE->getCastKind() != CK_DerivedToBase && | 
 |           ICE->getCastKind() != CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase) | 
 |         break; | 
 |       // Walk path backwards as we walk up from the base to the derived class. | 
 |       for (const CXXBaseSpecifier *Elt : llvm::reverse(ICE->path())) { | 
 |         if (Elt->isVirtual()) { | 
 |           // A class with virtual base classes never has a trivial default | 
 |           // constructor, so S(E) is empty in this case. | 
 |           E = nullptr; | 
 |           break; | 
 |         } | 
 |  | 
 |         --PathLength; | 
 |         assert(declaresSameEntity(Elt->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(), | 
 |                                   LHS.Designator.Entries[PathLength] | 
 |                                       .getAsBaseOrMember().getPointer())); | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |     //   -- Otherwise, S(E) is empty. | 
 |     } else { | 
 |       break; | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Common case: no unions' lifetimes are started. | 
 |   if (UnionPathLengths.empty()) | 
 |     return true; | 
 |  | 
 |   //   if modification of X [would access an inactive union member], an object | 
 |   //   of the type of X is implicitly created | 
 |   CompleteObject Obj = | 
 |       findCompleteObject(Info, LHSExpr, AK_Assign, LHS, LHSExpr->getType()); | 
 |   if (!Obj) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   for (std::pair<unsigned, const FieldDecl *> LengthAndField : | 
 |            llvm::reverse(UnionPathLengths)) { | 
 |     // Form a designator for the union object. | 
 |     SubobjectDesignator D = LHS.Designator; | 
 |     D.truncate(Info.Ctx, LHS.Base, LengthAndField.first); | 
 |  | 
 |     bool DuringInit = Info.isEvaluatingCtorDtor(LHS.Base, D.Entries) == | 
 |                       ConstructionPhase::AfterBases; | 
 |     StartLifetimeOfUnionMemberHandler StartLifetime{ | 
 |         Info, LHSExpr, LengthAndField.second, DuringInit}; | 
 |     if (!findSubobject(Info, LHSExpr, Obj, D, StartLifetime)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static bool EvaluateCallArg(const ParmVarDecl *PVD, const Expr *Arg, | 
 |                             CallRef Call, EvalInfo &Info, | 
 |                             bool NonNull = false) { | 
 |   LValue LV; | 
 |   // Create the parameter slot and register its destruction. For a vararg | 
 |   // argument, create a temporary. | 
 |   // FIXME: For calling conventions that destroy parameters in the callee, | 
 |   // should we consider performing destruction when the function returns | 
 |   // instead? | 
 |   APValue &V = PVD ? Info.CurrentCall->createParam(Call, PVD, LV) | 
 |                    : Info.CurrentCall->createTemporary(Arg, Arg->getType(), | 
 |                                                        ScopeKind::Call, LV); | 
 |   if (!EvaluateInPlace(V, Info, LV, Arg)) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Passing a null pointer to an __attribute__((nonnull)) parameter results in | 
 |   // undefined behavior, so is non-constant. | 
 |   if (NonNull && V.isLValue() && V.isNullPointer()) { | 
 |     Info.CCEDiag(Arg, diag::note_non_null_attribute_failed); | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Evaluate the arguments to a function call. | 
 | static bool EvaluateArgs(ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, CallRef Call, | 
 |                          EvalInfo &Info, const FunctionDecl *Callee, | 
 |                          bool RightToLeft = false) { | 
 |   bool Success = true; | 
 |   llvm::SmallBitVector ForbiddenNullArgs; | 
 |   if (Callee->hasAttr<NonNullAttr>()) { | 
 |     ForbiddenNullArgs.resize(Args.size()); | 
 |     for (const auto *Attr : Callee->specific_attrs<NonNullAttr>()) { | 
 |       if (!Attr->args_size()) { | 
 |         ForbiddenNullArgs.set(); | 
 |         break; | 
 |       } else | 
 |         for (auto Idx : Attr->args()) { | 
 |           unsigned ASTIdx = Idx.getASTIndex(); | 
 |           if (ASTIdx >= Args.size()) | 
 |             continue; | 
 |           ForbiddenNullArgs[ASTIdx] = true; | 
 |         } | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |   for (unsigned I = 0; I < Args.size(); I++) { | 
 |     unsigned Idx = RightToLeft ? Args.size() - I - 1 : I; | 
 |     const ParmVarDecl *PVD = | 
 |         Idx < Callee->getNumParams() ? Callee->getParamDecl(Idx) : nullptr; | 
 |     bool NonNull = !ForbiddenNullArgs.empty() && ForbiddenNullArgs[Idx]; | 
 |     if (!EvaluateCallArg(PVD, Args[Idx], Call, Info, NonNull)) { | 
 |       // If we're checking for a potential constant expression, evaluate all | 
 |       // initializers even if some of them fail. | 
 |       if (!Info.noteFailure()) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |       Success = false; | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |   return Success; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Perform a trivial copy from Param, which is the parameter of a copy or move | 
 | /// constructor or assignment operator. | 
 | static bool handleTrivialCopy(EvalInfo &Info, const ParmVarDecl *Param, | 
 |                               const Expr *E, APValue &Result, | 
 |                               bool CopyObjectRepresentation) { | 
 |   // Find the reference argument. | 
 |   CallStackFrame *Frame = Info.CurrentCall; | 
 |   APValue *RefValue = Info.getParamSlot(Frame->Arguments, Param); | 
 |   if (!RefValue) { | 
 |     Info.FFDiag(E); | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Copy out the contents of the RHS object. | 
 |   LValue RefLValue; | 
 |   RefLValue.setFrom(Info.Ctx, *RefValue); | 
 |   return handleLValueToRValueConversion( | 
 |       Info, E, Param->getType().getNonReferenceType(), RefLValue, Result, | 
 |       CopyObjectRepresentation); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Evaluate a function call. | 
 | static bool HandleFunctionCall(SourceLocation CallLoc, | 
 |                                const FunctionDecl *Callee, const LValue *This, | 
 |                                const Expr *E, ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, | 
 |                                CallRef Call, const Stmt *Body, EvalInfo &Info, | 
 |                                APValue &Result, const LValue *ResultSlot) { | 
 |   if (!Info.CheckCallLimit(CallLoc)) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   CallStackFrame Frame(Info, E->getSourceRange(), Callee, This, E, Call); | 
 |  | 
 |   // For a trivial copy or move assignment, perform an APValue copy. This is | 
 |   // essential for unions, where the operations performed by the assignment | 
 |   // operator cannot be represented as statements. | 
 |   // | 
 |   // Skip this for non-union classes with no fields; in that case, the defaulted | 
 |   // copy/move does not actually read the object. | 
 |   const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Callee); | 
 |   if (MD && MD->isDefaulted() && | 
 |       (MD->getParent()->isUnion() || | 
 |        (MD->isTrivial() && | 
 |         isReadByLvalueToRvalueConversion(MD->getParent())))) { | 
 |     assert(This && | 
 |            (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator() || MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator())); | 
 |     APValue RHSValue; | 
 |     if (!handleTrivialCopy(Info, MD->getParamDecl(0), Args[0], RHSValue, | 
 |                            MD->getParent()->isUnion())) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     if (!handleAssignment(Info, Args[0], *This, MD->getThisType(), | 
 |                           RHSValue)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     This->moveInto(Result); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } else if (MD && isLambdaCallOperator(MD)) { | 
 |     // We're in a lambda; determine the lambda capture field maps unless we're | 
 |     // just constexpr checking a lambda's call operator. constexpr checking is | 
 |     // done before the captures have been added to the closure object (unless | 
 |     // we're inferring constexpr-ness), so we don't have access to them in this | 
 |     // case. But since we don't need the captures to constexpr check, we can | 
 |     // just ignore them. | 
 |     if (!Info.checkingPotentialConstantExpression()) | 
 |       MD->getParent()->getCaptureFields(Frame.LambdaCaptureFields, | 
 |                                         Frame.LambdaThisCaptureField); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   StmtResult Ret = {Result, ResultSlot}; | 
 |   EvalStmtResult ESR = EvaluateStmt(Ret, Info, Body); | 
 |   if (ESR == ESR_Succeeded) { | 
 |     if (Callee->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) | 
 |       return true; | 
 |     Info.FFDiag(Callee->getEndLoc(), diag::note_constexpr_no_return); | 
 |   } | 
 |   return ESR == ESR_Returned; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Evaluate a constructor call. | 
 | static bool HandleConstructorCall(const Expr *E, const LValue &This, | 
 |                                   CallRef Call, | 
 |                                   const CXXConstructorDecl *Definition, | 
 |                                   EvalInfo &Info, APValue &Result) { | 
 |   SourceLocation CallLoc = E->getExprLoc(); | 
 |   if (!Info.CheckCallLimit(CallLoc)) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   const CXXRecordDecl *RD = Definition->getParent(); | 
 |   if (RD->getNumVBases()) { | 
 |     Info.FFDiag(CallLoc, diag::note_constexpr_virtual_base) << RD; | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   EvalInfo::EvaluatingConstructorRAII EvalObj( | 
 |       Info, | 
 |       ObjectUnderConstruction{This.getLValueBase(), This.Designator.Entries}, | 
 |       RD->getNumBases()); | 
 |   CallStackFrame Frame(Info, E->getSourceRange(), Definition, &This, E, Call); | 
 |  | 
 |   // FIXME: Creating an APValue just to hold a nonexistent return value is | 
 |   // wasteful. | 
 |   APValue RetVal; | 
 |   StmtResult Ret = {RetVal, nullptr}; | 
 |  | 
 |   // If it's a delegating constructor, delegate. | 
 |   if (Definition->isDelegatingConstructor()) { | 
 |     CXXConstructorDecl::init_const_iterator I = Definition->init_begin(); | 
 |     if ((*I)->getInit()->isValueDependent()) { | 
 |       if (!EvaluateDependentExpr((*I)->getInit(), Info)) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |     } else { | 
 |       FullExpressionRAII InitScope(Info); | 
 |       if (!EvaluateInPlace(Result, Info, This, (*I)->getInit()) || | 
 |           !InitScope.destroy()) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |     } | 
 |     return EvaluateStmt(Ret, Info, Definition->getBody()) != ESR_Failed; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // For a trivial copy or move constructor, perform an APValue copy. This is | 
 |   // essential for unions (or classes with anonymous union members), where the | 
 |   // operations performed by the constructor cannot be represented by | 
 |   // ctor-initializers. | 
 |   // | 
 |   // Skip this for empty non-union classes; we should not perform an | 
 |   // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion on them because their copy constructor does not | 
 |   // actually read them. | 
 |   if (Definition->isDefaulted() && Definition->isCopyOrMoveConstructor() && | 
 |       (Definition->getParent()->isUnion() || | 
 |        (Definition->isTrivial() && | 
 |         isReadByLvalueToRvalueConversion(Definition->getParent())))) { | 
 |     return handleTrivialCopy(Info, Definition->getParamDecl(0), E, Result, | 
 |                              Definition->getParent()->isUnion()); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Reserve space for the struct members. | 
 |   if (!Result.hasValue()) { | 
 |     if (!RD->isUnion()) | 
 |       Result = APValue(APValue::UninitStruct(), RD->getNumBases(), | 
 |                        std::distance(RD->field_begin(), RD->field_end())); | 
 |     else | 
 |       // A union starts with no active member. | 
 |       Result = APValue((const FieldDecl*)nullptr); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (RD->isInvalidDecl()) return false; | 
 |   const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = Info.Ctx.getASTRecordLayout(RD); | 
 |  | 
 |   // A scope for temporaries lifetime-extended by reference members. | 
 |   BlockScopeRAII LifetimeExtendedScope(Info); | 
 |  | 
 |   bool Success = true; | 
 |   unsigned BasesSeen = 0; | 
 | #ifndef NDEBUG | 
 |   CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator BaseIt = RD->bases_begin(); | 
 | #endif | 
 |   CXXRecordDecl::field_iterator FieldIt = RD->field_begin(); | 
 |   auto SkipToField = [&](FieldDecl *FD, bool Indirect) { | 
 |     // We might be initializing the same field again if this is an indirect | 
 |     // field initialization. | 
 |     if (FieldIt == RD->field_end() || | 
 |         FieldIt->getFieldIndex() > FD->getFieldIndex()) { | 
 |       assert(Indirect && "fields out of order?"); | 
 |       return; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // Default-initialize any fields with no explicit initializer. | 
 |     for (; !declaresSameEntity(*FieldIt, FD); ++FieldIt) { | 
 |       assert(FieldIt != RD->field_end() && "missing field?"); | 
 |       if (!FieldIt->isUnnamedBitField()) | 
 |         Success &= handleDefaultInitValue( | 
 |             FieldIt->getType(), | 
 |             Result.getStructField(FieldIt->getFieldIndex())); | 
 |     } | 
 |     ++FieldIt; | 
 |   }; | 
 |   for (const auto *I : Definition->inits()) { | 
 |     LValue Subobject = This; | 
 |     LValue SubobjectParent = This; | 
 |     APValue *Value = &Result; | 
 |  | 
 |     // Determine the subobject to initialize. | 
 |     FieldDecl *FD = nullptr; | 
 |     if (I->isBaseInitializer()) { | 
 |       QualType BaseType(I->getBaseClass(), 0); | 
 | #ifndef NDEBUG | 
 |       // Non-virtual base classes are initialized in the order in the class | 
 |       // definition. We have already checked for virtual base classes. | 
 |       assert(!BaseIt->isVirtual() && "virtual base for literal type"); | 
 |       assert(Info.Ctx.hasSameUnqualifiedType(BaseIt->getType(), BaseType) && | 
 |              "base class initializers not in expected order"); | 
 |       ++BaseIt; | 
 | #endif | 
 |       if (!HandleLValueDirectBase(Info, I->getInit(), Subobject, RD, | 
 |                                   BaseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(), &Layout)) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |       Value = &Result.getStructBase(BasesSeen++); | 
 |     } else if ((FD = I->getMember())) { | 
 |       if (!HandleLValueMember(Info, I->getInit(), Subobject, FD, &Layout)) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |       if (RD->isUnion()) { | 
 |         Result = APValue(FD); | 
 |         Value = &Result.getUnionValue(); | 
 |       } else { | 
 |         SkipToField(FD, false); | 
 |         Value = &Result.getStructField(FD->getFieldIndex()); | 
 |       } | 
 |     } else if (IndirectFieldDecl *IFD = I->getIndirectMember()) { | 
 |       // Walk the indirect field decl's chain to find the object to initialize, | 
 |       // and make sure we've initialized every step along it. | 
 |       auto IndirectFieldChain = IFD->chain(); | 
 |       for (auto *C : IndirectFieldChain) { | 
 |         FD = cast<FieldDecl>(C); | 
 |         CXXRecordDecl *CD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getParent()); | 
 |         // Switch the union field if it differs. This happens if we had | 
 |         // preceding zero-initialization, and we're now initializing a union | 
 |         // subobject other than the first. | 
 |         // FIXME: In this case, the values of the other subobjects are | 
 |         // specified, since zero-initialization sets all padding bits to zero. | 
 |         if (!Value->hasValue() || | 
 |             (Value->isUnion() && Value->getUnionField() != FD)) { | 
 |           if (CD->isUnion()) | 
 |             *Value = APValue(FD); | 
 |           else | 
 |             // FIXME: This immediately starts the lifetime of all members of | 
 |             // an anonymous struct. It would be preferable to strictly start | 
 |             // member lifetime in initialization order. | 
 |             Success &= | 
 |                 handleDefaultInitValue(Info.Ctx.getRecordType(CD), *Value); | 
 |         } | 
 |         // Store Subobject as its parent before updating it for the last element | 
 |         // in the chain. | 
 |         if (C == IndirectFieldChain.back()) | 
 |           SubobjectParent = Subobject; | 
 |         if (!HandleLValueMember(Info, I->getInit(), Subobject, FD)) | 
 |           return false; | 
 |         if (CD->isUnion()) | 
 |           Value = &Value->getUnionValue(); | 
 |         else { | 
 |           if (C == IndirectFieldChain.front() && !RD->isUnion()) | 
 |             SkipToField(FD, true); | 
 |           Value = &Value->getStructField(FD->getFieldIndex()); | 
 |         } | 
 |       } | 
 |     } else { | 
 |       llvm_unreachable("unknown base initializer kind"); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // Need to override This for implicit field initializers as in this case | 
 |     // This refers to innermost anonymous struct/union containing initializer, | 
 |     // not to currently constructed class. | 
 |     const Expr *Init = I->getInit(); | 
 |     if (Init->isValueDependent()) { | 
 |       if (!EvaluateDependentExpr(Init, Info)) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |     } else { | 
 |       ThisOverrideRAII ThisOverride(*Info.CurrentCall, &SubobjectParent, | 
 |                                     isa<CXXDefaultInitExpr>(Init)); | 
 |       FullExpressionRAII InitScope(Info); | 
 |       if (!EvaluateInPlace(*Value, Info, Subobject, Init) || | 
 |           (FD && FD->isBitField() && | 
 |            !truncateBitfieldValue(Info, Init, *Value, FD))) { | 
 |         // If we're checking for a potential constant expression, evaluate all | 
 |         // initializers even if some of them fail. | 
 |         if (!Info.noteFailure()) | 
 |           return false; | 
 |         Success = false; | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // This is the point at which the dynamic type of the object becomes this | 
 |     // class type. | 
 |     if (I->isBaseInitializer() && BasesSeen == RD->getNumBases()) | 
 |       EvalObj.finishedConstructingBases(); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Default-initialize any remaining fields. | 
 |   if (!RD->isUnion()) { | 
 |     for (; FieldIt != RD->field_end(); ++FieldIt) { | 
 |       if (!FieldIt->isUnnamedBitField()) | 
 |         Success &= handleDefaultInitValue( | 
 |             FieldIt->getType(), | 
 |             Result.getStructField(FieldIt->getFieldIndex())); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   EvalObj.finishedConstructingFields(); | 
 |  | 
 |   return Success && | 
 |          EvaluateStmt(Ret, Info, Definition->getBody()) != ESR_Failed && | 
 |          LifetimeExtendedScope.destroy(); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static bool HandleConstructorCall(const Expr *E, const LValue &This, | 
 |                                   ArrayRef<const Expr*> Args, | 
 |                                   const CXXConstructorDecl *Definition, | 
 |                                   EvalInfo &Info, APValue &Result) { | 
 |   CallScopeRAII CallScope(Info); | 
 |   CallRef Call = Info.CurrentCall->createCall(Definition); | 
 |   if (!EvaluateArgs(Args, Call, Info, Definition)) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   return HandleConstructorCall(E, This, Call, Definition, Info, Result) && | 
 |          CallScope.destroy(); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static bool HandleDestructionImpl(EvalInfo &Info, SourceRange CallRange, | 
 |                                   const LValue &This, APValue &Value, | 
 |                                   QualType T) { | 
 |   // Objects can only be destroyed while they're within their lifetimes. | 
 |   // FIXME: We have no representation for whether an object of type nullptr_t | 
 |   // is in its lifetime; it usually doesn't matter. Perhaps we should model it | 
 |   // as indeterminate instead? | 
 |   if (Value.isAbsent() && !T->isNullPtrType()) { | 
 |     APValue Printable; | 
 |     This.moveInto(Printable); | 
 |     Info.FFDiag(CallRange.getBegin(), | 
 |                 diag::note_constexpr_destroy_out_of_lifetime) | 
 |         << Printable.getAsString(Info.Ctx, Info.Ctx.getLValueReferenceType(T)); | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Invent an expression for location purposes. | 
 |   // FIXME: We shouldn't need to do this. | 
 |   OpaqueValueExpr LocE(CallRange.getBegin(), Info.Ctx.IntTy, VK_PRValue); | 
 |  | 
 |   // For arrays, destroy elements right-to-left. | 
 |   if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = Info.Ctx.getAsConstantArrayType(T)) { | 
 |     uint64_t Size = CAT->getZExtSize(); | 
 |     QualType ElemT = CAT->getElementType(); | 
 |  | 
 |     if (!CheckArraySize(Info, CAT, CallRange.getBegin())) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     LValue ElemLV = This; | 
 |     ElemLV.addArray(Info, &LocE, CAT); | 
 |     if (!HandleLValueArrayAdjustment(Info, &LocE, ElemLV, ElemT, Size)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     // Ensure that we have actual array elements available to destroy; the | 
 |     // destructors might mutate the value, so we can't run them on the array | 
 |     // filler. | 
 |     if (Size && Size > Value.getArrayInitializedElts()) | 
 |       expandArray(Value, Value.getArraySize() - 1); | 
 |  | 
 |     // The size of the array might have been reduced by | 
 |     // a placement new. | 
 |     for (Size = Value.getArraySize(); Size != 0; --Size) { | 
 |       APValue &Elem = Value.getArrayInitializedElt(Size - 1); | 
 |       if (!HandleLValueArrayAdjustment(Info, &LocE, ElemLV, ElemT, -1) || | 
 |           !HandleDestructionImpl(Info, CallRange, ElemLV, Elem, ElemT)) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // End the lifetime of this array now. | 
 |     Value = APValue(); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); | 
 |   if (!RD) { | 
 |     if (T.isDestructedType()) { | 
 |       Info.FFDiag(CallRange.getBegin(), | 
 |                   diag::note_constexpr_unsupported_destruction) | 
 |           << T; | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     Value = APValue(); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (RD->getNumVBases()) { | 
 |     Info.FFDiag(CallRange.getBegin(), diag::note_constexpr_virtual_base) << RD; | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   const CXXDestructorDecl *DD = RD->getDestructor(); | 
 |   if (!DD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) { | 
 |     Info.FFDiag(CallRange.getBegin()); | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!DD || DD->isTrivial() || | 
 |       (RD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && RD->isUnion())) { | 
 |     // A trivial destructor just ends the lifetime of the object. Check for | 
 |     // this case before checking for a body, because we might not bother | 
 |     // building a body for a trivial destructor. Note that it doesn't matter | 
 |     // whether the destructor is constexpr in this case; all trivial | 
 |     // destructors are constexpr. | 
 |     // | 
 |     // If an anonymous union would be destroyed, some enclosing destructor must | 
 |     // have been explicitly defined, and the anonymous union destruction should | 
 |     // have no effect. | 
 |     Value = APValue(); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!Info.CheckCallLimit(CallRange.getBegin())) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   const FunctionDecl *Definition = nullptr; | 
 |   const Stmt *Body = DD->getBody(Definition); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!CheckConstexprFunction(Info, CallRange.getBegin(), DD, Definition, Body)) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   CallStackFrame Frame(Info, CallRange, Definition, &This, /*CallExpr=*/nullptr, | 
 |                        CallRef()); | 
 |  | 
 |   // We're now in the period of destruction of this object. | 
 |   unsigned BasesLeft = RD->getNumBases(); | 
 |   EvalInfo::EvaluatingDestructorRAII EvalObj( | 
 |       Info, | 
 |       ObjectUnderConstruction{This.getLValueBase(), This.Designator.Entries}); | 
 |   if (!EvalObj.DidInsert) { | 
 |     // C++2a [class.dtor]p19: | 
 |     //   the behavior is undefined if the destructor is invoked for an object | 
 |     //   whose lifetime has ended | 
 |     // (Note that formally the lifetime ends when the period of destruction | 
 |     // begins, even though certain uses of the object remain valid until the | 
 |     // period of destruction ends.) | 
 |     Info.FFDiag(CallRange.getBegin(), diag::note_constexpr_double_destroy); | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // FIXME: Creating an APValue just to hold a nonexistent return value is | 
 |   // wasteful. | 
 |   APValue RetVal; | 
 |   StmtResult Ret = {RetVal, nullptr}; | 
 |   if (EvaluateStmt(Ret, Info, Definition->getBody()) == ESR_Failed) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   // A union destructor does not implicitly destroy its members. | 
 |   if (RD->isUnion()) | 
 |     return true; | 
 |  | 
 |   const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = Info.Ctx.getASTRecordLayout(RD); | 
 |  | 
 |   // We don't have a good way to iterate fields in reverse, so collect all the | 
 |   // fields first and then walk them backwards. | 
 |   SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 16> Fields(RD->fields()); | 
 |   for (const FieldDecl *FD : llvm::reverse(Fields)) { | 
 |     if (FD->isUnnamedBitField()) | 
 |       continue; | 
 |  | 
 |     LValue Subobject = This; | 
 |     if (!HandleLValueMember(Info, &LocE, Subobject, FD, &Layout)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     APValue *SubobjectValue = &Value.getStructField(FD->getFieldIndex()); | 
 |     if (!HandleDestructionImpl(Info, CallRange, Subobject, *SubobjectValue, | 
 |                                FD->getType())) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (BasesLeft != 0) | 
 |     EvalObj.startedDestroyingBases(); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Destroy base classes in reverse order. | 
 |   for (const CXXBaseSpecifier &Base : llvm::reverse(RD->bases())) { | 
 |     --BasesLeft; | 
 |  | 
 |     QualType BaseType = Base.getType(); | 
 |     LValue Subobject = This; | 
 |     if (!HandleLValueDirectBase(Info, &LocE, Subobject, RD, | 
 |                                 BaseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(), &Layout)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     APValue *SubobjectValue = &Value.getStructBase(BasesLeft); | 
 |     if (!HandleDestructionImpl(Info, CallRange, Subobject, *SubobjectValue, | 
 |                                BaseType)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |   assert(BasesLeft == 0 && "NumBases was wrong?"); | 
 |  | 
 |   // The period of destruction ends now. The object is gone. | 
 |   Value = APValue(); | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | namespace { | 
 | struct DestroyObjectHandler { | 
 |   EvalInfo &Info; | 
 |   const Expr *E; | 
 |   const LValue &This; | 
 |   const AccessKinds AccessKind; | 
 |  | 
 |   typedef bool result_type; | 
 |   bool failed() { return false; } | 
 |   bool found(APValue &Subobj, QualType SubobjType) { | 
 |     return HandleDestructionImpl(Info, E->getSourceRange(), This, Subobj, | 
 |                                  SubobjType); | 
 |   } | 
 |   bool found(APSInt &Value, QualType SubobjType) { | 
 |     Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_destroy_complex_elem); | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |   bool found(APFloat &Value, QualType SubobjType) { | 
 |     Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_destroy_complex_elem); | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   } | 
 | }; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Perform a destructor or pseudo-destructor call on the given object, which | 
 | /// might in general not be a complete object. | 
 | static bool HandleDestruction(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E, | 
 |                               const LValue &This, QualType ThisType) { | 
 |   CompleteObject Obj = findCompleteObject(Info, E, AK_Destroy, This, ThisType); | 
 |   DestroyObjectHandler Handler = {Info, E, This, AK_Destroy}; | 
 |   return Obj && findSubobject(Info, E, Obj, This.Designator, Handler); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Destroy and end the lifetime of the given complete object. | 
 | static bool HandleDestruction(EvalInfo &Info, SourceLocation Loc, | 
 |                               APValue::LValueBase LVBase, APValue &Value, | 
 |                               QualType T) { | 
 |   // If we've had an unmodeled side-effect, we can't rely on mutable state | 
 |   // (such as the object we're about to destroy) being correct. | 
 |   if (Info.EvalStatus.HasSideEffects) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   LValue LV; | 
 |   LV.set({LVBase}); | 
 |   return HandleDestructionImpl(Info, Loc, LV, Value, T); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Perform a call to 'operator new' or to `__builtin_operator_new'. | 
 | static bool HandleOperatorNewCall(EvalInfo &Info, const CallExpr *E, | 
 |                                   LValue &Result) { | 
 |   if (Info.checkingPotentialConstantExpression() || | 
 |       Info.SpeculativeEvaluationDepth) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   // This is permitted only within a call to std::allocator<T>::allocate. | 
 |   auto Caller = Info.getStdAllocatorCaller("allocate"); | 
 |   if (!Caller) { | 
 |     Info.FFDiag(E->getExprLoc(), Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20 | 
 |                                      ? diag::note_constexpr_new_untyped | 
 |                                      : diag::note_constexpr_new); | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   QualType ElemType = Caller.ElemType; | 
 |   if (ElemType->isIncompleteType() || ElemType->isFunctionType()) { | 
 |     Info.FFDiag(E->getExprLoc(), | 
 |                 diag::note_constexpr_new_not_complete_object_type) | 
 |         << (ElemType->isIncompleteType() ? 0 : 1) << ElemType; | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   APSInt ByteSize; | 
 |   if (!EvaluateInteger(E->getArg(0), ByteSize, Info)) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   bool IsNothrow = false; | 
 |   for (unsigned I = 1, N = E->getNumArgs(); I != N; ++I) { | 
 |     EvaluateIgnoredValue(Info, E->getArg(I)); | 
 |     IsNothrow |= E->getType()->isNothrowT(); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   CharUnits ElemSize; | 
 |   if (!HandleSizeof(Info, E->getExprLoc(), ElemType, ElemSize)) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   APInt Size, Remainder; | 
 |   APInt ElemSizeAP(ByteSize.getBitWidth(), ElemSize.getQuantity()); | 
 |   APInt::udivrem(ByteSize, ElemSizeAP, Size, Remainder); | 
 |   if (Remainder != 0) { | 
 |     // This likely indicates a bug in the implementation of 'std::allocator'. | 
 |     Info.FFDiag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::note_constexpr_operator_new_bad_size) | 
 |         << ByteSize << APSInt(ElemSizeAP, true) << ElemType; | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!Info.CheckArraySize(E->getBeginLoc(), ByteSize.getActiveBits(), | 
 |                            Size.getZExtValue(), /*Diag=*/!IsNothrow)) { | 
 |     if (IsNothrow) { | 
 |       Result.setNull(Info.Ctx, E->getType()); | 
 |       return true; | 
 |     } | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   QualType AllocType = Info.Ctx.getConstantArrayType( | 
 |       ElemType, Size, nullptr, ArraySizeModifier::Normal, 0); | 
 |   APValue *Val = Info.createHeapAlloc(Caller.Call, AllocType, Result); | 
 |   *Val = APValue(APValue::UninitArray(), 0, Size.getZExtValue()); | 
 |   Result.addArray(Info, E, cast<ConstantArrayType>(AllocType)); | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static bool hasVirtualDestructor(QualType T) { | 
 |   if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) | 
 |     if (CXXDestructorDecl *DD = RD->getDestructor()) | 
 |       return DD->isVirtual(); | 
 |   return false; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static const FunctionDecl *getVirtualOperatorDelete(QualType T) { | 
 |   if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) | 
 |     if (CXXDestructorDecl *DD = RD->getDestructor()) | 
 |       return DD->isVirtual() ? DD->getOperatorDelete() : nullptr; | 
 |   return nullptr; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Check that the given object is a suitable pointer to a heap allocation that | 
 | /// still exists and is of the right kind for the purpose of a deletion. | 
 | /// | 
 | /// On success, returns the heap allocation to deallocate. On failure, produces | 
 | /// a diagnostic and returns std::nullopt. | 
 | static std::optional<DynAlloc *> CheckDeleteKind(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E, | 
 |                                                  const LValue &Pointer, | 
 |                                                  DynAlloc::Kind DeallocKind) { | 
 |   auto PointerAsString = [&] { | 
 |     return Pointer.toString(Info.Ctx, Info.Ctx.VoidPtrTy); | 
 |   }; | 
 |  | 
 |   DynamicAllocLValue DA = Pointer.Base.dyn_cast<DynamicAllocLValue>(); | 
 |   if (!DA) { | 
 |     Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_delete_not_heap_alloc) | 
 |         << PointerAsString(); | 
 |     if (Pointer.Base) | 
 |       NoteLValueLocation(Info, Pointer.Base); | 
 |     return std::nullopt; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   std::optional<DynAlloc *> Alloc = Info.lookupDynamicAlloc(DA); | 
 |   if (!Alloc) { | 
 |     Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_double_delete); | 
 |     return std::nullopt; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (DeallocKind != (*Alloc)->getKind()) { | 
 |     QualType AllocType = Pointer.Base.getDynamicAllocType(); | 
 |     Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_new_delete_mismatch) | 
 |         << DeallocKind << (*Alloc)->getKind() << AllocType; | 
 |     NoteLValueLocation(Info, Pointer.Base); | 
 |     return std::nullopt; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   bool Subobject = false; | 
 |   if (DeallocKind == DynAlloc::New) { | 
 |     Subobject = Pointer.Designator.MostDerivedPathLength != 0 || | 
 |                 Pointer.Designator.isOnePastTheEnd(); | 
 |   } else { | 
 |     Subobject = Pointer.Designator.Entries.size() != 1 || | 
 |                 Pointer.Designator.Entries[0].getAsArrayIndex() != 0; | 
 |   } | 
 |   if (Subobject) { | 
 |     Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_delete_subobject) | 
 |         << PointerAsString() << Pointer.Designator.isOnePastTheEnd(); | 
 |     return std::nullopt; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   return Alloc; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | // Perform a call to 'operator delete' or '__builtin_operator_delete'. | 
 | static bool HandleOperatorDeleteCall(EvalInfo &Info, const CallExpr *E) { | 
 |   if (Info.checkingPotentialConstantExpression() || | 
 |       Info.SpeculativeEvaluationDepth) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   // This is permitted only within a call to std::allocator<T>::deallocate. | 
 |   if (!Info.getStdAllocatorCaller("deallocate")) { | 
 |     Info.FFDiag(E->getExprLoc()); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   LValue Pointer; | 
 |   if (!EvaluatePointer(E->getArg(0), Pointer, Info)) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   for (unsigned I = 1, N = E->getNumArgs(); I != N; ++I) | 
 |     EvaluateIgnoredValue(Info, E->getArg(I)); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (Pointer.Designator.Invalid) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Deleting a null pointer would have no effect, but it's not permitted by | 
 |   // std::allocator<T>::deallocate's contract. | 
 |   if (Pointer.isNullPointer()) { | 
 |     Info.CCEDiag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::note_constexpr_deallocate_null); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!CheckDeleteKind(Info, E, Pointer, DynAlloc::StdAllocator)) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   Info.HeapAllocs.erase(Pointer.Base.get<DynamicAllocLValue>()); | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | 
 | // Generic Evaluation | 
 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | 
 | namespace { | 
 |  | 
 | class BitCastBuffer { | 
 |   // FIXME: We're going to need bit-level granularity when we support | 
 |   // bit-fields. | 
 |   // FIXME: Its possible under the C++ standard for 'char' to not be 8 bits, but | 
 |   // we don't support a host or target where that is the case. Still, we should | 
 |   // use a more generic type in case we ever do. | 
 |   SmallVector<std::optional<unsigned char>, 32> Bytes; | 
 |  | 
 |   static_assert(std::numeric_limits<unsigned char>::digits >= 8, | 
 |                 "Need at least 8 bit unsigned char"); | 
 |  | 
 |   bool TargetIsLittleEndian; | 
 |  | 
 | public: | 
 |   BitCastBuffer(CharUnits Width, bool TargetIsLittleEndian) | 
 |       : Bytes(Width.getQuantity()), | 
 |         TargetIsLittleEndian(TargetIsLittleEndian) {} | 
 |  | 
 |   [[nodiscard]] bool readObject(CharUnits Offset, CharUnits Width, | 
 |                                 SmallVectorImpl<unsigned char> &Output) const { | 
 |     for (CharUnits I = Offset, E = Offset + Width; I != E; ++I) { | 
 |       // If a byte of an integer is uninitialized, then the whole integer is | 
 |       // uninitialized. | 
 |       if (!Bytes[I.getQuantity()]) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |       Output.push_back(*Bytes[I.getQuantity()]); | 
 |     } | 
 |     if (llvm::sys::IsLittleEndianHost != TargetIsLittleEndian) | 
 |       std::reverse(Output.begin(), Output.end()); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   void writeObject(CharUnits Offset, SmallVectorImpl<unsigned char> &Input) { | 
 |     if (llvm::sys::IsLittleEndianHost != TargetIsLittleEndian) | 
 |       std::reverse(Input.begin(), Input.end()); | 
 |  | 
 |     size_t Index = 0; | 
 |     for (unsigned char Byte : Input) { | 
 |       assert(!Bytes[Offset.getQuantity() + Index] && "overwriting a byte?"); | 
 |       Bytes[Offset.getQuantity() + Index] = Byte; | 
 |       ++Index; | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   size_t size() { return Bytes.size(); } | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | /// Traverse an APValue to produce an BitCastBuffer, emulating how the current | 
 | /// target would represent the value at runtime. | 
 | class APValueToBufferConverter { | 
 |   EvalInfo &Info; | 
 |   BitCastBuffer Buffer; | 
 |   const CastExpr *BCE; | 
 |  | 
 |   APValueToBufferConverter(EvalInfo &Info, CharUnits ObjectWidth, | 
 |                            const CastExpr *BCE) | 
 |       : Info(Info), | 
 |         Buffer(ObjectWidth, Info.Ctx.getTargetInfo().isLittleEndian()), | 
 |         BCE(BCE) {} | 
 |  | 
 |   bool visit(const APValue &Val, QualType Ty) { | 
 |     return visit(Val, Ty, CharUnits::fromQuantity(0)); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Write out Val with type Ty into Buffer starting at Offset. | 
 |   bool visit(const APValue &Val, QualType Ty, CharUnits Offset) { | 
 |     assert((size_t)Offset.getQuantity() <= Buffer.size()); | 
 |  | 
 |     // As a special case, nullptr_t has an indeterminate value. | 
 |     if (Ty->isNullPtrType()) | 
 |       return true; | 
 |  | 
 |     // Dig through Src to find the byte at SrcOffset. | 
 |     switch (Val.getKind()) { | 
 |     case APValue::Indeterminate: | 
 |     case APValue::None: | 
 |       return true; | 
 |  | 
 |     case APValue::Int: | 
 |       return visitInt(Val.getInt(), Ty, Offset); | 
 |     case APValue::Float: | 
 |       return visitFloat(Val.getFloat(), Ty, Offset); | 
 |     case APValue::Array: | 
 |       return visitArray(Val, Ty, Offset); | 
 |     case APValue::Struct: | 
 |       return visitRecord(Val, Ty, Offset); | 
 |     case APValue::Vector: | 
 |       return visitVector(Val, Ty, Offset); | 
 |  | 
 |     case APValue::ComplexInt: | 
 |     case APValue::ComplexFloat: | 
 |       return visitComplex(Val, Ty, Offset); | 
 |     case APValue::FixedPoint: | 
 |       // FIXME: We should support these. | 
 |  | 
 |     case APValue::Union: | 
 |     case APValue::MemberPointer: | 
 |     case APValue::AddrLabelDiff: { | 
 |       Info.FFDiag(BCE->getBeginLoc(), | 
 |                   diag::note_constexpr_bit_cast_unsupported_type) | 
 |           << Ty; | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     case APValue::LValue: | 
 |       llvm_unreachable("LValue subobject in bit_cast?"); | 
 |     } | 
 |     llvm_unreachable("Unhandled APValue::ValueKind"); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   bool visitRecord(const APValue &Val, QualType Ty, CharUnits Offset) { | 
 |     const RecordDecl *RD = Ty->getAsRecordDecl(); | 
 |     const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = Info.Ctx.getASTRecordLayout(RD); | 
 |  | 
 |     // Visit the base classes. | 
 |     if (auto *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) { | 
 |       for (size_t I = 0, E = CXXRD->getNumBases(); I != E; ++I) { | 
 |         const CXXBaseSpecifier &BS = CXXRD->bases_begin()[I]; | 
 |         CXXRecordDecl *BaseDecl = BS.getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); | 
 |  | 
 |         if (!visitRecord(Val.getStructBase(I), BS.getType(), | 
 |                          Layout.getBaseClassOffset(BaseDecl) + Offset)) | 
 |           return false; | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // Visit the fields. | 
 |     unsigned FieldIdx = 0; | 
 |     for (FieldDecl *FD : RD->fields()) { | 
 |       if (FD->isBitField()) { | 
 |         Info.FFDiag(BCE->getBeginLoc(), | 
 |                     diag::note_constexpr_bit_cast_unsupported_bitfield); | 
 |         return false; | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |       uint64_t FieldOffsetBits = Layout.getFieldOffset(FieldIdx); | 
 |  | 
 |       assert(FieldOffsetBits % Info.Ctx.getCharWidth() == 0 && | 
 |              "only bit-fields can have sub-char alignment"); | 
 |       CharUnits FieldOffset = | 
 |           Info.Ctx.toCharUnitsFromBits(FieldOffsetBits) + Offset; | 
 |       QualType FieldTy = FD->getType(); | 
 |       if (!visit(Val.getStructField(FieldIdx), FieldTy, FieldOffset)) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |       ++FieldIdx; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   bool visitArray(const APValue &Val, QualType Ty, CharUnits Offset) { | 
 |     const auto *CAT = | 
 |         dyn_cast_or_null<ConstantArrayType>(Ty->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()); | 
 |     if (!CAT) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     CharUnits ElemWidth = Info.Ctx.getTypeSizeInChars(CAT->getElementType()); | 
 |     unsigned NumInitializedElts = Val.getArrayInitializedElts(); | 
 |     unsigned ArraySize = Val.getArraySize(); | 
 |     // First, initialize the initialized elements. | 
 |     for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumInitializedElts; ++I) { | 
 |       const APValue &SubObj = Val.getArrayInitializedElt(I); | 
 |       if (!visit(SubObj, CAT->getElementType(), Offset + I * ElemWidth)) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // Next, initialize the rest of the array using the filler. | 
 |     if (Val.hasArrayFiller()) { | 
 |       const APValue &Filler = Val.getArrayFiller(); | 
 |       for (unsigned I = NumInitializedElts; I != ArraySize; ++I) { | 
 |         if (!visit(Filler, CAT->getElementType(), Offset + I * ElemWidth)) | 
 |           return false; | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   bool visitComplex(const APValue &Val, QualType Ty, CharUnits Offset) { | 
 |     const ComplexType *ComplexTy = Ty->castAs<ComplexType>(); | 
 |     QualType EltTy = ComplexTy->getElementType(); | 
 |     CharUnits EltSizeChars = Info.Ctx.getTypeSizeInChars(EltTy); | 
 |     bool IsInt = Val.isComplexInt(); | 
 |  | 
 |     if (IsInt) { | 
 |       if (!visitInt(Val.getComplexIntReal(), EltTy, | 
 |                     Offset + (0 * EltSizeChars))) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |       if (!visitInt(Val.getComplexIntImag(), EltTy, | 
 |                     Offset + (1 * EltSizeChars))) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |     } else { | 
 |       if (!visitFloat(Val.getComplexFloatReal(), EltTy, | 
 |                       Offset + (0 * EltSizeChars))) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |       if (!visitFloat(Val.getComplexFloatImag(), EltTy, | 
 |                       Offset + (1 * EltSizeChars))) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   bool visitVector(const APValue &Val, QualType Ty, CharUnits Offset) { | 
 |     const VectorType *VTy = Ty->castAs<VectorType>(); | 
 |     QualType EltTy = VTy->getElementType(); | 
 |     unsigned NElts = VTy->getNumElements(); | 
 |  | 
 |     if (VTy->isExtVectorBoolType()) { | 
 |       // Special handling for OpenCL bool vectors: | 
 |       // Since these vectors are stored as packed bits, but we can't write | 
 |       // individual bits to the BitCastBuffer, we'll buffer all of the elements | 
 |       // together into an appropriately sized APInt and write them all out at | 
 |       // once. Because we don't accept vectors where NElts * EltSize isn't a | 
 |       // multiple of the char size, there will be no padding space, so we don't | 
 |       // have to worry about writing data which should have been left | 
 |       // uninitialized. | 
 |       bool BigEndian = Info.Ctx.getTargetInfo().isBigEndian(); | 
 |  | 
 |       llvm::APInt Res = llvm::APInt::getZero(NElts); | 
 |       for (unsigned I = 0; I < NElts; ++I) { | 
 |         const llvm::APSInt &EltAsInt = Val.getVectorElt(I).getInt(); | 
 |         assert(EltAsInt.isUnsigned() && EltAsInt.getBitWidth() == 1 && | 
 |                "bool vector element must be 1-bit unsigned integer!"); | 
 |  | 
 |         Res.insertBits(EltAsInt, BigEndian ? (NElts - I - 1) : I); | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |       SmallVector<uint8_t, 8> Bytes(NElts / 8); | 
 |       llvm::StoreIntToMemory(Res, &*Bytes.begin(), NElts / 8); | 
 |       Buffer.writeObject(Offset, Bytes); | 
 |     } else { | 
 |       // Iterate over each of the elements and write them out to the buffer at | 
 |       // the appropriate offset. | 
 |       CharUnits EltSizeChars = Info.Ctx.getTypeSizeInChars(EltTy); | 
 |       for (unsigned I = 0; I < NElts; ++I) { | 
 |         if (!visit(Val.getVectorElt(I), EltTy, Offset + I * EltSizeChars)) | 
 |           return false; | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   bool visitInt(const APSInt &Val, QualType Ty, CharUnits Offset) { | 
 |     APSInt AdjustedVal = Val; | 
 |     unsigned Width = AdjustedVal.getBitWidth(); | 
 |     if (Ty->isBooleanType()) { | 
 |       Width = Info.Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty); | 
 |       AdjustedVal = AdjustedVal.extend(Width); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     SmallVector<uint8_t, 8> Bytes(Width / 8); | 
 |     llvm::StoreIntToMemory(AdjustedVal, &*Bytes.begin(), Width / 8); | 
 |     Buffer.writeObject(Offset, Bytes); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   bool visitFloat(const APFloat &Val, QualType Ty, CharUnits Offset) { | 
 |     APSInt AsInt(Val.bitcastToAPInt()); | 
 |     return visitInt(AsInt, Ty, Offset); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 | public: | 
 |   static std::optional<BitCastBuffer> | 
 |   convert(EvalInfo &Info, const APValue &Src, const CastExpr *BCE) { | 
 |     CharUnits DstSize = Info.Ctx.getTypeSizeInChars(BCE->getType()); | 
 |     APValueToBufferConverter Converter(Info, DstSize, BCE); | 
 |     if (!Converter.visit(Src, BCE->getSubExpr()->getType())) | 
 |       return std::nullopt; | 
 |     return Converter.Buffer; | 
 |   } | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | /// Write an BitCastBuffer into an APValue. | 
 | class BufferToAPValueConverter { | 
 |   EvalInfo &Info; | 
 |   const BitCastBuffer &Buffer; | 
 |   const CastExpr *BCE; | 
 |  | 
 |   BufferToAPValueConverter(EvalInfo &Info, const BitCastBuffer &Buffer, | 
 |                            const CastExpr *BCE) | 
 |       : Info(Info), Buffer(Buffer), BCE(BCE) {} | 
 |  | 
 |   // Emit an unsupported bit_cast type error. Sema refuses to build a bit_cast | 
 |   // with an invalid type, so anything left is a deficiency on our part (FIXME). | 
 |   // Ideally this will be unreachable. | 
 |   std::nullopt_t unsupportedType(QualType Ty) { | 
 |     Info.FFDiag(BCE->getBeginLoc(), | 
 |                 diag::note_constexpr_bit_cast_unsupported_type) | 
 |         << Ty; | 
 |     return std::nullopt; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   std::nullopt_t unrepresentableValue(QualType Ty, const APSInt &Val) { | 
 |     Info.FFDiag(BCE->getBeginLoc(), | 
 |                 diag::note_constexpr_bit_cast_unrepresentable_value) | 
 |         << Ty << toString(Val, /*Radix=*/10); | 
 |     return std::nullopt; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   std::optional<APValue> visit(const BuiltinType *T, CharUnits Offset, | 
 |                                const EnumType *EnumSugar = nullptr) { | 
 |     if (T->isNullPtrType()) { | 
 |       uint64_t NullValue = Info.Ctx.getTargetNullPointerValue(QualType(T, 0)); | 
 |       return APValue((Expr *)nullptr, | 
 |                      /*Offset=*/CharUnits::fromQuantity(NullValue), | 
 |                      APValue::NoLValuePath{}, /*IsNullPtr=*/true); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     CharUnits SizeOf = Info.Ctx.getTypeSizeInChars(T); | 
 |  | 
 |     // Work around floating point types that contain unused padding bytes. This | 
 |     // is really just `long double` on x86, which is the only fundamental type | 
 |     // with padding bytes. | 
 |     if (T->isRealFloatingType()) { | 
 |       const llvm::fltSemantics &Semantics = | 
 |           Info.Ctx.getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType(T, 0)); | 
 |       unsigned NumBits = llvm::APFloatBase::getSizeInBits(Semantics); | 
 |       assert(NumBits % 8 == 0); | 
 |       CharUnits NumBytes = CharUnits::fromQuantity(NumBits / 8); | 
 |       if (NumBytes != SizeOf) | 
 |         SizeOf = NumBytes; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     SmallVector<uint8_t, 8> Bytes; | 
 |     if (!Buffer.readObject(Offset, SizeOf, Bytes)) { | 
 |       // If this is std::byte or unsigned char, then its okay to store an | 
 |       // indeterminate value. | 
 |       bool IsStdByte = EnumSugar && EnumSugar->isStdByteType(); | 
 |       bool IsUChar = | 
 |           !EnumSugar && (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::UChar) || | 
 |                          T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_U)); | 
 |       if (!IsStdByte && !IsUChar) { | 
 |         QualType DisplayType(EnumSugar ? (const Type *)EnumSugar : T, 0); | 
 |         Info.FFDiag(BCE->getExprLoc(), | 
 |                     diag::note_constexpr_bit_cast_indet_dest) | 
 |             << DisplayType << Info.Ctx.getLangOpts().CharIsSigned; | 
 |         return std::nullopt; | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |       return APValue::IndeterminateValue(); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     APSInt Val(SizeOf.getQuantity() * Info.Ctx.getCharWidth(), true); | 
 |     llvm::LoadIntFromMemory(Val, &*Bytes.begin(), Bytes.size()); | 
 |  | 
 |     if (T->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { | 
 |       Val.setIsSigned(T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); | 
 |  | 
 |       unsigned IntWidth = Info.Ctx.getIntWidth(QualType(T, 0)); | 
 |       if (IntWidth != Val.getBitWidth()) { | 
 |         APSInt Truncated = Val.trunc(IntWidth); | 
 |         if (Truncated.extend(Val.getBitWidth()) != Val) | 
 |           return unrepresentableValue(QualType(T, 0), Val); | 
 |         Val = Truncated; | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |       return APValue(Val); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     if (T->isRealFloatingType()) { | 
 |       const llvm::fltSemantics &Semantics = | 
 |           Info.Ctx.getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType(T, 0)); | 
 |       return APValue(APFloat(Semantics, Val)); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     return unsupportedType(QualType(T, 0)); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   std::optional<APValue> visit(const RecordType *RTy, CharUnits Offset) { | 
 |     const RecordDecl *RD = RTy->getAsRecordDecl(); | 
 |     const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = Info.Ctx.getASTRecordLayout(RD); | 
 |  | 
 |     unsigned NumBases = 0; | 
 |     if (auto *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) | 
 |       NumBases = CXXRD->getNumBases(); | 
 |  | 
 |     APValue ResultVal(APValue::UninitStruct(), NumBases, | 
 |                       std::distance(RD->field_begin(), RD->field_end())); | 
 |  | 
 |     // Visit the base classes. | 
 |     if (auto *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) { | 
 |       for (size_t I = 0, E = CXXRD->getNumBases(); I != E; ++I) { | 
 |         const CXXBaseSpecifier &BS = CXXRD->bases_begin()[I]; | 
 |         CXXRecordDecl *BaseDecl = BS.getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); | 
 |  | 
 |         std::optional<APValue> SubObj = visitType( | 
 |             BS.getType(), Layout.getBaseClassOffset(BaseDecl) + Offset); | 
 |         if (!SubObj) | 
 |           return std::nullopt; | 
 |         ResultVal.getStructBase(I) = *SubObj; | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // Visit the fields. | 
 |     unsigned FieldIdx = 0; | 
 |     for (FieldDecl *FD : RD->fields()) { | 
 |       // FIXME: We don't currently support bit-fields. A lot of the logic for | 
 |       // this is in CodeGen, so we need to factor it around. | 
 |       if (FD->isBitField()) { | 
 |         Info.FFDiag(BCE->getBeginLoc(), | 
 |                     diag::note_constexpr_bit_cast_unsupported_bitfield); | 
 |         return std::nullopt; | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |       uint64_t FieldOffsetBits = Layout.getFieldOffset(FieldIdx); | 
 |       assert(FieldOffsetBits % Info.Ctx.getCharWidth() == 0); | 
 |  | 
 |       CharUnits FieldOffset = | 
 |           CharUnits::fromQuantity(FieldOffsetBits / Info.Ctx.getCharWidth()) + | 
 |           Offset; | 
 |       QualType FieldTy = FD->getType(); | 
 |       std::optional<APValue> SubObj = visitType(FieldTy, FieldOffset); | 
 |       if (!SubObj) | 
 |         return std::nullopt; | 
 |       ResultVal.getStructField(FieldIdx) = *SubObj; | 
 |       ++FieldIdx; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     return ResultVal; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   std::optional<APValue> visit(const EnumType *Ty, CharUnits Offset) { | 
 |     QualType RepresentationType = Ty->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); | 
 |     assert(!RepresentationType.isNull() && | 
 |            "enum forward decl should be caught by Sema"); | 
 |     const auto *AsBuiltin = | 
 |         RepresentationType.getCanonicalType()->castAs<BuiltinType>(); | 
 |     // Recurse into the underlying type. Treat std::byte transparently as | 
 |     // unsigned char. | 
 |     return visit(AsBuiltin, Offset, /*EnumTy=*/Ty); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   std::optional<APValue> visit(const ConstantArrayType *Ty, CharUnits Offset) { | 
 |     size_t Size = Ty->getLimitedSize(); | 
 |     CharUnits ElementWidth = Info.Ctx.getTypeSizeInChars(Ty->getElementType()); | 
 |  | 
 |     APValue ArrayValue(APValue::UninitArray(), Size, Size); | 
 |     for (size_t I = 0; I != Size; ++I) { | 
 |       std::optional<APValue> ElementValue = | 
 |           visitType(Ty->getElementType(), Offset + I * ElementWidth); | 
 |       if (!ElementValue) | 
 |         return std::nullopt; | 
 |       ArrayValue.getArrayInitializedElt(I) = std::move(*ElementValue); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     return ArrayValue; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   std::optional<APValue> visit(const ComplexType *Ty, CharUnits Offset) { | 
 |     QualType ElementType = Ty->getElementType(); | 
 |     CharUnits ElementWidth = Info.Ctx.getTypeSizeInChars(ElementType); | 
 |     bool IsInt = ElementType->isIntegerType(); | 
 |  | 
 |     std::optional<APValue> Values[2]; | 
 |     for (unsigned I = 0; I != 2; ++I) { | 
 |       Values[I] = visitType(Ty->getElementType(), Offset + I * ElementWidth); | 
 |       if (!Values[I]) | 
 |         return std::nullopt; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     if (IsInt) | 
 |       return APValue(Values[0]->getInt(), Values[1]->getInt()); | 
 |     return APValue(Values[0]->getFloat(), Values[1]->getFloat()); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   std::optional<APValue> visit(const VectorType *VTy, CharUnits Offset) { | 
 |     QualType EltTy = VTy->getElementType(); | 
 |     unsigned NElts = VTy->getNumElements(); | 
 |     unsigned EltSize = | 
 |         VTy->isExtVectorBoolType() ? 1 : Info.Ctx.getTypeSize(EltTy); | 
 |  | 
 |     SmallVector<APValue, 4> Elts; | 
 |     Elts.reserve(NElts); | 
 |     if (VTy->isExtVectorBoolType()) { | 
 |       // Special handling for OpenCL bool vectors: | 
 |       // Since these vectors are stored as packed bits, but we can't read | 
 |       // individual bits from the BitCastBuffer, we'll buffer all of the | 
 |       // elements together into an appropriately sized APInt and write them all | 
 |       // out at once. Because we don't accept vectors where NElts * EltSize | 
 |       // isn't a multiple of the char size, there will be no padding space, so | 
 |       // we don't have to worry about reading any padding data which didn't | 
 |       // actually need to be accessed. | 
 |       bool BigEndian = Info.Ctx.getTargetInfo().isBigEndian(); | 
 |  | 
 |       SmallVector<uint8_t, 8> Bytes; | 
 |       Bytes.reserve(NElts / 8); | 
 |       if (!Buffer.readObject(Offset, CharUnits::fromQuantity(NElts / 8), Bytes)) | 
 |         return std::nullopt; | 
 |  | 
 |       APSInt SValInt(NElts, true); | 
 |       llvm::LoadIntFromMemory(SValInt, &*Bytes.begin(), Bytes.size()); | 
 |  | 
 |       for (unsigned I = 0; I < NElts; ++I) { | 
 |         llvm::APInt Elt = | 
 |             SValInt.extractBits(1, (BigEndian ? NElts - I - 1 : I) * EltSize); | 
 |         Elts.emplace_back( | 
 |             APSInt(std::move(Elt), !EltTy->isSignedIntegerType())); | 
 |       } | 
 |     } else { | 
 |       // Iterate over each of the elements and read them from the buffer at | 
 |       // the appropriate offset. | 
 |       CharUnits EltSizeChars = Info.Ctx.getTypeSizeInChars(EltTy); | 
 |       for (unsigned I = 0; I < NElts; ++I) { | 
 |         std::optional<APValue> EltValue = | 
 |             visitType(EltTy, Offset + I * EltSizeChars); | 
 |         if (!EltValue) | 
 |           return std::nullopt; | 
 |         Elts.push_back(std::move(*EltValue)); | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     return APValue(Elts.data(), Elts.size()); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   std::optional<APValue> visit(const Type *Ty, CharUnits Offset) { | 
 |     return unsupportedType(QualType(Ty, 0)); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   std::optional<APValue> visitType(QualType Ty, CharUnits Offset) { | 
 |     QualType Can = Ty.getCanonicalType(); | 
 |  | 
 |     switch (Can->getTypeClass()) { | 
 | #define TYPE(Class, Base)                                                      \ | 
 |   case Type::Class:                                                            \ | 
 |     return visit(cast<Class##Type>(Can.getTypePtr()), Offset); | 
 | #define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) | 
 | #define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base)                                        \ | 
 |   case Type::Class:                                                            \ | 
 |     llvm_unreachable("non-canonical type should be impossible!"); | 
 | #define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base)                                            \ | 
 |   case Type::Class:                                                            \ | 
 |     llvm_unreachable(                                                          \ | 
 |         "dependent types aren't supported in the constant evaluator!"); | 
 | #define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT(Class, Base)                            \ | 
 |   case Type::Class:                                                            \ | 
 |     llvm_unreachable("either dependent or not canonical!"); | 
 | #include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.inc" | 
 |     } | 
 |     llvm_unreachable("Unhandled Type::TypeClass"); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 | public: | 
 |   // Pull out a full value of type DstType. | 
 |   static std::optional<APValue> convert(EvalInfo &Info, BitCastBuffer &Buffer, | 
 |                                         const CastExpr *BCE) { | 
 |     BufferToAPValueConverter Converter(Info, Buffer, BCE); | 
 |     return Converter.visitType(BCE->getType(), CharUnits::fromQuantity(0)); | 
 |   } | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | static bool checkBitCastConstexprEligibilityType(SourceLocation Loc, | 
 |                                                  QualType Ty, EvalInfo *Info, | 
 |                                                  const ASTContext &Ctx, | 
 |                                                  bool CheckingDest) { | 
 |   Ty = Ty.getCanonicalType(); | 
 |  | 
 |   auto diag = [&](int Reason) { | 
 |     if (Info) | 
 |       Info->FFDiag(Loc, diag::note_constexpr_bit_cast_invalid_type) | 
 |           << CheckingDest << (Reason == 4) << Reason; | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   }; | 
 |   auto note = [&](int Construct, QualType NoteTy, SourceLocation NoteLoc) { | 
 |     if (Info) | 
 |       Info->Note(NoteLoc, diag::note_constexpr_bit_cast_invalid_subtype) | 
 |           << NoteTy << Construct << Ty; | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   }; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (Ty->isUnionType()) | 
 |     return diag(0); | 
 |   if (Ty->isPointerType()) | 
 |     return diag(1); | 
 |   if (Ty->isMemberPointerType()) | 
 |     return diag(2); | 
 |   if (Ty.isVolatileQualified()) | 
 |     return diag(3); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (RecordDecl *Record = Ty->getAsRecordDecl()) { | 
 |     if (auto *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { | 
 |       for (CXXBaseSpecifier &BS : CXXRD->bases()) | 
 |         if (!checkBitCastConstexprEligibilityType(Loc, BS.getType(), Info, Ctx, | 
 |                                                   CheckingDest)) | 
 |           return note(1, BS.getType(), BS.getBeginLoc()); | 
 |     } | 
 |     for (FieldDecl *FD : Record->fields()) { | 
 |       if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) | 
 |         return diag(4); | 
 |       if (!checkBitCastConstexprEligibilityType(Loc, FD->getType(), Info, Ctx, | 
 |                                                 CheckingDest)) | 
 |         return note(0, FD->getType(), FD->getBeginLoc()); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (Ty->isArrayType() && | 
 |       !checkBitCastConstexprEligibilityType(Loc, Ctx.getBaseElementType(Ty), | 
 |                                             Info, Ctx, CheckingDest)) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (const auto *VTy = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { | 
 |     QualType EltTy = VTy->getElementType(); | 
 |     unsigned NElts = VTy->getNumElements(); | 
 |     unsigned EltSize = VTy->isExtVectorBoolType() ? 1 : Ctx.getTypeSize(EltTy); | 
 |  | 
 |     if ((NElts * EltSize) % Ctx.getCharWidth() != 0) { | 
 |       // The vector's size in bits is not a multiple of the target's byte size, | 
 |       // so its layout is unspecified. For now, we'll simply treat these cases | 
 |       // as unsupported (this should only be possible with OpenCL bool vectors | 
 |       // whose element count isn't a multiple of the byte size). | 
 |       Info->FFDiag(Loc, diag::note_constexpr_bit_cast_invalid_vector) | 
 |           << QualType(VTy, 0) << EltSize << NElts << Ctx.getCharWidth(); | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     if (EltTy->isRealFloatingType() && | 
 |         &Ctx.getFloatTypeSemantics(EltTy) == &APFloat::x87DoubleExtended()) { | 
 |       // The layout for x86_fp80 vectors seems to be handled very inconsistently | 
 |       // by both clang and LLVM, so for now we won't allow bit_casts involving | 
 |       // it in a constexpr context. | 
 |       Info->FFDiag(Loc, diag::note_constexpr_bit_cast_unsupported_type) | 
 |           << EltTy; | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static bool checkBitCastConstexprEligibility(EvalInfo *Info, | 
 |                                              const ASTContext &Ctx, | 
 |                                              const CastExpr *BCE) { | 
 |   bool DestOK = checkBitCastConstexprEligibilityType( | 
 |       BCE->getBeginLoc(), BCE->getType(), Info, Ctx, true); | 
 |   bool SourceOK = DestOK && checkBitCastConstexprEligibilityType( | 
 |                                 BCE->getBeginLoc(), | 
 |                                 BCE->getSubExpr()->getType(), Info, Ctx, false); | 
 |   return SourceOK; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static bool handleRValueToRValueBitCast(EvalInfo &Info, APValue &DestValue, | 
 |                                         const APValue &SourceRValue, | 
 |                                         const CastExpr *BCE) { | 
 |   assert(CHAR_BIT == 8 && Info.Ctx.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth() == 8 && | 
 |          "no host or target supports non 8-bit chars"); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!checkBitCastConstexprEligibility(&Info, Info.Ctx, BCE)) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Read out SourceValue into a char buffer. | 
 |   std::optional<BitCastBuffer> Buffer = | 
 |       APValueToBufferConverter::convert(Info, SourceRValue, BCE); | 
 |   if (!Buffer) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Write out the buffer into a new APValue. | 
 |   std::optional<APValue> MaybeDestValue = | 
 |       BufferToAPValueConverter::convert(Info, *Buffer, BCE); | 
 |   if (!MaybeDestValue) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   DestValue = std::move(*MaybeDestValue); | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static bool handleLValueToRValueBitCast(EvalInfo &Info, APValue &DestValue, | 
 |                                         APValue &SourceValue, | 
 |                                         const CastExpr *BCE) { | 
 |   assert(CHAR_BIT == 8 && Info.Ctx.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth() == 8 && | 
 |          "no host or target supports non 8-bit chars"); | 
 |   assert(SourceValue.isLValue() && | 
 |          "LValueToRValueBitcast requires an lvalue operand!"); | 
 |  | 
 |   LValue SourceLValue; | 
 |   APValue SourceRValue; | 
 |   SourceLValue.setFrom(Info.Ctx, SourceValue); | 
 |   if (!handleLValueToRValueConversion( | 
 |           Info, BCE, BCE->getSubExpr()->getType().withConst(), SourceLValue, | 
 |           SourceRValue, /*WantObjectRepresentation=*/true)) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   return handleRValueToRValueBitCast(Info, DestValue, SourceRValue, BCE); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | template <class Derived> | 
 | class ExprEvaluatorBase | 
 |   : public ConstStmtVisitor<Derived, bool> { | 
 | private: | 
 |   Derived &getDerived() { return static_cast<Derived&>(*this); } | 
 |   bool DerivedSuccess(const APValue &V, const Expr *E) { | 
 |     return getDerived().Success(V, E); | 
 |   } | 
 |   bool DerivedZeroInitialization(const Expr *E) { | 
 |     return getDerived().ZeroInitialization(E); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Check whether a conditional operator with a non-constant condition is a | 
 |   // potential constant expression. If neither arm is a potential constant | 
 |   // expression, then the conditional operator is not either. | 
 |   template<typename ConditionalOperator> | 
 |   void CheckPotentialConstantConditional(const ConditionalOperator *E) { | 
 |     assert(Info.checkingPotentialConstantExpression()); | 
 |  | 
 |     // Speculatively evaluate both arms. | 
 |     SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Diag; | 
 |     { | 
 |       SpeculativeEvaluationRAII Speculate(Info, &Diag); | 
 |       StmtVisitorTy::Visit(E->getFalseExpr()); | 
 |       if (Diag.empty()) | 
 |         return; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     { | 
 |       SpeculativeEvaluationRAII Speculate(Info, &Diag); | 
 |       Diag.clear(); | 
 |       StmtVisitorTy::Visit(E->getTrueExpr()); | 
 |       if (Diag.empty()) | 
 |         return; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     Error(E, diag::note_constexpr_conditional_never_const); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |  | 
 |   template<typename ConditionalOperator> | 
 |   bool HandleConditionalOperator(const ConditionalOperator *E) { | 
 |     bool BoolResult; | 
 |     if (!EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(E->getCond(), BoolResult, Info)) { | 
 |       if (Info.checkingPotentialConstantExpression() && Info.noteFailure()) { | 
 |         CheckPotentialConstantConditional(E); | 
 |         return false; | 
 |       } | 
 |       if (Info.noteFailure()) { | 
 |         StmtVisitorTy::Visit(E->getTrueExpr()); | 
 |         StmtVisitorTy::Visit(E->getFalseExpr()); | 
 |       } | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     Expr *EvalExpr = BoolResult ? E->getTrueExpr() : E->getFalseExpr(); | 
 |     return StmtVisitorTy::Visit(EvalExpr); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 | protected: | 
 |   EvalInfo &Info; | 
 |   typedef ConstStmtVisitor<Derived, bool> StmtVisitorTy; | 
 |   typedef ExprEvaluatorBase ExprEvaluatorBaseTy; | 
 |  | 
 |   OptionalDiagnostic CCEDiag(const Expr *E, diag::kind D) { | 
 |     return Info.CCEDiag(E, D); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   bool ZeroInitialization(const Expr *E) { return Error(E); } | 
 |  | 
 |   bool IsConstantEvaluatedBuiltinCall(const CallExpr *E) { | 
 |     unsigned BuiltinOp = E->getBuiltinCallee(); | 
 |     return BuiltinOp != 0 && | 
 |            Info.Ctx.BuiltinInfo.isConstantEvaluated(BuiltinOp); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 | public: | 
 |   ExprEvaluatorBase(EvalInfo &Info) : Info(Info) {} | 
 |  | 
 |   EvalInfo &getEvalInfo() { return Info; } | 
 |  | 
 |   /// Report an evaluation error. This should only be called when an error is | 
 |   /// first discovered. When propagating an error, just return false. | 
 |   bool Error(const Expr *E, diag::kind D) { | 
 |     Info.FFDiag(E, D) << E->getSourceRange(); | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |   bool Error(const Expr *E) { | 
 |     return Error(E, diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   bool VisitStmt(const Stmt *) { | 
 |     llvm_unreachable("Expression evaluator should not be called on stmts"); | 
 |   } | 
 |   bool VisitExpr(const Expr *E) { | 
 |     return Error(E); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   bool VisitEmbedExpr(const EmbedExpr *E) { | 
 |     const auto It = E->begin(); | 
 |     return StmtVisitorTy::Visit(*It); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   bool VisitPredefinedExpr(const PredefinedExpr *E) { | 
 |     return StmtVisitorTy::Visit(E->getFunctionName()); | 
 |   } | 
 |   bool VisitConstantExpr(const ConstantExpr *E) { | 
 |     if (E->hasAPValueResult()) | 
 |       return DerivedSuccess(E->getAPValueResult(), E); | 
 |  | 
 |     return StmtVisitorTy::Visit(E->getSubExpr()); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   bool VisitParenExpr(const ParenExpr *E) | 
 |     { return StmtVisitorTy::Visit(E->getSubExpr()); } | 
 |   bool VisitUnaryExtension(const UnaryOperator *E) | 
 |     { return StmtVisitorTy::Visit(E->getSubExpr()); } | 
 |   bool VisitUnaryPlus(const UnaryOperator *E) | 
 |     { return StmtVisitorTy::Visit(E->getSubExpr()); } | 
 |   bool VisitChooseExpr(const ChooseExpr *E) | 
 |     { return StmtVisitorTy::Visit(E->getChosenSubExpr()); } | 
 |   bool VisitGenericSelectionExpr(const GenericSelectionExpr *E) | 
 |     { return StmtVisitorTy::Visit(E->getResultExpr()); } | 
 |   bool VisitSubstNonTypeTemplateParmExpr(const SubstNonTypeTemplateParmExpr *E) | 
 |     { return StmtVisitorTy::Visit(E->getReplacement()); } | 
 |   bool VisitCXXDefaultArgExpr(const CXXDefaultArgExpr *E) { | 
 |     TempVersionRAII RAII(*Info.CurrentCall); | 
 |     SourceLocExprScopeGuard Guard(E, Info.CurrentCall->CurSourceLocExprScope); | 
 |     return StmtVisitorTy::Visit(E->getExpr()); | 
 |   } | 
 |   bool VisitCXXDefaultInitExpr(const CXXDefaultInitExpr *E) { | 
 |     TempVersionRAII RAII(*Info.CurrentCall); | 
 |     // The initializer may not have been parsed yet, or might be erroneous. | 
 |     if (!E->getExpr()) | 
 |       return Error(E); | 
 |     SourceLocExprScopeGuard Guard(E, Info.CurrentCall->CurSourceLocExprScope); | 
 |     return StmtVisitorTy::Visit(E->getExpr()); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   bool VisitExprWithCleanups(const ExprWithCleanups *E) { | 
 |     FullExpressionRAII Scope(Info); | 
 |     return StmtVisitorTy::Visit(E->getSubExpr()) && Scope.destroy(); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Temporaries are registered when created, so we don't care about | 
 |   // CXXBindTemporaryExpr. | 
 |   bool VisitCXXBindTemporaryExpr(const CXXBindTemporaryExpr *E) { | 
 |     return StmtVisitorTy::Visit(E->getSubExpr()); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   bool VisitCXXReinterpretCastExpr(const CXXReinterpretCastExpr *E) { | 
 |     CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_invalid_cast) << 0; | 
 |     return static_cast<Derived*>(this)->VisitCastExpr(E); | 
 |   } | 
 |   bool VisitCXXDynamicCastExpr(const CXXDynamicCastExpr *E) { | 
 |     if (!Info.Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20) | 
 |       CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_invalid_cast) << 1; | 
 |     return static_cast<Derived*>(this)->VisitCastExpr(E); | 
 |   } | 
 |   bool VisitBuiltinBitCastExpr(const BuiltinBitCastExpr *E) { | 
 |     return static_cast<Derived*>(this)->VisitCastExpr(E); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   bool VisitBinaryOperator(const BinaryOperator *E) { | 
 |     switch (E->getOpcode()) { | 
 |     default: | 
 |       return Error(E); | 
 |  | 
 |     case BO_Comma: | 
 |       VisitIgnoredValue(E->getLHS()); | 
 |       return StmtVisitorTy::Visit(E->getRHS()); | 
 |  | 
 |     case BO_PtrMemD: | 
 |     case BO_PtrMemI: { | 
 |       LValue Obj; | 
 |       if (!HandleMemberPointerAccess(Info, E, Obj)) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |       APValue Result; | 
 |       if (!handleLValueToRValueConversion(Info, E, E->getType(), Obj, Result)) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |       return DerivedSuccess(Result, E); | 
 |     } | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   bool VisitCXXRewrittenBinaryOperator(const CXXRewrittenBinaryOperator *E) { | 
 |     return StmtVisitorTy::Visit(E->getSemanticForm()); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   bool VisitBinaryConditionalOperator(const BinaryConditionalOperator *E) { | 
 |     // Evaluate and cache the common expression. We treat it as a temporary, | 
 |     // even though it's not quite the same thing. | 
 |     LValue CommonLV; | 
 |     if (!Evaluate(Info.CurrentCall->createTemporary( | 
 |                       E->getOpaqueValue(), | 
 |                       getStorageType(Info.Ctx, E->getOpaqueValue()), | 
 |                       ScopeKind::FullExpression, CommonLV), | 
 |                   Info, E->getCommon())) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     return HandleConditionalOperator(E); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   bool VisitConditionalOperator(const ConditionalOperator *E) { | 
 |     bool IsBcpCall = false; | 
 |     // If the condition (ignoring parens) is a __builtin_constant_p call, | 
 |     // the result is a constant expression if it can be folded without | 
 |     // side-effects. This is an important GNU extension. See GCC PR38377 | 
 |     // for discussion. | 
 |     if (const CallExpr *CallCE = | 
 |           dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E->getCond()->IgnoreParenCasts())) | 
 |       if (CallCE->getBuiltinCallee() == Builtin::BI__builtin_constant_p) | 
 |         IsBcpCall = true; | 
 |  | 
 |     // Always assume __builtin_constant_p(...) ? ... : ... is a potential | 
 |     // constant expression; we can't check whether it's potentially foldable. | 
 |     // FIXME: We should instead treat __builtin_constant_p as non-constant if | 
 |     // it would return 'false' in this mode. | 
 |     if (Info.checkingPotentialConstantExpression() && IsBcpCall) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     FoldConstant Fold(Info, IsBcpCall); | 
 |     if (!HandleConditionalOperator(E)) { | 
 |       Fold.keepDiagnostics(); | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   bool VisitOpaqueValueExpr(const OpaqueValueExpr *E) { | 
 |     if (APValue *Value = Info.CurrentCall->getCurrentTemporary(E); | 
 |         Value && !Value->isAbsent()) | 
 |       return DerivedSuccess(*Value, E); | 
 |  | 
 |     const Expr *Source = E->getSourceExpr(); | 
 |     if (!Source) | 
 |       return Error(E); | 
 |     if (Source == E) { | 
 |       assert(0 && "OpaqueValueExpr recursively refers to itself"); | 
 |       return Error(E); | 
 |     } | 
 |     return StmtVisitorTy::Visit(Source); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   bool VisitPseudoObjectExpr(const PseudoObjectExpr *E) { | 
 |     for (const Expr *SemE : E->semantics()) { | 
 |       if (auto *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(SemE)) { | 
 |         // FIXME: We can't handle the case where an OpaqueValueExpr is also the | 
 |         // result expression: there could be two different LValues that would | 
 |         // refer to the same object in that case, and we can't model that. | 
 |         if (SemE == E->getResultExpr()) | 
 |           return Error(E); | 
 |  | 
 |         // Unique OVEs get evaluated if and when we encounter them when | 
 |         // emitting the rest of the semantic form, rather than eagerly. | 
 |         if (OVE->isUnique()) | 
 |           continue; | 
 |  | 
 |         LValue LV; | 
 |         if (!Evaluate(Info.CurrentCall->createTemporary( | 
 |                           OVE, getStorageType(Info.Ctx, OVE), | 
 |                           ScopeKind::FullExpression, LV), | 
 |                       Info, OVE->getSourceExpr())) | 
 |           return false; | 
 |       } else if (SemE == E->getResultExpr()) { | 
 |         if (!StmtVisitorTy::Visit(SemE)) | 
 |           return false; | 
 |       } else { | 
 |         if (!EvaluateIgnoredValue(Info, SemE)) | 
 |           return false; | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   bool VisitCallExpr(const CallExpr *E) { | 
 |     APValue Result; | 
 |     if (!handleCallExpr(E, Result, nullptr)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     return DerivedSuccess(Result, E); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   bool handleCallExpr(const CallExpr *E, APValue &Result, | 
 |                      const LValue *ResultSlot) { | 
 |     CallScopeRAII CallScope(Info); | 
 |  | 
 |     const Expr *Callee = E->getCallee()->IgnoreParens(); | 
 |     QualType CalleeType = Callee->getType(); | 
 |  | 
 |     const FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr; | 
 |     LValue *This = nullptr, ThisVal; | 
 |     auto Args = llvm::ArrayRef(E->getArgs(), E->getNumArgs()); | 
 |     bool HasQualifier = false; | 
 |  | 
 |     CallRef Call; | 
 |  | 
 |     // Extract function decl and 'this' pointer from the callee. | 
 |     if (CalleeType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::BoundMember)) { | 
 |       const CXXMethodDecl *Member = nullptr; | 
 |       if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Callee)) { | 
 |         // Explicit bound member calls, such as x.f() or p->g(); | 
 |         if (!EvaluateObjectArgument(Info, ME->getBase(), ThisVal)) | 
 |           return false; | 
 |         Member = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()); | 
 |         if (!Member) | 
 |           return Error(Callee); | 
 |         This = &ThisVal; | 
 |         HasQualifier = ME->hasQualifier(); | 
 |       } else if (const BinaryOperator *BE = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Callee)) { | 
 |         // Indirect bound member calls ('.*' or '->*'). | 
 |         const ValueDecl *D = | 
 |             HandleMemberPointerAccess(Info, BE, ThisVal, false); | 
 |         if (!D) | 
 |           return false; | 
 |         Member = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D); | 
 |         if (!Member) | 
 |           return Error(Callee); | 
 |         This = &ThisVal; | 
 |       } else if (const auto *PDE = dyn_cast<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(Callee)) { | 
 |         if (!Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20) | 
 |           Info.CCEDiag(PDE, diag::note_constexpr_pseudo_destructor); | 
 |         return EvaluateObjectArgument(Info, PDE->getBase(), ThisVal) && | 
 |                HandleDestruction(Info, PDE, ThisVal, PDE->getDestroyedType()); | 
 |       } else | 
 |         return Error(Callee); | 
 |       FD = Member; | 
 |     } else if (CalleeType->isFunctionPointerType()) { | 
 |       LValue CalleeLV; | 
 |       if (!EvaluatePointer(Callee, CalleeLV, Info)) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |  | 
 |       if (!CalleeLV.getLValueOffset().isZero()) | 
 |         return Error(Callee); | 
 |       if (CalleeLV.isNullPointer()) { | 
 |         Info.FFDiag(Callee, diag::note_constexpr_null_callee) | 
 |             << const_cast<Expr *>(Callee); | 
 |         return false; | 
 |       } | 
 |       FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>( | 
 |           CalleeLV.getLValueBase().dyn_cast<const ValueDecl *>()); | 
 |       if (!FD) | 
 |         return Error(Callee); | 
 |       // Don't call function pointers which have been cast to some other type. | 
 |       // Per DR (no number yet), the caller and callee can differ in noexcept. | 
 |       if (!Info.Ctx.hasSameFunctionTypeIgnoringExceptionSpec( | 
 |         CalleeType->getPointeeType(), FD->getType())) { | 
 |         return Error(E); | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |       // For an (overloaded) assignment expression, evaluate the RHS before the | 
 |       // LHS. | 
 |       auto *OCE = dyn_cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E); | 
 |       if (OCE && OCE->isAssignmentOp()) { | 
 |         assert(Args.size() == 2 && "wrong number of arguments in assignment"); | 
 |         Call = Info.CurrentCall->createCall(FD); | 
 |         bool HasThis = false; | 
 |         if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) | 
 |           HasThis = MD->isImplicitObjectMemberFunction(); | 
 |         if (!EvaluateArgs(HasThis ? Args.slice(1) : Args, Call, Info, FD, | 
 |                           /*RightToLeft=*/true)) | 
 |           return false; | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |       // Overloaded operator calls to member functions are represented as normal | 
 |       // calls with '*this' as the first argument. | 
 |       const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); | 
 |       if (MD && | 
 |           (MD->isImplicitObjectMemberFunction() || (OCE && MD->isStatic()))) { | 
 |         // FIXME: When selecting an implicit conversion for an overloaded | 
 |         // operator delete, we sometimes try to evaluate calls to conversion | 
 |         // operators without a 'this' parameter! | 
 |         if (Args.empty()) | 
 |           return Error(E); | 
 |  | 
 |         if (!EvaluateObjectArgument(Info, Args[0], ThisVal)) | 
 |           return false; | 
 |  | 
 |         // If we are calling a static operator, the 'this' argument needs to be | 
 |         // ignored after being evaluated. | 
 |         if (MD->isInstance()) | 
 |           This = &ThisVal; | 
 |  | 
 |         // If this is syntactically a simple assignment using a trivial | 
 |         // assignment operator, start the lifetimes of union members as needed, | 
 |         // per C++20 [class.union]5. | 
 |         if (Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20 && OCE && | 
 |             OCE->getOperator() == OO_Equal && MD->isTrivial() && | 
 |             !MaybeHandleUnionActiveMemberChange(Info, Args[0], ThisVal)) | 
 |           return false; | 
 |  | 
 |         Args = Args.slice(1); | 
 |       } else if (MD && MD->isLambdaStaticInvoker()) { | 
 |         // Map the static invoker for the lambda back to the call operator. | 
 |         // Conveniently, we don't have to slice out the 'this' argument (as is | 
 |         // being done for the non-static case), since a static member function | 
 |         // doesn't have an implicit argument passed in. | 
 |         const CXXRecordDecl *ClosureClass = MD->getParent(); | 
 |         assert( | 
 |             ClosureClass->captures_begin() == ClosureClass->captures_end() && | 
 |             "Number of captures must be zero for conversion to function-ptr"); | 
 |  | 
 |         const CXXMethodDecl *LambdaCallOp = | 
 |             ClosureClass->getLambdaCallOperator(); | 
 |  | 
 |         // Set 'FD', the function that will be called below, to the call | 
 |         // operator.  If the closure object represents a generic lambda, find | 
 |         // the corresponding specialization of the call operator. | 
 |  | 
 |         if (ClosureClass->isGenericLambda()) { | 
 |           assert(MD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && | 
 |                  "A generic lambda's static-invoker function must be a " | 
 |                  "template specialization"); | 
 |           const TemplateArgumentList *TAL = MD->getTemplateSpecializationArgs(); | 
 |           FunctionTemplateDecl *CallOpTemplate = | 
 |               LambdaCallOp->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); | 
 |           void *InsertPos = nullptr; | 
 |           FunctionDecl *CorrespondingCallOpSpecialization = | 
 |               CallOpTemplate->findSpecialization(TAL->asArray(), InsertPos); | 
 |           assert(CorrespondingCallOpSpecialization && | 
 |                  "We must always have a function call operator specialization " | 
 |                  "that corresponds to our static invoker specialization"); | 
 |           assert(isa<CXXMethodDecl>(CorrespondingCallOpSpecialization)); | 
 |           FD = CorrespondingCallOpSpecialization; | 
 |         } else | 
 |           FD = LambdaCallOp; | 
 |       } else if (FD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction()) { | 
 |         if (FD->getDeclName().getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New || | 
 |             FD->getDeclName().getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New) { | 
 |           LValue Ptr; | 
 |           if (!HandleOperatorNewCall(Info, E, Ptr)) | 
 |             return false; | 
 |           Ptr.moveInto(Result); | 
 |           return CallScope.destroy(); | 
 |         } else { | 
 |           return HandleOperatorDeleteCall(Info, E) && CallScope.destroy(); | 
 |         } | 
 |       } | 
 |     } else | 
 |       return Error(E); | 
 |  | 
 |     // Evaluate the arguments now if we've not already done so. | 
 |     if (!Call) { | 
 |       Call = Info.CurrentCall->createCall(FD); | 
 |       if (!EvaluateArgs(Args, Call, Info, FD)) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     SmallVector<QualType, 4> CovariantAdjustmentPath; | 
 |     if (This) { | 
 |       auto *NamedMember = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); | 
 |       if (NamedMember && NamedMember->isVirtual() && !HasQualifier) { | 
 |         // Perform virtual dispatch, if necessary. | 
 |         FD = HandleVirtualDispatch(Info, E, *This, NamedMember, | 
 |                                    CovariantAdjustmentPath); | 
 |         if (!FD) | 
 |           return false; | 
 |       } else if (NamedMember && NamedMember->isImplicitObjectMemberFunction()) { | 
 |         // Check that the 'this' pointer points to an object of the right type. | 
 |         // FIXME: If this is an assignment operator call, we may need to change | 
 |         // the active union member before we check this. | 
 |         if (!checkNonVirtualMemberCallThisPointer(Info, E, *This, NamedMember)) | 
 |           return false; | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // Destructor calls are different enough that they have their own codepath. | 
 |     if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(FD)) { | 
 |       assert(This && "no 'this' pointer for destructor call"); | 
 |       return HandleDestruction(Info, E, *This, | 
 |                                Info.Ctx.getRecordType(DD->getParent())) && | 
 |              CallScope.destroy(); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     const FunctionDecl *Definition = nullptr; | 
 |     Stmt *Body = FD->getBody(Definition); | 
 |  | 
 |     if (!CheckConstexprFunction(Info, E->getExprLoc(), FD, Definition, Body) || | 
 |         !HandleFunctionCall(E->getExprLoc(), Definition, This, E, Args, Call, | 
 |                             Body, Info, Result, ResultSlot)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     if (!CovariantAdjustmentPath.empty() && | 
 |         !HandleCovariantReturnAdjustment(Info, E, Result, | 
 |                                          CovariantAdjustmentPath)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     return CallScope.destroy(); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   bool VisitCompoundLiteralExpr(const CompoundLiteralExpr *E) { | 
 |     return StmtVisitorTy::Visit(E->getInitializer()); | 
 |   } | 
 |   bool VisitInitListExpr(const InitListExpr *E) { | 
 |     if (E->getNumInits() == 0) | 
 |       return DerivedZeroInitialization(E); | 
 |     if (E->getNumInits() == 1) | 
 |       return StmtVisitorTy::Visit(E->getInit(0)); | 
 |     return Error(E); | 
 |   } | 
 |   bool VisitImplicitValueInitExpr(const ImplicitValueInitExpr *E) { | 
 |     return DerivedZeroInitialization(E); | 
 |   } | 
 |   bool VisitCXXScalarValueInitExpr(const CXXScalarValueInitExpr *E) { | 
 |     return DerivedZeroInitialization(E); | 
 |   } | 
 |   bool VisitCXXNullPtrLiteralExpr(const CXXNullPtrLiteralExpr *E) { | 
 |     return DerivedZeroInitialization(E); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   /// A member expression where the object is a prvalue is itself a prvalue. | 
 |   bool VisitMemberExpr(const MemberExpr *E) { | 
 |     assert(!Info.Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && | 
 |            "missing temporary materialization conversion"); | 
 |     assert(!E->isArrow() && "missing call to bound member function?"); | 
 |  | 
 |     APValue Val; | 
 |     if (!Evaluate(Val, Info, E->getBase())) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     QualType BaseTy = E->getBase()->getType(); | 
 |  | 
 |     const FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()); | 
 |     if (!FD) return Error(E); | 
 |     assert(!FD->getType()->isReferenceType() && "prvalue reference?"); | 
 |     assert(BaseTy->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl() == | 
 |            FD->getParent()->getCanonicalDecl() && "record / field mismatch"); | 
 |  | 
 |     // Note: there is no lvalue base here. But this case should only ever | 
 |     // happen in C or in C++98, where we cannot be evaluating a constexpr | 
 |     // constructor, which is the only case the base matters. | 
 |     CompleteObject Obj(APValue::LValueBase(), &Val, BaseTy); | 
 |     SubobjectDesignator Designator(BaseTy); | 
 |     Designator.addDeclUnchecked(FD); | 
 |  | 
 |     APValue Result; | 
 |     return extractSubobject(Info, E, Obj, Designator, Result) && | 
 |            DerivedSuccess(Result, E); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   bool VisitExtVectorElementExpr(const ExtVectorElementExpr *E) { | 
 |     APValue Val; | 
 |     if (!Evaluate(Val, Info, E->getBase())) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     if (Val.isVector()) { | 
 |       SmallVector<uint32_t, 4> Indices; | 
 |       E->getEncodedElementAccess(Indices); | 
 |       if (Indices.size() == 1) { | 
 |         // Return scalar. | 
 |         return DerivedSuccess(Val.getVectorElt(Indices[0]), E); | 
 |       } else { | 
 |         // Construct new APValue vector. | 
 |         SmallVector<APValue, 4> Elts; | 
 |         for (unsigned I = 0; I < Indices.size(); ++I) { | 
 |           Elts.push_back(Val.getVectorElt(Indices[I])); | 
 |         } | 
 |         APValue VecResult(Elts.data(), Indices.size()); | 
 |         return DerivedSuccess(VecResult, E); | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   bool VisitCastExpr(const CastExpr *E) { | 
 |     switch (E->getCastKind()) { | 
 |     default: | 
 |       break; | 
 |  | 
 |     case CK_AtomicToNonAtomic: { | 
 |       APValue AtomicVal; | 
 |       // This does not need to be done in place even for class/array types: | 
 |       // atomic-to-non-atomic conversion implies copying the object | 
 |       // representation. | 
 |       if (!Evaluate(AtomicVal, Info, E->getSubExpr())) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |       return DerivedSuccess(AtomicVal, E); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     case CK_NoOp: | 
 |     case CK_UserDefinedConversion: | 
 |       return StmtVisitorTy::Visit(E->getSubExpr()); | 
 |  | 
 |     case CK_LValueToRValue: { | 
 |       LValue LVal; | 
 |       if (!EvaluateLValue(E->getSubExpr(), LVal, Info)) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |       APValue RVal; | 
 |       // Note, we use the subexpression's type in order to retain cv-qualifiers. | 
 |       if (!handleLValueToRValueConversion(Info, E, E->getSubExpr()->getType(), | 
 |                                           LVal, RVal)) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |       return DerivedSuccess(RVal, E); | 
 |     } | 
 |     case CK_LValueToRValueBitCast: { | 
 |       APValue DestValue, SourceValue; | 
 |       if (!Evaluate(SourceValue, Info, E->getSubExpr())) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |       if (!handleLValueToRValueBitCast(Info, DestValue, SourceValue, E)) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |       return DerivedSuccess(DestValue, E); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     case CK_AddressSpaceConversion: { | 
 |       APValue Value; | 
 |       if (!Evaluate(Value, Info, E->getSubExpr())) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |       return DerivedSuccess(Value, E); | 
 |     } | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     return Error(E); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   bool VisitUnaryPostInc(const UnaryOperator *UO) { | 
 |     return VisitUnaryPostIncDec(UO); | 
 |   } | 
 |   bool VisitUnaryPostDec(const UnaryOperator *UO) { | 
 |     return VisitUnaryPostIncDec(UO); | 
 |   } | 
 |   bool VisitUnaryPostIncDec(const UnaryOperator *UO) { | 
 |     if (!Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && !Info.keepEvaluatingAfterFailure()) | 
 |       return Error(UO); | 
 |  | 
 |     LValue LVal; | 
 |     if (!EvaluateLValue(UO->getSubExpr(), LVal, Info)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     APValue RVal; | 
 |     if (!handleIncDec(this->Info, UO, LVal, UO->getSubExpr()->getType(), | 
 |                       UO->isIncrementOp(), &RVal)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     return DerivedSuccess(RVal, UO); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   bool VisitStmtExpr(const StmtExpr *E) { | 
 |     // We will have checked the full-expressions inside the statement expression | 
 |     // when they were completed, and don't need to check them again now. | 
 |     llvm::SaveAndRestore NotCheckingForUB(Info.CheckingForUndefinedBehavior, | 
 |                                           false); | 
 |  | 
 |     const CompoundStmt *CS = E->getSubStmt(); | 
 |     if (CS->body_empty()) | 
 |       return true; | 
 |  | 
 |     BlockScopeRAII Scope(Info); | 
 |     for (CompoundStmt::const_body_iterator BI = CS->body_begin(), | 
 |                                            BE = CS->body_end(); | 
 |          /**/; ++BI) { | 
 |       if (BI + 1 == BE) { | 
 |         const Expr *FinalExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(*BI); | 
 |         if (!FinalExpr) { | 
 |           Info.FFDiag((*BI)->getBeginLoc(), | 
 |                       diag::note_constexpr_stmt_expr_unsupported); | 
 |           return false; | 
 |         } | 
 |         return this->Visit(FinalExpr) && Scope.destroy(); | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |       APValue ReturnValue; | 
 |       StmtResult Result = { ReturnValue, nullptr }; | 
 |       EvalStmtResult ESR = EvaluateStmt(Result, Info, *BI); | 
 |       if (ESR != ESR_Succeeded) { | 
 |         // FIXME: If the statement-expression terminated due to 'return', | 
 |         // 'break', or 'continue', it would be nice to propagate that to | 
 |         // the outer statement evaluation rather than bailing out. | 
 |         if (ESR != ESR_Failed) | 
 |           Info.FFDiag((*BI)->getBeginLoc(), | 
 |                       diag::note_constexpr_stmt_expr_unsupported); | 
 |         return false; | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     llvm_unreachable("Return from function from the loop above."); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   bool VisitPackIndexingExpr(const PackIndexingExpr *E) { | 
 |     return StmtVisitorTy::Visit(E->getSelectedExpr()); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   /// Visit a value which is evaluated, but whose value is ignored. | 
 |   void VisitIgnoredValue(const Expr *E) { | 
 |     EvaluateIgnoredValue(Info, E); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   /// Potentially visit a MemberExpr's base expression. | 
 |   void VisitIgnoredBaseExpression(const Expr *E) { | 
 |     // While MSVC doesn't evaluate the base expression, it does diagnose the | 
 |     // presence of side-effecting behavior. | 
 |     if (Info.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && !E->HasSideEffects(Info.Ctx)) | 
 |       return; | 
 |     VisitIgnoredValue(E); | 
 |   } | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | } // namespace | 
 |  | 
 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | 
 | // Common base class for lvalue and temporary evaluation. | 
 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | 
 | namespace { | 
 | template<class Derived> | 
 | class LValueExprEvaluatorBase | 
 |   : public ExprEvaluatorBase<Derived> { | 
 | protected: | 
 |   LValue &Result; | 
 |   bool InvalidBaseOK; | 
 |   typedef LValueExprEvaluatorBase LValueExprEvaluatorBaseTy; | 
 |   typedef ExprEvaluatorBase<Derived> ExprEvaluatorBaseTy; | 
 |  | 
 |   bool Success(APValue::LValueBase B) { | 
 |     Result.set(B); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   bool evaluatePointer(const Expr *E, LValue &Result) { | 
 |     return EvaluatePointer(E, Result, this->Info, InvalidBaseOK); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 | public: | 
 |   LValueExprEvaluatorBase(EvalInfo &Info, LValue &Result, bool InvalidBaseOK) | 
 |       : ExprEvaluatorBaseTy(Info), Result(Result), | 
 |         InvalidBaseOK(InvalidBaseOK) {} | 
 |  | 
 |   bool Success(const APValue &V, const Expr *E) { | 
 |     Result.setFrom(this->Info.Ctx, V); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   bool VisitMemberExpr(const MemberExpr *E) { | 
 |     // Handle non-static data members. | 
 |     QualType BaseTy; | 
 |     bool EvalOK; | 
 |     if (E->isArrow()) { | 
 |       EvalOK = evaluatePointer(E->getBase(), Result); | 
 |       BaseTy = E->getBase()->getType()->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); | 
 |     } else if (E->getBase()->isPRValue()) { | 
 |       assert(E->getBase()->getType()->isRecordType()); | 
 |       EvalOK = EvaluateTemporary(E->getBase(), Result, this->Info); | 
 |       BaseTy = E->getBase()->getType(); | 
 |     } else { | 
 |       EvalOK = this->Visit(E->getBase()); | 
 |       BaseTy = E->getBase()->getType(); | 
 |     } | 
 |     if (!EvalOK) { | 
 |       if (!InvalidBaseOK) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |       Result.setInvalid(E); | 
 |       return true; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     const ValueDecl *MD = E->getMemberDecl(); | 
 |     if (const FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(E->getMemberDecl())) { | 
 |       assert(BaseTy->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl() == | 
 |              FD->getParent()->getCanonicalDecl() && "record / field mismatch"); | 
 |       (void)BaseTy; | 
 |       if (!HandleLValueMember(this->Info, E, Result, FD)) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |     } else if (const IndirectFieldDecl *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(MD)) { | 
 |       if (!HandleLValueIndirectMember(this->Info, E, Result, IFD)) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |     } else | 
 |       return this->Error(E); | 
 |  | 
 |     if (MD->getType()->isReferenceType()) { | 
 |       APValue RefValue; | 
 |       if (!handleLValueToRValueConversion(this->Info, E, MD->getType(), Result, | 
 |                                           RefValue)) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |       return Success(RefValue, E); | 
 |     } | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   bool VisitBinaryOperator(const BinaryOperator *E) { | 
 |     switch (E->getOpcode()) { | 
 |     default: | 
 |       return ExprEvaluatorBaseTy::VisitBinaryOperator(E); | 
 |  | 
 |     case BO_PtrMemD: | 
 |     case BO_PtrMemI: | 
 |       return HandleMemberPointerAccess(this->Info, E, Result); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   bool VisitCastExpr(const CastExpr *E) { | 
 |     switch (E->getCastKind()) { | 
 |     default: | 
 |       return ExprEvaluatorBaseTy::VisitCastExpr(E); | 
 |  | 
 |     case CK_DerivedToBase: | 
 |     case CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase: | 
 |       if (!this->Visit(E->getSubExpr())) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |  | 
 |       // Now figure out the necessary offset to add to the base LV to get from | 
 |       // the derived class to the base class. | 
 |       return HandleLValueBasePath(this->Info, E, E->getSubExpr()->getType(), | 
 |                                   Result); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 | }; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | 
 | // LValue Evaluation | 
 | // | 
 | // This is used for evaluating lvalues (in C and C++), xvalues (in C++11), | 
 | // function designators (in C), decl references to void objects (in C), and | 
 | // temporaries (if building with -Wno-address-of-temporary). | 
 | // | 
 | // LValue evaluation produces values comprising a base expression of one of the | 
 | // following types: | 
 | // - Declarations | 
 | //  * VarDecl | 
 | //  * FunctionDecl | 
 | // - Literals | 
 | //  * CompoundLiteralExpr in C (and in global scope in C++) | 
 | //  * StringLiteral | 
 | //  * PredefinedExpr | 
 | //  * ObjCStringLiteralExpr | 
 | //  * ObjCEncodeExpr | 
 | //  * AddrLabelExpr | 
 | //  * BlockExpr | 
 | //  * CallExpr for a MakeStringConstant builtin | 
 | // - typeid(T) expressions, as TypeInfoLValues | 
 | // - Locals and temporaries | 
 | //  * MaterializeTemporaryExpr | 
 | //  * Any Expr, with a CallIndex indicating the function in which the temporary | 
 | //    was evaluated, for cases where the MaterializeTemporaryExpr is missing | 
 | //    from the AST (FIXME). | 
 | //  * A MaterializeTemporaryExpr that has static storage duration, with no | 
 | //    CallIndex, for a lifetime-extended temporary. | 
 | //  * The ConstantExpr that is currently being evaluated during evaluation of an | 
 | //    immediate invocation. | 
 | // plus an offset in bytes. | 
 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | 
 | namespace { | 
 | class LValueExprEvaluator | 
 |   : public LValueExprEvaluatorBase<LValueExprEvaluator> { | 
 | public: | 
 |   LValueExprEvaluator(EvalInfo &Info, LValue &Result, bool InvalidBaseOK) : | 
 |     LValueExprEvaluatorBaseTy(Info, Result, InvalidBaseOK) {} | 
 |  | 
 |   bool VisitVarDecl(const Expr *E, const VarDecl *VD); | 
 |   bool VisitUnaryPreIncDec(const UnaryOperator *UO); | 
 |  | 
 |   bool VisitCallExpr(const CallExpr *E); | 
 |   bool VisitDeclRefExpr(const DeclRefExpr *E); | 
 |   bool VisitPredefinedExpr(const PredefinedExpr *E) { return Success(E); } | 
 |   bool VisitMaterializeTemporaryExpr(const MaterializeTemporaryExpr *E); | 
 |   bool VisitCompoundLiteralExpr(const CompoundLiteralExpr *E); | 
 |   bool VisitMemberExpr(const MemberExpr *E); | 
 |   bool VisitStringLiteral(const StringLiteral *E) { | 
 |     return Success(APValue::LValueBase( | 
 |         E, 0, Info.getASTContext().getNextStringLiteralVersion())); | 
 |   } | 
 |   bool VisitObjCEncodeExpr(const ObjCEncodeExpr *E) { return Success(E); } | 
 |   bool VisitCXXTypeidExpr(const CXXTypeidExpr *E); | 
 |   bool VisitCXXUuidofExpr(const CXXUuidofExpr *E); | 
 |   bool VisitArraySubscriptExpr(const ArraySubscriptExpr *E); | 
 |   bool VisitExtVectorElementExpr(const ExtVectorElementExpr *E); | 
 |   bool VisitUnaryDeref(const UnaryOperator *E); | 
 |   bool VisitUnaryReal(const UnaryOperator *E); | 
 |   bool VisitUnaryImag(const UnaryOperator *E); | 
 |   bool VisitUnaryPreInc(const UnaryOperator *UO) { | 
 |     return VisitUnaryPreIncDec(UO); | 
 |   } | 
 |   bool VisitUnaryPreDec(const UnaryOperator *UO) { | 
 |     return VisitUnaryPreIncDec(UO); | 
 |   } | 
 |   bool VisitBinAssign(const BinaryOperator *BO); | 
 |   bool VisitCompoundAssignOperator(const CompoundAssignOperator *CAO); | 
 |  | 
 |   bool VisitCastExpr(const CastExpr *E) { | 
 |     switch (E->getCastKind()) { | 
 |     default: | 
 |       return LValueExprEvaluatorBaseTy::VisitCastExpr(E); | 
 |  | 
 |     case CK_LValueBitCast: | 
 |       this->CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_invalid_cast) | 
 |           << 2 << Info.Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; | 
 |       if (!Visit(E->getSubExpr())) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |       Result.Designator.setInvalid(); | 
 |       return true; | 
 |  | 
 |     case CK_BaseToDerived: | 
 |       if (!Visit(E->getSubExpr())) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |       return HandleBaseToDerivedCast(Info, E, Result); | 
 |  | 
 |     case CK_Dynamic: | 
 |       if (!Visit(E->getSubExpr())) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |       return HandleDynamicCast(Info, cast<ExplicitCastExpr>(E), Result); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 | }; | 
 | } // end anonymous namespace | 
 |  | 
 | /// Get an lvalue to a field of a lambda's closure type. | 
 | static bool HandleLambdaCapture(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E, LValue &Result, | 
 |                                 const CXXMethodDecl *MD, const FieldDecl *FD, | 
 |                                 bool LValueToRValueConversion) { | 
 |   // Static lambda function call operators can't have captures. We already | 
 |   // diagnosed this, so bail out here. | 
 |   if (MD->isStatic()) { | 
 |     assert(Info.CurrentCall->This == nullptr && | 
 |            "This should not be set for a static call operator"); | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Start with 'Result' referring to the complete closure object... | 
 |   if (MD->isExplicitObjectMemberFunction()) { | 
 |     // Self may be passed by reference or by value. | 
 |     const ParmVarDecl *Self = MD->getParamDecl(0); | 
 |     if (Self->getType()->isReferenceType()) { | 
 |       APValue *RefValue = Info.getParamSlot(Info.CurrentCall->Arguments, Self); | 
 |       if (!RefValue->allowConstexprUnknown() || RefValue->hasValue()) | 
 |         Result.setFrom(Info.Ctx, *RefValue); | 
 |     } else { | 
 |       const ParmVarDecl *VD = Info.CurrentCall->Arguments.getOrigParam(Self); | 
 |       CallStackFrame *Frame = | 
 |           Info.getCallFrameAndDepth(Info.CurrentCall->Arguments.CallIndex) | 
 |               .first; | 
 |       unsigned Version = Info.CurrentCall->Arguments.Version; | 
 |       Result.set({VD, Frame->Index, Version}); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } else | 
 |     Result = *Info.CurrentCall->This; | 
 |  | 
 |   // ... then update it to refer to the field of the closure object | 
 |   // that represents the capture. | 
 |   if (!HandleLValueMember(Info, E, Result, FD)) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   // And if the field is of reference type (or if we captured '*this' by | 
 |   // reference), update 'Result' to refer to what | 
 |   // the field refers to. | 
 |   if (LValueToRValueConversion) { | 
 |     APValue RVal; | 
 |     if (!handleLValueToRValueConversion(Info, E, FD->getType(), Result, RVal)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     Result.setFrom(Info.Ctx, RVal); | 
 |   } | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Evaluate an expression as an lvalue. This can be legitimately called on | 
 | /// expressions which are not glvalues, in three cases: | 
 | ///  * function designators in C, and | 
 | ///  * "extern void" objects | 
 | ///  * @selector() expressions in Objective-C | 
 | static bool EvaluateLValue(const Expr *E, LValue &Result, EvalInfo &Info, | 
 |                            bool InvalidBaseOK) { | 
 |   assert(!E->isValueDependent()); | 
 |   assert(E->isGLValue() || E->getType()->isFunctionType() || | 
 |          E->getType()->isVoidType() || isa<ObjCSelectorExpr>(E->IgnoreParens())); | 
 |   return LValueExprEvaluator(Info, Result, InvalidBaseOK).Visit(E); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool LValueExprEvaluator::VisitDeclRefExpr(const DeclRefExpr *E) { | 
 |   const NamedDecl *D = E->getDecl(); | 
 |   if (isa<FunctionDecl, MSGuidDecl, TemplateParamObjectDecl, | 
 |           UnnamedGlobalConstantDecl>(D)) | 
 |     return Success(cast<ValueDecl>(D)); | 
 |   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) | 
 |     return VisitVarDecl(E, VD); | 
 |   if (const BindingDecl *BD = dyn_cast<BindingDecl>(D)) | 
 |     return Visit(BD->getBinding()); | 
 |   return Error(E); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 |  | 
 | bool LValueExprEvaluator::VisitVarDecl(const Expr *E, const VarDecl *VD) { | 
 |   // C++23 [expr.const]p8 If we have a reference type allow unknown references | 
 |   // and pointers. | 
 |   bool AllowConstexprUnknown = | 
 |       Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus23 && VD->getType()->isReferenceType(); | 
 |   // If we are within a lambda's call operator, check whether the 'VD' referred | 
 |   // to within 'E' actually represents a lambda-capture that maps to a | 
 |   // data-member/field within the closure object, and if so, evaluate to the | 
 |   // field or what the field refers to. | 
 |   if (Info.CurrentCall && isLambdaCallOperator(Info.CurrentCall->Callee) && | 
 |       isa<DeclRefExpr>(E) && | 
 |       cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->refersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture()) { | 
 |     // We don't always have a complete capture-map when checking or inferring if | 
 |     // the function call operator meets the requirements of a constexpr function | 
 |     // - but we don't need to evaluate the captures to determine constexprness | 
 |     // (dcl.constexpr C++17). | 
 |     if (Info.checkingPotentialConstantExpression()) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     if (auto *FD = Info.CurrentCall->LambdaCaptureFields.lookup(VD)) { | 
 |       const auto *MD = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Info.CurrentCall->Callee); | 
 |       return HandleLambdaCapture(Info, E, Result, MD, FD, | 
 |                                  FD->getType()->isReferenceType()); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   CallStackFrame *Frame = nullptr; | 
 |   unsigned Version = 0; | 
 |   if (VD->hasLocalStorage()) { | 
 |     // Only if a local variable was declared in the function currently being | 
 |     // evaluated, do we expect to be able to find its value in the current | 
 |     // frame. (Otherwise it was likely declared in an enclosing context and | 
 |     // could either have a valid evaluatable value (for e.g. a constexpr | 
 |     // variable) or be ill-formed (and trigger an appropriate evaluation | 
 |     // diagnostic)). | 
 |     CallStackFrame *CurrFrame = Info.CurrentCall; | 
 |     if (CurrFrame->Callee && CurrFrame->Callee->Equals(VD->getDeclContext())) { | 
 |       // Function parameters are stored in some caller's frame. (Usually the | 
 |       // immediate caller, but for an inherited constructor they may be more | 
 |       // distant.) | 
 |       if (auto *PVD = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(VD)) { | 
 |         if (CurrFrame->Arguments) { | 
 |           VD = CurrFrame->Arguments.getOrigParam(PVD); | 
 |           Frame = | 
 |               Info.getCallFrameAndDepth(CurrFrame->Arguments.CallIndex).first; | 
 |           Version = CurrFrame->Arguments.Version; | 
 |         } | 
 |       } else { | 
 |         Frame = CurrFrame; | 
 |         Version = CurrFrame->getCurrentTemporaryVersion(VD); | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!VD->getType()->isReferenceType()) { | 
 |     if (Frame) { | 
 |       Result.set({VD, Frame->Index, Version}); | 
 |       return true; | 
 |     } | 
 |     return Success(VD); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { | 
 |     Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_ltor_non_integral, 1) | 
 |         << VD << VD->getType(); | 
 |     Info.Note(VD->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   APValue *V; | 
 |   if (!evaluateVarDeclInit(Info, E, VD, Frame, Version, V)) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   if (!V->hasValue()) { | 
 |     // FIXME: Is it possible for V to be indeterminate here? If so, we should | 
 |     // adjust the diagnostic to say that. | 
 |     // C++23 [expr.const]p8 If we have a variable that is unknown reference | 
 |     // or pointer it may not have a value but still be usable later on so do not | 
 |     // diagnose. | 
 |     if (!Info.checkingPotentialConstantExpression() && !AllowConstexprUnknown) | 
 |       Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_use_uninit_reference); | 
 |  | 
 |     // C++23 [expr.const]p8 If we have a variable that is unknown reference or | 
 |     // pointer try to recover it from the frame and set the result accordingly. | 
 |     if (VD->getType()->isReferenceType() && AllowConstexprUnknown) { | 
 |       if (Frame) { | 
 |         Result.set({VD, Frame->Index, Version}); | 
 |         return true; | 
 |       } | 
 |       return Success(VD); | 
 |     } | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   return Success(*V, E); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool LValueExprEvaluator::VisitCallExpr(const CallExpr *E) { | 
 |   if (!IsConstantEvaluatedBuiltinCall(E)) | 
 |     return ExprEvaluatorBaseTy::VisitCallExpr(E); | 
 |  | 
 |   switch (E->getBuiltinCallee()) { | 
 |   default: | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   case Builtin::BIas_const: | 
 |   case Builtin::BIforward: | 
 |   case Builtin::BIforward_like: | 
 |   case Builtin::BImove: | 
 |   case Builtin::BImove_if_noexcept: | 
 |     if (cast<FunctionDecl>(E->getCalleeDecl())->isConstexpr()) | 
 |       return Visit(E->getArg(0)); | 
 |     break; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   return ExprEvaluatorBaseTy::VisitCallExpr(E); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool LValueExprEvaluator::VisitMaterializeTemporaryExpr( | 
 |     const MaterializeTemporaryExpr *E) { | 
 |   // Walk through the expression to find the materialized temporary itself. | 
 |   SmallVector<const Expr *, 2> CommaLHSs; | 
 |   SmallVector<SubobjectAdjustment, 2> Adjustments; | 
 |   const Expr *Inner = | 
 |       E->getSubExpr()->skipRValueSubobjectAdjustments(CommaLHSs, Adjustments); | 
 |  | 
 |   // If we passed any comma operators, evaluate their LHSs. | 
 |   for (const Expr *E : CommaLHSs) | 
 |     if (!EvaluateIgnoredValue(Info, E)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   // A materialized temporary with static storage duration can appear within the | 
 |   // result of a constant expression evaluation, so we need to preserve its | 
 |   // value for use outside this evaluation. | 
 |   APValue *Value; | 
 |   if (E->getStorageDuration() == SD_Static) { | 
 |     if (Info.EvalMode == EvalInfo::EM_ConstantFold) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     // FIXME: What about SD_Thread? | 
 |     Value = E->getOrCreateValue(true); | 
 |     *Value = APValue(); | 
 |     Result.set(E); | 
 |   } else { | 
 |     Value = &Info.CurrentCall->createTemporary( | 
 |         E, Inner->getType(), | 
 |         E->getStorageDuration() == SD_FullExpression ? ScopeKind::FullExpression | 
 |                                                      : ScopeKind::Block, | 
 |         Result); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   QualType Type = Inner->getType(); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Materialize the temporary itself. | 
 |   if (!EvaluateInPlace(*Value, Info, Result, Inner)) { | 
 |     *Value = APValue(); | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Adjust our lvalue to refer to the desired subobject. | 
 |   for (unsigned I = Adjustments.size(); I != 0; /**/) { | 
 |     --I; | 
 |     switch (Adjustments[I].Kind) { | 
 |     case SubobjectAdjustment::DerivedToBaseAdjustment: | 
 |       if (!HandleLValueBasePath(Info, Adjustments[I].DerivedToBase.BasePath, | 
 |                                 Type, Result)) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |       Type = Adjustments[I].DerivedToBase.BasePath->getType(); | 
 |       break; | 
 |  | 
 |     case SubobjectAdjustment::FieldAdjustment: | 
 |       if (!HandleLValueMember(Info, E, Result, Adjustments[I].Field)) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |       Type = Adjustments[I].Field->getType(); | 
 |       break; | 
 |  | 
 |     case SubobjectAdjustment::MemberPointerAdjustment: | 
 |       if (!HandleMemberPointerAccess(this->Info, Type, Result, | 
 |                                      Adjustments[I].Ptr.RHS)) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |       Type = Adjustments[I].Ptr.MPT->getPointeeType(); | 
 |       break; | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool | 
 | LValueExprEvaluator::VisitCompoundLiteralExpr(const CompoundLiteralExpr *E) { | 
 |   assert((!Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || E->isFileScope()) && | 
 |          "lvalue compound literal in c++?"); | 
 |   // Defer visiting the literal until the lvalue-to-rvalue conversion. We can | 
 |   // only see this when folding in C, so there's no standard to follow here. | 
 |   return Success(E); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool LValueExprEvaluator::VisitCXXTypeidExpr(const CXXTypeidExpr *E) { | 
 |   TypeInfoLValue TypeInfo; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!E->isPotentiallyEvaluated()) { | 
 |     if (E->isTypeOperand()) | 
 |       TypeInfo = TypeInfoLValue(E->getTypeOperand(Info.Ctx).getTypePtr()); | 
 |     else | 
 |       TypeInfo = TypeInfoLValue(E->getExprOperand()->getType().getTypePtr()); | 
 |   } else { | 
 |     if (!Info.Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20) { | 
 |       Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_typeid_polymorphic) | 
 |         << E->getExprOperand()->getType() | 
 |         << E->getExprOperand()->getSourceRange(); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     if (!Visit(E->getExprOperand())) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     std::optional<DynamicType> DynType = | 
 |         ComputeDynamicType(Info, E, Result, AK_TypeId); | 
 |     if (!DynType) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     TypeInfo = | 
 |         TypeInfoLValue(Info.Ctx.getRecordType(DynType->Type).getTypePtr()); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   return Success(APValue::LValueBase::getTypeInfo(TypeInfo, E->getType())); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool LValueExprEvaluator::VisitCXXUuidofExpr(const CXXUuidofExpr *E) { | 
 |   return Success(E->getGuidDecl()); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool LValueExprEvaluator::VisitMemberExpr(const MemberExpr *E) { | 
 |   // Handle static data members. | 
 |   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(E->getMemberDecl())) { | 
 |     VisitIgnoredBaseExpression(E->getBase()); | 
 |     return VisitVarDecl(E, VD); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Handle static member functions. | 
 |   if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl())) { | 
 |     if (MD->isStatic()) { | 
 |       VisitIgnoredBaseExpression(E->getBase()); | 
 |       return Success(MD); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Handle non-static data members. | 
 |   return LValueExprEvaluatorBaseTy::VisitMemberExpr(E); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool LValueExprEvaluator::VisitExtVectorElementExpr( | 
 |     const ExtVectorElementExpr *E) { | 
 |   bool Success = true; | 
 |  | 
 |   APValue Val; | 
 |   if (!Evaluate(Val, Info, E->getBase())) { | 
 |     if (!Info.noteFailure()) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     Success = false; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   SmallVector<uint32_t, 4> Indices; | 
 |   E->getEncodedElementAccess(Indices); | 
 |   // FIXME: support accessing more than one element | 
 |   if (Indices.size() > 1) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (Success) { | 
 |     Result.setFrom(Info.Ctx, Val); | 
 |     const auto *VT = E->getBase()->getType()->castAs<VectorType>(); | 
 |     HandleLValueVectorElement(Info, E, Result, VT->getElementType(), | 
 |                               VT->getNumElements(), Indices[0]); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   return Success; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool LValueExprEvaluator::VisitArraySubscriptExpr(const ArraySubscriptExpr *E) { | 
 |   if (E->getBase()->getType()->isSveVLSBuiltinType()) | 
 |     return Error(E); | 
 |  | 
 |   APSInt Index; | 
 |   bool Success = true; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (const auto *VT = E->getBase()->getType()->getAs<VectorType>()) { | 
 |     APValue Val; | 
 |     if (!Evaluate(Val, Info, E->getBase())) { | 
 |       if (!Info.noteFailure()) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |       Success = false; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     if (!EvaluateInteger(E->getIdx(), Index, Info)) { | 
 |       if (!Info.noteFailure()) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |       Success = false; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     if (Success) { | 
 |       Result.setFrom(Info.Ctx, Val); | 
 |       HandleLValueVectorElement(Info, E, Result, VT->getElementType(), | 
 |                                 VT->getNumElements(), Index.getExtValue()); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     return Success; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // C++17's rules require us to evaluate the LHS first, regardless of which | 
 |   // side is the base. | 
 |   for (const Expr *SubExpr : {E->getLHS(), E->getRHS()}) { | 
 |     if (SubExpr == E->getBase() ? !evaluatePointer(SubExpr, Result) | 
 |                                 : !EvaluateInteger(SubExpr, Index, Info)) { | 
 |       if (!Info.noteFailure()) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |       Success = false; | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   return Success && | 
 |          HandleLValueArrayAdjustment(Info, E, Result, E->getType(), Index); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool LValueExprEvaluator::VisitUnaryDeref(const UnaryOperator *E) { | 
 |   return evaluatePointer(E->getSubExpr(), Result); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool LValueExprEvaluator::VisitUnaryReal(const UnaryOperator *E) { | 
 |   if (!Visit(E->getSubExpr())) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   // __real is a no-op on scalar lvalues. | 
 |   if (E->getSubExpr()->getType()->isAnyComplexType()) | 
 |     HandleLValueComplexElement(Info, E, Result, E->getType(), false); | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool LValueExprEvaluator::VisitUnaryImag(const UnaryOperator *E) { | 
 |   assert(E->getSubExpr()->getType()->isAnyComplexType() && | 
 |          "lvalue __imag__ on scalar?"); | 
 |   if (!Visit(E->getSubExpr())) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   HandleLValueComplexElement(Info, E, Result, E->getType(), true); | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool LValueExprEvaluator::VisitUnaryPreIncDec(const UnaryOperator *UO) { | 
 |   if (!Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && !Info.keepEvaluatingAfterFailure()) | 
 |     return Error(UO); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!this->Visit(UO->getSubExpr())) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   return handleIncDec( | 
 |       this->Info, UO, Result, UO->getSubExpr()->getType(), | 
 |       UO->isIncrementOp(), nullptr); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool LValueExprEvaluator::VisitCompoundAssignOperator( | 
 |     const CompoundAssignOperator *CAO) { | 
 |   if (!Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && !Info.keepEvaluatingAfterFailure()) | 
 |     return Error(CAO); | 
 |  | 
 |   bool Success = true; | 
 |  | 
 |   // C++17 onwards require that we evaluate the RHS first. | 
 |   APValue RHS; | 
 |   if (!Evaluate(RHS, this->Info, CAO->getRHS())) { | 
 |     if (!Info.noteFailure()) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     Success = false; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // The overall lvalue result is the result of evaluating the LHS. | 
 |   if (!this->Visit(CAO->getLHS()) || !Success) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   return handleCompoundAssignment( | 
 |       this->Info, CAO, | 
 |       Result, CAO->getLHS()->getType(), CAO->getComputationLHSType(), | 
 |       CAO->getOpForCompoundAssignment(CAO->getOpcode()), RHS); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool LValueExprEvaluator::VisitBinAssign(const BinaryOperator *E) { | 
 |   if (!Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && !Info.keepEvaluatingAfterFailure()) | 
 |     return Error(E); | 
 |  | 
 |   bool Success = true; | 
 |  | 
 |   // C++17 onwards require that we evaluate the RHS first. | 
 |   APValue NewVal; | 
 |   if (!Evaluate(NewVal, this->Info, E->getRHS())) { | 
 |     if (!Info.noteFailure()) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     Success = false; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!this->Visit(E->getLHS()) || !Success) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20 && | 
 |       !MaybeHandleUnionActiveMemberChange(Info, E->getLHS(), Result)) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   return handleAssignment(this->Info, E, Result, E->getLHS()->getType(), | 
 |                           NewVal); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | 
 | // Pointer Evaluation | 
 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | 
 |  | 
 | /// Attempts to compute the number of bytes available at the pointer | 
 | /// returned by a function with the alloc_size attribute. Returns true if we | 
 | /// were successful. Places an unsigned number into `Result`. | 
 | /// | 
 | /// This expects the given CallExpr to be a call to a function with an | 
 | /// alloc_size attribute. | 
 | static bool getBytesReturnedByAllocSizeCall(const ASTContext &Ctx, | 
 |                                             const CallExpr *Call, | 
 |                                             llvm::APInt &Result) { | 
 |   const AllocSizeAttr *AllocSize = getAllocSizeAttr(Call); | 
 |  | 
 |   assert(AllocSize && AllocSize->getElemSizeParam().isValid()); | 
 |   unsigned SizeArgNo = AllocSize->getElemSizeParam().getASTIndex(); | 
 |   unsigned BitsInSizeT = Ctx.getTypeSize(Ctx.getSizeType()); | 
 |   if (Call->getNumArgs() <= SizeArgNo) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   auto EvaluateAsSizeT = [&](const Expr *E, APSInt &Into) { | 
 |     Expr::EvalResult ExprResult; | 
 |     if (!E->EvaluateAsInt(ExprResult, Ctx, Expr::SE_AllowSideEffects)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     Into = ExprResult.Val.getInt(); | 
 |     if (Into.isNegative() || !Into.isIntN(BitsInSizeT)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     Into = Into.zext(BitsInSizeT); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   }; | 
 |  | 
 |   APSInt SizeOfElem; | 
 |   if (!EvaluateAsSizeT(Call->getArg(SizeArgNo), SizeOfElem)) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!AllocSize->getNumElemsParam().isValid()) { | 
 |     Result = std::move(SizeOfElem); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   APSInt NumberOfElems; | 
 |   unsigned NumArgNo = AllocSize->getNumElemsParam().getASTIndex(); | 
 |   if (!EvaluateAsSizeT(Call->getArg(NumArgNo), NumberOfElems)) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   bool Overflow; | 
 |   llvm::APInt BytesAvailable = SizeOfElem.umul_ov(NumberOfElems, Overflow); | 
 |   if (Overflow) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   Result = std::move(BytesAvailable); | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Convenience function. LVal's base must be a call to an alloc_size | 
 | /// function. | 
 | static bool getBytesReturnedByAllocSizeCall(const ASTContext &Ctx, | 
 |                                             const LValue &LVal, | 
 |                                             llvm::APInt &Result) { | 
 |   assert(isBaseAnAllocSizeCall(LVal.getLValueBase()) && | 
 |          "Can't get the size of a non alloc_size function"); | 
 |   const auto *Base = LVal.getLValueBase().get<const Expr *>(); | 
 |   const CallExpr *CE = tryUnwrapAllocSizeCall(Base); | 
 |   return getBytesReturnedByAllocSizeCall(Ctx, CE, Result); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Attempts to evaluate the given LValueBase as the result of a call to | 
 | /// a function with the alloc_size attribute. If it was possible to do so, this | 
 | /// function will return true, make Result's Base point to said function call, | 
 | /// and mark Result's Base as invalid. | 
 | static bool evaluateLValueAsAllocSize(EvalInfo &Info, APValue::LValueBase Base, | 
 |                                       LValue &Result) { | 
 |   if (Base.isNull()) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Because we do no form of static analysis, we only support const variables. | 
 |   // | 
 |   // Additionally, we can't support parameters, nor can we support static | 
 |   // variables (in the latter case, use-before-assign isn't UB; in the former, | 
 |   // we have no clue what they'll be assigned to). | 
 |   const auto *VD = | 
 |       dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(Base.dyn_cast<const ValueDecl *>()); | 
 |   if (!VD || !VD->isLocalVarDecl() || !VD->getType().isConstQualified()) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   const Expr *Init = VD->getAnyInitializer(); | 
 |   if (!Init || Init->getType().isNull()) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   const Expr *E = Init->IgnoreParens(); | 
 |   if (!tryUnwrapAllocSizeCall(E)) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Store E instead of E unwrapped so that the type of the LValue's base is | 
 |   // what the user wanted. | 
 |   Result.setInvalid(E); | 
 |  | 
 |   QualType Pointee = E->getType()->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); | 
 |   Result.addUnsizedArray(Info, E, Pointee); | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | namespace { | 
 | class PointerExprEvaluator | 
 |   : public ExprEvaluatorBase<PointerExprEvaluator> { | 
 |   LValue &Result; | 
 |   bool InvalidBaseOK; | 
 |  | 
 |   bool Success(const Expr *E) { | 
 |     Result.set(E); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   bool evaluateLValue(const Expr *E, LValue &Result) { | 
 |     return EvaluateLValue(E, Result, Info, InvalidBaseOK); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   bool evaluatePointer(const Expr *E, LValue &Result) { | 
 |     return EvaluatePointer(E, Result, Info, InvalidBaseOK); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   bool visitNonBuiltinCallExpr(const CallExpr *E); | 
 | public: | 
 |  | 
 |   PointerExprEvaluator(EvalInfo &info, LValue &Result, bool InvalidBaseOK) | 
 |       : ExprEvaluatorBaseTy(info), Result(Result), | 
 |         InvalidBaseOK(InvalidBaseOK) {} | 
 |  | 
 |   bool Success(const APValue &V, const Expr *E) { | 
 |     Result.setFrom(Info.Ctx, V); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |   bool ZeroInitialization(const Expr *E) { | 
 |     Result.setNull(Info.Ctx, E->getType()); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   bool VisitBinaryOperator(const BinaryOperator *E); | 
 |   bool VisitCastExpr(const CastExpr* E); | 
 |   bool VisitUnaryAddrOf(const UnaryOperator *E); | 
 |   bool VisitObjCStringLiteral(const ObjCStringLiteral *E) | 
 |       { return Success(E); } | 
 |   bool VisitObjCBoxedExpr(const ObjCBoxedExpr *E) { | 
 |     if (E->isExpressibleAsConstantInitializer()) | 
 |       return Success(E); | 
 |     if (Info.noteFailure()) | 
 |       EvaluateIgnoredValue(Info, E->getSubExpr()); | 
 |     return Error(E); | 
 |   } | 
 |   bool VisitAddrLabelExpr(const AddrLabelExpr *E) | 
 |       { return Success(E); } | 
 |   bool VisitCallExpr(const CallExpr *E); | 
 |   bool VisitBuiltinCallExpr(const CallExpr *E, unsigned BuiltinOp); | 
 |   bool VisitBlockExpr(const BlockExpr *E) { | 
 |     if (!E->getBlockDecl()->hasCaptures()) | 
 |       return Success(E); | 
 |     return Error(E); | 
 |   } | 
 |   bool VisitCXXThisExpr(const CXXThisExpr *E) { | 
 |     auto DiagnoseInvalidUseOfThis = [&] { | 
 |       if (Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) | 
 |         Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_this) << E->isImplicit(); | 
 |       else | 
 |         Info.FFDiag(E); | 
 |     }; | 
 |  | 
 |     // Can't look at 'this' when checking a potential constant expression. | 
 |     if (Info.checkingPotentialConstantExpression()) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     bool IsExplicitLambda = | 
 |         isLambdaCallWithExplicitObjectParameter(Info.CurrentCall->Callee); | 
 |     if (!IsExplicitLambda) { | 
 |       if (!Info.CurrentCall->This) { | 
 |         DiagnoseInvalidUseOfThis(); | 
 |         return false; | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |       Result = *Info.CurrentCall->This; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     if (isLambdaCallOperator(Info.CurrentCall->Callee)) { | 
 |       // Ensure we actually have captured 'this'. If something was wrong with | 
 |       // 'this' capture, the error would have been previously reported. | 
 |       // Otherwise we can be inside of a default initialization of an object | 
 |       // declared by lambda's body, so no need to return false. | 
 |       if (!Info.CurrentCall->LambdaThisCaptureField) { | 
 |         if (IsExplicitLambda && !Info.CurrentCall->This) { | 
 |           DiagnoseInvalidUseOfThis(); | 
 |           return false; | 
 |         } | 
 |  | 
 |         return true; | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |       const auto *MD = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Info.CurrentCall->Callee); | 
 |       return HandleLambdaCapture( | 
 |           Info, E, Result, MD, Info.CurrentCall->LambdaThisCaptureField, | 
 |           Info.CurrentCall->LambdaThisCaptureField->getType()->isPointerType()); | 
 |     } | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   bool VisitCXXNewExpr(const CXXNewExpr *E); | 
 |  | 
 |   bool VisitSourceLocExpr(const SourceLocExpr *E) { | 
 |     assert(!E->isIntType() && "SourceLocExpr isn't a pointer type?"); | 
 |     APValue LValResult = E->EvaluateInContext( | 
 |         Info.Ctx, Info.CurrentCall->CurSourceLocExprScope.getDefaultExpr()); | 
 |     Result.setFrom(Info.Ctx, LValResult); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   bool VisitEmbedExpr(const EmbedExpr *E) { | 
 |     llvm::report_fatal_error("Not yet implemented for ExprConstant.cpp"); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   bool VisitSYCLUniqueStableNameExpr(const SYCLUniqueStableNameExpr *E) { | 
 |     std::string ResultStr = E->ComputeName(Info.Ctx); | 
 |  | 
 |     QualType CharTy = Info.Ctx.CharTy.withConst(); | 
 |     APInt Size(Info.Ctx.getTypeSize(Info.Ctx.getSizeType()), | 
 |                ResultStr.size() + 1); | 
 |     QualType ArrayTy = Info.Ctx.getConstantArrayType( | 
 |         CharTy, Size, nullptr, ArraySizeModifier::Normal, 0); | 
 |  | 
 |     StringLiteral *SL = | 
 |         StringLiteral::Create(Info.Ctx, ResultStr, StringLiteralKind::Ordinary, | 
 |                               /*Pascal*/ false, ArrayTy, E->getLocation()); | 
 |  | 
 |     evaluateLValue(SL, Result); | 
 |     Result.addArray(Info, E, cast<ConstantArrayType>(ArrayTy)); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // FIXME: Missing: @protocol, @selector | 
 | }; | 
 | } // end anonymous namespace | 
 |  | 
 | static bool EvaluatePointer(const Expr* E, LValue& Result, EvalInfo &Info, | 
 |                             bool InvalidBaseOK) { | 
 |   assert(!E->isValueDependent()); | 
 |   assert(E->isPRValue() && E->getType()->hasPointerRepresentation()); | 
 |   return PointerExprEvaluator(Info, Result, InvalidBaseOK).Visit(E); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool PointerExprEvaluator::VisitBinaryOperator(const BinaryOperator *E) { | 
 |   if (E->getOpcode() != BO_Add && | 
 |       E->getOpcode() != BO_Sub) | 
 |     return ExprEvaluatorBaseTy::VisitBinaryOperator(E); | 
 |  | 
 |   const Expr *PExp = E->getLHS(); | 
 |   const Expr *IExp = E->getRHS(); | 
 |   if (IExp->getType()->isPointerType()) | 
 |     std::swap(PExp, IExp); | 
 |  | 
 |   bool EvalPtrOK = evaluatePointer(PExp, Result); | 
 |   if (!EvalPtrOK && !Info.noteFailure()) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   llvm::APSInt Offset; | 
 |   if (!EvaluateInteger(IExp, Offset, Info) || !EvalPtrOK) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (E->getOpcode() == BO_Sub) | 
 |     negateAsSigned(Offset); | 
 |  | 
 |   QualType Pointee = PExp->getType()->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); | 
 |   return HandleLValueArrayAdjustment(Info, E, Result, Pointee, Offset); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool PointerExprEvaluator::VisitUnaryAddrOf(const UnaryOperator *E) { | 
 |   return evaluateLValue(E->getSubExpr(), Result); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | // Is the provided decl 'std::source_location::current'? | 
 | static bool IsDeclSourceLocationCurrent(const FunctionDecl *FD) { | 
 |   if (!FD) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   const IdentifierInfo *FnII = FD->getIdentifier(); | 
 |   if (!FnII || !FnII->isStr("current")) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getParent()); | 
 |   if (!RD) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   const IdentifierInfo *ClassII = RD->getIdentifier(); | 
 |   return RD->isInStdNamespace() && ClassII && ClassII->isStr("source_location"); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool PointerExprEvaluator::VisitCastExpr(const CastExpr *E) { | 
 |   const Expr *SubExpr = E->getSubExpr(); | 
 |  | 
 |   switch (E->getCastKind()) { | 
 |   default: | 
 |     break; | 
 |   case CK_BitCast: | 
 |   case CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast: | 
 |   case CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast: | 
 |   case CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast: | 
 |   case CK_AddressSpaceConversion: | 
 |     if (!Visit(SubExpr)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     // Bitcasts to cv void* are static_casts, not reinterpret_casts, so are | 
 |     // permitted in constant expressions in C++11. Bitcasts from cv void* are | 
 |     // also static_casts, but we disallow them as a resolution to DR1312. | 
 |     if (!E->getType()->isVoidPointerType()) { | 
 |       // In some circumstances, we permit casting from void* to cv1 T*, when the | 
 |       // actual pointee object is actually a cv2 T. | 
 |       bool HasValidResult = !Result.InvalidBase && !Result.Designator.Invalid && | 
 |                             !Result.IsNullPtr; | 
 |       bool VoidPtrCastMaybeOK = | 
 |           Result.IsNullPtr || | 
 |           (HasValidResult && | 
 |            Info.Ctx.hasSimilarType(Result.Designator.getType(Info.Ctx), | 
 |                                    E->getType()->getPointeeType())); | 
 |       // 1. We'll allow it in std::allocator::allocate, and anything which that | 
 |       //    calls. | 
 |       // 2. HACK 2022-03-28: Work around an issue with libstdc++'s | 
 |       //    <source_location> header. Fixed in GCC 12 and later (2022-04-??). | 
 |       //    We'll allow it in the body of std::source_location::current.  GCC's | 
 |       //    implementation had a parameter of type `void*`, and casts from | 
 |       //    that back to `const __impl*` in its body. | 
 |       if (VoidPtrCastMaybeOK && | 
 |           (Info.getStdAllocatorCaller("allocate") || | 
 |            IsDeclSourceLocationCurrent(Info.CurrentCall->Callee) || | 
 |            Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus26)) { | 
 |         // Permitted. | 
 |       } else { | 
 |         if (SubExpr->getType()->isVoidPointerType() && | 
 |             Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | 
 |           if (HasValidResult) | 
 |             CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_invalid_void_star_cast) | 
 |                 << SubExpr->getType() << Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus26 | 
 |                 << Result.Designator.getType(Info.Ctx).getCanonicalType() | 
 |                 << E->getType()->getPointeeType(); | 
 |           else | 
 |             CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_invalid_cast) | 
 |                 << 3 << SubExpr->getType(); | 
 |         } else | 
 |           CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_invalid_cast) | 
 |               << 2 << Info.Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; | 
 |         Result.Designator.setInvalid(); | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |     if (E->getCastKind() == CK_AddressSpaceConversion && Result.IsNullPtr) | 
 |       ZeroInitialization(E); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |  | 
 |   case CK_DerivedToBase: | 
 |   case CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase: | 
 |     if (!evaluatePointer(E->getSubExpr(), Result)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     if (!Result.Base && Result.Offset.isZero()) | 
 |       return true; | 
 |  | 
 |     // Now figure out the necessary offset to add to the base LV to get from | 
 |     // the derived class to the base class. | 
 |     return HandleLValueBasePath(Info, E, E->getSubExpr()->getType()-> | 
 |                                   castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(), | 
 |                                 Result); | 
 |  | 
 |   case CK_BaseToDerived: | 
 |     if (!Visit(E->getSubExpr())) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     if (!Result.Base && Result.Offset.isZero()) | 
 |       return true; | 
 |     return HandleBaseToDerivedCast(Info, E, Result); | 
 |  | 
 |   case CK_Dynamic: | 
 |     if (!Visit(E->getSubExpr())) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     return HandleDynamicCast(Info, cast<ExplicitCastExpr>(E), Result); | 
 |  | 
 |   case CK_NullToPointer: | 
 |     VisitIgnoredValue(E->getSubExpr()); | 
 |     return ZeroInitialization(E); | 
 |  | 
 |   case CK_IntegralToPointer: { | 
 |     CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_invalid_cast) | 
 |         << 2 << Info.Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; | 
 |  | 
 |     APValue Value; | 
 |     if (!EvaluateIntegerOrLValue(SubExpr, Value, Info)) | 
 |       break; | 
 |  | 
 |     if (Value.isInt()) { | 
 |       unsigned Size = Info.Ctx.getTypeSize(E->getType()); | 
 |       uint64_t N = Value.getInt().extOrTrunc(Size).getZExtValue(); | 
 |       Result.Base = (Expr*)nullptr; | 
 |       Result.InvalidBase = false; | 
 |       Result.Offset = CharUnits::fromQuantity(N); | 
 |       Result.Designator.setInvalid(); | 
 |       Result.IsNullPtr = false; | 
 |       return true; | 
 |     } else { | 
 |       // In rare instances, the value isn't an lvalue. | 
 |       // For example, when the value is the difference between the addresses of | 
 |       // two labels. We reject that as a constant expression because we can't | 
 |       // compute a valid offset to convert into a pointer. | 
 |       if (!Value.isLValue()) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |  | 
 |       // Cast is of an lvalue, no need to change value. | 
 |       Result.setFrom(Info.Ctx, Value); | 
 |       return true; | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   case CK_ArrayToPointerDecay: { | 
 |     if (SubExpr->isGLValue()) { | 
 |       if (!evaluateLValue(SubExpr, Result)) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |     } else { | 
 |       APValue &Value = Info.CurrentCall->createTemporary( | 
 |           SubExpr, SubExpr->getType(), ScopeKind::FullExpression, Result); | 
 |       if (!EvaluateInPlace(Value, Info, Result, SubExpr)) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |     } | 
 |     // The result is a pointer to the first element of the array. | 
 |     auto *AT = Info.Ctx.getAsArrayType(SubExpr->getType()); | 
 |     if (auto *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) | 
 |       Result.addArray(Info, E, CAT); | 
 |     else | 
 |       Result.addUnsizedArray(Info, E, AT->getElementType()); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   case CK_FunctionToPointerDecay: | 
 |     return evaluateLValue(SubExpr, Result); | 
 |  | 
 |   case CK_LValueToRValue: { | 
 |     LValue LVal; | 
 |     if (!evaluateLValue(E->getSubExpr(), LVal)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     APValue RVal; | 
 |     // Note, we use the subexpression's type in order to retain cv-qualifiers. | 
 |     if (!handleLValueToRValueConversion(Info, E, E->getSubExpr()->getType(), | 
 |                                         LVal, RVal)) | 
 |       return InvalidBaseOK && | 
 |              evaluateLValueAsAllocSize(Info, LVal.Base, Result); | 
 |     return Success(RVal, E); | 
 |   } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   return ExprEvaluatorBaseTy::VisitCastExpr(E); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static CharUnits GetAlignOfType(const ASTContext &Ctx, QualType T, | 
 |                                 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind) { | 
 |   // C++ [expr.alignof]p3: | 
 |   //     When alignof is applied to a reference type, the result is the | 
 |   //     alignment of the referenced type. | 
 |   T = T.getNonReferenceType(); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (T.getQualifiers().hasUnaligned()) | 
 |     return CharUnits::One(); | 
 |  | 
 |   const bool AlignOfReturnsPreferred = | 
 |       Ctx.getLangOpts().getClangABICompat() <= LangOptions::ClangABI::Ver7; | 
 |  | 
 |   // __alignof is defined to return the preferred alignment. | 
 |   // Before 8, clang returned the preferred alignment for alignof and _Alignof | 
 |   // as well. | 
 |   if (ExprKind == UETT_PreferredAlignOf || AlignOfReturnsPreferred) | 
 |     return Ctx.toCharUnitsFromBits(Ctx.getPreferredTypeAlign(T.getTypePtr())); | 
 |   // alignof and _Alignof are defined to return the ABI alignment. | 
 |   else if (ExprKind == UETT_AlignOf) | 
 |     return Ctx.getTypeAlignInChars(T.getTypePtr()); | 
 |   else | 
 |     llvm_unreachable("GetAlignOfType on a non-alignment ExprKind"); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | CharUnits GetAlignOfExpr(const ASTContext &Ctx, const Expr *E, | 
 |                          UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind) { | 
 |   E = E->IgnoreParens(); | 
 |  | 
 |   // The kinds of expressions that we have special-case logic here for | 
 |   // should be kept up to date with the special checks for those | 
 |   // expressions in Sema. | 
 |  | 
 |   // alignof decl is always accepted, even if it doesn't make sense: we default | 
 |   // to 1 in those cases. | 
 |   if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) | 
 |     return Ctx.getDeclAlign(DRE->getDecl(), | 
 |                             /*RefAsPointee*/ true); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) | 
 |     return Ctx.getDeclAlign(ME->getMemberDecl(), | 
 |                             /*RefAsPointee*/ true); | 
 |  | 
 |   return GetAlignOfType(Ctx, E->getType(), ExprKind); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static CharUnits getBaseAlignment(EvalInfo &Info, const LValue &Value) { | 
 |   if (const auto *VD = Value.Base.dyn_cast<const ValueDecl *>()) | 
 |     return Info.Ctx.getDeclAlign(VD); | 
 |   if (const auto *E = Value.Base.dyn_cast<const Expr *>()) | 
 |     return GetAlignOfExpr(Info.Ctx, E, UETT_AlignOf); | 
 |   return GetAlignOfType(Info.Ctx, Value.Base.getTypeInfoType(), UETT_AlignOf); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Evaluate the value of the alignment argument to __builtin_align_{up,down}, | 
 | /// __builtin_is_aligned and __builtin_assume_aligned. | 
 | static bool getAlignmentArgument(const Expr *E, QualType ForType, | 
 |                                  EvalInfo &Info, APSInt &Alignment) { | 
 |   if (!EvaluateInteger(E, Alignment, Info)) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   if (Alignment < 0 || !Alignment.isPowerOf2()) { | 
 |     Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_invalid_alignment) << Alignment; | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |   unsigned SrcWidth = Info.Ctx.getIntWidth(ForType); | 
 |   APSInt MaxValue(APInt::getOneBitSet(SrcWidth, SrcWidth - 1)); | 
 |   if (APSInt::compareValues(Alignment, MaxValue) > 0) { | 
 |     Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_alignment_too_big) | 
 |         << MaxValue << ForType << Alignment; | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |   // Ensure both alignment and source value have the same bit width so that we | 
 |   // don't assert when computing the resulting value. | 
 |   APSInt ExtAlignment = | 
 |       APSInt(Alignment.zextOrTrunc(SrcWidth), /*isUnsigned=*/true); | 
 |   assert(APSInt::compareValues(Alignment, ExtAlignment) == 0 && | 
 |          "Alignment should not be changed by ext/trunc"); | 
 |   Alignment = ExtAlignment; | 
 |   assert(Alignment.getBitWidth() == SrcWidth); | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | // To be clear: this happily visits unsupported builtins. Better name welcomed. | 
 | bool PointerExprEvaluator::visitNonBuiltinCallExpr(const CallExpr *E) { | 
 |   if (ExprEvaluatorBaseTy::VisitCallExpr(E)) | 
 |     return true; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!(InvalidBaseOK && getAllocSizeAttr(E))) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   Result.setInvalid(E); | 
 |   QualType PointeeTy = E->getType()->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); | 
 |   Result.addUnsizedArray(Info, E, PointeeTy); | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool PointerExprEvaluator::VisitCallExpr(const CallExpr *E) { | 
 |   if (!IsConstantEvaluatedBuiltinCall(E)) | 
 |     return visitNonBuiltinCallExpr(E); | 
 |   return VisitBuiltinCallExpr(E, E->getBuiltinCallee()); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | // Determine if T is a character type for which we guarantee that | 
 | // sizeof(T) == 1. | 
 | static bool isOneByteCharacterType(QualType T) { | 
 |   return T->isCharType() || T->isChar8Type(); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool PointerExprEvaluator::VisitBuiltinCallExpr(const CallExpr *E, | 
 |                                                 unsigned BuiltinOp) { | 
 |   if (IsOpaqueConstantCall(E)) | 
 |     return Success(E); | 
 |  | 
 |   switch (BuiltinOp) { | 
 |   case Builtin::BIaddressof: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__addressof: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_addressof: | 
 |     return evaluateLValue(E->getArg(0), Result); | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_assume_aligned: { | 
 |     // We need to be very careful here because: if the pointer does not have the | 
 |     // asserted alignment, then the behavior is undefined, and undefined | 
 |     // behavior is non-constant. | 
 |     if (!evaluatePointer(E->getArg(0), Result)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     LValue OffsetResult(Result); | 
 |     APSInt Alignment; | 
 |     if (!getAlignmentArgument(E->getArg(1), E->getArg(0)->getType(), Info, | 
 |                               Alignment)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     CharUnits Align = CharUnits::fromQuantity(Alignment.getZExtValue()); | 
 |  | 
 |     if (E->getNumArgs() > 2) { | 
 |       APSInt Offset; | 
 |       if (!EvaluateInteger(E->getArg(2), Offset, Info)) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |  | 
 |       int64_t AdditionalOffset = -Offset.getZExtValue(); | 
 |       OffsetResult.Offset += CharUnits::fromQuantity(AdditionalOffset); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // If there is a base object, then it must have the correct alignment. | 
 |     if (OffsetResult.Base) { | 
 |       CharUnits BaseAlignment = getBaseAlignment(Info, OffsetResult); | 
 |  | 
 |       if (BaseAlignment < Align) { | 
 |         Result.Designator.setInvalid(); | 
 |         CCEDiag(E->getArg(0), diag::note_constexpr_baa_insufficient_alignment) | 
 |             << 0 << BaseAlignment.getQuantity() << Align.getQuantity(); | 
 |         return false; | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // The offset must also have the correct alignment. | 
 |     if (OffsetResult.Offset.alignTo(Align) != OffsetResult.Offset) { | 
 |       Result.Designator.setInvalid(); | 
 |  | 
 |       (OffsetResult.Base | 
 |            ? CCEDiag(E->getArg(0), | 
 |                      diag::note_constexpr_baa_insufficient_alignment) | 
 |                  << 1 | 
 |            : CCEDiag(E->getArg(0), | 
 |                      diag::note_constexpr_baa_value_insufficient_alignment)) | 
 |           << OffsetResult.Offset.getQuantity() << Align.getQuantity(); | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_align_up: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_align_down: { | 
 |     if (!evaluatePointer(E->getArg(0), Result)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     APSInt Alignment; | 
 |     if (!getAlignmentArgument(E->getArg(1), E->getArg(0)->getType(), Info, | 
 |                               Alignment)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     CharUnits BaseAlignment = getBaseAlignment(Info, Result); | 
 |     CharUnits PtrAlign = BaseAlignment.alignmentAtOffset(Result.Offset); | 
 |     // For align_up/align_down, we can return the same value if the alignment | 
 |     // is known to be greater or equal to the requested value. | 
 |     if (PtrAlign.getQuantity() >= Alignment) | 
 |       return true; | 
 |  | 
 |     // The alignment could be greater than the minimum at run-time, so we cannot | 
 |     // infer much about the resulting pointer value. One case is possible: | 
 |     // For `_Alignas(32) char buf[N]; __builtin_align_down(&buf[idx], 32)` we | 
 |     // can infer the correct index if the requested alignment is smaller than | 
 |     // the base alignment so we can perform the computation on the offset. | 
 |     if (BaseAlignment.getQuantity() >= Alignment) { | 
 |       assert(Alignment.getBitWidth() <= 64 && | 
 |              "Cannot handle > 64-bit address-space"); | 
 |       uint64_t Alignment64 = Alignment.getZExtValue(); | 
 |       CharUnits NewOffset = CharUnits::fromQuantity( | 
 |           BuiltinOp == Builtin::BI__builtin_align_down | 
 |               ? llvm::alignDown(Result.Offset.getQuantity(), Alignment64) | 
 |               : llvm::alignTo(Result.Offset.getQuantity(), Alignment64)); | 
 |       Result.adjustOffset(NewOffset - Result.Offset); | 
 |       // TODO: diagnose out-of-bounds values/only allow for arrays? | 
 |       return true; | 
 |     } | 
 |     // Otherwise, we cannot constant-evaluate the result. | 
 |     Info.FFDiag(E->getArg(0), diag::note_constexpr_alignment_adjust) | 
 |         << Alignment; | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_operator_new: | 
 |     return HandleOperatorNewCall(Info, E, Result); | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_launder: | 
 |     return evaluatePointer(E->getArg(0), Result); | 
 |   case Builtin::BIstrchr: | 
 |   case Builtin::BIwcschr: | 
 |   case Builtin::BImemchr: | 
 |   case Builtin::BIwmemchr: | 
 |     if (Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) | 
 |       Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_invalid_function) | 
 |           << /*isConstexpr*/ 0 << /*isConstructor*/ 0 | 
 |           << Info.Ctx.BuiltinInfo.getQuotedName(BuiltinOp); | 
 |     else | 
 |       Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr); | 
 |     [[fallthrough]]; | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_strchr: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_wcschr: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_memchr: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_char_memchr: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_wmemchr: { | 
 |     if (!Visit(E->getArg(0))) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     APSInt Desired; | 
 |     if (!EvaluateInteger(E->getArg(1), Desired, Info)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     uint64_t MaxLength = uint64_t(-1); | 
 |     if (BuiltinOp != Builtin::BIstrchr && | 
 |         BuiltinOp != Builtin::BIwcschr && | 
 |         BuiltinOp != Builtin::BI__builtin_strchr && | 
 |         BuiltinOp != Builtin::BI__builtin_wcschr) { | 
 |       APSInt N; | 
 |       if (!EvaluateInteger(E->getArg(2), N, Info)) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |       MaxLength = N.getZExtValue(); | 
 |     } | 
 |     // We cannot find the value if there are no candidates to match against. | 
 |     if (MaxLength == 0u) | 
 |       return ZeroInitialization(E); | 
 |     if (!Result.checkNullPointerForFoldAccess(Info, E, AK_Read) || | 
 |         Result.Designator.Invalid) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     QualType CharTy = Result.Designator.getType(Info.Ctx); | 
 |     bool IsRawByte = BuiltinOp == Builtin::BImemchr || | 
 |                      BuiltinOp == Builtin::BI__builtin_memchr; | 
 |     assert(IsRawByte || | 
 |            Info.Ctx.hasSameUnqualifiedType( | 
 |                CharTy, E->getArg(0)->getType()->getPointeeType())); | 
 |     // Pointers to const void may point to objects of incomplete type. | 
 |     if (IsRawByte && CharTy->isIncompleteType()) { | 
 |       Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_ltor_incomplete_type) << CharTy; | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     } | 
 |     // Give up on byte-oriented matching against multibyte elements. | 
 |     // FIXME: We can compare the bytes in the correct order. | 
 |     if (IsRawByte && !isOneByteCharacterType(CharTy)) { | 
 |       Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_memchr_unsupported) | 
 |           << Info.Ctx.BuiltinInfo.getQuotedName(BuiltinOp) << CharTy; | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     } | 
 |     // Figure out what value we're actually looking for (after converting to | 
 |     // the corresponding unsigned type if necessary). | 
 |     uint64_t DesiredVal; | 
 |     bool StopAtNull = false; | 
 |     switch (BuiltinOp) { | 
 |     case Builtin::BIstrchr: | 
 |     case Builtin::BI__builtin_strchr: | 
 |       // strchr compares directly to the passed integer, and therefore | 
 |       // always fails if given an int that is not a char. | 
 |       if (!APSInt::isSameValue(HandleIntToIntCast(Info, E, CharTy, | 
 |                                                   E->getArg(1)->getType(), | 
 |                                                   Desired), | 
 |                                Desired)) | 
 |         return ZeroInitialization(E); | 
 |       StopAtNull = true; | 
 |       [[fallthrough]]; | 
 |     case Builtin::BImemchr: | 
 |     case Builtin::BI__builtin_memchr: | 
 |     case Builtin::BI__builtin_char_memchr: | 
 |       // memchr compares by converting both sides to unsigned char. That's also | 
 |       // correct for strchr if we get this far (to cope with plain char being | 
 |       // unsigned in the strchr case). | 
 |       DesiredVal = Desired.trunc(Info.Ctx.getCharWidth()).getZExtValue(); | 
 |       break; | 
 |  | 
 |     case Builtin::BIwcschr: | 
 |     case Builtin::BI__builtin_wcschr: | 
 |       StopAtNull = true; | 
 |       [[fallthrough]]; | 
 |     case Builtin::BIwmemchr: | 
 |     case Builtin::BI__builtin_wmemchr: | 
 |       // wcschr and wmemchr are given a wchar_t to look for. Just use it. | 
 |       DesiredVal = Desired.getZExtValue(); | 
 |       break; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     for (; MaxLength; --MaxLength) { | 
 |       APValue Char; | 
 |       if (!handleLValueToRValueConversion(Info, E, CharTy, Result, Char) || | 
 |           !Char.isInt()) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |       if (Char.getInt().getZExtValue() == DesiredVal) | 
 |         return true; | 
 |       if (StopAtNull && !Char.getInt()) | 
 |         break; | 
 |       if (!HandleLValueArrayAdjustment(Info, E, Result, CharTy, 1)) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |     } | 
 |     // Not found: return nullptr. | 
 |     return ZeroInitialization(E); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   case Builtin::BImemcpy: | 
 |   case Builtin::BImemmove: | 
 |   case Builtin::BIwmemcpy: | 
 |   case Builtin::BIwmemmove: | 
 |     if (Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) | 
 |       Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_invalid_function) | 
 |           << /*isConstexpr*/ 0 << /*isConstructor*/ 0 | 
 |           << Info.Ctx.BuiltinInfo.getQuotedName(BuiltinOp); | 
 |     else | 
 |       Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr); | 
 |     [[fallthrough]]; | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_memcpy: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_memmove: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_wmemcpy: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_wmemmove: { | 
 |     bool WChar = BuiltinOp == Builtin::BIwmemcpy || | 
 |                  BuiltinOp == Builtin::BIwmemmove || | 
 |                  BuiltinOp == Builtin::BI__builtin_wmemcpy || | 
 |                  BuiltinOp == Builtin::BI__builtin_wmemmove; | 
 |     bool Move = BuiltinOp == Builtin::BImemmove || | 
 |                 BuiltinOp == Builtin::BIwmemmove || | 
 |                 BuiltinOp == Builtin::BI__builtin_memmove || | 
 |                 BuiltinOp == Builtin::BI__builtin_wmemmove; | 
 |  | 
 |     // The result of mem* is the first argument. | 
 |     if (!Visit(E->getArg(0))) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     LValue Dest = Result; | 
 |  | 
 |     LValue Src; | 
 |     if (!EvaluatePointer(E->getArg(1), Src, Info)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     APSInt N; | 
 |     if (!EvaluateInteger(E->getArg(2), N, Info)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     assert(!N.isSigned() && "memcpy and friends take an unsigned size"); | 
 |  | 
 |     // If the size is zero, we treat this as always being a valid no-op. | 
 |     // (Even if one of the src and dest pointers is null.) | 
 |     if (!N) | 
 |       return true; | 
 |  | 
 |     // Otherwise, if either of the operands is null, we can't proceed. Don't | 
 |     // try to determine the type of the copied objects, because there aren't | 
 |     // any. | 
 |     if (!Src.Base || !Dest.Base) { | 
 |       APValue Val; | 
 |       (!Src.Base ? Src : Dest).moveInto(Val); | 
 |       Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_memcpy_null) | 
 |           << Move << WChar << !!Src.Base | 
 |           << Val.getAsString(Info.Ctx, E->getArg(0)->getType()); | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     } | 
 |     if (Src.Designator.Invalid || Dest.Designator.Invalid) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     // We require that Src and Dest are both pointers to arrays of | 
 |     // trivially-copyable type. (For the wide version, the designator will be | 
 |     // invalid if the designated object is not a wchar_t.) | 
 |     QualType T = Dest.Designator.getType(Info.Ctx); | 
 |     QualType SrcT = Src.Designator.getType(Info.Ctx); | 
 |     if (!Info.Ctx.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T, SrcT)) { | 
 |       // FIXME: Consider using our bit_cast implementation to support this. | 
 |       Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_memcpy_type_pun) << Move << SrcT << T; | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     } | 
 |     if (T->isIncompleteType()) { | 
 |       Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_memcpy_incomplete_type) << Move << T; | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     } | 
 |     if (!T.isTriviallyCopyableType(Info.Ctx)) { | 
 |       Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_memcpy_nontrivial) << Move << T; | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // Figure out how many T's we're copying. | 
 |     uint64_t TSize = Info.Ctx.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); | 
 |     if (TSize == 0) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     if (!WChar) { | 
 |       uint64_t Remainder; | 
 |       llvm::APInt OrigN = N; | 
 |       llvm::APInt::udivrem(OrigN, TSize, N, Remainder); | 
 |       if (Remainder) { | 
 |         Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_memcpy_unsupported) | 
 |             << Move << WChar << 0 << T << toString(OrigN, 10, /*Signed*/false) | 
 |             << (unsigned)TSize; | 
 |         return false; | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // Check that the copying will remain within the arrays, just so that we | 
 |     // can give a more meaningful diagnostic. This implicitly also checks that | 
 |     // N fits into 64 bits. | 
 |     uint64_t RemainingSrcSize = Src.Designator.validIndexAdjustments().second; | 
 |     uint64_t RemainingDestSize = Dest.Designator.validIndexAdjustments().second; | 
 |     if (N.ugt(RemainingSrcSize) || N.ugt(RemainingDestSize)) { | 
 |       Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_memcpy_unsupported) | 
 |           << Move << WChar << (N.ugt(RemainingSrcSize) ? 1 : 2) << T | 
 |           << toString(N, 10, /*Signed*/false); | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     } | 
 |     uint64_t NElems = N.getZExtValue(); | 
 |     uint64_t NBytes = NElems * TSize; | 
 |  | 
 |     // Check for overlap. | 
 |     int Direction = 1; | 
 |     if (HasSameBase(Src, Dest)) { | 
 |       uint64_t SrcOffset = Src.getLValueOffset().getQuantity(); | 
 |       uint64_t DestOffset = Dest.getLValueOffset().getQuantity(); | 
 |       if (DestOffset >= SrcOffset && DestOffset - SrcOffset < NBytes) { | 
 |         // Dest is inside the source region. | 
 |         if (!Move) { | 
 |           Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_memcpy_overlap) << WChar; | 
 |           return false; | 
 |         } | 
 |         // For memmove and friends, copy backwards. | 
 |         if (!HandleLValueArrayAdjustment(Info, E, Src, T, NElems - 1) || | 
 |             !HandleLValueArrayAdjustment(Info, E, Dest, T, NElems - 1)) | 
 |           return false; | 
 |         Direction = -1; | 
 |       } else if (!Move && SrcOffset >= DestOffset && | 
 |                  SrcOffset - DestOffset < NBytes) { | 
 |         // Src is inside the destination region for memcpy: invalid. | 
 |         Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_memcpy_overlap) << WChar; | 
 |         return false; | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     while (true) { | 
 |       APValue Val; | 
 |       // FIXME: Set WantObjectRepresentation to true if we're copying a | 
 |       // char-like type? | 
 |       if (!handleLValueToRValueConversion(Info, E, T, Src, Val) || | 
 |           !handleAssignment(Info, E, Dest, T, Val)) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |       // Do not iterate past the last element; if we're copying backwards, that | 
 |       // might take us off the start of the array. | 
 |       if (--NElems == 0) | 
 |         return true; | 
 |       if (!HandleLValueArrayAdjustment(Info, E, Src, T, Direction) || | 
 |           !HandleLValueArrayAdjustment(Info, E, Dest, T, Direction)) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   default: | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static bool EvaluateArrayNewInitList(EvalInfo &Info, LValue &This, | 
 |                                      APValue &Result, const InitListExpr *ILE, | 
 |                                      QualType AllocType); | 
 | static bool EvaluateArrayNewConstructExpr(EvalInfo &Info, LValue &This, | 
 |                                           APValue &Result, | 
 |                                           const CXXConstructExpr *CCE, | 
 |                                           QualType AllocType); | 
 |  | 
 | bool PointerExprEvaluator::VisitCXXNewExpr(const CXXNewExpr *E) { | 
 |   if (!Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20) | 
 |     Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_new); | 
 |  | 
 |   // We cannot speculatively evaluate a delete expression. | 
 |   if (Info.SpeculativeEvaluationDepth) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   FunctionDecl *OperatorNew = E->getOperatorNew(); | 
 |   QualType AllocType = E->getAllocatedType(); | 
 |   QualType TargetType = AllocType; | 
 |  | 
 |   bool IsNothrow = false; | 
 |   bool IsPlacement = false; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (E->getNumPlacementArgs() == 1 && | 
 |       E->getPlacementArg(0)->getType()->isNothrowT()) { | 
 |     // The only new-placement list we support is of the form (std::nothrow). | 
 |     // | 
 |     // FIXME: There is no restriction on this, but it's not clear that any | 
 |     // other form makes any sense. We get here for cases such as: | 
 |     // | 
 |     //   new (std::align_val_t{N}) X(int) | 
 |     // | 
 |     // (which should presumably be valid only if N is a multiple of | 
 |     // alignof(int), and in any case can't be deallocated unless N is | 
 |     // alignof(X) and X has new-extended alignment). | 
 |     LValue Nothrow; | 
 |     if (!EvaluateLValue(E->getPlacementArg(0), Nothrow, Info)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     IsNothrow = true; | 
 |   } else if (OperatorNew->isReservedGlobalPlacementOperator()) { | 
 |     if (Info.CurrentCall->isStdFunction() || Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus26 || | 
 |         (Info.CurrentCall->CanEvalMSConstexpr && | 
 |          OperatorNew->hasAttr<MSConstexprAttr>())) { | 
 |       if (!EvaluatePointer(E->getPlacementArg(0), Result, Info)) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |       if (Result.Designator.Invalid) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |       TargetType = E->getPlacementArg(0)->getType(); | 
 |       IsPlacement = true; | 
 |     } else { | 
 |       Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_new_placement) | 
 |           << /*C++26 feature*/ 1 << E->getSourceRange(); | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     } | 
 |   } else if (E->getNumPlacementArgs()) { | 
 |     Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_new_placement) | 
 |         << /*Unsupported*/ 0 << E->getSourceRange(); | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   } else if (!OperatorNew->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction()) { | 
 |     Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_new_non_replaceable) | 
 |         << isa<CXXMethodDecl>(OperatorNew) << OperatorNew; | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   const Expr *Init = E->getInitializer(); | 
 |   const InitListExpr *ResizedArrayILE = nullptr; | 
 |   const CXXConstructExpr *ResizedArrayCCE = nullptr; | 
 |   bool ValueInit = false; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (std::optional<const Expr *> ArraySize = E->getArraySize()) { | 
 |     const Expr *Stripped = *ArraySize; | 
 |     for (; auto *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Stripped); | 
 |          Stripped = ICE->getSubExpr()) | 
 |       if (ICE->getCastKind() != CK_NoOp && | 
 |           ICE->getCastKind() != CK_IntegralCast) | 
 |         break; | 
 |  | 
 |     llvm::APSInt ArrayBound; | 
 |     if (!EvaluateInteger(Stripped, ArrayBound, Info)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     // C++ [expr.new]p9: | 
 |     //   The expression is erroneous if: | 
 |     //   -- [...] its value before converting to size_t [or] applying the | 
 |     //      second standard conversion sequence is less than zero | 
 |     if (ArrayBound.isSigned() && ArrayBound.isNegative()) { | 
 |       if (IsNothrow) | 
 |         return ZeroInitialization(E); | 
 |  | 
 |       Info.FFDiag(*ArraySize, diag::note_constexpr_new_negative) | 
 |           << ArrayBound << (*ArraySize)->getSourceRange(); | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     //   -- its value is such that the size of the allocated object would | 
 |     //      exceed the implementation-defined limit | 
 |     if (!Info.CheckArraySize(ArraySize.value()->getExprLoc(), | 
 |                              ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits( | 
 |                                  Info.Ctx, AllocType, ArrayBound), | 
 |                              ArrayBound.getZExtValue(), /*Diag=*/!IsNothrow)) { | 
 |       if (IsNothrow) | 
 |         return ZeroInitialization(E); | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     //   -- the new-initializer is a braced-init-list and the number of | 
 |     //      array elements for which initializers are provided [...] | 
 |     //      exceeds the number of elements to initialize | 
 |     if (!Init) { | 
 |       // No initialization is performed. | 
 |     } else if (isa<CXXScalarValueInitExpr>(Init) || | 
 |                isa<ImplicitValueInitExpr>(Init)) { | 
 |       ValueInit = true; | 
 |     } else if (auto *CCE = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init)) { | 
 |       ResizedArrayCCE = CCE; | 
 |     } else { | 
 |       auto *CAT = Info.Ctx.getAsConstantArrayType(Init->getType()); | 
 |       assert(CAT && "unexpected type for array initializer"); | 
 |  | 
 |       unsigned Bits = | 
 |           std::max(CAT->getSizeBitWidth(), ArrayBound.getBitWidth()); | 
 |       llvm::APInt InitBound = CAT->getSize().zext(Bits); | 
 |       llvm::APInt AllocBound = ArrayBound.zext(Bits); | 
 |       if (InitBound.ugt(AllocBound)) { | 
 |         if (IsNothrow) | 
 |           return ZeroInitialization(E); | 
 |  | 
 |         Info.FFDiag(*ArraySize, diag::note_constexpr_new_too_small) | 
 |             << toString(AllocBound, 10, /*Signed=*/false) | 
 |             << toString(InitBound, 10, /*Signed=*/false) | 
 |             << (*ArraySize)->getSourceRange(); | 
 |         return false; | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |       // If the sizes differ, we must have an initializer list, and we need | 
 |       // special handling for this case when we initialize. | 
 |       if (InitBound != AllocBound) | 
 |         ResizedArrayILE = cast<InitListExpr>(Init); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     AllocType = Info.Ctx.getConstantArrayType(AllocType, ArrayBound, nullptr, | 
 |                                               ArraySizeModifier::Normal, 0); | 
 |   } else { | 
 |     assert(!AllocType->isArrayType() && | 
 |            "array allocation with non-array new"); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   APValue *Val; | 
 |   if (IsPlacement) { | 
 |     AccessKinds AK = AK_Construct; | 
 |     struct FindObjectHandler { | 
 |       EvalInfo &Info; | 
 |       const Expr *E; | 
 |       QualType AllocType; | 
 |       const AccessKinds AccessKind; | 
 |       APValue *Value; | 
 |  | 
 |       typedef bool result_type; | 
 |       bool failed() { return false; } | 
 |       bool found(APValue &Subobj, QualType SubobjType) { | 
 |         // FIXME: Reject the cases where [basic.life]p8 would not permit the | 
 |         // old name of the object to be used to name the new object. | 
 |         unsigned SubobjectSize = 1; | 
 |         unsigned AllocSize = 1; | 
 |         if (auto *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AllocType)) | 
 |           AllocSize = CAT->getZExtSize(); | 
 |         if (auto *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(SubobjType)) | 
 |           SubobjectSize = CAT->getZExtSize(); | 
 |         if (SubobjectSize < AllocSize || | 
 |             !Info.Ctx.hasSimilarType(Info.Ctx.getBaseElementType(SubobjType), | 
 |                                      Info.Ctx.getBaseElementType(AllocType))) { | 
 |           Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_placement_new_wrong_type) | 
 |               << SubobjType << AllocType; | 
 |           return false; | 
 |         } | 
 |         Value = &Subobj; | 
 |         return true; | 
 |       } | 
 |       bool found(APSInt &Value, QualType SubobjType) { | 
 |         Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_construct_complex_elem); | 
 |         return false; | 
 |       } | 
 |       bool found(APFloat &Value, QualType SubobjType) { | 
 |         Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_construct_complex_elem); | 
 |         return false; | 
 |       } | 
 |     } Handler = {Info, E, AllocType, AK, nullptr}; | 
 |  | 
 |     CompleteObject Obj = findCompleteObject(Info, E, AK, Result, AllocType); | 
 |     if (!Obj || !findSubobject(Info, E, Obj, Result.Designator, Handler)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     Val = Handler.Value; | 
 |  | 
 |     // [basic.life]p1: | 
 |     //   The lifetime of an object o of type T ends when [...] the storage | 
 |     //   which the object occupies is [...] reused by an object that is not | 
 |     //   nested within o (6.6.2). | 
 |     *Val = APValue(); | 
 |   } else { | 
 |     // Perform the allocation and obtain a pointer to the resulting object. | 
 |     Val = Info.createHeapAlloc(E, AllocType, Result); | 
 |     if (!Val) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (ValueInit) { | 
 |     ImplicitValueInitExpr VIE(AllocType); | 
 |     if (!EvaluateInPlace(*Val, Info, Result, &VIE)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |   } else if (ResizedArrayILE) { | 
 |     if (!EvaluateArrayNewInitList(Info, Result, *Val, ResizedArrayILE, | 
 |                                   AllocType)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |   } else if (ResizedArrayCCE) { | 
 |     if (!EvaluateArrayNewConstructExpr(Info, Result, *Val, ResizedArrayCCE, | 
 |                                        AllocType)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |   } else if (Init) { | 
 |     if (!EvaluateInPlace(*Val, Info, Result, Init)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |   } else if (!handleDefaultInitValue(AllocType, *Val)) { | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Array new returns a pointer to the first element, not a pointer to the | 
 |   // array. | 
 |   if (auto *AT = AllocType->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()) | 
 |     Result.addArray(Info, E, cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)); | 
 |  | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | 
 | // Member Pointer Evaluation | 
 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | 
 |  | 
 | namespace { | 
 | class MemberPointerExprEvaluator | 
 |   : public ExprEvaluatorBase<MemberPointerExprEvaluator> { | 
 |   MemberPtr &Result; | 
 |  | 
 |   bool Success(const ValueDecl *D) { | 
 |     Result = MemberPtr(D); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 | public: | 
 |  | 
 |   MemberPointerExprEvaluator(EvalInfo &Info, MemberPtr &Result) | 
 |     : ExprEvaluatorBaseTy(Info), Result(Result) {} | 
 |  | 
 |   bool Success(const APValue &V, const Expr *E) { | 
 |     Result.setFrom(V); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |   bool ZeroInitialization(const Expr *E) { | 
 |     return Success((const ValueDecl*)nullptr); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   bool VisitCastExpr(const CastExpr *E); | 
 |   bool VisitUnaryAddrOf(const UnaryOperator *E); | 
 | }; | 
 | } // end anonymous namespace | 
 |  | 
 | static bool EvaluateMemberPointer(const Expr *E, MemberPtr &Result, | 
 |                                   EvalInfo &Info) { | 
 |   assert(!E->isValueDependent()); | 
 |   assert(E->isPRValue() && E->getType()->isMemberPointerType()); | 
 |   return MemberPointerExprEvaluator(Info, Result).Visit(E); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool MemberPointerExprEvaluator::VisitCastExpr(const CastExpr *E) { | 
 |   switch (E->getCastKind()) { | 
 |   default: | 
 |     return ExprEvaluatorBaseTy::VisitCastExpr(E); | 
 |  | 
 |   case CK_NullToMemberPointer: | 
 |     VisitIgnoredValue(E->getSubExpr()); | 
 |     return ZeroInitialization(E); | 
 |  | 
 |   case CK_BaseToDerivedMemberPointer: { | 
 |     if (!Visit(E->getSubExpr())) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     if (E->path_empty()) | 
 |       return true; | 
 |     // Base-to-derived member pointer casts store the path in derived-to-base | 
 |     // order, so iterate backwards. The CXXBaseSpecifier also provides us with | 
 |     // the wrong end of the derived->base arc, so stagger the path by one class. | 
 |     typedef std::reverse_iterator<CastExpr::path_const_iterator> ReverseIter; | 
 |     for (ReverseIter PathI(E->path_end() - 1), PathE(E->path_begin()); | 
 |          PathI != PathE; ++PathI) { | 
 |       assert(!(*PathI)->isVirtual() && "memptr cast through vbase"); | 
 |       const CXXRecordDecl *Derived = (*PathI)->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); | 
 |       if (!Result.castToDerived(Derived)) | 
 |         return Error(E); | 
 |     } | 
 |     const Type *FinalTy = E->getType()->castAs<MemberPointerType>()->getClass(); | 
 |     if (!Result.castToDerived(FinalTy->getAsCXXRecordDecl())) | 
 |       return Error(E); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   case CK_DerivedToBaseMemberPointer: | 
 |     if (!Visit(E->getSubExpr())) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     for (CastExpr::path_const_iterator PathI = E->path_begin(), | 
 |          PathE = E->path_end(); PathI != PathE; ++PathI) { | 
 |       assert(!(*PathI)->isVirtual() && "memptr cast through vbase"); | 
 |       const CXXRecordDecl *Base = (*PathI)->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); | 
 |       if (!Result.castToBase(Base)) | 
 |         return Error(E); | 
 |     } | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool MemberPointerExprEvaluator::VisitUnaryAddrOf(const UnaryOperator *E) { | 
 |   // C++11 [expr.unary.op]p3 has very strict rules on how the address of a | 
 |   // member can be formed. | 
 |   return Success(cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->getSubExpr())->getDecl()); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | 
 | // Record Evaluation | 
 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | 
 |  | 
 | namespace { | 
 |   class RecordExprEvaluator | 
 |   : public ExprEvaluatorBase<RecordExprEvaluator> { | 
 |     const LValue &This; | 
 |     APValue &Result; | 
 |   public: | 
 |  | 
 |     RecordExprEvaluator(EvalInfo &info, const LValue &This, APValue &Result) | 
 |       : ExprEvaluatorBaseTy(info), This(This), Result(Result) {} | 
 |  | 
 |     bool Success(const APValue &V, const Expr *E) { | 
 |       Result = V; | 
 |       return true; | 
 |     } | 
 |     bool ZeroInitialization(const Expr *E) { | 
 |       return ZeroInitialization(E, E->getType()); | 
 |     } | 
 |     bool ZeroInitialization(const Expr *E, QualType T); | 
 |  | 
 |     bool VisitCallExpr(const CallExpr *E) { | 
 |       return handleCallExpr(E, Result, &This); | 
 |     } | 
 |     bool VisitCastExpr(const CastExpr *E); | 
 |     bool VisitInitListExpr(const InitListExpr *E); | 
 |     bool VisitCXXConstructExpr(const CXXConstructExpr *E) { | 
 |       return VisitCXXConstructExpr(E, E->getType()); | 
 |     } | 
 |     bool VisitLambdaExpr(const LambdaExpr *E); | 
 |     bool VisitCXXInheritedCtorInitExpr(const CXXInheritedCtorInitExpr *E); | 
 |     bool VisitCXXConstructExpr(const CXXConstructExpr *E, QualType T); | 
 |     bool VisitCXXStdInitializerListExpr(const CXXStdInitializerListExpr *E); | 
 |     bool VisitBinCmp(const BinaryOperator *E); | 
 |     bool VisitCXXParenListInitExpr(const CXXParenListInitExpr *E); | 
 |     bool VisitCXXParenListOrInitListExpr(const Expr *ExprToVisit, | 
 |                                          ArrayRef<Expr *> Args); | 
 |   }; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Perform zero-initialization on an object of non-union class type. | 
 | /// C++11 [dcl.init]p5: | 
 | ///  To zero-initialize an object or reference of type T means: | 
 | ///    [...] | 
 | ///    -- if T is a (possibly cv-qualified) non-union class type, | 
 | ///       each non-static data member and each base-class subobject is | 
 | ///       zero-initialized | 
 | static bool HandleClassZeroInitialization(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E, | 
 |                                           const RecordDecl *RD, | 
 |                                           const LValue &This, APValue &Result) { | 
 |   assert(!RD->isUnion() && "Expected non-union class type"); | 
 |   const CXXRecordDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD); | 
 |   Result = APValue(APValue::UninitStruct(), CD ? CD->getNumBases() : 0, | 
 |                    std::distance(RD->field_begin(), RD->field_end())); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (RD->isInvalidDecl()) return false; | 
 |   const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = Info.Ctx.getASTRecordLayout(RD); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (CD) { | 
 |     unsigned Index = 0; | 
 |     for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator I = CD->bases_begin(), | 
 |            End = CD->bases_end(); I != End; ++I, ++Index) { | 
 |       const CXXRecordDecl *Base = I->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); | 
 |       LValue Subobject = This; | 
 |       if (!HandleLValueDirectBase(Info, E, Subobject, CD, Base, &Layout)) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |       if (!HandleClassZeroInitialization(Info, E, Base, Subobject, | 
 |                                          Result.getStructBase(Index))) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   for (const auto *I : RD->fields()) { | 
 |     // -- if T is a reference type, no initialization is performed. | 
 |     if (I->isUnnamedBitField() || I->getType()->isReferenceType()) | 
 |       continue; | 
 |  | 
 |     LValue Subobject = This; | 
 |     if (!HandleLValueMember(Info, E, Subobject, I, &Layout)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     ImplicitValueInitExpr VIE(I->getType()); | 
 |     if (!EvaluateInPlace( | 
 |           Result.getStructField(I->getFieldIndex()), Info, Subobject, &VIE)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool RecordExprEvaluator::ZeroInitialization(const Expr *E, QualType T) { | 
 |   const RecordDecl *RD = T->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); | 
 |   if (RD->isInvalidDecl()) return false; | 
 |   if (RD->isUnion()) { | 
 |     // C++11 [dcl.init]p5: If T is a (possibly cv-qualified) union type, the | 
 |     // object's first non-static named data member is zero-initialized | 
 |     RecordDecl::field_iterator I = RD->field_begin(); | 
 |     while (I != RD->field_end() && (*I)->isUnnamedBitField()) | 
 |       ++I; | 
 |     if (I == RD->field_end()) { | 
 |       Result = APValue((const FieldDecl*)nullptr); | 
 |       return true; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     LValue Subobject = This; | 
 |     if (!HandleLValueMember(Info, E, Subobject, *I)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     Result = APValue(*I); | 
 |     ImplicitValueInitExpr VIE(I->getType()); | 
 |     return EvaluateInPlace(Result.getUnionValue(), Info, Subobject, &VIE); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(RD) && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)->getNumVBases()) { | 
 |     Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_virtual_base) << RD; | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   return HandleClassZeroInitialization(Info, E, RD, This, Result); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool RecordExprEvaluator::VisitCastExpr(const CastExpr *E) { | 
 |   switch (E->getCastKind()) { | 
 |   default: | 
 |     return ExprEvaluatorBaseTy::VisitCastExpr(E); | 
 |  | 
 |   case CK_ConstructorConversion: | 
 |     return Visit(E->getSubExpr()); | 
 |  | 
 |   case CK_DerivedToBase: | 
 |   case CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase: { | 
 |     APValue DerivedObject; | 
 |     if (!Evaluate(DerivedObject, Info, E->getSubExpr())) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     if (!DerivedObject.isStruct()) | 
 |       return Error(E->getSubExpr()); | 
 |  | 
 |     // Derived-to-base rvalue conversion: just slice off the derived part. | 
 |     APValue *Value = &DerivedObject; | 
 |     const CXXRecordDecl *RD = E->getSubExpr()->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); | 
 |     for (CastExpr::path_const_iterator PathI = E->path_begin(), | 
 |          PathE = E->path_end(); PathI != PathE; ++PathI) { | 
 |       assert(!(*PathI)->isVirtual() && "record rvalue with virtual base"); | 
 |       const CXXRecordDecl *Base = (*PathI)->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); | 
 |       Value = &Value->getStructBase(getBaseIndex(RD, Base)); | 
 |       RD = Base; | 
 |     } | 
 |     Result = *Value; | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |   } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool RecordExprEvaluator::VisitInitListExpr(const InitListExpr *E) { | 
 |   if (E->isTransparent()) | 
 |     return Visit(E->getInit(0)); | 
 |   return VisitCXXParenListOrInitListExpr(E, E->inits()); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool RecordExprEvaluator::VisitCXXParenListOrInitListExpr( | 
 |     const Expr *ExprToVisit, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args) { | 
 |   const RecordDecl *RD = | 
 |       ExprToVisit->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); | 
 |   if (RD->isInvalidDecl()) return false; | 
 |   const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = Info.Ctx.getASTRecordLayout(RD); | 
 |   auto *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD); | 
 |  | 
 |   EvalInfo::EvaluatingConstructorRAII EvalObj( | 
 |       Info, | 
 |       ObjectUnderConstruction{This.getLValueBase(), This.Designator.Entries}, | 
 |       CXXRD && CXXRD->getNumBases()); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (RD->isUnion()) { | 
 |     const FieldDecl *Field; | 
 |     if (auto *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(ExprToVisit)) { | 
 |       Field = ILE->getInitializedFieldInUnion(); | 
 |     } else if (auto *PLIE = dyn_cast<CXXParenListInitExpr>(ExprToVisit)) { | 
 |       Field = PLIE->getInitializedFieldInUnion(); | 
 |     } else { | 
 |       llvm_unreachable( | 
 |           "Expression is neither an init list nor a C++ paren list"); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     Result = APValue(Field); | 
 |     if (!Field) | 
 |       return true; | 
 |  | 
 |     // If the initializer list for a union does not contain any elements, the | 
 |     // first element of the union is value-initialized. | 
 |     // FIXME: The element should be initialized from an initializer list. | 
 |     //        Is this difference ever observable for initializer lists which | 
 |     //        we don't build? | 
 |     ImplicitValueInitExpr VIE(Field->getType()); | 
 |     const Expr *InitExpr = Args.empty() ? &VIE : Args[0]; | 
 |  | 
 |     LValue Subobject = This; | 
 |     if (!HandleLValueMember(Info, InitExpr, Subobject, Field, &Layout)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     // Temporarily override This, in case there's a CXXDefaultInitExpr in here. | 
 |     ThisOverrideRAII ThisOverride(*Info.CurrentCall, &This, | 
 |                                   isa<CXXDefaultInitExpr>(InitExpr)); | 
 |  | 
 |     if (EvaluateInPlace(Result.getUnionValue(), Info, Subobject, InitExpr)) { | 
 |       if (Field->isBitField()) | 
 |         return truncateBitfieldValue(Info, InitExpr, Result.getUnionValue(), | 
 |                                      Field); | 
 |       return true; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!Result.hasValue()) | 
 |     Result = APValue(APValue::UninitStruct(), CXXRD ? CXXRD->getNumBases() : 0, | 
 |                      std::distance(RD->field_begin(), RD->field_end())); | 
 |   unsigned ElementNo = 0; | 
 |   bool Success = true; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Initialize base classes. | 
 |   if (CXXRD && CXXRD->getNumBases()) { | 
 |     for (const auto &Base : CXXRD->bases()) { | 
 |       assert(ElementNo < Args.size() && "missing init for base class"); | 
 |       const Expr *Init = Args[ElementNo]; | 
 |  | 
 |       LValue Subobject = This; | 
 |       if (!HandleLValueBase(Info, Init, Subobject, CXXRD, &Base)) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |  | 
 |       APValue &FieldVal = Result.getStructBase(ElementNo); | 
 |       if (!EvaluateInPlace(FieldVal, Info, Subobject, Init)) { | 
 |         if (!Info.noteFailure()) | 
 |           return false; | 
 |         Success = false; | 
 |       } | 
 |       ++ElementNo; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     EvalObj.finishedConstructingBases(); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Initialize members. | 
 |   for (const auto *Field : RD->fields()) { | 
 |     // Anonymous bit-fields are not considered members of the class for | 
 |     // purposes of aggregate initialization. | 
 |     if (Field->isUnnamedBitField()) | 
 |       continue; | 
 |  | 
 |     LValue Subobject = This; | 
 |  | 
 |     bool HaveInit = ElementNo < Args.size(); | 
 |  | 
 |     // FIXME: Diagnostics here should point to the end of the initializer | 
 |     // list, not the start. | 
 |     if (!HandleLValueMember(Info, HaveInit ? Args[ElementNo] : ExprToVisit, | 
 |                             Subobject, Field, &Layout)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     // Perform an implicit value-initialization for members beyond the end of | 
 |     // the initializer list. | 
 |     ImplicitValueInitExpr VIE(HaveInit ? Info.Ctx.IntTy : Field->getType()); | 
 |     const Expr *Init = HaveInit ? Args[ElementNo++] : &VIE; | 
 |  | 
 |     if (Field->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) { | 
 |       if (auto *CAT = Info.Ctx.getAsConstantArrayType(Init->getType())) { | 
 |         if (!CAT->isZeroSize()) { | 
 |           // Bail out for now. This might sort of "work", but the rest of the | 
 |           // code isn't really prepared to handle it. | 
 |           Info.FFDiag(Init, diag::note_constexpr_unsupported_flexible_array); | 
 |           return false; | 
 |         } | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // Temporarily override This, in case there's a CXXDefaultInitExpr in here. | 
 |     ThisOverrideRAII ThisOverride(*Info.CurrentCall, &This, | 
 |                                   isa<CXXDefaultInitExpr>(Init)); | 
 |  | 
 |     APValue &FieldVal = Result.getStructField(Field->getFieldIndex()); | 
 |     if (!EvaluateInPlace(FieldVal, Info, Subobject, Init) || | 
 |         (Field->isBitField() && !truncateBitfieldValue(Info, Init, | 
 |                                                        FieldVal, Field))) { | 
 |       if (!Info.noteFailure()) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |       Success = false; | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   EvalObj.finishedConstructingFields(); | 
 |  | 
 |   return Success; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool RecordExprEvaluator::VisitCXXConstructExpr(const CXXConstructExpr *E, | 
 |                                                 QualType T) { | 
 |   // Note that E's type is not necessarily the type of our class here; we might | 
 |   // be initializing an array element instead. | 
 |   const CXXConstructorDecl *FD = E->getConstructor(); | 
 |   if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getParent()->isInvalidDecl()) return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   bool ZeroInit = E->requiresZeroInitialization(); | 
 |   if (CheckTrivialDefaultConstructor(Info, E->getExprLoc(), FD, ZeroInit)) { | 
 |     // If we've already performed zero-initialization, we're already done. | 
 |     if (Result.hasValue()) | 
 |       return true; | 
 |  | 
 |     if (ZeroInit) | 
 |       return ZeroInitialization(E, T); | 
 |  | 
 |     return handleDefaultInitValue(T, Result); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   const FunctionDecl *Definition = nullptr; | 
 |   auto Body = FD->getBody(Definition); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!CheckConstexprFunction(Info, E->getExprLoc(), FD, Definition, Body)) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Avoid materializing a temporary for an elidable copy/move constructor. | 
 |   if (E->isElidable() && !ZeroInit) { | 
 |     // FIXME: This only handles the simplest case, where the source object | 
 |     //        is passed directly as the first argument to the constructor. | 
 |     //        This should also handle stepping though implicit casts and | 
 |     //        and conversion sequences which involve two steps, with a | 
 |     //        conversion operator followed by a converting constructor. | 
 |     const Expr *SrcObj = E->getArg(0); | 
 |     assert(SrcObj->isTemporaryObject(Info.Ctx, FD->getParent())); | 
 |     assert(Info.Ctx.hasSameUnqualifiedType(E->getType(), SrcObj->getType())); | 
 |     if (const MaterializeTemporaryExpr *ME = | 
 |             dyn_cast<MaterializeTemporaryExpr>(SrcObj)) | 
 |       return Visit(ME->getSubExpr()); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (ZeroInit && !ZeroInitialization(E, T)) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   auto Args = llvm::ArrayRef(E->getArgs(), E->getNumArgs()); | 
 |   return HandleConstructorCall(E, This, Args, | 
 |                                cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Definition), Info, | 
 |                                Result); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool RecordExprEvaluator::VisitCXXInheritedCtorInitExpr( | 
 |     const CXXInheritedCtorInitExpr *E) { | 
 |   if (!Info.CurrentCall) { | 
 |     assert(Info.checkingPotentialConstantExpression()); | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   const CXXConstructorDecl *FD = E->getConstructor(); | 
 |   if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getParent()->isInvalidDecl()) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   const FunctionDecl *Definition = nullptr; | 
 |   auto Body = FD->getBody(Definition); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!CheckConstexprFunction(Info, E->getExprLoc(), FD, Definition, Body)) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   return HandleConstructorCall(E, This, Info.CurrentCall->Arguments, | 
 |                                cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Definition), Info, | 
 |                                Result); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool RecordExprEvaluator::VisitCXXStdInitializerListExpr( | 
 |     const CXXStdInitializerListExpr *E) { | 
 |   const ConstantArrayType *ArrayType = | 
 |       Info.Ctx.getAsConstantArrayType(E->getSubExpr()->getType()); | 
 |  | 
 |   LValue Array; | 
 |   if (!EvaluateLValue(E->getSubExpr(), Array, Info)) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   assert(ArrayType && "unexpected type for array initializer"); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Get a pointer to the first element of the array. | 
 |   Array.addArray(Info, E, ArrayType); | 
 |  | 
 |   // FIXME: What if the initializer_list type has base classes, etc? | 
 |   Result = APValue(APValue::UninitStruct(), 0, 2); | 
 |   Array.moveInto(Result.getStructField(0)); | 
 |  | 
 |   RecordDecl *Record = E->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); | 
 |   RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = Record->field_begin(); | 
 |   assert(Field != Record->field_end() && | 
 |          Info.Ctx.hasSameType(Field->getType()->getPointeeType(), | 
 |                               ArrayType->getElementType()) && | 
 |          "Expected std::initializer_list first field to be const E *"); | 
 |   ++Field; | 
 |   assert(Field != Record->field_end() && | 
 |          "Expected std::initializer_list to have two fields"); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (Info.Ctx.hasSameType(Field->getType(), Info.Ctx.getSizeType())) { | 
 |     // Length. | 
 |     Result.getStructField(1) = APValue(APSInt(ArrayType->getSize())); | 
 |   } else { | 
 |     // End pointer. | 
 |     assert(Info.Ctx.hasSameType(Field->getType()->getPointeeType(), | 
 |                                 ArrayType->getElementType()) && | 
 |            "Expected std::initializer_list second field to be const E *"); | 
 |     if (!HandleLValueArrayAdjustment(Info, E, Array, | 
 |                                      ArrayType->getElementType(), | 
 |                                      ArrayType->getZExtSize())) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     Array.moveInto(Result.getStructField(1)); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   assert(++Field == Record->field_end() && | 
 |          "Expected std::initializer_list to only have two fields"); | 
 |  | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool RecordExprEvaluator::VisitLambdaExpr(const LambdaExpr *E) { | 
 |   const CXXRecordDecl *ClosureClass = E->getLambdaClass(); | 
 |   if (ClosureClass->isInvalidDecl()) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   const size_t NumFields = | 
 |       std::distance(ClosureClass->field_begin(), ClosureClass->field_end()); | 
 |  | 
 |   assert(NumFields == (size_t)std::distance(E->capture_init_begin(), | 
 |                                             E->capture_init_end()) && | 
 |          "The number of lambda capture initializers should equal the number of " | 
 |          "fields within the closure type"); | 
 |  | 
 |   Result = APValue(APValue::UninitStruct(), /*NumBases*/0, NumFields); | 
 |   // Iterate through all the lambda's closure object's fields and initialize | 
 |   // them. | 
 |   auto *CaptureInitIt = E->capture_init_begin(); | 
 |   bool Success = true; | 
 |   const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = Info.Ctx.getASTRecordLayout(ClosureClass); | 
 |   for (const auto *Field : ClosureClass->fields()) { | 
 |     assert(CaptureInitIt != E->capture_init_end()); | 
 |     // Get the initializer for this field | 
 |     Expr *const CurFieldInit = *CaptureInitIt++; | 
 |  | 
 |     // If there is no initializer, either this is a VLA or an error has | 
 |     // occurred. | 
 |     if (!CurFieldInit) | 
 |       return Error(E); | 
 |  | 
 |     LValue Subobject = This; | 
 |  | 
 |     if (!HandleLValueMember(Info, E, Subobject, Field, &Layout)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     APValue &FieldVal = Result.getStructField(Field->getFieldIndex()); | 
 |     if (!EvaluateInPlace(FieldVal, Info, Subobject, CurFieldInit)) { | 
 |       if (!Info.keepEvaluatingAfterFailure()) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |       Success = false; | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |   return Success; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static bool EvaluateRecord(const Expr *E, const LValue &This, | 
 |                            APValue &Result, EvalInfo &Info) { | 
 |   assert(!E->isValueDependent()); | 
 |   assert(E->isPRValue() && E->getType()->isRecordType() && | 
 |          "can't evaluate expression as a record rvalue"); | 
 |   return RecordExprEvaluator(Info, This, Result).Visit(E); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | 
 | // Temporary Evaluation | 
 | // | 
 | // Temporaries are represented in the AST as rvalues, but generally behave like | 
 | // lvalues. The full-object of which the temporary is a subobject is implicitly | 
 | // materialized so that a reference can bind to it. | 
 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | 
 | namespace { | 
 | class TemporaryExprEvaluator | 
 |   : public LValueExprEvaluatorBase<TemporaryExprEvaluator> { | 
 | public: | 
 |   TemporaryExprEvaluator(EvalInfo &Info, LValue &Result) : | 
 |     LValueExprEvaluatorBaseTy(Info, Result, false) {} | 
 |  | 
 |   /// Visit an expression which constructs the value of this temporary. | 
 |   bool VisitConstructExpr(const Expr *E) { | 
 |     APValue &Value = Info.CurrentCall->createTemporary( | 
 |         E, E->getType(), ScopeKind::FullExpression, Result); | 
 |     return EvaluateInPlace(Value, Info, Result, E); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   bool VisitCastExpr(const CastExpr *E) { | 
 |     switch (E->getCastKind()) { | 
 |     default: | 
 |       return LValueExprEvaluatorBaseTy::VisitCastExpr(E); | 
 |  | 
 |     case CK_ConstructorConversion: | 
 |       return VisitConstructExpr(E->getSubExpr()); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |   bool VisitInitListExpr(const InitListExpr *E) { | 
 |     return VisitConstructExpr(E); | 
 |   } | 
 |   bool VisitCXXConstructExpr(const CXXConstructExpr *E) { | 
 |     return VisitConstructExpr(E); | 
 |   } | 
 |   bool VisitCallExpr(const CallExpr *E) { | 
 |     return VisitConstructExpr(E); | 
 |   } | 
 |   bool VisitCXXStdInitializerListExpr(const CXXStdInitializerListExpr *E) { | 
 |     return VisitConstructExpr(E); | 
 |   } | 
 |   bool VisitLambdaExpr(const LambdaExpr *E) { | 
 |     return VisitConstructExpr(E); | 
 |   } | 
 | }; | 
 | } // end anonymous namespace | 
 |  | 
 | /// Evaluate an expression of record type as a temporary. | 
 | static bool EvaluateTemporary(const Expr *E, LValue &Result, EvalInfo &Info) { | 
 |   assert(!E->isValueDependent()); | 
 |   assert(E->isPRValue() && E->getType()->isRecordType()); | 
 |   return TemporaryExprEvaluator(Info, Result).Visit(E); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | 
 | // Vector Evaluation | 
 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | 
 |  | 
 | namespace { | 
 |   class VectorExprEvaluator | 
 |   : public ExprEvaluatorBase<VectorExprEvaluator> { | 
 |     APValue &Result; | 
 |   public: | 
 |  | 
 |     VectorExprEvaluator(EvalInfo &info, APValue &Result) | 
 |       : ExprEvaluatorBaseTy(info), Result(Result) {} | 
 |  | 
 |     bool Success(ArrayRef<APValue> V, const Expr *E) { | 
 |       assert(V.size() == E->getType()->castAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements()); | 
 |       // FIXME: remove this APValue copy. | 
 |       Result = APValue(V.data(), V.size()); | 
 |       return true; | 
 |     } | 
 |     bool Success(const APValue &V, const Expr *E) { | 
 |       assert(V.isVector()); | 
 |       Result = V; | 
 |       return true; | 
 |     } | 
 |     bool ZeroInitialization(const Expr *E); | 
 |  | 
 |     bool VisitUnaryReal(const UnaryOperator *E) | 
 |       { return Visit(E->getSubExpr()); } | 
 |     bool VisitCastExpr(const CastExpr* E); | 
 |     bool VisitInitListExpr(const InitListExpr *E); | 
 |     bool VisitUnaryImag(const UnaryOperator *E); | 
 |     bool VisitBinaryOperator(const BinaryOperator *E); | 
 |     bool VisitUnaryOperator(const UnaryOperator *E); | 
 |     bool VisitCallExpr(const CallExpr *E); | 
 |     bool VisitConvertVectorExpr(const ConvertVectorExpr *E); | 
 |     bool VisitShuffleVectorExpr(const ShuffleVectorExpr *E); | 
 |  | 
 |     // FIXME: Missing: conditional operator (for GNU | 
 |     //                 conditional select), ExtVectorElementExpr | 
 |   }; | 
 | } // end anonymous namespace | 
 |  | 
 | static bool EvaluateVector(const Expr* E, APValue& Result, EvalInfo &Info) { | 
 |   assert(E->isPRValue() && E->getType()->isVectorType() && | 
 |          "not a vector prvalue"); | 
 |   return VectorExprEvaluator(Info, Result).Visit(E); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool VectorExprEvaluator::VisitCastExpr(const CastExpr *E) { | 
 |   const VectorType *VTy = E->getType()->castAs<VectorType>(); | 
 |   unsigned NElts = VTy->getNumElements(); | 
 |  | 
 |   const Expr *SE = E->getSubExpr(); | 
 |   QualType SETy = SE->getType(); | 
 |  | 
 |   switch (E->getCastKind()) { | 
 |   case CK_VectorSplat: { | 
 |     APValue Val = APValue(); | 
 |     if (SETy->isIntegerType()) { | 
 |       APSInt IntResult; | 
 |       if (!EvaluateInteger(SE, IntResult, Info)) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |       Val = APValue(std::move(IntResult)); | 
 |     } else if (SETy->isRealFloatingType()) { | 
 |       APFloat FloatResult(0.0); | 
 |       if (!EvaluateFloat(SE, FloatResult, Info)) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |       Val = APValue(std::move(FloatResult)); | 
 |     } else { | 
 |       return Error(E); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // Splat and create vector APValue. | 
 |     SmallVector<APValue, 4> Elts(NElts, Val); | 
 |     return Success(Elts, E); | 
 |   } | 
 |   case CK_BitCast: { | 
 |     APValue SVal; | 
 |     if (!Evaluate(SVal, Info, SE)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     if (!SVal.isInt() && !SVal.isFloat() && !SVal.isVector()) { | 
 |       // Give up if the input isn't an int, float, or vector.  For example, we | 
 |       // reject "(v4i16)(intptr_t)&a". | 
 |       Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_invalid_cast) | 
 |           << 2 << Info.Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     if (!handleRValueToRValueBitCast(Info, Result, SVal, E)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |   case CK_HLSLVectorTruncation: { | 
 |     APValue Val; | 
 |     SmallVector<APValue, 4> Elements; | 
 |     if (!EvaluateVector(SE, Val, Info)) | 
 |       return Error(E); | 
 |     for (unsigned I = 0; I < NElts; I++) | 
 |       Elements.push_back(Val.getVectorElt(I)); | 
 |     return Success(Elements, E); | 
 |   } | 
 |   default: | 
 |     return ExprEvaluatorBaseTy::VisitCastExpr(E); | 
 |   } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool | 
 | VectorExprEvaluator::VisitInitListExpr(const InitListExpr *E) { | 
 |   const VectorType *VT = E->getType()->castAs<VectorType>(); | 
 |   unsigned NumInits = E->getNumInits(); | 
 |   unsigned NumElements = VT->getNumElements(); | 
 |  | 
 |   QualType EltTy = VT->getElementType(); | 
 |   SmallVector<APValue, 4> Elements; | 
 |  | 
 |   // MFloat8 type doesn't have constants and thus constant folding | 
 |   // is impossible. | 
 |   if (EltTy->isMFloat8Type()) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   // The number of initializers can be less than the number of | 
 |   // vector elements. For OpenCL, this can be due to nested vector | 
 |   // initialization. For GCC compatibility, missing trailing elements | 
 |   // should be initialized with zeroes. | 
 |   unsigned CountInits = 0, CountElts = 0; | 
 |   while (CountElts < NumElements) { | 
 |     // Handle nested vector initialization. | 
 |     if (CountInits < NumInits | 
 |         && E->getInit(CountInits)->getType()->isVectorType()) { | 
 |       APValue v; | 
 |       if (!EvaluateVector(E->getInit(CountInits), v, Info)) | 
 |         return Error(E); | 
 |       unsigned vlen = v.getVectorLength(); | 
 |       for (unsigned j = 0; j < vlen; j++) | 
 |         Elements.push_back(v.getVectorElt(j)); | 
 |       CountElts += vlen; | 
 |     } else if (EltTy->isIntegerType()) { | 
 |       llvm::APSInt sInt(32); | 
 |       if (CountInits < NumInits) { | 
 |         if (!EvaluateInteger(E->getInit(CountInits), sInt, Info)) | 
 |           return false; | 
 |       } else // trailing integer zero. | 
 |         sInt = Info.Ctx.MakeIntValue(0, EltTy); | 
 |       Elements.push_back(APValue(sInt)); | 
 |       CountElts++; | 
 |     } else { | 
 |       llvm::APFloat f(0.0); | 
 |       if (CountInits < NumInits) { | 
 |         if (!EvaluateFloat(E->getInit(CountInits), f, Info)) | 
 |           return false; | 
 |       } else // trailing float zero. | 
 |         f = APFloat::getZero(Info.Ctx.getFloatTypeSemantics(EltTy)); | 
 |       Elements.push_back(APValue(f)); | 
 |       CountElts++; | 
 |     } | 
 |     CountInits++; | 
 |   } | 
 |   return Success(Elements, E); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool | 
 | VectorExprEvaluator::ZeroInitialization(const Expr *E) { | 
 |   const auto *VT = E->getType()->castAs<VectorType>(); | 
 |   QualType EltTy = VT->getElementType(); | 
 |   APValue ZeroElement; | 
 |   if (EltTy->isIntegerType()) | 
 |     ZeroElement = APValue(Info.Ctx.MakeIntValue(0, EltTy)); | 
 |   else | 
 |     ZeroElement = | 
 |         APValue(APFloat::getZero(Info.Ctx.getFloatTypeSemantics(EltTy))); | 
 |  | 
 |   SmallVector<APValue, 4> Elements(VT->getNumElements(), ZeroElement); | 
 |   return Success(Elements, E); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool VectorExprEvaluator::VisitUnaryImag(const UnaryOperator *E) { | 
 |   VisitIgnoredValue(E->getSubExpr()); | 
 |   return ZeroInitialization(E); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool VectorExprEvaluator::VisitBinaryOperator(const BinaryOperator *E) { | 
 |   BinaryOperatorKind Op = E->getOpcode(); | 
 |   assert(Op != BO_PtrMemD && Op != BO_PtrMemI && Op != BO_Cmp && | 
 |          "Operation not supported on vector types"); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (Op == BO_Comma) | 
 |     return ExprEvaluatorBaseTy::VisitBinaryOperator(E); | 
 |  | 
 |   Expr *LHS = E->getLHS(); | 
 |   Expr *RHS = E->getRHS(); | 
 |  | 
 |   assert(LHS->getType()->isVectorType() && RHS->getType()->isVectorType() && | 
 |          "Must both be vector types"); | 
 |   // Checking JUST the types are the same would be fine, except shifts don't | 
 |   // need to have their types be the same (since you always shift by an int). | 
 |   assert(LHS->getType()->castAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements() == | 
 |              E->getType()->castAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements() && | 
 |          RHS->getType()->castAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements() == | 
 |              E->getType()->castAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements() && | 
 |          "All operands must be the same size."); | 
 |  | 
 |   APValue LHSValue; | 
 |   APValue RHSValue; | 
 |   bool LHSOK = Evaluate(LHSValue, Info, LHS); | 
 |   if (!LHSOK && !Info.noteFailure()) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   if (!Evaluate(RHSValue, Info, RHS) || !LHSOK) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!handleVectorVectorBinOp(Info, E, Op, LHSValue, RHSValue)) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   return Success(LHSValue, E); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static std::optional<APValue> handleVectorUnaryOperator(ASTContext &Ctx, | 
 |                                                         QualType ResultTy, | 
 |                                                         UnaryOperatorKind Op, | 
 |                                                         APValue Elt) { | 
 |   switch (Op) { | 
 |   case UO_Plus: | 
 |     // Nothing to do here. | 
 |     return Elt; | 
 |   case UO_Minus: | 
 |     if (Elt.getKind() == APValue::Int) { | 
 |       Elt.getInt().negate(); | 
 |     } else { | 
 |       assert(Elt.getKind() == APValue::Float && | 
 |              "Vector can only be int or float type"); | 
 |       Elt.getFloat().changeSign(); | 
 |     } | 
 |     return Elt; | 
 |   case UO_Not: | 
 |     // This is only valid for integral types anyway, so we don't have to handle | 
 |     // float here. | 
 |     assert(Elt.getKind() == APValue::Int && | 
 |            "Vector operator ~ can only be int"); | 
 |     Elt.getInt().flipAllBits(); | 
 |     return Elt; | 
 |   case UO_LNot: { | 
 |     if (Elt.getKind() == APValue::Int) { | 
 |       Elt.getInt() = !Elt.getInt(); | 
 |       // operator ! on vectors returns -1 for 'truth', so negate it. | 
 |       Elt.getInt().negate(); | 
 |       return Elt; | 
 |     } | 
 |     assert(Elt.getKind() == APValue::Float && | 
 |            "Vector can only be int or float type"); | 
 |     // Float types result in an int of the same size, but -1 for true, or 0 for | 
 |     // false. | 
 |     APSInt EltResult{Ctx.getIntWidth(ResultTy), | 
 |                      ResultTy->isUnsignedIntegerType()}; | 
 |     if (Elt.getFloat().isZero()) | 
 |       EltResult.setAllBits(); | 
 |     else | 
 |       EltResult.clearAllBits(); | 
 |  | 
 |     return APValue{EltResult}; | 
 |   } | 
 |   default: | 
 |     // FIXME: Implement the rest of the unary operators. | 
 |     return std::nullopt; | 
 |   } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool VectorExprEvaluator::VisitUnaryOperator(const UnaryOperator *E) { | 
 |   Expr *SubExpr = E->getSubExpr(); | 
 |   const auto *VD = SubExpr->getType()->castAs<VectorType>(); | 
 |   // This result element type differs in the case of negating a floating point | 
 |   // vector, since the result type is the a vector of the equivilant sized | 
 |   // integer. | 
 |   const QualType ResultEltTy = VD->getElementType(); | 
 |   UnaryOperatorKind Op = E->getOpcode(); | 
 |  | 
 |   APValue SubExprValue; | 
 |   if (!Evaluate(SubExprValue, Info, SubExpr)) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   // FIXME: This vector evaluator someday needs to be changed to be LValue | 
 |   // aware/keep LValue information around, rather than dealing with just vector | 
 |   // types directly. Until then, we cannot handle cases where the operand to | 
 |   // these unary operators is an LValue. The only case I've been able to see | 
 |   // cause this is operator++ assigning to a member expression (only valid in | 
 |   // altivec compilations) in C mode, so this shouldn't limit us too much. | 
 |   if (SubExprValue.isLValue()) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   assert(SubExprValue.getVectorLength() == VD->getNumElements() && | 
 |          "Vector length doesn't match type?"); | 
 |  | 
 |   SmallVector<APValue, 4> ResultElements; | 
 |   for (unsigned EltNum = 0; EltNum < VD->getNumElements(); ++EltNum) { | 
 |     std::optional<APValue> Elt = handleVectorUnaryOperator( | 
 |         Info.Ctx, ResultEltTy, Op, SubExprValue.getVectorElt(EltNum)); | 
 |     if (!Elt) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     ResultElements.push_back(*Elt); | 
 |   } | 
 |   return Success(APValue(ResultElements.data(), ResultElements.size()), E); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static bool handleVectorElementCast(EvalInfo &Info, const FPOptions FPO, | 
 |                                     const Expr *E, QualType SourceTy, | 
 |                                     QualType DestTy, APValue const &Original, | 
 |                                     APValue &Result) { | 
 |   if (SourceTy->isIntegerType()) { | 
 |     if (DestTy->isRealFloatingType()) { | 
 |       Result = APValue(APFloat(0.0)); | 
 |       return HandleIntToFloatCast(Info, E, FPO, SourceTy, Original.getInt(), | 
 |                                   DestTy, Result.getFloat()); | 
 |     } | 
 |     if (DestTy->isIntegerType()) { | 
 |       Result = APValue( | 
 |           HandleIntToIntCast(Info, E, DestTy, SourceTy, Original.getInt())); | 
 |       return true; | 
 |     } | 
 |   } else if (SourceTy->isRealFloatingType()) { | 
 |     if (DestTy->isRealFloatingType()) { | 
 |       Result = Original; | 
 |       return HandleFloatToFloatCast(Info, E, SourceTy, DestTy, | 
 |                                     Result.getFloat()); | 
 |     } | 
 |     if (DestTy->isIntegerType()) { | 
 |       Result = APValue(APSInt()); | 
 |       return HandleFloatToIntCast(Info, E, SourceTy, Original.getFloat(), | 
 |                                   DestTy, Result.getInt()); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   Info.FFDiag(E, diag::err_convertvector_constexpr_unsupported_vector_cast) | 
 |       << SourceTy << DestTy; | 
 |   return false; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool VectorExprEvaluator::VisitCallExpr(const CallExpr *E) { | 
 |   if (!IsConstantEvaluatedBuiltinCall(E)) | 
 |     return ExprEvaluatorBaseTy::VisitCallExpr(E); | 
 |  | 
 |   switch (E->getBuiltinCallee()) { | 
 |   default: | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_elementwise_popcount: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_elementwise_bitreverse: { | 
 |     APValue Source; | 
 |     if (!EvaluateAsRValue(Info, E->getArg(0), Source)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     QualType DestEltTy = E->getType()->castAs<VectorType>()->getElementType(); | 
 |     unsigned SourceLen = Source.getVectorLength(); | 
 |     SmallVector<APValue, 4> ResultElements; | 
 |     ResultElements.reserve(SourceLen); | 
 |  | 
 |     for (unsigned EltNum = 0; EltNum < SourceLen; ++EltNum) { | 
 |       APSInt Elt = Source.getVectorElt(EltNum).getInt(); | 
 |       switch (E->getBuiltinCallee()) { | 
 |       case Builtin::BI__builtin_elementwise_popcount: | 
 |         ResultElements.push_back(APValue( | 
 |             APSInt(APInt(Info.Ctx.getIntWidth(DestEltTy), Elt.popcount()), | 
 |                    DestEltTy->isUnsignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()))); | 
 |         break; | 
 |       case Builtin::BI__builtin_elementwise_bitreverse: | 
 |         ResultElements.push_back( | 
 |             APValue(APSInt(Elt.reverseBits(), | 
 |                            DestEltTy->isUnsignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()))); | 
 |         break; | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     return Success(APValue(ResultElements.data(), ResultElements.size()), E); | 
 |   } | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_elementwise_add_sat: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_elementwise_sub_sat: { | 
 |     APValue SourceLHS, SourceRHS; | 
 |     if (!EvaluateAsRValue(Info, E->getArg(0), SourceLHS) || | 
 |         !EvaluateAsRValue(Info, E->getArg(1), SourceRHS)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     QualType DestEltTy = E->getType()->castAs<VectorType>()->getElementType(); | 
 |     unsigned SourceLen = SourceLHS.getVectorLength(); | 
 |     SmallVector<APValue, 4> ResultElements; | 
 |     ResultElements.reserve(SourceLen); | 
 |  | 
 |     for (unsigned EltNum = 0; EltNum < SourceLen; ++EltNum) { | 
 |       APSInt LHS = SourceLHS.getVectorElt(EltNum).getInt(); | 
 |       APSInt RHS = SourceRHS.getVectorElt(EltNum).getInt(); | 
 |       switch (E->getBuiltinCallee()) { | 
 |       case Builtin::BI__builtin_elementwise_add_sat: | 
 |         ResultElements.push_back(APValue( | 
 |             APSInt(LHS.isSigned() ? LHS.sadd_sat(RHS) : RHS.uadd_sat(RHS), | 
 |                    DestEltTy->isUnsignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()))); | 
 |         break; | 
 |       case Builtin::BI__builtin_elementwise_sub_sat: | 
 |         ResultElements.push_back(APValue( | 
 |             APSInt(LHS.isSigned() ? LHS.ssub_sat(RHS) : RHS.usub_sat(RHS), | 
 |                    DestEltTy->isUnsignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()))); | 
 |         break; | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     return Success(APValue(ResultElements.data(), ResultElements.size()), E); | 
 |   } | 
 |   } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool VectorExprEvaluator::VisitConvertVectorExpr(const ConvertVectorExpr *E) { | 
 |   APValue Source; | 
 |   QualType SourceVecType = E->getSrcExpr()->getType(); | 
 |   if (!EvaluateAsRValue(Info, E->getSrcExpr(), Source)) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   QualType DestTy = E->getType()->castAs<VectorType>()->getElementType(); | 
 |   QualType SourceTy = SourceVecType->castAs<VectorType>()->getElementType(); | 
 |  | 
 |   const FPOptions FPO = E->getFPFeaturesInEffect(Info.Ctx.getLangOpts()); | 
 |  | 
 |   auto SourceLen = Source.getVectorLength(); | 
 |   SmallVector<APValue, 4> ResultElements; | 
 |   ResultElements.reserve(SourceLen); | 
 |   for (unsigned EltNum = 0; EltNum < SourceLen; ++EltNum) { | 
 |     APValue Elt; | 
 |     if (!handleVectorElementCast(Info, FPO, E, SourceTy, DestTy, | 
 |                                  Source.getVectorElt(EltNum), Elt)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     ResultElements.push_back(std::move(Elt)); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   return Success(APValue(ResultElements.data(), ResultElements.size()), E); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static bool handleVectorShuffle(EvalInfo &Info, const ShuffleVectorExpr *E, | 
 |                                 QualType ElemType, APValue const &VecVal1, | 
 |                                 APValue const &VecVal2, unsigned EltNum, | 
 |                                 APValue &Result) { | 
 |   unsigned const TotalElementsInInputVector1 = VecVal1.getVectorLength(); | 
 |   unsigned const TotalElementsInInputVector2 = VecVal2.getVectorLength(); | 
 |  | 
 |   APSInt IndexVal = E->getShuffleMaskIdx(Info.Ctx, EltNum); | 
 |   int64_t index = IndexVal.getExtValue(); | 
 |   // The spec says that -1 should be treated as undef for optimizations, | 
 |   // but in constexpr we'd have to produce an APValue::Indeterminate, | 
 |   // which is prohibited from being a top-level constant value. Emit a | 
 |   // diagnostic instead. | 
 |   if (index == -1) { | 
 |     Info.FFDiag( | 
 |         E, diag::err_shufflevector_minus_one_is_undefined_behavior_constexpr) | 
 |         << EltNum; | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (index < 0 || | 
 |       index >= TotalElementsInInputVector1 + TotalElementsInInputVector2) | 
 |     llvm_unreachable("Out of bounds shuffle index"); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (index >= TotalElementsInInputVector1) | 
 |     Result = VecVal2.getVectorElt(index - TotalElementsInInputVector1); | 
 |   else | 
 |     Result = VecVal1.getVectorElt(index); | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool VectorExprEvaluator::VisitShuffleVectorExpr(const ShuffleVectorExpr *E) { | 
 |   APValue VecVal1; | 
 |   const Expr *Vec1 = E->getExpr(0); | 
 |   if (!EvaluateAsRValue(Info, Vec1, VecVal1)) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   APValue VecVal2; | 
 |   const Expr *Vec2 = E->getExpr(1); | 
 |   if (!EvaluateAsRValue(Info, Vec2, VecVal2)) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   VectorType const *DestVecTy = E->getType()->castAs<VectorType>(); | 
 |   QualType DestElTy = DestVecTy->getElementType(); | 
 |  | 
 |   auto TotalElementsInOutputVector = DestVecTy->getNumElements(); | 
 |  | 
 |   SmallVector<APValue, 4> ResultElements; | 
 |   ResultElements.reserve(TotalElementsInOutputVector); | 
 |   for (unsigned EltNum = 0; EltNum < TotalElementsInOutputVector; ++EltNum) { | 
 |     APValue Elt; | 
 |     if (!handleVectorShuffle(Info, E, DestElTy, VecVal1, VecVal2, EltNum, Elt)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     ResultElements.push_back(std::move(Elt)); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   return Success(APValue(ResultElements.data(), ResultElements.size()), E); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | 
 | // Array Evaluation | 
 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | 
 |  | 
 | namespace { | 
 |   class ArrayExprEvaluator | 
 |   : public ExprEvaluatorBase<ArrayExprEvaluator> { | 
 |     const LValue &This; | 
 |     APValue &Result; | 
 |   public: | 
 |  | 
 |     ArrayExprEvaluator(EvalInfo &Info, const LValue &This, APValue &Result) | 
 |       : ExprEvaluatorBaseTy(Info), This(This), Result(Result) {} | 
 |  | 
 |     bool Success(const APValue &V, const Expr *E) { | 
 |       assert(V.isArray() && "expected array"); | 
 |       Result = V; | 
 |       return true; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     bool ZeroInitialization(const Expr *E) { | 
 |       const ConstantArrayType *CAT = | 
 |           Info.Ctx.getAsConstantArrayType(E->getType()); | 
 |       if (!CAT) { | 
 |         if (E->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) { | 
 |           // We can be asked to zero-initialize a flexible array member; this | 
 |           // is represented as an ImplicitValueInitExpr of incomplete array | 
 |           // type. In this case, the array has zero elements. | 
 |           Result = APValue(APValue::UninitArray(), 0, 0); | 
 |           return true; | 
 |         } | 
 |         // FIXME: We could handle VLAs here. | 
 |         return Error(E); | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |       Result = APValue(APValue::UninitArray(), 0, CAT->getZExtSize()); | 
 |       if (!Result.hasArrayFiller()) | 
 |         return true; | 
 |  | 
 |       // Zero-initialize all elements. | 
 |       LValue Subobject = This; | 
 |       Subobject.addArray(Info, E, CAT); | 
 |       ImplicitValueInitExpr VIE(CAT->getElementType()); | 
 |       return EvaluateInPlace(Result.getArrayFiller(), Info, Subobject, &VIE); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     bool VisitCallExpr(const CallExpr *E) { | 
 |       return handleCallExpr(E, Result, &This); | 
 |     } | 
 |     bool VisitInitListExpr(const InitListExpr *E, | 
 |                            QualType AllocType = QualType()); | 
 |     bool VisitArrayInitLoopExpr(const ArrayInitLoopExpr *E); | 
 |     bool VisitCXXConstructExpr(const CXXConstructExpr *E); | 
 |     bool VisitCXXConstructExpr(const CXXConstructExpr *E, | 
 |                                const LValue &Subobject, | 
 |                                APValue *Value, QualType Type); | 
 |     bool VisitStringLiteral(const StringLiteral *E, | 
 |                             QualType AllocType = QualType()) { | 
 |       expandStringLiteral(Info, E, Result, AllocType); | 
 |       return true; | 
 |     } | 
 |     bool VisitCXXParenListInitExpr(const CXXParenListInitExpr *E); | 
 |     bool VisitCXXParenListOrInitListExpr(const Expr *ExprToVisit, | 
 |                                          ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | 
 |                                          const Expr *ArrayFiller, | 
 |                                          QualType AllocType = QualType()); | 
 |   }; | 
 | } // end anonymous namespace | 
 |  | 
 | static bool EvaluateArray(const Expr *E, const LValue &This, | 
 |                           APValue &Result, EvalInfo &Info) { | 
 |   assert(!E->isValueDependent()); | 
 |   assert(E->isPRValue() && E->getType()->isArrayType() && | 
 |          "not an array prvalue"); | 
 |   return ArrayExprEvaluator(Info, This, Result).Visit(E); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static bool EvaluateArrayNewInitList(EvalInfo &Info, LValue &This, | 
 |                                      APValue &Result, const InitListExpr *ILE, | 
 |                                      QualType AllocType) { | 
 |   assert(!ILE->isValueDependent()); | 
 |   assert(ILE->isPRValue() && ILE->getType()->isArrayType() && | 
 |          "not an array prvalue"); | 
 |   return ArrayExprEvaluator(Info, This, Result) | 
 |       .VisitInitListExpr(ILE, AllocType); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static bool EvaluateArrayNewConstructExpr(EvalInfo &Info, LValue &This, | 
 |                                           APValue &Result, | 
 |                                           const CXXConstructExpr *CCE, | 
 |                                           QualType AllocType) { | 
 |   assert(!CCE->isValueDependent()); | 
 |   assert(CCE->isPRValue() && CCE->getType()->isArrayType() && | 
 |          "not an array prvalue"); | 
 |   return ArrayExprEvaluator(Info, This, Result) | 
 |       .VisitCXXConstructExpr(CCE, This, &Result, AllocType); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | // Return true iff the given array filler may depend on the element index. | 
 | static bool MaybeElementDependentArrayFiller(const Expr *FillerExpr) { | 
 |   // For now, just allow non-class value-initialization and initialization | 
 |   // lists comprised of them. | 
 |   if (isa<ImplicitValueInitExpr>(FillerExpr)) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   if (const InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(FillerExpr)) { | 
 |     for (unsigned I = 0, E = ILE->getNumInits(); I != E; ++I) { | 
 |       if (MaybeElementDependentArrayFiller(ILE->getInit(I))) | 
 |         return true; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     if (ILE->hasArrayFiller() && | 
 |         MaybeElementDependentArrayFiller(ILE->getArrayFiller())) | 
 |       return true; | 
 |  | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool ArrayExprEvaluator::VisitInitListExpr(const InitListExpr *E, | 
 |                                            QualType AllocType) { | 
 |   const ConstantArrayType *CAT = Info.Ctx.getAsConstantArrayType( | 
 |       AllocType.isNull() ? E->getType() : AllocType); | 
 |   if (!CAT) | 
 |     return Error(E); | 
 |  | 
 |   // C++11 [dcl.init.string]p1: A char array [...] can be initialized by [...] | 
 |   // an appropriately-typed string literal enclosed in braces. | 
 |   if (E->isStringLiteralInit()) { | 
 |     auto *SL = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(E->getInit(0)->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); | 
 |     // FIXME: Support ObjCEncodeExpr here once we support it in | 
 |     // ArrayExprEvaluator generally. | 
 |     if (!SL) | 
 |       return Error(E); | 
 |     return VisitStringLiteral(SL, AllocType); | 
 |   } | 
 |   // Any other transparent list init will need proper handling of the | 
 |   // AllocType; we can't just recurse to the inner initializer. | 
 |   assert(!E->isTransparent() && | 
 |          "transparent array list initialization is not string literal init?"); | 
 |  | 
 |   return VisitCXXParenListOrInitListExpr(E, E->inits(), E->getArrayFiller(), | 
 |                                          AllocType); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool ArrayExprEvaluator::VisitCXXParenListOrInitListExpr( | 
 |     const Expr *ExprToVisit, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, const Expr *ArrayFiller, | 
 |     QualType AllocType) { | 
 |   const ConstantArrayType *CAT = Info.Ctx.getAsConstantArrayType( | 
 |       AllocType.isNull() ? ExprToVisit->getType() : AllocType); | 
 |  | 
 |   bool Success = true; | 
 |  | 
 |   assert((!Result.isArray() || Result.getArrayInitializedElts() == 0) && | 
 |          "zero-initialized array shouldn't have any initialized elts"); | 
 |   APValue Filler; | 
 |   if (Result.isArray() && Result.hasArrayFiller()) | 
 |     Filler = Result.getArrayFiller(); | 
 |  | 
 |   unsigned NumEltsToInit = Args.size(); | 
 |   unsigned NumElts = CAT->getZExtSize(); | 
 |  | 
 |   // If the initializer might depend on the array index, run it for each | 
 |   // array element. | 
 |   if (NumEltsToInit != NumElts && | 
 |       MaybeElementDependentArrayFiller(ArrayFiller)) { | 
 |     NumEltsToInit = NumElts; | 
 |   } else { | 
 |     for (auto *Init : Args) { | 
 |       if (auto *EmbedS = dyn_cast<EmbedExpr>(Init->IgnoreParenImpCasts())) | 
 |         NumEltsToInit += EmbedS->getDataElementCount() - 1; | 
 |     } | 
 |     if (NumEltsToInit > NumElts) | 
 |       NumEltsToInit = NumElts; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   LLVM_DEBUG(llvm::dbgs() << "The number of elements to initialize: " | 
 |                           << NumEltsToInit << ".\n"); | 
 |  | 
 |   Result = APValue(APValue::UninitArray(), NumEltsToInit, NumElts); | 
 |  | 
 |   // If the array was previously zero-initialized, preserve the | 
 |   // zero-initialized values. | 
 |   if (Filler.hasValue()) { | 
 |     for (unsigned I = 0, E = Result.getArrayInitializedElts(); I != E; ++I) | 
 |       Result.getArrayInitializedElt(I) = Filler; | 
 |     if (Result.hasArrayFiller()) | 
 |       Result.getArrayFiller() = Filler; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   LValue Subobject = This; | 
 |   Subobject.addArray(Info, ExprToVisit, CAT); | 
 |   auto Eval = [&](const Expr *Init, unsigned ArrayIndex) { | 
 |     if (Init->isValueDependent()) | 
 |       return EvaluateDependentExpr(Init, Info); | 
 |  | 
 |     if (!EvaluateInPlace(Result.getArrayInitializedElt(ArrayIndex), Info, | 
 |                          Subobject, Init) || | 
 |         !HandleLValueArrayAdjustment(Info, Init, Subobject, | 
 |                                      CAT->getElementType(), 1)) { | 
 |       if (!Info.noteFailure()) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |       Success = false; | 
 |     } | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   }; | 
 |   unsigned ArrayIndex = 0; | 
 |   QualType DestTy = CAT->getElementType(); | 
 |   APSInt Value(Info.Ctx.getTypeSize(DestTy), DestTy->isUnsignedIntegerType()); | 
 |   for (unsigned Index = 0; Index != NumEltsToInit; ++Index) { | 
 |     const Expr *Init = Index < Args.size() ? Args[Index] : ArrayFiller; | 
 |     if (ArrayIndex >= NumEltsToInit) | 
 |       break; | 
 |     if (auto *EmbedS = dyn_cast<EmbedExpr>(Init->IgnoreParenImpCasts())) { | 
 |       StringLiteral *SL = EmbedS->getDataStringLiteral(); | 
 |       for (unsigned I = EmbedS->getStartingElementPos(), | 
 |                     N = EmbedS->getDataElementCount(); | 
 |            I != EmbedS->getStartingElementPos() + N; ++I) { | 
 |         Value = SL->getCodeUnit(I); | 
 |         if (DestTy->isIntegerType()) { | 
 |           Result.getArrayInitializedElt(ArrayIndex) = APValue(Value); | 
 |         } else { | 
 |           assert(DestTy->isFloatingType() && "unexpected type"); | 
 |           const FPOptions FPO = | 
 |               Init->getFPFeaturesInEffect(Info.Ctx.getLangOpts()); | 
 |           APFloat FValue(0.0); | 
 |           if (!HandleIntToFloatCast(Info, Init, FPO, EmbedS->getType(), Value, | 
 |                                     DestTy, FValue)) | 
 |             return false; | 
 |           Result.getArrayInitializedElt(ArrayIndex) = APValue(FValue); | 
 |         } | 
 |         ArrayIndex++; | 
 |       } | 
 |     } else { | 
 |       if (!Eval(Init, ArrayIndex)) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |       ++ArrayIndex; | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!Result.hasArrayFiller()) | 
 |     return Success; | 
 |  | 
 |   // If we get here, we have a trivial filler, which we can just evaluate | 
 |   // once and splat over the rest of the array elements. | 
 |   assert(ArrayFiller && "no array filler for incomplete init list"); | 
 |   return EvaluateInPlace(Result.getArrayFiller(), Info, Subobject, | 
 |                          ArrayFiller) && | 
 |          Success; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool ArrayExprEvaluator::VisitArrayInitLoopExpr(const ArrayInitLoopExpr *E) { | 
 |   LValue CommonLV; | 
 |   if (E->getCommonExpr() && | 
 |       !Evaluate(Info.CurrentCall->createTemporary( | 
 |                     E->getCommonExpr(), | 
 |                     getStorageType(Info.Ctx, E->getCommonExpr()), | 
 |                     ScopeKind::FullExpression, CommonLV), | 
 |                 Info, E->getCommonExpr()->getSourceExpr())) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   auto *CAT = cast<ConstantArrayType>(E->getType()->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()); | 
 |  | 
 |   uint64_t Elements = CAT->getZExtSize(); | 
 |   Result = APValue(APValue::UninitArray(), Elements, Elements); | 
 |  | 
 |   LValue Subobject = This; | 
 |   Subobject.addArray(Info, E, CAT); | 
 |  | 
 |   bool Success = true; | 
 |   for (EvalInfo::ArrayInitLoopIndex Index(Info); Index != Elements; ++Index) { | 
 |     // C++ [class.temporary]/5 | 
 |     // There are four contexts in which temporaries are destroyed at a different | 
 |     // point than the end of the full-expression. [...] The second context is | 
 |     // when a copy constructor is called to copy an element of an array while | 
 |     // the entire array is copied [...]. In either case, if the constructor has | 
 |     // one or more default arguments, the destruction of every temporary created | 
 |     // in a default argument is sequenced before the construction of the next | 
 |     // array element, if any. | 
 |     FullExpressionRAII Scope(Info); | 
 |  | 
 |     if (!EvaluateInPlace(Result.getArrayInitializedElt(Index), | 
 |                          Info, Subobject, E->getSubExpr()) || | 
 |         !HandleLValueArrayAdjustment(Info, E, Subobject, | 
 |                                      CAT->getElementType(), 1)) { | 
 |       if (!Info.noteFailure()) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |       Success = false; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // Make sure we run the destructors too. | 
 |     Scope.destroy(); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   return Success; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool ArrayExprEvaluator::VisitCXXConstructExpr(const CXXConstructExpr *E) { | 
 |   return VisitCXXConstructExpr(E, This, &Result, E->getType()); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool ArrayExprEvaluator::VisitCXXConstructExpr(const CXXConstructExpr *E, | 
 |                                                const LValue &Subobject, | 
 |                                                APValue *Value, | 
 |                                                QualType Type) { | 
 |   bool HadZeroInit = Value->hasValue(); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = Info.Ctx.getAsConstantArrayType(Type)) { | 
 |     unsigned FinalSize = CAT->getZExtSize(); | 
 |  | 
 |     // Preserve the array filler if we had prior zero-initialization. | 
 |     APValue Filler = | 
 |       HadZeroInit && Value->hasArrayFiller() ? Value->getArrayFiller() | 
 |                                              : APValue(); | 
 |  | 
 |     *Value = APValue(APValue::UninitArray(), 0, FinalSize); | 
 |     if (FinalSize == 0) | 
 |       return true; | 
 |  | 
 |     bool HasTrivialConstructor = CheckTrivialDefaultConstructor( | 
 |         Info, E->getExprLoc(), E->getConstructor(), | 
 |         E->requiresZeroInitialization()); | 
 |     LValue ArrayElt = Subobject; | 
 |     ArrayElt.addArray(Info, E, CAT); | 
 |     // We do the whole initialization in two passes, first for just one element, | 
 |     // then for the whole array. It's possible we may find out we can't do const | 
 |     // init in the first pass, in which case we avoid allocating a potentially | 
 |     // large array. We don't do more passes because expanding array requires | 
 |     // copying the data, which is wasteful. | 
 |     for (const unsigned N : {1u, FinalSize}) { | 
 |       unsigned OldElts = Value->getArrayInitializedElts(); | 
 |       if (OldElts == N) | 
 |         break; | 
 |  | 
 |       // Expand the array to appropriate size. | 
 |       APValue NewValue(APValue::UninitArray(), N, FinalSize); | 
 |       for (unsigned I = 0; I < OldElts; ++I) | 
 |         NewValue.getArrayInitializedElt(I).swap( | 
 |             Value->getArrayInitializedElt(I)); | 
 |       Value->swap(NewValue); | 
 |  | 
 |       if (HadZeroInit) | 
 |         for (unsigned I = OldElts; I < N; ++I) | 
 |           Value->getArrayInitializedElt(I) = Filler; | 
 |  | 
 |       if (HasTrivialConstructor && N == FinalSize && FinalSize != 1) { | 
 |         // If we have a trivial constructor, only evaluate it once and copy | 
 |         // the result into all the array elements. | 
 |         APValue &FirstResult = Value->getArrayInitializedElt(0); | 
 |         for (unsigned I = OldElts; I < FinalSize; ++I) | 
 |           Value->getArrayInitializedElt(I) = FirstResult; | 
 |       } else { | 
 |         for (unsigned I = OldElts; I < N; ++I) { | 
 |           if (!VisitCXXConstructExpr(E, ArrayElt, | 
 |                                      &Value->getArrayInitializedElt(I), | 
 |                                      CAT->getElementType()) || | 
 |               !HandleLValueArrayAdjustment(Info, E, ArrayElt, | 
 |                                            CAT->getElementType(), 1)) | 
 |             return false; | 
 |           // When checking for const initilization any diagnostic is considered | 
 |           // an error. | 
 |           if (Info.EvalStatus.Diag && !Info.EvalStatus.Diag->empty() && | 
 |               !Info.keepEvaluatingAfterFailure()) | 
 |             return false; | 
 |         } | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!Type->isRecordType()) | 
 |     return Error(E); | 
 |  | 
 |   return RecordExprEvaluator(Info, Subobject, *Value) | 
 |              .VisitCXXConstructExpr(E, Type); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool ArrayExprEvaluator::VisitCXXParenListInitExpr( | 
 |     const CXXParenListInitExpr *E) { | 
 |   assert(E->getType()->isConstantArrayType() && | 
 |          "Expression result is not a constant array type"); | 
 |  | 
 |   return VisitCXXParenListOrInitListExpr(E, E->getInitExprs(), | 
 |                                          E->getArrayFiller()); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | 
 | // Integer Evaluation | 
 | // | 
 | // As a GNU extension, we support casting pointers to sufficiently-wide integer | 
 | // types and back in constant folding. Integer values are thus represented | 
 | // either as an integer-valued APValue, or as an lvalue-valued APValue. | 
 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | 
 |  | 
 | namespace { | 
 | class IntExprEvaluator | 
 |         : public ExprEvaluatorBase<IntExprEvaluator> { | 
 |   APValue &Result; | 
 | public: | 
 |   IntExprEvaluator(EvalInfo &info, APValue &result) | 
 |       : ExprEvaluatorBaseTy(info), Result(result) {} | 
 |  | 
 |   bool Success(const llvm::APSInt &SI, const Expr *E, APValue &Result) { | 
 |     assert(E->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() && | 
 |            "Invalid evaluation result."); | 
 |     assert(SI.isSigned() == E->getType()->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType() && | 
 |            "Invalid evaluation result."); | 
 |     assert(SI.getBitWidth() == Info.Ctx.getIntWidth(E->getType()) && | 
 |            "Invalid evaluation result."); | 
 |     Result = APValue(SI); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |   bool Success(const llvm::APSInt &SI, const Expr *E) { | 
 |     return Success(SI, E, Result); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   bool Success(const llvm::APInt &I, const Expr *E, APValue &Result) { | 
 |     assert(E->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() && | 
 |            "Invalid evaluation result."); | 
 |     assert(I.getBitWidth() == Info.Ctx.getIntWidth(E->getType()) && | 
 |            "Invalid evaluation result."); | 
 |     Result = APValue(APSInt(I)); | 
 |     Result.getInt().setIsUnsigned( | 
 |                             E->getType()->isUnsignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |   bool Success(const llvm::APInt &I, const Expr *E) { | 
 |     return Success(I, E, Result); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   bool Success(uint64_t Value, const Expr *E, APValue &Result) { | 
 |     assert(E->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() && | 
 |            "Invalid evaluation result."); | 
 |     Result = APValue(Info.Ctx.MakeIntValue(Value, E->getType())); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |   bool Success(uint64_t Value, const Expr *E) { | 
 |     return Success(Value, E, Result); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   bool Success(CharUnits Size, const Expr *E) { | 
 |     return Success(Size.getQuantity(), E); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   bool Success(const APValue &V, const Expr *E) { | 
 |     // C++23 [expr.const]p8 If we have a variable that is unknown reference or | 
 |     // pointer allow further evaluation of the value. | 
 |     if (V.isLValue() || V.isAddrLabelDiff() || V.isIndeterminate() || | 
 |         V.allowConstexprUnknown()) { | 
 |       Result = V; | 
 |       return true; | 
 |     } | 
 |     return Success(V.getInt(), E); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   bool ZeroInitialization(const Expr *E) { return Success(0, E); } | 
 |  | 
 |   friend std::optional<bool> EvaluateBuiltinIsWithinLifetime(IntExprEvaluator &, | 
 |                                                              const CallExpr *); | 
 |  | 
 |   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// | 
 |   //                            Visitor Methods | 
 |   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// | 
 |  | 
 |   bool VisitIntegerLiteral(const IntegerLiteral *E) { | 
 |     return Success(E->getValue(), E); | 
 |   } | 
 |   bool VisitCharacterLiteral(const CharacterLiteral *E) { | 
 |     return Success(E->getValue(), E); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   bool CheckReferencedDecl(const Expr *E, const Decl *D); | 
 |   bool VisitDeclRefExpr(const DeclRefExpr *E) { | 
 |     if (CheckReferencedDecl(E, E->getDecl())) | 
 |       return true; | 
 |  | 
 |     return ExprEvaluatorBaseTy::VisitDeclRefExpr(E); | 
 |   } | 
 |   bool VisitMemberExpr(const MemberExpr *E) { | 
 |     if (CheckReferencedDecl(E, E->getMemberDecl())) { | 
 |       VisitIgnoredBaseExpression(E->getBase()); | 
 |       return true; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     return ExprEvaluatorBaseTy::VisitMemberExpr(E); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   bool VisitCallExpr(const CallExpr *E); | 
 |   bool VisitBuiltinCallExpr(const CallExpr *E, unsigned BuiltinOp); | 
 |   bool VisitBinaryOperator(const BinaryOperator *E); | 
 |   bool VisitOffsetOfExpr(const OffsetOfExpr *E); | 
 |   bool VisitUnaryOperator(const UnaryOperator *E); | 
 |  | 
 |   bool VisitCastExpr(const CastExpr* E); | 
 |   bool VisitUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(const UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr *E); | 
 |  | 
 |   bool VisitCXXBoolLiteralExpr(const CXXBoolLiteralExpr *E) { | 
 |     return Success(E->getValue(), E); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   bool VisitObjCBoolLiteralExpr(const ObjCBoolLiteralExpr *E) { | 
 |     return Success(E->getValue(), E); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   bool VisitArrayInitIndexExpr(const ArrayInitIndexExpr *E) { | 
 |     if (Info.ArrayInitIndex == uint64_t(-1)) { | 
 |       // We were asked to evaluate this subexpression independent of the | 
 |       // enclosing ArrayInitLoopExpr. We can't do that. | 
 |       Info.FFDiag(E); | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     } | 
 |     return Success(Info.ArrayInitIndex, E); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Note, GNU defines __null as an integer, not a pointer. | 
 |   bool VisitGNUNullExpr(const GNUNullExpr *E) { | 
 |     return ZeroInitialization(E); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   bool VisitTypeTraitExpr(const TypeTraitExpr *E) { | 
 |     return Success(E->getValue(), E); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   bool VisitArrayTypeTraitExpr(const ArrayTypeTraitExpr *E) { | 
 |     return Success(E->getValue(), E); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   bool VisitExpressionTraitExpr(const ExpressionTraitExpr *E) { | 
 |     return Success(E->getValue(), E); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   bool VisitOpenACCAsteriskSizeExpr(const OpenACCAsteriskSizeExpr *E) { | 
 |     // This should not be evaluated during constant expr evaluation, as it | 
 |     // should always be in an unevaluated context (the args list of a 'gang' or | 
 |     // 'tile' clause). | 
 |     return Error(E); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   bool VisitUnaryReal(const UnaryOperator *E); | 
 |   bool VisitUnaryImag(const UnaryOperator *E); | 
 |  | 
 |   bool VisitCXXNoexceptExpr(const CXXNoexceptExpr *E); | 
 |   bool VisitSizeOfPackExpr(const SizeOfPackExpr *E); | 
 |   bool VisitSourceLocExpr(const SourceLocExpr *E); | 
 |   bool VisitConceptSpecializationExpr(const ConceptSpecializationExpr *E); | 
 |   bool VisitRequiresExpr(const RequiresExpr *E); | 
 |   // FIXME: Missing: array subscript of vector, member of vector | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | class FixedPointExprEvaluator | 
 |     : public ExprEvaluatorBase<FixedPointExprEvaluator> { | 
 |   APValue &Result; | 
 |  | 
 |  public: | 
 |   FixedPointExprEvaluator(EvalInfo &info, APValue &result) | 
 |       : ExprEvaluatorBaseTy(info), Result(result) {} | 
 |  | 
 |   bool Success(const llvm::APInt &I, const Expr *E) { | 
 |     return Success( | 
 |         APFixedPoint(I, Info.Ctx.getFixedPointSemantics(E->getType())), E); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   bool Success(uint64_t Value, const Expr *E) { | 
 |     return Success( | 
 |         APFixedPoint(Value, Info.Ctx.getFixedPointSemantics(E->getType())), E); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   bool Success(const APValue &V, const Expr *E) { | 
 |     return Success(V.getFixedPoint(), E); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   bool Success(const APFixedPoint &V, const Expr *E) { | 
 |     assert(E->getType()->isFixedPointType() && "Invalid evaluation result."); | 
 |     assert(V.getWidth() == Info.Ctx.getIntWidth(E->getType()) && | 
 |            "Invalid evaluation result."); | 
 |     Result = APValue(V); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   bool ZeroInitialization(const Expr *E) { | 
 |     return Success(0, E); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// | 
 |   //                            Visitor Methods | 
 |   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// | 
 |  | 
 |   bool VisitFixedPointLiteral(const FixedPointLiteral *E) { | 
 |     return Success(E->getValue(), E); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   bool VisitCastExpr(const CastExpr *E); | 
 |   bool VisitUnaryOperator(const UnaryOperator *E); | 
 |   bool VisitBinaryOperator(const BinaryOperator *E); | 
 | }; | 
 | } // end anonymous namespace | 
 |  | 
 | /// EvaluateIntegerOrLValue - Evaluate an rvalue integral-typed expression, and | 
 | /// produce either the integer value or a pointer. | 
 | /// | 
 | /// GCC has a heinous extension which folds casts between pointer types and | 
 | /// pointer-sized integral types. We support this by allowing the evaluation of | 
 | /// an integer rvalue to produce a pointer (represented as an lvalue) instead. | 
 | /// Some simple arithmetic on such values is supported (they are treated much | 
 | /// like char*). | 
 | static bool EvaluateIntegerOrLValue(const Expr *E, APValue &Result, | 
 |                                     EvalInfo &Info) { | 
 |   assert(!E->isValueDependent()); | 
 |   assert(E->isPRValue() && E->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()); | 
 |   return IntExprEvaluator(Info, Result).Visit(E); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static bool EvaluateInteger(const Expr *E, APSInt &Result, EvalInfo &Info) { | 
 |   assert(!E->isValueDependent()); | 
 |   APValue Val; | 
 |   if (!EvaluateIntegerOrLValue(E, Val, Info)) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   if (!Val.isInt()) { | 
 |     // FIXME: It would be better to produce the diagnostic for casting | 
 |     //        a pointer to an integer. | 
 |     Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr); | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |   Result = Val.getInt(); | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool IntExprEvaluator::VisitSourceLocExpr(const SourceLocExpr *E) { | 
 |   APValue Evaluated = E->EvaluateInContext( | 
 |       Info.Ctx, Info.CurrentCall->CurSourceLocExprScope.getDefaultExpr()); | 
 |   return Success(Evaluated, E); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static bool EvaluateFixedPoint(const Expr *E, APFixedPoint &Result, | 
 |                                EvalInfo &Info) { | 
 |   assert(!E->isValueDependent()); | 
 |   if (E->getType()->isFixedPointType()) { | 
 |     APValue Val; | 
 |     if (!FixedPointExprEvaluator(Info, Val).Visit(E)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     if (!Val.isFixedPoint()) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     Result = Val.getFixedPoint(); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |   return false; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static bool EvaluateFixedPointOrInteger(const Expr *E, APFixedPoint &Result, | 
 |                                         EvalInfo &Info) { | 
 |   assert(!E->isValueDependent()); | 
 |   if (E->getType()->isIntegerType()) { | 
 |     auto FXSema = Info.Ctx.getFixedPointSemantics(E->getType()); | 
 |     APSInt Val; | 
 |     if (!EvaluateInteger(E, Val, Info)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     Result = APFixedPoint(Val, FXSema); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } else if (E->getType()->isFixedPointType()) { | 
 |     return EvaluateFixedPoint(E, Result, Info); | 
 |   } | 
 |   return false; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Check whether the given declaration can be directly converted to an integral | 
 | /// rvalue. If not, no diagnostic is produced; there are other things we can | 
 | /// try. | 
 | bool IntExprEvaluator::CheckReferencedDecl(const Expr* E, const Decl* D) { | 
 |   // Enums are integer constant exprs. | 
 |   if (const EnumConstantDecl *ECD = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(D)) { | 
 |     // Check for signedness/width mismatches between E type and ECD value. | 
 |     bool SameSign = (ECD->getInitVal().isSigned() | 
 |                      == E->getType()->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); | 
 |     bool SameWidth = (ECD->getInitVal().getBitWidth() | 
 |                       == Info.Ctx.getIntWidth(E->getType())); | 
 |     if (SameSign && SameWidth) | 
 |       return Success(ECD->getInitVal(), E); | 
 |     else { | 
 |       // Get rid of mismatch (otherwise Success assertions will fail) | 
 |       // by computing a new value matching the type of E. | 
 |       llvm::APSInt Val = ECD->getInitVal(); | 
 |       if (!SameSign) | 
 |         Val.setIsSigned(!ECD->getInitVal().isSigned()); | 
 |       if (!SameWidth) | 
 |         Val = Val.extOrTrunc(Info.Ctx.getIntWidth(E->getType())); | 
 |       return Success(Val, E); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |   return false; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// EvaluateBuiltinClassifyType - Evaluate __builtin_classify_type the same way | 
 | /// as GCC. | 
 | GCCTypeClass EvaluateBuiltinClassifyType(QualType T, | 
 |                                          const LangOptions &LangOpts) { | 
 |   assert(!T->isDependentType() && "unexpected dependent type"); | 
 |  | 
 |   QualType CanTy = T.getCanonicalType(); | 
 |  | 
 |   switch (CanTy->getTypeClass()) { | 
 | #define TYPE(ID, BASE) | 
 | #define DEPENDENT_TYPE(ID, BASE) case Type::ID: | 
 | #define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(ID, BASE) case Type::ID: | 
 | #define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(ID, BASE) case Type::ID: | 
 | #include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.inc" | 
 |   case Type::Auto: | 
 |   case Type::DeducedTemplateSpecialization: | 
 |       llvm_unreachable("unexpected non-canonical or dependent type"); | 
 |  | 
 |   case Type::Builtin: | 
 |       switch (cast<BuiltinType>(CanTy)->getKind()) { | 
 | #define BUILTIN_TYPE(ID, SINGLETON_ID) | 
 | #define SIGNED_TYPE(ID, SINGLETON_ID) \ | 
 |     case BuiltinType::ID: return GCCTypeClass::Integer; | 
 | #define FLOATING_TYPE(ID, SINGLETON_ID) \ | 
 |     case BuiltinType::ID: return GCCTypeClass::RealFloat; | 
 | #define PLACEHOLDER_TYPE(ID, SINGLETON_ID) \ | 
 |     case BuiltinType::ID: break; | 
 | #include "clang/AST/BuiltinTypes.def" | 
 |     case BuiltinType::Void: | 
 |       return GCCTypeClass::Void; | 
 |  | 
 |     case BuiltinType::Bool: | 
 |       return GCCTypeClass::Bool; | 
 |  | 
 |     case BuiltinType::Char_U: | 
 |     case BuiltinType::UChar: | 
 |     case BuiltinType::WChar_U: | 
 |     case BuiltinType::Char8: | 
 |     case BuiltinType::Char16: | 
 |     case BuiltinType::Char32: | 
 |     case BuiltinType::UShort: | 
 |     case BuiltinType::UInt: | 
 |     case BuiltinType::ULong: | 
 |     case BuiltinType::ULongLong: | 
 |     case BuiltinType::UInt128: | 
 |       return GCCTypeClass::Integer; | 
 |  | 
 |     case BuiltinType::UShortAccum: | 
 |     case BuiltinType::UAccum: | 
 |     case BuiltinType::ULongAccum: | 
 |     case BuiltinType::UShortFract: | 
 |     case BuiltinType::UFract: | 
 |     case BuiltinType::ULongFract: | 
 |     case BuiltinType::SatUShortAccum: | 
 |     case BuiltinType::SatUAccum: | 
 |     case BuiltinType::SatULongAccum: | 
 |     case BuiltinType::SatUShortFract: | 
 |     case BuiltinType::SatUFract: | 
 |     case BuiltinType::SatULongFract: | 
 |       return GCCTypeClass::None; | 
 |  | 
 |     case BuiltinType::NullPtr: | 
 |  | 
 |     case BuiltinType::ObjCId: | 
 |     case BuiltinType::ObjCClass: | 
 |     case BuiltinType::ObjCSel: | 
 | #define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) \ | 
 |     case BuiltinType::Id: | 
 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def" | 
 | #define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) \ | 
 |     case BuiltinType::Id: | 
 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def" | 
 |     case BuiltinType::OCLSampler: | 
 |     case BuiltinType::OCLEvent: | 
 |     case BuiltinType::OCLClkEvent: | 
 |     case BuiltinType::OCLQueue: | 
 |     case BuiltinType::OCLReserveID: | 
 | #define SVE_TYPE(Name, Id, SingletonId) \ | 
 |     case BuiltinType::Id: | 
 | #include "clang/Basic/AArch64SVEACLETypes.def" | 
 | #define PPC_VECTOR_TYPE(Name, Id, Size) \ | 
 |     case BuiltinType::Id: | 
 | #include "clang/Basic/PPCTypes.def" | 
 | #define RVV_TYPE(Name, Id, SingletonId) case BuiltinType::Id: | 
 | #include "clang/Basic/RISCVVTypes.def" | 
 | #define WASM_TYPE(Name, Id, SingletonId) case BuiltinType::Id: | 
 | #include "clang/Basic/WebAssemblyReferenceTypes.def" | 
 | #define AMDGPU_TYPE(Name, Id, SingletonId, Width, Align) case BuiltinType::Id: | 
 | #include "clang/Basic/AMDGPUTypes.def" | 
 | #define HLSL_INTANGIBLE_TYPE(Name, Id, SingletonId) case BuiltinType::Id: | 
 | #include "clang/Basic/HLSLIntangibleTypes.def" | 
 |       return GCCTypeClass::None; | 
 |  | 
 |     case BuiltinType::Dependent: | 
 |       llvm_unreachable("unexpected dependent type"); | 
 |     }; | 
 |     llvm_unreachable("unexpected placeholder type"); | 
 |  | 
 |   case Type::Enum: | 
 |     return LangOpts.CPlusPlus ? GCCTypeClass::Enum : GCCTypeClass::Integer; | 
 |  | 
 |   case Type::Pointer: | 
 |   case Type::ConstantArray: | 
 |   case Type::VariableArray: | 
 |   case Type::IncompleteArray: | 
 |   case Type::FunctionNoProto: | 
 |   case Type::FunctionProto: | 
 |   case Type::ArrayParameter: | 
 |     return GCCTypeClass::Pointer; | 
 |  | 
 |   case Type::MemberPointer: | 
 |     return CanTy->isMemberDataPointerType() | 
 |                ? GCCTypeClass::PointerToDataMember | 
 |                : GCCTypeClass::PointerToMemberFunction; | 
 |  | 
 |   case Type::Complex: | 
 |     return GCCTypeClass::Complex; | 
 |  | 
 |   case Type::Record: | 
 |     return CanTy->isUnionType() ? GCCTypeClass::Union | 
 |                                 : GCCTypeClass::ClassOrStruct; | 
 |  | 
 |   case Type::Atomic: | 
 |     // GCC classifies _Atomic T the same as T. | 
 |     return EvaluateBuiltinClassifyType( | 
 |         CanTy->castAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType(), LangOpts); | 
 |  | 
 |   case Type::Vector: | 
 |   case Type::ExtVector: | 
 |     return GCCTypeClass::Vector; | 
 |  | 
 |   case Type::BlockPointer: | 
 |   case Type::ConstantMatrix: | 
 |   case Type::ObjCObject: | 
 |   case Type::ObjCInterface: | 
 |   case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: | 
 |   case Type::Pipe: | 
 |   case Type::HLSLAttributedResource: | 
 |     // Classify all other types that don't fit into the regular | 
 |     // classification the same way. | 
 |     return GCCTypeClass::None; | 
 |  | 
 |   case Type::BitInt: | 
 |     return GCCTypeClass::BitInt; | 
 |  | 
 |   case Type::LValueReference: | 
 |   case Type::RValueReference: | 
 |     llvm_unreachable("invalid type for expression"); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   llvm_unreachable("unexpected type class"); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// EvaluateBuiltinClassifyType - Evaluate __builtin_classify_type the same way | 
 | /// as GCC. | 
 | static GCCTypeClass | 
 | EvaluateBuiltinClassifyType(const CallExpr *E, const LangOptions &LangOpts) { | 
 |   // If no argument was supplied, default to None. This isn't | 
 |   // ideal, however it is what gcc does. | 
 |   if (E->getNumArgs() == 0) | 
 |     return GCCTypeClass::None; | 
 |  | 
 |   // FIXME: Bizarrely, GCC treats a call with more than one argument as not | 
 |   // being an ICE, but still folds it to a constant using the type of the first | 
 |   // argument. | 
 |   return EvaluateBuiltinClassifyType(E->getArg(0)->getType(), LangOpts); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// EvaluateBuiltinConstantPForLValue - Determine the result of | 
 | /// __builtin_constant_p when applied to the given pointer. | 
 | /// | 
 | /// A pointer is only "constant" if it is null (or a pointer cast to integer) | 
 | /// or it points to the first character of a string literal. | 
 | static bool EvaluateBuiltinConstantPForLValue(const APValue &LV) { | 
 |   APValue::LValueBase Base = LV.getLValueBase(); | 
 |   if (Base.isNull()) { | 
 |     // A null base is acceptable. | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } else if (const Expr *E = Base.dyn_cast<const Expr *>()) { | 
 |     if (!isa<StringLiteral>(E)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     return LV.getLValueOffset().isZero(); | 
 |   } else if (Base.is<TypeInfoLValue>()) { | 
 |     // Surprisingly, GCC considers __builtin_constant_p(&typeid(int)) to | 
 |     // evaluate to true. | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } else { | 
 |     // Any other base is not constant enough for GCC. | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// EvaluateBuiltinConstantP - Evaluate __builtin_constant_p as similarly to | 
 | /// GCC as we can manage. | 
 | static bool EvaluateBuiltinConstantP(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *Arg) { | 
 |   // This evaluation is not permitted to have side-effects, so evaluate it in | 
 |   // a speculative evaluation context. | 
 |   SpeculativeEvaluationRAII SpeculativeEval(Info); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Constant-folding is always enabled for the operand of __builtin_constant_p | 
 |   // (even when the enclosing evaluation context otherwise requires a strict | 
 |   // language-specific constant expression). | 
 |   FoldConstant Fold(Info, true); | 
 |  | 
 |   QualType ArgType = Arg->getType(); | 
 |  | 
 |   // __builtin_constant_p always has one operand. The rules which gcc follows | 
 |   // are not precisely documented, but are as follows: | 
 |   // | 
 |   //  - If the operand is of integral, floating, complex or enumeration type, | 
 |   //    and can be folded to a known value of that type, it returns 1. | 
 |   //  - If the operand can be folded to a pointer to the first character | 
 |   //    of a string literal (or such a pointer cast to an integral type) | 
 |   //    or to a null pointer or an integer cast to a pointer, it returns 1. | 
 |   // | 
 |   // Otherwise, it returns 0. | 
 |   // | 
 |   // FIXME: GCC also intends to return 1 for literals of aggregate types, but | 
 |   // its support for this did not work prior to GCC 9 and is not yet well | 
 |   // understood. | 
 |   if (ArgType->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() || ArgType->isFloatingType() || | 
 |       ArgType->isAnyComplexType() || ArgType->isPointerType() || | 
 |       ArgType->isNullPtrType()) { | 
 |     APValue V; | 
 |     if (!::EvaluateAsRValue(Info, Arg, V) || Info.EvalStatus.HasSideEffects) { | 
 |       Fold.keepDiagnostics(); | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // For a pointer (possibly cast to integer), there are special rules. | 
 |     if (V.getKind() == APValue::LValue) | 
 |       return EvaluateBuiltinConstantPForLValue(V); | 
 |  | 
 |     // Otherwise, any constant value is good enough. | 
 |     return V.hasValue(); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Anything else isn't considered to be sufficiently constant. | 
 |   return false; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Retrieves the "underlying object type" of the given expression, | 
 | /// as used by __builtin_object_size. | 
 | static QualType getObjectType(APValue::LValueBase B) { | 
 |   if (const ValueDecl *D = B.dyn_cast<const ValueDecl*>()) { | 
 |     if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) | 
 |       return VD->getType(); | 
 |   } else if (const Expr *E = B.dyn_cast<const Expr*>()) { | 
 |     if (isa<CompoundLiteralExpr>(E)) | 
 |       return E->getType(); | 
 |   } else if (B.is<TypeInfoLValue>()) { | 
 |     return B.getTypeInfoType(); | 
 |   } else if (B.is<DynamicAllocLValue>()) { | 
 |     return B.getDynamicAllocType(); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   return QualType(); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// A more selective version of E->IgnoreParenCasts for | 
 | /// tryEvaluateBuiltinObjectSize. This ignores some casts/parens that serve only | 
 | /// to change the type of E. | 
 | /// Ex. For E = `(short*)((char*)(&foo))`, returns `&foo` | 
 | /// | 
 | /// Always returns an RValue with a pointer representation. | 
 | static const Expr *ignorePointerCastsAndParens(const Expr *E) { | 
 |   assert(E->isPRValue() && E->getType()->hasPointerRepresentation()); | 
 |  | 
 |   const Expr *NoParens = E->IgnoreParens(); | 
 |   const auto *Cast = dyn_cast<CastExpr>(NoParens); | 
 |   if (Cast == nullptr) | 
 |     return NoParens; | 
 |  | 
 |   // We only conservatively allow a few kinds of casts, because this code is | 
 |   // inherently a simple solution that seeks to support the common case. | 
 |   auto CastKind = Cast->getCastKind(); | 
 |   if (CastKind != CK_NoOp && CastKind != CK_BitCast && | 
 |       CastKind != CK_AddressSpaceConversion) | 
 |     return NoParens; | 
 |  | 
 |   const auto *SubExpr = Cast->getSubExpr(); | 
 |   if (!SubExpr->getType()->hasPointerRepresentation() || !SubExpr->isPRValue()) | 
 |     return NoParens; | 
 |   return ignorePointerCastsAndParens(SubExpr); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Checks to see if the given LValue's Designator is at the end of the LValue's | 
 | /// record layout. e.g. | 
 | ///   struct { struct { int a, b; } fst, snd; } obj; | 
 | ///   obj.fst   // no | 
 | ///   obj.snd   // yes | 
 | ///   obj.fst.a // no | 
 | ///   obj.fst.b // no | 
 | ///   obj.snd.a // no | 
 | ///   obj.snd.b // yes | 
 | /// | 
 | /// Please note: this function is specialized for how __builtin_object_size | 
 | /// views "objects". | 
 | /// | 
 | /// If this encounters an invalid RecordDecl or otherwise cannot determine the | 
 | /// correct result, it will always return true. | 
 | static bool isDesignatorAtObjectEnd(const ASTContext &Ctx, const LValue &LVal) { | 
 |   assert(!LVal.Designator.Invalid); | 
 |  | 
 |   auto IsLastOrInvalidFieldDecl = [&Ctx](const FieldDecl *FD) { | 
 |     const RecordDecl *Parent = FD->getParent(); | 
 |     if (Parent->isInvalidDecl() || Parent->isUnion()) | 
 |       return true; | 
 |     const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = Ctx.getASTRecordLayout(Parent); | 
 |     return FD->getFieldIndex() + 1 == Layout.getFieldCount(); | 
 |   }; | 
 |  | 
 |   auto &Base = LVal.getLValueBase(); | 
 |   if (auto *ME = dyn_cast_or_null<MemberExpr>(Base.dyn_cast<const Expr *>())) { | 
 |     if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) { | 
 |       if (!IsLastOrInvalidFieldDecl(FD)) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |     } else if (auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) { | 
 |       for (auto *FD : IFD->chain()) { | 
 |         if (!IsLastOrInvalidFieldDecl(cast<FieldDecl>(FD))) | 
 |           return false; | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   unsigned I = 0; | 
 |   QualType BaseType = getType(Base); | 
 |   if (LVal.Designator.FirstEntryIsAnUnsizedArray) { | 
 |     // If we don't know the array bound, conservatively assume we're looking at | 
 |     // the final array element. | 
 |     ++I; | 
 |     if (BaseType->isIncompleteArrayType()) | 
 |       BaseType = Ctx.getAsArrayType(BaseType)->getElementType(); | 
 |     else | 
 |       BaseType = BaseType->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   for (unsigned E = LVal.Designator.Entries.size(); I != E; ++I) { | 
 |     const auto &Entry = LVal.Designator.Entries[I]; | 
 |     if (BaseType->isArrayType()) { | 
 |       // Because __builtin_object_size treats arrays as objects, we can ignore | 
 |       // the index iff this is the last array in the Designator. | 
 |       if (I + 1 == E) | 
 |         return true; | 
 |       const auto *CAT = cast<ConstantArrayType>(Ctx.getAsArrayType(BaseType)); | 
 |       uint64_t Index = Entry.getAsArrayIndex(); | 
 |       if (Index + 1 != CAT->getZExtSize()) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |       BaseType = CAT->getElementType(); | 
 |     } else if (BaseType->isAnyComplexType()) { | 
 |       const auto *CT = BaseType->castAs<ComplexType>(); | 
 |       uint64_t Index = Entry.getAsArrayIndex(); | 
 |       if (Index != 1) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |       BaseType = CT->getElementType(); | 
 |     } else if (auto *FD = getAsField(Entry)) { | 
 |       if (!IsLastOrInvalidFieldDecl(FD)) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |       BaseType = FD->getType(); | 
 |     } else { | 
 |       assert(getAsBaseClass(Entry) && "Expecting cast to a base class"); | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Tests to see if the LValue has a user-specified designator (that isn't | 
 | /// necessarily valid). Note that this always returns 'true' if the LValue has | 
 | /// an unsized array as its first designator entry, because there's currently no | 
 | /// way to tell if the user typed *foo or foo[0]. | 
 | static bool refersToCompleteObject(const LValue &LVal) { | 
 |   if (LVal.Designator.Invalid) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!LVal.Designator.Entries.empty()) | 
 |     return LVal.Designator.isMostDerivedAnUnsizedArray(); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!LVal.InvalidBase) | 
 |     return true; | 
 |  | 
 |   // If `E` is a MemberExpr, then the first part of the designator is hiding in | 
 |   // the LValueBase. | 
 |   const auto *E = LVal.Base.dyn_cast<const Expr *>(); | 
 |   return !E || !isa<MemberExpr>(E); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Attempts to detect a user writing into a piece of memory that's impossible | 
 | /// to figure out the size of by just using types. | 
 | static bool isUserWritingOffTheEnd(const ASTContext &Ctx, const LValue &LVal) { | 
 |   const SubobjectDesignator &Designator = LVal.Designator; | 
 |   // Notes: | 
 |   // - Users can only write off of the end when we have an invalid base. Invalid | 
 |   //   bases imply we don't know where the memory came from. | 
 |   // - We used to be a bit more aggressive here; we'd only be conservative if | 
 |   //   the array at the end was flexible, or if it had 0 or 1 elements. This | 
 |   //   broke some common standard library extensions (PR30346), but was | 
 |   //   otherwise seemingly fine. It may be useful to reintroduce this behavior | 
 |   //   with some sort of list. OTOH, it seems that GCC is always | 
 |   //   conservative with the last element in structs (if it's an array), so our | 
 |   //   current behavior is more compatible than an explicit list approach would | 
 |   //   be. | 
 |   auto isFlexibleArrayMember = [&] { | 
 |     using FAMKind = LangOptions::StrictFlexArraysLevelKind; | 
 |     FAMKind StrictFlexArraysLevel = | 
 |         Ctx.getLangOpts().getStrictFlexArraysLevel(); | 
 |  | 
 |     if (Designator.isMostDerivedAnUnsizedArray()) | 
 |       return true; | 
 |  | 
 |     if (StrictFlexArraysLevel == FAMKind::Default) | 
 |       return true; | 
 |  | 
 |     if (Designator.getMostDerivedArraySize() == 0 && | 
 |         StrictFlexArraysLevel != FAMKind::IncompleteOnly) | 
 |       return true; | 
 |  | 
 |     if (Designator.getMostDerivedArraySize() == 1 && | 
 |         StrictFlexArraysLevel == FAMKind::OneZeroOrIncomplete) | 
 |       return true; | 
 |  | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   }; | 
 |  | 
 |   return LVal.InvalidBase && | 
 |          Designator.Entries.size() == Designator.MostDerivedPathLength && | 
 |          Designator.MostDerivedIsArrayElement && isFlexibleArrayMember() && | 
 |          isDesignatorAtObjectEnd(Ctx, LVal); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Converts the given APInt to CharUnits, assuming the APInt is unsigned. | 
 | /// Fails if the conversion would cause loss of precision. | 
 | static bool convertUnsignedAPIntToCharUnits(const llvm::APInt &Int, | 
 |                                             CharUnits &Result) { | 
 |   auto CharUnitsMax = std::numeric_limits<CharUnits::QuantityType>::max(); | 
 |   if (Int.ugt(CharUnitsMax)) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   Result = CharUnits::fromQuantity(Int.getZExtValue()); | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// If we're evaluating the object size of an instance of a struct that | 
 | /// contains a flexible array member, add the size of the initializer. | 
 | static void addFlexibleArrayMemberInitSize(EvalInfo &Info, const QualType &T, | 
 |                                            const LValue &LV, CharUnits &Size) { | 
 |   if (!T.isNull() && T->isStructureType() && | 
 |       T->getAsStructureType()->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) | 
 |     if (const auto *V = LV.getLValueBase().dyn_cast<const ValueDecl *>()) | 
 |       if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(V)) | 
 |         if (VD->hasInit()) | 
 |           Size += VD->getFlexibleArrayInitChars(Info.Ctx); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Helper for tryEvaluateBuiltinObjectSize -- Given an LValue, this will | 
 | /// determine how many bytes exist from the beginning of the object to either | 
 | /// the end of the current subobject, or the end of the object itself, depending | 
 | /// on what the LValue looks like + the value of Type. | 
 | /// | 
 | /// If this returns false, the value of Result is undefined. | 
 | static bool determineEndOffset(EvalInfo &Info, SourceLocation ExprLoc, | 
 |                                unsigned Type, const LValue &LVal, | 
 |                                CharUnits &EndOffset) { | 
 |   bool DetermineForCompleteObject = refersToCompleteObject(LVal); | 
 |  | 
 |   auto CheckedHandleSizeof = [&](QualType Ty, CharUnits &Result) { | 
 |     if (Ty.isNull() || Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isFunctionType()) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     if (Ty->isReferenceType()) | 
 |       Ty = Ty.getNonReferenceType(); | 
 |  | 
 |     return HandleSizeof(Info, ExprLoc, Ty, Result); | 
 |   }; | 
 |  | 
 |   // We want to evaluate the size of the entire object. This is a valid fallback | 
 |   // for when Type=1 and the designator is invalid, because we're asked for an | 
 |   // upper-bound. | 
 |   if (!(Type & 1) || LVal.Designator.Invalid || DetermineForCompleteObject) { | 
 |     // Type=3 wants a lower bound, so we can't fall back to this. | 
 |     if (Type == 3 && !DetermineForCompleteObject) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     llvm::APInt APEndOffset; | 
 |     if (isBaseAnAllocSizeCall(LVal.getLValueBase()) && | 
 |         getBytesReturnedByAllocSizeCall(Info.Ctx, LVal, APEndOffset)) | 
 |       return convertUnsignedAPIntToCharUnits(APEndOffset, EndOffset); | 
 |  | 
 |     if (LVal.InvalidBase) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     QualType BaseTy = getObjectType(LVal.getLValueBase()); | 
 |     const bool Ret = CheckedHandleSizeof(BaseTy, EndOffset); | 
 |     addFlexibleArrayMemberInitSize(Info, BaseTy, LVal, EndOffset); | 
 |     return Ret; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // We want to evaluate the size of a subobject. | 
 |   const SubobjectDesignator &Designator = LVal.Designator; | 
 |  | 
 |   // The following is a moderately common idiom in C: | 
 |   // | 
 |   // struct Foo { int a; char c[1]; }; | 
 |   // struct Foo *F = (struct Foo *)malloc(sizeof(struct Foo) + strlen(Bar)); | 
 |   // strcpy(&F->c[0], Bar); | 
 |   // | 
 |   // In order to not break too much legacy code, we need to support it. | 
 |   if (isUserWritingOffTheEnd(Info.Ctx, LVal)) { | 
 |     // If we can resolve this to an alloc_size call, we can hand that back, | 
 |     // because we know for certain how many bytes there are to write to. | 
 |     llvm::APInt APEndOffset; | 
 |     if (isBaseAnAllocSizeCall(LVal.getLValueBase()) && | 
 |         getBytesReturnedByAllocSizeCall(Info.Ctx, LVal, APEndOffset)) | 
 |       return convertUnsignedAPIntToCharUnits(APEndOffset, EndOffset); | 
 |  | 
 |     // If we cannot determine the size of the initial allocation, then we can't | 
 |     // given an accurate upper-bound. However, we are still able to give | 
 |     // conservative lower-bounds for Type=3. | 
 |     if (Type == 1) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   CharUnits BytesPerElem; | 
 |   if (!CheckedHandleSizeof(Designator.MostDerivedType, BytesPerElem)) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   // According to the GCC documentation, we want the size of the subobject | 
 |   // denoted by the pointer. But that's not quite right -- what we actually | 
 |   // want is the size of the immediately-enclosing array, if there is one. | 
 |   int64_t ElemsRemaining; | 
 |   if (Designator.MostDerivedIsArrayElement && | 
 |       Designator.Entries.size() == Designator.MostDerivedPathLength) { | 
 |     uint64_t ArraySize = Designator.getMostDerivedArraySize(); | 
 |     uint64_t ArrayIndex = Designator.Entries.back().getAsArrayIndex(); | 
 |     ElemsRemaining = ArraySize <= ArrayIndex ? 0 : ArraySize - ArrayIndex; | 
 |   } else { | 
 |     ElemsRemaining = Designator.isOnePastTheEnd() ? 0 : 1; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   EndOffset = LVal.getLValueOffset() + BytesPerElem * ElemsRemaining; | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Tries to evaluate the __builtin_object_size for @p E. If successful, | 
 | /// returns true and stores the result in @p Size. | 
 | /// | 
 | /// If @p WasError is non-null, this will report whether the failure to evaluate | 
 | /// is to be treated as an Error in IntExprEvaluator. | 
 | static bool tryEvaluateBuiltinObjectSize(const Expr *E, unsigned Type, | 
 |                                          EvalInfo &Info, uint64_t &Size) { | 
 |   // Determine the denoted object. | 
 |   LValue LVal; | 
 |   { | 
 |     // The operand of __builtin_object_size is never evaluated for side-effects. | 
 |     // If there are any, but we can determine the pointed-to object anyway, then | 
 |     // ignore the side-effects. | 
 |     SpeculativeEvaluationRAII SpeculativeEval(Info); | 
 |     IgnoreSideEffectsRAII Fold(Info); | 
 |  | 
 |     if (E->isGLValue()) { | 
 |       // It's possible for us to be given GLValues if we're called via | 
 |       // Expr::tryEvaluateObjectSize. | 
 |       APValue RVal; | 
 |       if (!EvaluateAsRValue(Info, E, RVal)) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |       LVal.setFrom(Info.Ctx, RVal); | 
 |     } else if (!EvaluatePointer(ignorePointerCastsAndParens(E), LVal, Info, | 
 |                                 /*InvalidBaseOK=*/true)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // If we point to before the start of the object, there are no accessible | 
 |   // bytes. | 
 |   if (LVal.getLValueOffset().isNegative()) { | 
 |     Size = 0; | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   CharUnits EndOffset; | 
 |   if (!determineEndOffset(Info, E->getExprLoc(), Type, LVal, EndOffset)) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   // If we've fallen outside of the end offset, just pretend there's nothing to | 
 |   // write to/read from. | 
 |   if (EndOffset <= LVal.getLValueOffset()) | 
 |     Size = 0; | 
 |   else | 
 |     Size = (EndOffset - LVal.getLValueOffset()).getQuantity(); | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool IntExprEvaluator::VisitCallExpr(const CallExpr *E) { | 
 |   if (!IsConstantEvaluatedBuiltinCall(E)) | 
 |     return ExprEvaluatorBaseTy::VisitCallExpr(E); | 
 |   return VisitBuiltinCallExpr(E, E->getBuiltinCallee()); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static bool getBuiltinAlignArguments(const CallExpr *E, EvalInfo &Info, | 
 |                                      APValue &Val, APSInt &Alignment) { | 
 |   QualType SrcTy = E->getArg(0)->getType(); | 
 |   if (!getAlignmentArgument(E->getArg(1), SrcTy, Info, Alignment)) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   // Even though we are evaluating integer expressions we could get a pointer | 
 |   // argument for the __builtin_is_aligned() case. | 
 |   if (SrcTy->isPointerType()) { | 
 |     LValue Ptr; | 
 |     if (!EvaluatePointer(E->getArg(0), Ptr, Info)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     Ptr.moveInto(Val); | 
 |   } else if (!SrcTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { | 
 |     Info.FFDiag(E->getArg(0)); | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   } else { | 
 |     APSInt SrcInt; | 
 |     if (!EvaluateInteger(E->getArg(0), SrcInt, Info)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     assert(SrcInt.getBitWidth() >= Alignment.getBitWidth() && | 
 |            "Bit widths must be the same"); | 
 |     Val = APValue(SrcInt); | 
 |   } | 
 |   assert(Val.hasValue()); | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool IntExprEvaluator::VisitBuiltinCallExpr(const CallExpr *E, | 
 |                                             unsigned BuiltinOp) { | 
 |   switch (BuiltinOp) { | 
 |   default: | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_dynamic_object_size: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_object_size: { | 
 |     // The type was checked when we built the expression. | 
 |     unsigned Type = | 
 |         E->getArg(1)->EvaluateKnownConstInt(Info.Ctx).getZExtValue(); | 
 |     assert(Type <= 3 && "unexpected type"); | 
 |  | 
 |     uint64_t Size; | 
 |     if (tryEvaluateBuiltinObjectSize(E->getArg(0), Type, Info, Size)) | 
 |       return Success(Size, E); | 
 |  | 
 |     if (E->getArg(0)->HasSideEffects(Info.Ctx)) | 
 |       return Success((Type & 2) ? 0 : -1, E); | 
 |  | 
 |     // Expression had no side effects, but we couldn't statically determine the | 
 |     // size of the referenced object. | 
 |     switch (Info.EvalMode) { | 
 |     case EvalInfo::EM_ConstantExpression: | 
 |     case EvalInfo::EM_ConstantFold: | 
 |     case EvalInfo::EM_IgnoreSideEffects: | 
 |       // Leave it to IR generation. | 
 |       return Error(E); | 
 |     case EvalInfo::EM_ConstantExpressionUnevaluated: | 
 |       // Reduce it to a constant now. | 
 |       return Success((Type & 2) ? 0 : -1, E); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     llvm_unreachable("unexpected EvalMode"); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_os_log_format_buffer_size: { | 
 |     analyze_os_log::OSLogBufferLayout Layout; | 
 |     analyze_os_log::computeOSLogBufferLayout(Info.Ctx, E, Layout); | 
 |     return Success(Layout.size().getQuantity(), E); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_is_aligned: { | 
 |     APValue Src; | 
 |     APSInt Alignment; | 
 |     if (!getBuiltinAlignArguments(E, Info, Src, Alignment)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     if (Src.isLValue()) { | 
 |       // If we evaluated a pointer, check the minimum known alignment. | 
 |       LValue Ptr; | 
 |       Ptr.setFrom(Info.Ctx, Src); | 
 |       CharUnits BaseAlignment = getBaseAlignment(Info, Ptr); | 
 |       CharUnits PtrAlign = BaseAlignment.alignmentAtOffset(Ptr.Offset); | 
 |       // We can return true if the known alignment at the computed offset is | 
 |       // greater than the requested alignment. | 
 |       assert(PtrAlign.isPowerOfTwo()); | 
 |       assert(Alignment.isPowerOf2()); | 
 |       if (PtrAlign.getQuantity() >= Alignment) | 
 |         return Success(1, E); | 
 |       // If the alignment is not known to be sufficient, some cases could still | 
 |       // be aligned at run time. However, if the requested alignment is less or | 
 |       // equal to the base alignment and the offset is not aligned, we know that | 
 |       // the run-time value can never be aligned. | 
 |       if (BaseAlignment.getQuantity() >= Alignment && | 
 |           PtrAlign.getQuantity() < Alignment) | 
 |         return Success(0, E); | 
 |       // Otherwise we can't infer whether the value is sufficiently aligned. | 
 |       // TODO: __builtin_is_aligned(__builtin_align_{down,up{(expr, N), N) | 
 |       //  in cases where we can't fully evaluate the pointer. | 
 |       Info.FFDiag(E->getArg(0), diag::note_constexpr_alignment_compute) | 
 |           << Alignment; | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     } | 
 |     assert(Src.isInt()); | 
 |     return Success((Src.getInt() & (Alignment - 1)) == 0 ? 1 : 0, E); | 
 |   } | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_align_up: { | 
 |     APValue Src; | 
 |     APSInt Alignment; | 
 |     if (!getBuiltinAlignArguments(E, Info, Src, Alignment)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     if (!Src.isInt()) | 
 |       return Error(E); | 
 |     APSInt AlignedVal = | 
 |         APSInt((Src.getInt() + (Alignment - 1)) & ~(Alignment - 1), | 
 |                Src.getInt().isUnsigned()); | 
 |     assert(AlignedVal.getBitWidth() == Src.getInt().getBitWidth()); | 
 |     return Success(AlignedVal, E); | 
 |   } | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_align_down: { | 
 |     APValue Src; | 
 |     APSInt Alignment; | 
 |     if (!getBuiltinAlignArguments(E, Info, Src, Alignment)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     if (!Src.isInt()) | 
 |       return Error(E); | 
 |     APSInt AlignedVal = | 
 |         APSInt(Src.getInt() & ~(Alignment - 1), Src.getInt().isUnsigned()); | 
 |     assert(AlignedVal.getBitWidth() == Src.getInt().getBitWidth()); | 
 |     return Success(AlignedVal, E); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_bitreverse8: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_bitreverse16: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_bitreverse32: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_bitreverse64: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_elementwise_bitreverse: { | 
 |     APSInt Val; | 
 |     if (!EvaluateInteger(E->getArg(0), Val, Info)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     return Success(Val.reverseBits(), E); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_bswap16: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_bswap32: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_bswap64: { | 
 |     APSInt Val; | 
 |     if (!EvaluateInteger(E->getArg(0), Val, Info)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     return Success(Val.byteSwap(), E); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_classify_type: | 
 |     return Success((int)EvaluateBuiltinClassifyType(E, Info.getLangOpts()), E); | 
 |  | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_clrsb: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_clrsbl: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_clrsbll: { | 
 |     APSInt Val; | 
 |     if (!EvaluateInteger(E->getArg(0), Val, Info)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     return Success(Val.getBitWidth() - Val.getSignificantBits(), E); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_clz: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_clzl: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_clzll: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_clzs: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_clzg: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__lzcnt16: // Microsoft variants of count leading-zeroes | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__lzcnt: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__lzcnt64: { | 
 |     APSInt Val; | 
 |     if (!EvaluateInteger(E->getArg(0), Val, Info)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     std::optional<APSInt> Fallback; | 
 |     if (BuiltinOp == Builtin::BI__builtin_clzg && E->getNumArgs() > 1) { | 
 |       APSInt FallbackTemp; | 
 |       if (!EvaluateInteger(E->getArg(1), FallbackTemp, Info)) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |       Fallback = FallbackTemp; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     if (!Val) { | 
 |       if (Fallback) | 
 |         return Success(*Fallback, E); | 
 |  | 
 |       // When the argument is 0, the result of GCC builtins is undefined, | 
 |       // whereas for Microsoft intrinsics, the result is the bit-width of the | 
 |       // argument. | 
 |       bool ZeroIsUndefined = BuiltinOp != Builtin::BI__lzcnt16 && | 
 |                              BuiltinOp != Builtin::BI__lzcnt && | 
 |                              BuiltinOp != Builtin::BI__lzcnt64; | 
 |  | 
 |       if (ZeroIsUndefined) | 
 |         return Error(E); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     return Success(Val.countl_zero(), E); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_constant_p: { | 
 |     const Expr *Arg = E->getArg(0); | 
 |     if (EvaluateBuiltinConstantP(Info, Arg)) | 
 |       return Success(true, E); | 
 |     if (Info.InConstantContext || Arg->HasSideEffects(Info.Ctx)) { | 
 |       // Outside a constant context, eagerly evaluate to false in the presence | 
 |       // of side-effects in order to avoid -Wunsequenced false-positives in | 
 |       // a branch on __builtin_constant_p(expr). | 
 |       return Success(false, E); | 
 |     } | 
 |     Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr); | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__noop: | 
 |     // __noop always evaluates successfully and returns 0. | 
 |     return Success(0, E); | 
 |  | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_is_constant_evaluated: { | 
 |     const auto *Callee = Info.CurrentCall->getCallee(); | 
 |     if (Info.InConstantContext && !Info.CheckingPotentialConstantExpression && | 
 |         (Info.CallStackDepth == 1 || | 
 |          (Info.CallStackDepth == 2 && Callee->isInStdNamespace() && | 
 |           Callee->getIdentifier() && | 
 |           Callee->getIdentifier()->isStr("is_constant_evaluated")))) { | 
 |       // FIXME: Find a better way to avoid duplicated diagnostics. | 
 |       if (Info.EvalStatus.Diag) | 
 |         Info.report((Info.CallStackDepth == 1) | 
 |                         ? E->getExprLoc() | 
 |                         : Info.CurrentCall->getCallRange().getBegin(), | 
 |                     diag::warn_is_constant_evaluated_always_true_constexpr) | 
 |             << (Info.CallStackDepth == 1 ? "__builtin_is_constant_evaluated" | 
 |                                          : "std::is_constant_evaluated"); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     return Success(Info.InConstantContext, E); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_is_within_lifetime: | 
 |     if (auto result = EvaluateBuiltinIsWithinLifetime(*this, E)) | 
 |       return Success(*result, E); | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_ctz: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_ctzl: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_ctzll: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_ctzs: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_ctzg: { | 
 |     APSInt Val; | 
 |     if (!EvaluateInteger(E->getArg(0), Val, Info)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     std::optional<APSInt> Fallback; | 
 |     if (BuiltinOp == Builtin::BI__builtin_ctzg && E->getNumArgs() > 1) { | 
 |       APSInt FallbackTemp; | 
 |       if (!EvaluateInteger(E->getArg(1), FallbackTemp, Info)) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |       Fallback = FallbackTemp; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     if (!Val) { | 
 |       if (Fallback) | 
 |         return Success(*Fallback, E); | 
 |  | 
 |       return Error(E); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     return Success(Val.countr_zero(), E); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_eh_return_data_regno: { | 
 |     int Operand = E->getArg(0)->EvaluateKnownConstInt(Info.Ctx).getZExtValue(); | 
 |     Operand = Info.Ctx.getTargetInfo().getEHDataRegisterNumber(Operand); | 
 |     return Success(Operand, E); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_expect: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_expect_with_probability: | 
 |     return Visit(E->getArg(0)); | 
 |  | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_ptrauth_string_discriminator: { | 
 |     const auto *Literal = | 
 |         cast<StringLiteral>(E->getArg(0)->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); | 
 |     uint64_t Result = getPointerAuthStableSipHash(Literal->getString()); | 
 |     return Success(Result, E); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_ffs: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_ffsl: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_ffsll: { | 
 |     APSInt Val; | 
 |     if (!EvaluateInteger(E->getArg(0), Val, Info)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     unsigned N = Val.countr_zero(); | 
 |     return Success(N == Val.getBitWidth() ? 0 : N + 1, E); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_fpclassify: { | 
 |     APFloat Val(0.0); | 
 |     if (!EvaluateFloat(E->getArg(5), Val, Info)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     unsigned Arg; | 
 |     switch (Val.getCategory()) { | 
 |     case APFloat::fcNaN: Arg = 0; break; | 
 |     case APFloat::fcInfinity: Arg = 1; break; | 
 |     case APFloat::fcNormal: Arg = Val.isDenormal() ? 3 : 2; break; | 
 |     case APFloat::fcZero: Arg = 4; break; | 
 |     } | 
 |     return Visit(E->getArg(Arg)); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_isinf_sign: { | 
 |     APFloat Val(0.0); | 
 |     return EvaluateFloat(E->getArg(0), Val, Info) && | 
 |            Success(Val.isInfinity() ? (Val.isNegative() ? -1 : 1) : 0, E); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_isinf: { | 
 |     APFloat Val(0.0); | 
 |     return EvaluateFloat(E->getArg(0), Val, Info) && | 
 |            Success(Val.isInfinity() ? 1 : 0, E); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_isfinite: { | 
 |     APFloat Val(0.0); | 
 |     return EvaluateFloat(E->getArg(0), Val, Info) && | 
 |            Success(Val.isFinite() ? 1 : 0, E); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_isnan: { | 
 |     APFloat Val(0.0); | 
 |     return EvaluateFloat(E->getArg(0), Val, Info) && | 
 |            Success(Val.isNaN() ? 1 : 0, E); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_isnormal: { | 
 |     APFloat Val(0.0); | 
 |     return EvaluateFloat(E->getArg(0), Val, Info) && | 
 |            Success(Val.isNormal() ? 1 : 0, E); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_issubnormal: { | 
 |     APFloat Val(0.0); | 
 |     return EvaluateFloat(E->getArg(0), Val, Info) && | 
 |            Success(Val.isDenormal() ? 1 : 0, E); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_iszero: { | 
 |     APFloat Val(0.0); | 
 |     return EvaluateFloat(E->getArg(0), Val, Info) && | 
 |            Success(Val.isZero() ? 1 : 0, E); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_signbit: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_signbitf: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_signbitl: { | 
 |     APFloat Val(0.0); | 
 |     return EvaluateFloat(E->getArg(0), Val, Info) && | 
 |            Success(Val.isNegative() ? 1 : 0, E); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_isgreater: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_isgreaterequal: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_isless: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_islessequal: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_islessgreater: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_isunordered: { | 
 |     APFloat LHS(0.0); | 
 |     APFloat RHS(0.0); | 
 |     if (!EvaluateFloat(E->getArg(0), LHS, Info) || | 
 |         !EvaluateFloat(E->getArg(1), RHS, Info)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     return Success( | 
 |         [&] { | 
 |           switch (BuiltinOp) { | 
 |           case Builtin::BI__builtin_isgreater: | 
 |             return LHS > RHS; | 
 |           case Builtin::BI__builtin_isgreaterequal: | 
 |             return LHS >= RHS; | 
 |           case Builtin::BI__builtin_isless: | 
 |             return LHS < RHS; | 
 |           case Builtin::BI__builtin_islessequal: | 
 |             return LHS <= RHS; | 
 |           case Builtin::BI__builtin_islessgreater: { | 
 |             APFloat::cmpResult cmp = LHS.compare(RHS); | 
 |             return cmp == APFloat::cmpResult::cmpLessThan || | 
 |                    cmp == APFloat::cmpResult::cmpGreaterThan; | 
 |           } | 
 |           case Builtin::BI__builtin_isunordered: | 
 |             return LHS.compare(RHS) == APFloat::cmpResult::cmpUnordered; | 
 |           default: | 
 |             llvm_unreachable("Unexpected builtin ID: Should be a floating " | 
 |                              "point comparison function"); | 
 |           } | 
 |         }() | 
 |             ? 1 | 
 |             : 0, | 
 |         E); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_issignaling: { | 
 |     APFloat Val(0.0); | 
 |     return EvaluateFloat(E->getArg(0), Val, Info) && | 
 |            Success(Val.isSignaling() ? 1 : 0, E); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_isfpclass: { | 
 |     APSInt MaskVal; | 
 |     if (!EvaluateInteger(E->getArg(1), MaskVal, Info)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     unsigned Test = static_cast<llvm::FPClassTest>(MaskVal.getZExtValue()); | 
 |     APFloat Val(0.0); | 
 |     return EvaluateFloat(E->getArg(0), Val, Info) && | 
 |            Success((Val.classify() & Test) ? 1 : 0, E); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_parity: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_parityl: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_parityll: { | 
 |     APSInt Val; | 
 |     if (!EvaluateInteger(E->getArg(0), Val, Info)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     return Success(Val.popcount() % 2, E); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_abs: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_labs: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_llabs: { | 
 |     APSInt Val; | 
 |     if (!EvaluateInteger(E->getArg(0), Val, Info)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     if (Val == APSInt(APInt::getSignedMinValue(Val.getBitWidth()), | 
 |                       /*IsUnsigned=*/false)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     if (Val.isNegative()) | 
 |       Val.negate(); | 
 |     return Success(Val, E); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_popcount: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_popcountl: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_popcountll: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_popcountg: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_elementwise_popcount: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__popcnt16: // Microsoft variants of popcount | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__popcnt: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__popcnt64: { | 
 |     APSInt Val; | 
 |     if (!EvaluateInteger(E->getArg(0), Val, Info)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     return Success(Val.popcount(), E); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_rotateleft8: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_rotateleft16: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_rotateleft32: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_rotateleft64: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI_rotl8: // Microsoft variants of rotate right | 
 |   case Builtin::BI_rotl16: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI_rotl: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI_lrotl: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI_rotl64: { | 
 |     APSInt Val, Amt; | 
 |     if (!EvaluateInteger(E->getArg(0), Val, Info) || | 
 |         !EvaluateInteger(E->getArg(1), Amt, Info)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     return Success(Val.rotl(Amt.urem(Val.getBitWidth())), E); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_rotateright8: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_rotateright16: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_rotateright32: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_rotateright64: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI_rotr8: // Microsoft variants of rotate right | 
 |   case Builtin::BI_rotr16: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI_rotr: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI_lrotr: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI_rotr64: { | 
 |     APSInt Val, Amt; | 
 |     if (!EvaluateInteger(E->getArg(0), Val, Info) || | 
 |         !EvaluateInteger(E->getArg(1), Amt, Info)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     return Success(Val.rotr(Amt.urem(Val.getBitWidth())), E); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_elementwise_add_sat: { | 
 |     APSInt LHS, RHS; | 
 |     if (!EvaluateInteger(E->getArg(0), LHS, Info) || | 
 |         !EvaluateInteger(E->getArg(1), RHS, Info)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     APInt Result = LHS.isSigned() ? LHS.sadd_sat(RHS) : LHS.uadd_sat(RHS); | 
 |     return Success(APSInt(Result, !LHS.isSigned()), E); | 
 |   } | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_elementwise_sub_sat: { | 
 |     APSInt LHS, RHS; | 
 |     if (!EvaluateInteger(E->getArg(0), LHS, Info) || | 
 |         !EvaluateInteger(E->getArg(1), RHS, Info)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     APInt Result = LHS.isSigned() ? LHS.ssub_sat(RHS) : LHS.usub_sat(RHS); | 
 |     return Success(APSInt(Result, !LHS.isSigned()), E); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   case Builtin::BIstrlen: | 
 |   case Builtin::BIwcslen: | 
 |     // A call to strlen is not a constant expression. | 
 |     if (Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) | 
 |       Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_invalid_function) | 
 |           << /*isConstexpr*/ 0 << /*isConstructor*/ 0 | 
 |           << Info.Ctx.BuiltinInfo.getQuotedName(BuiltinOp); | 
 |     else | 
 |       Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr); | 
 |     [[fallthrough]]; | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_strlen: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_wcslen: { | 
 |     // As an extension, we support __builtin_strlen() as a constant expression, | 
 |     // and support folding strlen() to a constant. | 
 |     uint64_t StrLen; | 
 |     if (EvaluateBuiltinStrLen(E->getArg(0), StrLen, Info)) | 
 |       return Success(StrLen, E); | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   case Builtin::BIstrcmp: | 
 |   case Builtin::BIwcscmp: | 
 |   case Builtin::BIstrncmp: | 
 |   case Builtin::BIwcsncmp: | 
 |   case Builtin::BImemcmp: | 
 |   case Builtin::BIbcmp: | 
 |   case Builtin::BIwmemcmp: | 
 |     // A call to strlen is not a constant expression. | 
 |     if (Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) | 
 |       Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_invalid_function) | 
 |           << /*isConstexpr*/ 0 << /*isConstructor*/ 0 | 
 |           << Info.Ctx.BuiltinInfo.getQuotedName(BuiltinOp); | 
 |     else | 
 |       Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr); | 
 |     [[fallthrough]]; | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_strcmp: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_wcscmp: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_strncmp: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_wcsncmp: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_memcmp: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_bcmp: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_wmemcmp: { | 
 |     LValue String1, String2; | 
 |     if (!EvaluatePointer(E->getArg(0), String1, Info) || | 
 |         !EvaluatePointer(E->getArg(1), String2, Info)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     uint64_t MaxLength = uint64_t(-1); | 
 |     if (BuiltinOp != Builtin::BIstrcmp && | 
 |         BuiltinOp != Builtin::BIwcscmp && | 
 |         BuiltinOp != Builtin::BI__builtin_strcmp && | 
 |         BuiltinOp != Builtin::BI__builtin_wcscmp) { | 
 |       APSInt N; | 
 |       if (!EvaluateInteger(E->getArg(2), N, Info)) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |       MaxLength = N.getZExtValue(); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // Empty substrings compare equal by definition. | 
 |     if (MaxLength == 0u) | 
 |       return Success(0, E); | 
 |  | 
 |     if (!String1.checkNullPointerForFoldAccess(Info, E, AK_Read) || | 
 |         !String2.checkNullPointerForFoldAccess(Info, E, AK_Read) || | 
 |         String1.Designator.Invalid || String2.Designator.Invalid) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     QualType CharTy1 = String1.Designator.getType(Info.Ctx); | 
 |     QualType CharTy2 = String2.Designator.getType(Info.Ctx); | 
 |  | 
 |     bool IsRawByte = BuiltinOp == Builtin::BImemcmp || | 
 |                      BuiltinOp == Builtin::BIbcmp || | 
 |                      BuiltinOp == Builtin::BI__builtin_memcmp || | 
 |                      BuiltinOp == Builtin::BI__builtin_bcmp; | 
 |  | 
 |     assert(IsRawByte || | 
 |            (Info.Ctx.hasSameUnqualifiedType( | 
 |                 CharTy1, E->getArg(0)->getType()->getPointeeType()) && | 
 |             Info.Ctx.hasSameUnqualifiedType(CharTy1, CharTy2))); | 
 |  | 
 |     // For memcmp, allow comparing any arrays of '[[un]signed] char' or | 
 |     // 'char8_t', but no other types. | 
 |     if (IsRawByte && | 
 |         !(isOneByteCharacterType(CharTy1) && isOneByteCharacterType(CharTy2))) { | 
 |       // FIXME: Consider using our bit_cast implementation to support this. | 
 |       Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_memcmp_unsupported) | 
 |           << Info.Ctx.BuiltinInfo.getQuotedName(BuiltinOp) << CharTy1 | 
 |           << CharTy2; | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     const auto &ReadCurElems = [&](APValue &Char1, APValue &Char2) { | 
 |       return handleLValueToRValueConversion(Info, E, CharTy1, String1, Char1) && | 
 |              handleLValueToRValueConversion(Info, E, CharTy2, String2, Char2) && | 
 |              Char1.isInt() && Char2.isInt(); | 
 |     }; | 
 |     const auto &AdvanceElems = [&] { | 
 |       return HandleLValueArrayAdjustment(Info, E, String1, CharTy1, 1) && | 
 |              HandleLValueArrayAdjustment(Info, E, String2, CharTy2, 1); | 
 |     }; | 
 |  | 
 |     bool StopAtNull = | 
 |         (BuiltinOp != Builtin::BImemcmp && BuiltinOp != Builtin::BIbcmp && | 
 |          BuiltinOp != Builtin::BIwmemcmp && | 
 |          BuiltinOp != Builtin::BI__builtin_memcmp && | 
 |          BuiltinOp != Builtin::BI__builtin_bcmp && | 
 |          BuiltinOp != Builtin::BI__builtin_wmemcmp); | 
 |     bool IsWide = BuiltinOp == Builtin::BIwcscmp || | 
 |                   BuiltinOp == Builtin::BIwcsncmp || | 
 |                   BuiltinOp == Builtin::BIwmemcmp || | 
 |                   BuiltinOp == Builtin::BI__builtin_wcscmp || | 
 |                   BuiltinOp == Builtin::BI__builtin_wcsncmp || | 
 |                   BuiltinOp == Builtin::BI__builtin_wmemcmp; | 
 |  | 
 |     for (; MaxLength; --MaxLength) { | 
 |       APValue Char1, Char2; | 
 |       if (!ReadCurElems(Char1, Char2)) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |       if (Char1.getInt().ne(Char2.getInt())) { | 
 |         if (IsWide) // wmemcmp compares with wchar_t signedness. | 
 |           return Success(Char1.getInt() < Char2.getInt() ? -1 : 1, E); | 
 |         // memcmp always compares unsigned chars. | 
 |         return Success(Char1.getInt().ult(Char2.getInt()) ? -1 : 1, E); | 
 |       } | 
 |       if (StopAtNull && !Char1.getInt()) | 
 |         return Success(0, E); | 
 |       assert(!(StopAtNull && !Char2.getInt())); | 
 |       if (!AdvanceElems()) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |     } | 
 |     // We hit the strncmp / memcmp limit. | 
 |     return Success(0, E); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__atomic_always_lock_free: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__atomic_is_lock_free: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__c11_atomic_is_lock_free: { | 
 |     APSInt SizeVal; | 
 |     if (!EvaluateInteger(E->getArg(0), SizeVal, Info)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     // For __atomic_is_lock_free(sizeof(_Atomic(T))), if the size is a power | 
 |     // of two less than or equal to the maximum inline atomic width, we know it | 
 |     // is lock-free.  If the size isn't a power of two, or greater than the | 
 |     // maximum alignment where we promote atomics, we know it is not lock-free | 
 |     // (at least not in the sense of atomic_is_lock_free).  Otherwise, | 
 |     // the answer can only be determined at runtime; for example, 16-byte | 
 |     // atomics have lock-free implementations on some, but not all, | 
 |     // x86-64 processors. | 
 |  | 
 |     // Check power-of-two. | 
 |     CharUnits Size = CharUnits::fromQuantity(SizeVal.getZExtValue()); | 
 |     if (Size.isPowerOfTwo()) { | 
 |       // Check against inlining width. | 
 |       unsigned InlineWidthBits = | 
 |           Info.Ctx.getTargetInfo().getMaxAtomicInlineWidth(); | 
 |       if (Size <= Info.Ctx.toCharUnitsFromBits(InlineWidthBits)) { | 
 |         if (BuiltinOp == Builtin::BI__c11_atomic_is_lock_free || | 
 |             Size == CharUnits::One()) | 
 |           return Success(1, E); | 
 |  | 
 |         // If the pointer argument can be evaluated to a compile-time constant | 
 |         // integer (or nullptr), check if that value is appropriately aligned. | 
 |         const Expr *PtrArg = E->getArg(1); | 
 |         Expr::EvalResult ExprResult; | 
 |         APSInt IntResult; | 
 |         if (PtrArg->EvaluateAsRValue(ExprResult, Info.Ctx) && | 
 |             ExprResult.Val.toIntegralConstant(IntResult, PtrArg->getType(), | 
 |                                               Info.Ctx) && | 
 |             IntResult.isAligned(Size.getAsAlign())) | 
 |           return Success(1, E); | 
 |  | 
 |         // Otherwise, check if the type's alignment against Size. | 
 |         if (auto *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(PtrArg)) { | 
 |           // Drop the potential implicit-cast to 'const volatile void*', getting | 
 |           // the underlying type. | 
 |           if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_BitCast) | 
 |             PtrArg = ICE->getSubExpr(); | 
 |         } | 
 |  | 
 |         if (auto PtrTy = PtrArg->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) { | 
 |           QualType PointeeType = PtrTy->getPointeeType(); | 
 |           if (!PointeeType->isIncompleteType() && | 
 |               Info.Ctx.getTypeAlignInChars(PointeeType) >= Size) { | 
 |             // OK, we will inline operations on this object. | 
 |             return Success(1, E); | 
 |           } | 
 |         } | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     return BuiltinOp == Builtin::BI__atomic_always_lock_free ? | 
 |         Success(0, E) : Error(E); | 
 |   } | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_addcb: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_addcs: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_addc: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_addcl: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_addcll: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_subcb: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_subcs: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_subc: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_subcl: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_subcll: { | 
 |     LValue CarryOutLValue; | 
 |     APSInt LHS, RHS, CarryIn, CarryOut, Result; | 
 |     QualType ResultType = E->getArg(0)->getType(); | 
 |     if (!EvaluateInteger(E->getArg(0), LHS, Info) || | 
 |         !EvaluateInteger(E->getArg(1), RHS, Info) || | 
 |         !EvaluateInteger(E->getArg(2), CarryIn, Info) || | 
 |         !EvaluatePointer(E->getArg(3), CarryOutLValue, Info)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     // Copy the number of bits and sign. | 
 |     Result = LHS; | 
 |     CarryOut = LHS; | 
 |  | 
 |     bool FirstOverflowed = false; | 
 |     bool SecondOverflowed = false; | 
 |     switch (BuiltinOp) { | 
 |     default: | 
 |       llvm_unreachable("Invalid value for BuiltinOp"); | 
 |     case Builtin::BI__builtin_addcb: | 
 |     case Builtin::BI__builtin_addcs: | 
 |     case Builtin::BI__builtin_addc: | 
 |     case Builtin::BI__builtin_addcl: | 
 |     case Builtin::BI__builtin_addcll: | 
 |       Result = | 
 |           LHS.uadd_ov(RHS, FirstOverflowed).uadd_ov(CarryIn, SecondOverflowed); | 
 |       break; | 
 |     case Builtin::BI__builtin_subcb: | 
 |     case Builtin::BI__builtin_subcs: | 
 |     case Builtin::BI__builtin_subc: | 
 |     case Builtin::BI__builtin_subcl: | 
 |     case Builtin::BI__builtin_subcll: | 
 |       Result = | 
 |           LHS.usub_ov(RHS, FirstOverflowed).usub_ov(CarryIn, SecondOverflowed); | 
 |       break; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // It is possible for both overflows to happen but CGBuiltin uses an OR so | 
 |     // this is consistent. | 
 |     CarryOut = (uint64_t)(FirstOverflowed | SecondOverflowed); | 
 |     APValue APV{CarryOut}; | 
 |     if (!handleAssignment(Info, E, CarryOutLValue, ResultType, APV)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     return Success(Result, E); | 
 |   } | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_add_overflow: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_sub_overflow: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_mul_overflow: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_sadd_overflow: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_uadd_overflow: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_uaddl_overflow: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_uaddll_overflow: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_usub_overflow: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_usubl_overflow: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_usubll_overflow: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_umul_overflow: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_umull_overflow: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_umulll_overflow: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_saddl_overflow: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_saddll_overflow: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_ssub_overflow: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_ssubl_overflow: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_ssubll_overflow: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_smul_overflow: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_smull_overflow: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_smulll_overflow: { | 
 |     LValue ResultLValue; | 
 |     APSInt LHS, RHS; | 
 |  | 
 |     QualType ResultType = E->getArg(2)->getType()->getPointeeType(); | 
 |     if (!EvaluateInteger(E->getArg(0), LHS, Info) || | 
 |         !EvaluateInteger(E->getArg(1), RHS, Info) || | 
 |         !EvaluatePointer(E->getArg(2), ResultLValue, Info)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     APSInt Result; | 
 |     bool DidOverflow = false; | 
 |  | 
 |     // If the types don't have to match, enlarge all 3 to the largest of them. | 
 |     if (BuiltinOp == Builtin::BI__builtin_add_overflow || | 
 |         BuiltinOp == Builtin::BI__builtin_sub_overflow || | 
 |         BuiltinOp == Builtin::BI__builtin_mul_overflow) { | 
 |       bool IsSigned = LHS.isSigned() || RHS.isSigned() || | 
 |                       ResultType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); | 
 |       bool AllSigned = LHS.isSigned() && RHS.isSigned() && | 
 |                       ResultType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); | 
 |       uint64_t LHSSize = LHS.getBitWidth(); | 
 |       uint64_t RHSSize = RHS.getBitWidth(); | 
 |       uint64_t ResultSize = Info.Ctx.getTypeSize(ResultType); | 
 |       uint64_t MaxBits = std::max(std::max(LHSSize, RHSSize), ResultSize); | 
 |  | 
 |       // Add an additional bit if the signedness isn't uniformly agreed to. We | 
 |       // could do this ONLY if there is a signed and an unsigned that both have | 
 |       // MaxBits, but the code to check that is pretty nasty.  The issue will be | 
 |       // caught in the shrink-to-result later anyway. | 
 |       if (IsSigned && !AllSigned) | 
 |         ++MaxBits; | 
 |  | 
 |       LHS = APSInt(LHS.extOrTrunc(MaxBits), !IsSigned); | 
 |       RHS = APSInt(RHS.extOrTrunc(MaxBits), !IsSigned); | 
 |       Result = APSInt(MaxBits, !IsSigned); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // Find largest int. | 
 |     switch (BuiltinOp) { | 
 |     default: | 
 |       llvm_unreachable("Invalid value for BuiltinOp"); | 
 |     case Builtin::BI__builtin_add_overflow: | 
 |     case Builtin::BI__builtin_sadd_overflow: | 
 |     case Builtin::BI__builtin_saddl_overflow: | 
 |     case Builtin::BI__builtin_saddll_overflow: | 
 |     case Builtin::BI__builtin_uadd_overflow: | 
 |     case Builtin::BI__builtin_uaddl_overflow: | 
 |     case Builtin::BI__builtin_uaddll_overflow: | 
 |       Result = LHS.isSigned() ? LHS.sadd_ov(RHS, DidOverflow) | 
 |                               : LHS.uadd_ov(RHS, DidOverflow); | 
 |       break; | 
 |     case Builtin::BI__builtin_sub_overflow: | 
 |     case Builtin::BI__builtin_ssub_overflow: | 
 |     case Builtin::BI__builtin_ssubl_overflow: | 
 |     case Builtin::BI__builtin_ssubll_overflow: | 
 |     case Builtin::BI__builtin_usub_overflow: | 
 |     case Builtin::BI__builtin_usubl_overflow: | 
 |     case Builtin::BI__builtin_usubll_overflow: | 
 |       Result = LHS.isSigned() ? LHS.ssub_ov(RHS, DidOverflow) | 
 |                               : LHS.usub_ov(RHS, DidOverflow); | 
 |       break; | 
 |     case Builtin::BI__builtin_mul_overflow: | 
 |     case Builtin::BI__builtin_smul_overflow: | 
 |     case Builtin::BI__builtin_smull_overflow: | 
 |     case Builtin::BI__builtin_smulll_overflow: | 
 |     case Builtin::BI__builtin_umul_overflow: | 
 |     case Builtin::BI__builtin_umull_overflow: | 
 |     case Builtin::BI__builtin_umulll_overflow: | 
 |       Result = LHS.isSigned() ? LHS.smul_ov(RHS, DidOverflow) | 
 |                               : LHS.umul_ov(RHS, DidOverflow); | 
 |       break; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // In the case where multiple sizes are allowed, truncate and see if | 
 |     // the values are the same. | 
 |     if (BuiltinOp == Builtin::BI__builtin_add_overflow || | 
 |         BuiltinOp == Builtin::BI__builtin_sub_overflow || | 
 |         BuiltinOp == Builtin::BI__builtin_mul_overflow) { | 
 |       // APSInt doesn't have a TruncOrSelf, so we use extOrTrunc instead, | 
 |       // since it will give us the behavior of a TruncOrSelf in the case where | 
 |       // its parameter <= its size.  We previously set Result to be at least the | 
 |       // type-size of the result, so getTypeSize(ResultType) <= Result.BitWidth | 
 |       // will work exactly like TruncOrSelf. | 
 |       APSInt Temp = Result.extOrTrunc(Info.Ctx.getTypeSize(ResultType)); | 
 |       Temp.setIsSigned(ResultType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); | 
 |  | 
 |       if (!APSInt::isSameValue(Temp, Result)) | 
 |         DidOverflow = true; | 
 |       Result = Temp; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     APValue APV{Result}; | 
 |     if (!handleAssignment(Info, E, ResultLValue, ResultType, APV)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     return Success(DidOverflow, E); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_reduce_add: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_reduce_mul: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_reduce_and: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_reduce_or: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_reduce_xor: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_reduce_min: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_reduce_max: { | 
 |     APValue Source; | 
 |     if (!EvaluateAsRValue(Info, E->getArg(0), Source)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     unsigned SourceLen = Source.getVectorLength(); | 
 |     APSInt Reduced = Source.getVectorElt(0).getInt(); | 
 |     for (unsigned EltNum = 1; EltNum < SourceLen; ++EltNum) { | 
 |       switch (BuiltinOp) { | 
 |       default: | 
 |         return false; | 
 |       case Builtin::BI__builtin_reduce_add: { | 
 |         if (!CheckedIntArithmetic( | 
 |                 Info, E, Reduced, Source.getVectorElt(EltNum).getInt(), | 
 |                 Reduced.getBitWidth() + 1, std::plus<APSInt>(), Reduced)) | 
 |           return false; | 
 |         break; | 
 |       } | 
 |       case Builtin::BI__builtin_reduce_mul: { | 
 |         if (!CheckedIntArithmetic( | 
 |                 Info, E, Reduced, Source.getVectorElt(EltNum).getInt(), | 
 |                 Reduced.getBitWidth() * 2, std::multiplies<APSInt>(), Reduced)) | 
 |           return false; | 
 |         break; | 
 |       } | 
 |       case Builtin::BI__builtin_reduce_and: { | 
 |         Reduced &= Source.getVectorElt(EltNum).getInt(); | 
 |         break; | 
 |       } | 
 |       case Builtin::BI__builtin_reduce_or: { | 
 |         Reduced |= Source.getVectorElt(EltNum).getInt(); | 
 |         break; | 
 |       } | 
 |       case Builtin::BI__builtin_reduce_xor: { | 
 |         Reduced ^= Source.getVectorElt(EltNum).getInt(); | 
 |         break; | 
 |       } | 
 |       case Builtin::BI__builtin_reduce_min: { | 
 |         Reduced = std::min(Reduced, Source.getVectorElt(EltNum).getInt()); | 
 |         break; | 
 |       } | 
 |       case Builtin::BI__builtin_reduce_max: { | 
 |         Reduced = std::max(Reduced, Source.getVectorElt(EltNum).getInt()); | 
 |         break; | 
 |       } | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     return Success(Reduced, E); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   case clang::X86::BI__builtin_ia32_addcarryx_u32: | 
 |   case clang::X86::BI__builtin_ia32_addcarryx_u64: | 
 |   case clang::X86::BI__builtin_ia32_subborrow_u32: | 
 |   case clang::X86::BI__builtin_ia32_subborrow_u64: { | 
 |     LValue ResultLValue; | 
 |     APSInt CarryIn, LHS, RHS; | 
 |     QualType ResultType = E->getArg(3)->getType()->getPointeeType(); | 
 |     if (!EvaluateInteger(E->getArg(0), CarryIn, Info) || | 
 |         !EvaluateInteger(E->getArg(1), LHS, Info) || | 
 |         !EvaluateInteger(E->getArg(2), RHS, Info) || | 
 |         !EvaluatePointer(E->getArg(3), ResultLValue, Info)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     bool IsAdd = BuiltinOp == clang::X86::BI__builtin_ia32_addcarryx_u32 || | 
 |                  BuiltinOp == clang::X86::BI__builtin_ia32_addcarryx_u64; | 
 |  | 
 |     unsigned BitWidth = LHS.getBitWidth(); | 
 |     unsigned CarryInBit = CarryIn.ugt(0) ? 1 : 0; | 
 |     APInt ExResult = | 
 |         IsAdd | 
 |             ? (LHS.zext(BitWidth + 1) + (RHS.zext(BitWidth + 1) + CarryInBit)) | 
 |             : (LHS.zext(BitWidth + 1) - (RHS.zext(BitWidth + 1) + CarryInBit)); | 
 |  | 
 |     APInt Result = ExResult.extractBits(BitWidth, 0); | 
 |     uint64_t CarryOut = ExResult.extractBitsAsZExtValue(1, BitWidth); | 
 |  | 
 |     APValue APV{APSInt(Result, /*isUnsigned=*/true)}; | 
 |     if (!handleAssignment(Info, E, ResultLValue, ResultType, APV)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     return Success(CarryOut, E); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   case clang::X86::BI__builtin_ia32_bextr_u32: | 
 |   case clang::X86::BI__builtin_ia32_bextr_u64: | 
 |   case clang::X86::BI__builtin_ia32_bextri_u32: | 
 |   case clang::X86::BI__builtin_ia32_bextri_u64: { | 
 |     APSInt Val, Idx; | 
 |     if (!EvaluateInteger(E->getArg(0), Val, Info) || | 
 |         !EvaluateInteger(E->getArg(1), Idx, Info)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     unsigned BitWidth = Val.getBitWidth(); | 
 |     uint64_t Shift = Idx.extractBitsAsZExtValue(8, 0); | 
 |     uint64_t Length = Idx.extractBitsAsZExtValue(8, 8); | 
 |     Length = Length > BitWidth ? BitWidth : Length; | 
 |  | 
 |     // Handle out of bounds cases. | 
 |     if (Length == 0 || Shift >= BitWidth) | 
 |       return Success(0, E); | 
 |  | 
 |     uint64_t Result = Val.getZExtValue() >> Shift; | 
 |     Result &= llvm::maskTrailingOnes<uint64_t>(Length); | 
 |     return Success(Result, E); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   case clang::X86::BI__builtin_ia32_bzhi_si: | 
 |   case clang::X86::BI__builtin_ia32_bzhi_di: { | 
 |     APSInt Val, Idx; | 
 |     if (!EvaluateInteger(E->getArg(0), Val, Info) || | 
 |         !EvaluateInteger(E->getArg(1), Idx, Info)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     unsigned BitWidth = Val.getBitWidth(); | 
 |     unsigned Index = Idx.extractBitsAsZExtValue(8, 0); | 
 |     if (Index < BitWidth) | 
 |       Val.clearHighBits(BitWidth - Index); | 
 |     return Success(Val, E); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   case clang::X86::BI__builtin_ia32_lzcnt_u16: | 
 |   case clang::X86::BI__builtin_ia32_lzcnt_u32: | 
 |   case clang::X86::BI__builtin_ia32_lzcnt_u64: { | 
 |     APSInt Val; | 
 |     if (!EvaluateInteger(E->getArg(0), Val, Info)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     return Success(Val.countLeadingZeros(), E); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   case clang::X86::BI__builtin_ia32_tzcnt_u16: | 
 |   case clang::X86::BI__builtin_ia32_tzcnt_u32: | 
 |   case clang::X86::BI__builtin_ia32_tzcnt_u64: { | 
 |     APSInt Val; | 
 |     if (!EvaluateInteger(E->getArg(0), Val, Info)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     return Success(Val.countTrailingZeros(), E); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   case clang::X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pdep_si: | 
 |   case clang::X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pdep_di: { | 
 |     APSInt Val, Msk; | 
 |     if (!EvaluateInteger(E->getArg(0), Val, Info) || | 
 |         !EvaluateInteger(E->getArg(1), Msk, Info)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     unsigned BitWidth = Val.getBitWidth(); | 
 |     APInt Result = APInt::getZero(BitWidth); | 
 |     for (unsigned I = 0, P = 0; I != BitWidth; ++I) | 
 |       if (Msk[I]) | 
 |         Result.setBitVal(I, Val[P++]); | 
 |     return Success(Result, E); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   case clang::X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pext_si: | 
 |   case clang::X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pext_di: { | 
 |     APSInt Val, Msk; | 
 |     if (!EvaluateInteger(E->getArg(0), Val, Info) || | 
 |         !EvaluateInteger(E->getArg(1), Msk, Info)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     unsigned BitWidth = Val.getBitWidth(); | 
 |     APInt Result = APInt::getZero(BitWidth); | 
 |     for (unsigned I = 0, P = 0; I != BitWidth; ++I) | 
 |       if (Msk[I]) | 
 |         Result.setBitVal(P++, Val[I]); | 
 |     return Success(Result, E); | 
 |   } | 
 |   } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Determine whether this is a pointer past the end of the complete | 
 | /// object referred to by the lvalue. | 
 | static bool isOnePastTheEndOfCompleteObject(const ASTContext &Ctx, | 
 |                                             const LValue &LV) { | 
 |   // A null pointer can be viewed as being "past the end" but we don't | 
 |   // choose to look at it that way here. | 
 |   if (!LV.getLValueBase()) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   // If the designator is valid and refers to a subobject, we're not pointing | 
 |   // past the end. | 
 |   if (!LV.getLValueDesignator().Invalid && | 
 |       !LV.getLValueDesignator().isOnePastTheEnd()) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   // A pointer to an incomplete type might be past-the-end if the type's size is | 
 |   // zero.  We cannot tell because the type is incomplete. | 
 |   QualType Ty = getType(LV.getLValueBase()); | 
 |   if (Ty->isIncompleteType()) | 
 |     return true; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Can't be past the end of an invalid object. | 
 |   if (LV.getLValueDesignator().Invalid) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   // We're a past-the-end pointer if we point to the byte after the object, | 
 |   // no matter what our type or path is. | 
 |   auto Size = Ctx.getTypeSizeInChars(Ty); | 
 |   return LV.getLValueOffset() == Size; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | namespace { | 
 |  | 
 | /// Data recursive integer evaluator of certain binary operators. | 
 | /// | 
 | /// We use a data recursive algorithm for binary operators so that we are able | 
 | /// to handle extreme cases of chained binary operators without causing stack | 
 | /// overflow. | 
 | class DataRecursiveIntBinOpEvaluator { | 
 |   struct EvalResult { | 
 |     APValue Val; | 
 |     bool Failed = false; | 
 |  | 
 |     EvalResult() = default; | 
 |  | 
 |     void swap(EvalResult &RHS) { | 
 |       Val.swap(RHS.Val); | 
 |       Failed = RHS.Failed; | 
 |       RHS.Failed = false; | 
 |     } | 
 |   }; | 
 |  | 
 |   struct Job { | 
 |     const Expr *E; | 
 |     EvalResult LHSResult; // meaningful only for binary operator expression. | 
 |     enum { AnyExprKind, BinOpKind, BinOpVisitedLHSKind } Kind; | 
 |  | 
 |     Job() = default; | 
 |     Job(Job &&) = default; | 
 |  | 
 |     void startSpeculativeEval(EvalInfo &Info) { | 
 |       SpecEvalRAII = SpeculativeEvaluationRAII(Info); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |   private: | 
 |     SpeculativeEvaluationRAII SpecEvalRAII; | 
 |   }; | 
 |  | 
 |   SmallVector<Job, 16> Queue; | 
 |  | 
 |   IntExprEvaluator &IntEval; | 
 |   EvalInfo &Info; | 
 |   APValue &FinalResult; | 
 |  | 
 | public: | 
 |   DataRecursiveIntBinOpEvaluator(IntExprEvaluator &IntEval, APValue &Result) | 
 |     : IntEval(IntEval), Info(IntEval.getEvalInfo()), FinalResult(Result) { } | 
 |  | 
 |   /// True if \param E is a binary operator that we are going to handle | 
 |   /// data recursively. | 
 |   /// We handle binary operators that are comma, logical, or that have operands | 
 |   /// with integral or enumeration type. | 
 |   static bool shouldEnqueue(const BinaryOperator *E) { | 
 |     return E->getOpcode() == BO_Comma || E->isLogicalOp() || | 
 |            (E->isPRValue() && E->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() && | 
 |             E->getLHS()->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() && | 
 |             E->getRHS()->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   bool Traverse(const BinaryOperator *E) { | 
 |     enqueue(E); | 
 |     EvalResult PrevResult; | 
 |     while (!Queue.empty()) | 
 |       process(PrevResult); | 
 |  | 
 |     if (PrevResult.Failed) return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     FinalResult.swap(PrevResult.Val); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 | private: | 
 |   bool Success(uint64_t Value, const Expr *E, APValue &Result) { | 
 |     return IntEval.Success(Value, E, Result); | 
 |   } | 
 |   bool Success(const APSInt &Value, const Expr *E, APValue &Result) { | 
 |     return IntEval.Success(Value, E, Result); | 
 |   } | 
 |   bool Error(const Expr *E) { | 
 |     return IntEval.Error(E); | 
 |   } | 
 |   bool Error(const Expr *E, diag::kind D) { | 
 |     return IntEval.Error(E, D); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   OptionalDiagnostic CCEDiag(const Expr *E, diag::kind D) { | 
 |     return Info.CCEDiag(E, D); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Returns true if visiting the RHS is necessary, false otherwise. | 
 |   bool VisitBinOpLHSOnly(EvalResult &LHSResult, const BinaryOperator *E, | 
 |                          bool &SuppressRHSDiags); | 
 |  | 
 |   bool VisitBinOp(const EvalResult &LHSResult, const EvalResult &RHSResult, | 
 |                   const BinaryOperator *E, APValue &Result); | 
 |  | 
 |   void EvaluateExpr(const Expr *E, EvalResult &Result) { | 
 |     Result.Failed = !Evaluate(Result.Val, Info, E); | 
 |     if (Result.Failed) | 
 |       Result.Val = APValue(); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   void process(EvalResult &Result); | 
 |  | 
 |   void enqueue(const Expr *E) { | 
 |     E = E->IgnoreParens(); | 
 |     Queue.resize(Queue.size()+1); | 
 |     Queue.back().E = E; | 
 |     Queue.back().Kind = Job::AnyExprKind; | 
 |   } | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool DataRecursiveIntBinOpEvaluator:: | 
 |        VisitBinOpLHSOnly(EvalResult &LHSResult, const BinaryOperator *E, | 
 |                          bool &SuppressRHSDiags) { | 
 |   if (E->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) { | 
 |     // Ignore LHS but note if we could not evaluate it. | 
 |     if (LHSResult.Failed) | 
 |       return Info.noteSideEffect(); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (E->isLogicalOp()) { | 
 |     bool LHSAsBool; | 
 |     if (!LHSResult.Failed && HandleConversionToBool(LHSResult.Val, LHSAsBool)) { | 
 |       // We were able to evaluate the LHS, see if we can get away with not | 
 |       // evaluating the RHS: 0 && X -> 0, 1 || X -> 1 | 
 |       if (LHSAsBool == (E->getOpcode() == BO_LOr)) { | 
 |         Success(LHSAsBool, E, LHSResult.Val); | 
 |         return false; // Ignore RHS | 
 |       } | 
 |     } else { | 
 |       LHSResult.Failed = true; | 
 |  | 
 |       // Since we weren't able to evaluate the left hand side, it | 
 |       // might have had side effects. | 
 |       if (!Info.noteSideEffect()) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |  | 
 |       // We can't evaluate the LHS; however, sometimes the result | 
 |       // is determined by the RHS: X && 0 -> 0, X || 1 -> 1. | 
 |       // Don't ignore RHS and suppress diagnostics from this arm. | 
 |       SuppressRHSDiags = true; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   assert(E->getLHS()->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() && | 
 |          E->getRHS()->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (LHSResult.Failed && !Info.noteFailure()) | 
 |     return false; // Ignore RHS; | 
 |  | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static void addOrSubLValueAsInteger(APValue &LVal, const APSInt &Index, | 
 |                                     bool IsSub) { | 
 |   // Compute the new offset in the appropriate width, wrapping at 64 bits. | 
 |   // FIXME: When compiling for a 32-bit target, we should use 32-bit | 
 |   // offsets. | 
 |   assert(!LVal.hasLValuePath() && "have designator for integer lvalue"); | 
 |   CharUnits &Offset = LVal.getLValueOffset(); | 
 |   uint64_t Offset64 = Offset.getQuantity(); | 
 |   uint64_t Index64 = Index.extOrTrunc(64).getZExtValue(); | 
 |   Offset = CharUnits::fromQuantity(IsSub ? Offset64 - Index64 | 
 |                                          : Offset64 + Index64); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool DataRecursiveIntBinOpEvaluator:: | 
 |        VisitBinOp(const EvalResult &LHSResult, const EvalResult &RHSResult, | 
 |                   const BinaryOperator *E, APValue &Result) { | 
 |   if (E->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) { | 
 |     if (RHSResult.Failed) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     Result = RHSResult.Val; | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (E->isLogicalOp()) { | 
 |     bool lhsResult, rhsResult; | 
 |     bool LHSIsOK = HandleConversionToBool(LHSResult.Val, lhsResult); | 
 |     bool RHSIsOK = HandleConversionToBool(RHSResult.Val, rhsResult); | 
 |  | 
 |     if (LHSIsOK) { | 
 |       if (RHSIsOK) { | 
 |         if (E->getOpcode() == BO_LOr) | 
 |           return Success(lhsResult || rhsResult, E, Result); | 
 |         else | 
 |           return Success(lhsResult && rhsResult, E, Result); | 
 |       } | 
 |     } else { | 
 |       if (RHSIsOK) { | 
 |         // We can't evaluate the LHS; however, sometimes the result | 
 |         // is determined by the RHS: X && 0 -> 0, X || 1 -> 1. | 
 |         if (rhsResult == (E->getOpcode() == BO_LOr)) | 
 |           return Success(rhsResult, E, Result); | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   assert(E->getLHS()->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() && | 
 |          E->getRHS()->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (LHSResult.Failed || RHSResult.Failed) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   const APValue &LHSVal = LHSResult.Val; | 
 |   const APValue &RHSVal = RHSResult.Val; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Handle cases like (unsigned long)&a + 4. | 
 |   if (E->isAdditiveOp() && LHSVal.isLValue() && RHSVal.isInt()) { | 
 |     Result = LHSVal; | 
 |     addOrSubLValueAsInteger(Result, RHSVal.getInt(), E->getOpcode() == BO_Sub); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Handle cases like 4 + (unsigned long)&a | 
 |   if (E->getOpcode() == BO_Add && | 
 |       RHSVal.isLValue() && LHSVal.isInt()) { | 
 |     Result = RHSVal; | 
 |     addOrSubLValueAsInteger(Result, LHSVal.getInt(), /*IsSub*/false); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (E->getOpcode() == BO_Sub && LHSVal.isLValue() && RHSVal.isLValue()) { | 
 |     // Handle (intptr_t)&&A - (intptr_t)&&B. | 
 |     if (!LHSVal.getLValueOffset().isZero() || | 
 |         !RHSVal.getLValueOffset().isZero()) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     const Expr *LHSExpr = LHSVal.getLValueBase().dyn_cast<const Expr*>(); | 
 |     const Expr *RHSExpr = RHSVal.getLValueBase().dyn_cast<const Expr*>(); | 
 |     if (!LHSExpr || !RHSExpr) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     const AddrLabelExpr *LHSAddrExpr = dyn_cast<AddrLabelExpr>(LHSExpr); | 
 |     const AddrLabelExpr *RHSAddrExpr = dyn_cast<AddrLabelExpr>(RHSExpr); | 
 |     if (!LHSAddrExpr || !RHSAddrExpr) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     // Make sure both labels come from the same function. | 
 |     if (LHSAddrExpr->getLabel()->getDeclContext() != | 
 |         RHSAddrExpr->getLabel()->getDeclContext()) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     Result = APValue(LHSAddrExpr, RHSAddrExpr); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // All the remaining cases expect both operands to be an integer | 
 |   if (!LHSVal.isInt() || !RHSVal.isInt()) | 
 |     return Error(E); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Set up the width and signedness manually, in case it can't be deduced | 
 |   // from the operation we're performing. | 
 |   // FIXME: Don't do this in the cases where we can deduce it. | 
 |   APSInt Value(Info.Ctx.getIntWidth(E->getType()), | 
 |                E->getType()->isUnsignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); | 
 |   if (!handleIntIntBinOp(Info, E, LHSVal.getInt(), E->getOpcode(), | 
 |                          RHSVal.getInt(), Value)) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   return Success(Value, E, Result); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | void DataRecursiveIntBinOpEvaluator::process(EvalResult &Result) { | 
 |   Job &job = Queue.back(); | 
 |  | 
 |   switch (job.Kind) { | 
 |     case Job::AnyExprKind: { | 
 |       if (const BinaryOperator *Bop = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(job.E)) { | 
 |         if (shouldEnqueue(Bop)) { | 
 |           job.Kind = Job::BinOpKind; | 
 |           enqueue(Bop->getLHS()); | 
 |           return; | 
 |         } | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |       EvaluateExpr(job.E, Result); | 
 |       Queue.pop_back(); | 
 |       return; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     case Job::BinOpKind: { | 
 |       const BinaryOperator *Bop = cast<BinaryOperator>(job.E); | 
 |       bool SuppressRHSDiags = false; | 
 |       if (!VisitBinOpLHSOnly(Result, Bop, SuppressRHSDiags)) { | 
 |         Queue.pop_back(); | 
 |         return; | 
 |       } | 
 |       if (SuppressRHSDiags) | 
 |         job.startSpeculativeEval(Info); | 
 |       job.LHSResult.swap(Result); | 
 |       job.Kind = Job::BinOpVisitedLHSKind; | 
 |       enqueue(Bop->getRHS()); | 
 |       return; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     case Job::BinOpVisitedLHSKind: { | 
 |       const BinaryOperator *Bop = cast<BinaryOperator>(job.E); | 
 |       EvalResult RHS; | 
 |       RHS.swap(Result); | 
 |       Result.Failed = !VisitBinOp(job.LHSResult, RHS, Bop, Result.Val); | 
 |       Queue.pop_back(); | 
 |       return; | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   llvm_unreachable("Invalid Job::Kind!"); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | namespace { | 
 | enum class CmpResult { | 
 |   Unequal, | 
 |   Less, | 
 |   Equal, | 
 |   Greater, | 
 |   Unordered, | 
 | }; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | template <class SuccessCB, class AfterCB> | 
 | static bool | 
 | EvaluateComparisonBinaryOperator(EvalInfo &Info, const BinaryOperator *E, | 
 |                                  SuccessCB &&Success, AfterCB &&DoAfter) { | 
 |   assert(!E->isValueDependent()); | 
 |   assert(E->isComparisonOp() && "expected comparison operator"); | 
 |   assert((E->getOpcode() == BO_Cmp || | 
 |           E->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) && | 
 |          "unsupported binary expression evaluation"); | 
 |   auto Error = [&](const Expr *E) { | 
 |     Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr); | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   }; | 
 |  | 
 |   bool IsRelational = E->isRelationalOp() || E->getOpcode() == BO_Cmp; | 
 |   bool IsEquality = E->isEqualityOp(); | 
 |  | 
 |   QualType LHSTy = E->getLHS()->getType(); | 
 |   QualType RHSTy = E->getRHS()->getType(); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (LHSTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() && | 
 |       RHSTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { | 
 |     APSInt LHS, RHS; | 
 |     bool LHSOK = EvaluateInteger(E->getLHS(), LHS, Info); | 
 |     if (!LHSOK && !Info.noteFailure()) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     if (!EvaluateInteger(E->getRHS(), RHS, Info) || !LHSOK) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     if (LHS < RHS) | 
 |       return Success(CmpResult::Less, E); | 
 |     if (LHS > RHS) | 
 |       return Success(CmpResult::Greater, E); | 
 |     return Success(CmpResult::Equal, E); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (LHSTy->isFixedPointType() || RHSTy->isFixedPointType()) { | 
 |     APFixedPoint LHSFX(Info.Ctx.getFixedPointSemantics(LHSTy)); | 
 |     APFixedPoint RHSFX(Info.Ctx.getFixedPointSemantics(RHSTy)); | 
 |  | 
 |     bool LHSOK = EvaluateFixedPointOrInteger(E->getLHS(), LHSFX, Info); | 
 |     if (!LHSOK && !Info.noteFailure()) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     if (!EvaluateFixedPointOrInteger(E->getRHS(), RHSFX, Info) || !LHSOK) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     if (LHSFX < RHSFX) | 
 |       return Success(CmpResult::Less, E); | 
 |     if (LHSFX > RHSFX) | 
 |       return Success(CmpResult::Greater, E); | 
 |     return Success(CmpResult::Equal, E); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (LHSTy->isAnyComplexType() || RHSTy->isAnyComplexType()) { | 
 |     ComplexValue LHS, RHS; | 
 |     bool LHSOK; | 
 |     if (E->isAssignmentOp()) { | 
 |       LValue LV; | 
 |       EvaluateLValue(E->getLHS(), LV, Info); | 
 |       LHSOK = false; | 
 |     } else if (LHSTy->isRealFloatingType()) { | 
 |       LHSOK = EvaluateFloat(E->getLHS(), LHS.FloatReal, Info); | 
 |       if (LHSOK) { | 
 |         LHS.makeComplexFloat(); | 
 |         LHS.FloatImag = APFloat(LHS.FloatReal.getSemantics()); | 
 |       } | 
 |     } else { | 
 |       LHSOK = EvaluateComplex(E->getLHS(), LHS, Info); | 
 |     } | 
 |     if (!LHSOK && !Info.noteFailure()) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     if (E->getRHS()->getType()->isRealFloatingType()) { | 
 |       if (!EvaluateFloat(E->getRHS(), RHS.FloatReal, Info) || !LHSOK) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |       RHS.makeComplexFloat(); | 
 |       RHS.FloatImag = APFloat(RHS.FloatReal.getSemantics()); | 
 |     } else if (!EvaluateComplex(E->getRHS(), RHS, Info) || !LHSOK) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     if (LHS.isComplexFloat()) { | 
 |       APFloat::cmpResult CR_r = | 
 |         LHS.getComplexFloatReal().compare(RHS.getComplexFloatReal()); | 
 |       APFloat::cmpResult CR_i = | 
 |         LHS.getComplexFloatImag().compare(RHS.getComplexFloatImag()); | 
 |       bool IsEqual = CR_r == APFloat::cmpEqual && CR_i == APFloat::cmpEqual; | 
 |       return Success(IsEqual ? CmpResult::Equal : CmpResult::Unequal, E); | 
 |     } else { | 
 |       assert(IsEquality && "invalid complex comparison"); | 
 |       bool IsEqual = LHS.getComplexIntReal() == RHS.getComplexIntReal() && | 
 |                      LHS.getComplexIntImag() == RHS.getComplexIntImag(); | 
 |       return Success(IsEqual ? CmpResult::Equal : CmpResult::Unequal, E); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (LHSTy->isRealFloatingType() && | 
 |       RHSTy->isRealFloatingType()) { | 
 |     APFloat RHS(0.0), LHS(0.0); | 
 |  | 
 |     bool LHSOK = EvaluateFloat(E->getRHS(), RHS, Info); | 
 |     if (!LHSOK && !Info.noteFailure()) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     if (!EvaluateFloat(E->getLHS(), LHS, Info) || !LHSOK) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     assert(E->isComparisonOp() && "Invalid binary operator!"); | 
 |     llvm::APFloatBase::cmpResult APFloatCmpResult = LHS.compare(RHS); | 
 |     if (!Info.InConstantContext && | 
 |         APFloatCmpResult == APFloat::cmpUnordered && | 
 |         E->getFPFeaturesInEffect(Info.Ctx.getLangOpts()).isFPConstrained()) { | 
 |       // Note: Compares may raise invalid in some cases involving NaN or sNaN. | 
 |       Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_float_arithmetic_strict); | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     } | 
 |     auto GetCmpRes = [&]() { | 
 |       switch (APFloatCmpResult) { | 
 |       case APFloat::cmpEqual: | 
 |         return CmpResult::Equal; | 
 |       case APFloat::cmpLessThan: | 
 |         return CmpResult::Less; | 
 |       case APFloat::cmpGreaterThan: | 
 |         return CmpResult::Greater; | 
 |       case APFloat::cmpUnordered: | 
 |         return CmpResult::Unordered; | 
 |       } | 
 |       llvm_unreachable("Unrecognised APFloat::cmpResult enum"); | 
 |     }; | 
 |     return Success(GetCmpRes(), E); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isPointerType()) { | 
 |     LValue LHSValue, RHSValue; | 
 |  | 
 |     bool LHSOK = EvaluatePointer(E->getLHS(), LHSValue, Info); | 
 |     if (!LHSOK && !Info.noteFailure()) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     if (!EvaluatePointer(E->getRHS(), RHSValue, Info) || !LHSOK) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     // If we have Unknown pointers we should fail if they are not global values. | 
 |     if (!(IsGlobalLValue(LHSValue.getLValueBase()) && | 
 |           IsGlobalLValue(RHSValue.getLValueBase())) && | 
 |         (LHSValue.AllowConstexprUnknown || RHSValue.AllowConstexprUnknown)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     // Reject differing bases from the normal codepath; we special-case | 
 |     // comparisons to null. | 
 |     if (!HasSameBase(LHSValue, RHSValue)) { | 
 |       auto DiagComparison = [&] (unsigned DiagID, bool Reversed = false) { | 
 |         std::string LHS = LHSValue.toString(Info.Ctx, E->getLHS()->getType()); | 
 |         std::string RHS = RHSValue.toString(Info.Ctx, E->getRHS()->getType()); | 
 |         Info.FFDiag(E, DiagID) | 
 |             << (Reversed ? RHS : LHS) << (Reversed ? LHS : RHS); | 
 |         return false; | 
 |       }; | 
 |       // Inequalities and subtractions between unrelated pointers have | 
 |       // unspecified or undefined behavior. | 
 |       if (!IsEquality) | 
 |         return DiagComparison( | 
 |             diag::note_constexpr_pointer_comparison_unspecified); | 
 |       // A constant address may compare equal to the address of a symbol. | 
 |       // The one exception is that address of an object cannot compare equal | 
 |       // to a null pointer constant. | 
 |       // TODO: Should we restrict this to actual null pointers, and exclude the | 
 |       // case of zero cast to pointer type? | 
 |       if ((!LHSValue.Base && !LHSValue.Offset.isZero()) || | 
 |           (!RHSValue.Base && !RHSValue.Offset.isZero())) | 
 |         return DiagComparison(diag::note_constexpr_pointer_constant_comparison, | 
 |                               !RHSValue.Base); | 
 |       // C++2c [intro.object]/10: | 
 |       //   Two objects [...] may have the same address if [...] they are both | 
 |       //   potentially non-unique objects. | 
 |       // C++2c [intro.object]/9: | 
 |       //   An object is potentially non-unique if it is a string literal object, | 
 |       //   the backing array of an initializer list, or a subobject thereof. | 
 |       // | 
 |       // This makes the comparison result unspecified, so it's not a constant | 
 |       // expression. | 
 |       // | 
 |       // TODO: Do we need to handle the initializer list case here? | 
 |       if (ArePotentiallyOverlappingStringLiterals(Info, LHSValue, RHSValue)) | 
 |         return DiagComparison(diag::note_constexpr_literal_comparison); | 
 |       if (IsOpaqueConstantCall(LHSValue) || IsOpaqueConstantCall(RHSValue)) | 
 |         return DiagComparison(diag::note_constexpr_opaque_call_comparison, | 
 |                               !IsOpaqueConstantCall(LHSValue)); | 
 |       // We can't tell whether weak symbols will end up pointing to the same | 
 |       // object. | 
 |       if (IsWeakLValue(LHSValue) || IsWeakLValue(RHSValue)) | 
 |         return DiagComparison(diag::note_constexpr_pointer_weak_comparison, | 
 |                               !IsWeakLValue(LHSValue)); | 
 |       // We can't compare the address of the start of one object with the | 
 |       // past-the-end address of another object, per C++ DR1652. | 
 |       if (LHSValue.Base && LHSValue.Offset.isZero() && | 
 |           isOnePastTheEndOfCompleteObject(Info.Ctx, RHSValue)) | 
 |         return DiagComparison(diag::note_constexpr_pointer_comparison_past_end, | 
 |                               true); | 
 |       if (RHSValue.Base && RHSValue.Offset.isZero() && | 
 |            isOnePastTheEndOfCompleteObject(Info.Ctx, LHSValue)) | 
 |         return DiagComparison(diag::note_constexpr_pointer_comparison_past_end, | 
 |                               false); | 
 |       // We can't tell whether an object is at the same address as another | 
 |       // zero sized object. | 
 |       if ((RHSValue.Base && isZeroSized(LHSValue)) || | 
 |           (LHSValue.Base && isZeroSized(RHSValue))) | 
 |         return DiagComparison( | 
 |             diag::note_constexpr_pointer_comparison_zero_sized); | 
 |       return Success(CmpResult::Unequal, E); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     const CharUnits &LHSOffset = LHSValue.getLValueOffset(); | 
 |     const CharUnits &RHSOffset = RHSValue.getLValueOffset(); | 
 |  | 
 |     SubobjectDesignator &LHSDesignator = LHSValue.getLValueDesignator(); | 
 |     SubobjectDesignator &RHSDesignator = RHSValue.getLValueDesignator(); | 
 |  | 
 |     // C++11 [expr.rel]p2: | 
 |     // - If two pointers point to non-static data members of the same object, | 
 |     //   or to subobjects or array elements fo such members, recursively, the | 
 |     //   pointer to the later declared member compares greater provided the | 
 |     //   two members have the same access control and provided their class is | 
 |     //   not a union. | 
 |     //   [...] | 
 |     // - Otherwise pointer comparisons are unspecified. | 
 |     if (!LHSDesignator.Invalid && !RHSDesignator.Invalid && IsRelational) { | 
 |       bool WasArrayIndex; | 
 |       unsigned Mismatch = FindDesignatorMismatch( | 
 |           getType(LHSValue.Base), LHSDesignator, RHSDesignator, WasArrayIndex); | 
 |       // At the point where the designators diverge, the comparison has a | 
 |       // specified value if: | 
 |       //  - we are comparing array indices | 
 |       //  - we are comparing fields of a union, or fields with the same access | 
 |       // Otherwise, the result is unspecified and thus the comparison is not a | 
 |       // constant expression. | 
 |       if (!WasArrayIndex && Mismatch < LHSDesignator.Entries.size() && | 
 |           Mismatch < RHSDesignator.Entries.size()) { | 
 |         const FieldDecl *LF = getAsField(LHSDesignator.Entries[Mismatch]); | 
 |         const FieldDecl *RF = getAsField(RHSDesignator.Entries[Mismatch]); | 
 |         if (!LF && !RF) | 
 |           Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_pointer_comparison_base_classes); | 
 |         else if (!LF) | 
 |           Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_pointer_comparison_base_field) | 
 |               << getAsBaseClass(LHSDesignator.Entries[Mismatch]) | 
 |               << RF->getParent() << RF; | 
 |         else if (!RF) | 
 |           Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_pointer_comparison_base_field) | 
 |               << getAsBaseClass(RHSDesignator.Entries[Mismatch]) | 
 |               << LF->getParent() << LF; | 
 |         else if (!LF->getParent()->isUnion() && | 
 |                  LF->getAccess() != RF->getAccess()) | 
 |           Info.CCEDiag(E, | 
 |                        diag::note_constexpr_pointer_comparison_differing_access) | 
 |               << LF << LF->getAccess() << RF << RF->getAccess() | 
 |               << LF->getParent(); | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // The comparison here must be unsigned, and performed with the same | 
 |     // width as the pointer. | 
 |     unsigned PtrSize = Info.Ctx.getTypeSize(LHSTy); | 
 |     uint64_t CompareLHS = LHSOffset.getQuantity(); | 
 |     uint64_t CompareRHS = RHSOffset.getQuantity(); | 
 |     assert(PtrSize <= 64 && "Unexpected pointer width"); | 
 |     uint64_t Mask = ~0ULL >> (64 - PtrSize); | 
 |     CompareLHS &= Mask; | 
 |     CompareRHS &= Mask; | 
 |  | 
 |     // If there is a base and this is a relational operator, we can only | 
 |     // compare pointers within the object in question; otherwise, the result | 
 |     // depends on where the object is located in memory. | 
 |     if (!LHSValue.Base.isNull() && IsRelational) { | 
 |       QualType BaseTy = getType(LHSValue.Base); | 
 |       if (BaseTy->isIncompleteType()) | 
 |         return Error(E); | 
 |       CharUnits Size = Info.Ctx.getTypeSizeInChars(BaseTy); | 
 |       uint64_t OffsetLimit = Size.getQuantity(); | 
 |       if (CompareLHS > OffsetLimit || CompareRHS > OffsetLimit) | 
 |         return Error(E); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     if (CompareLHS < CompareRHS) | 
 |       return Success(CmpResult::Less, E); | 
 |     if (CompareLHS > CompareRHS) | 
 |       return Success(CmpResult::Greater, E); | 
 |     return Success(CmpResult::Equal, E); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (LHSTy->isMemberPointerType()) { | 
 |     assert(IsEquality && "unexpected member pointer operation"); | 
 |     assert(RHSTy->isMemberPointerType() && "invalid comparison"); | 
 |  | 
 |     MemberPtr LHSValue, RHSValue; | 
 |  | 
 |     bool LHSOK = EvaluateMemberPointer(E->getLHS(), LHSValue, Info); | 
 |     if (!LHSOK && !Info.noteFailure()) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     if (!EvaluateMemberPointer(E->getRHS(), RHSValue, Info) || !LHSOK) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     // If either operand is a pointer to a weak function, the comparison is not | 
 |     // constant. | 
 |     if (LHSValue.getDecl() && LHSValue.getDecl()->isWeak()) { | 
 |       Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_mem_pointer_weak_comparison) | 
 |           << LHSValue.getDecl(); | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     } | 
 |     if (RHSValue.getDecl() && RHSValue.getDecl()->isWeak()) { | 
 |       Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_mem_pointer_weak_comparison) | 
 |           << RHSValue.getDecl(); | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // C++11 [expr.eq]p2: | 
 |     //   If both operands are null, they compare equal. Otherwise if only one is | 
 |     //   null, they compare unequal. | 
 |     if (!LHSValue.getDecl() || !RHSValue.getDecl()) { | 
 |       bool Equal = !LHSValue.getDecl() && !RHSValue.getDecl(); | 
 |       return Success(Equal ? CmpResult::Equal : CmpResult::Unequal, E); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     //   Otherwise if either is a pointer to a virtual member function, the | 
 |     //   result is unspecified. | 
 |     if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(LHSValue.getDecl())) | 
 |       if (MD->isVirtual()) | 
 |         Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_compare_virtual_mem_ptr) << MD; | 
 |     if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RHSValue.getDecl())) | 
 |       if (MD->isVirtual()) | 
 |         Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_compare_virtual_mem_ptr) << MD; | 
 |  | 
 |     //   Otherwise they compare equal if and only if they would refer to the | 
 |     //   same member of the same most derived object or the same subobject if | 
 |     //   they were dereferenced with a hypothetical object of the associated | 
 |     //   class type. | 
 |     bool Equal = LHSValue == RHSValue; | 
 |     return Success(Equal ? CmpResult::Equal : CmpResult::Unequal, E); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (LHSTy->isNullPtrType()) { | 
 |     assert(E->isComparisonOp() && "unexpected nullptr operation"); | 
 |     assert(RHSTy->isNullPtrType() && "missing pointer conversion"); | 
 |     // C++11 [expr.rel]p4, [expr.eq]p3: If two operands of type std::nullptr_t | 
 |     // are compared, the result is true of the operator is <=, >= or ==, and | 
 |     // false otherwise. | 
 |     LValue Res; | 
 |     if (!EvaluatePointer(E->getLHS(), Res, Info) || | 
 |         !EvaluatePointer(E->getRHS(), Res, Info)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     return Success(CmpResult::Equal, E); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   return DoAfter(); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool RecordExprEvaluator::VisitBinCmp(const BinaryOperator *E) { | 
 |   if (!CheckLiteralType(Info, E)) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   auto OnSuccess = [&](CmpResult CR, const BinaryOperator *E) { | 
 |     ComparisonCategoryResult CCR; | 
 |     switch (CR) { | 
 |     case CmpResult::Unequal: | 
 |       llvm_unreachable("should never produce Unequal for three-way comparison"); | 
 |     case CmpResult::Less: | 
 |       CCR = ComparisonCategoryResult::Less; | 
 |       break; | 
 |     case CmpResult::Equal: | 
 |       CCR = ComparisonCategoryResult::Equal; | 
 |       break; | 
 |     case CmpResult::Greater: | 
 |       CCR = ComparisonCategoryResult::Greater; | 
 |       break; | 
 |     case CmpResult::Unordered: | 
 |       CCR = ComparisonCategoryResult::Unordered; | 
 |       break; | 
 |     } | 
 |     // Evaluation succeeded. Lookup the information for the comparison category | 
 |     // type and fetch the VarDecl for the result. | 
 |     const ComparisonCategoryInfo &CmpInfo = | 
 |         Info.Ctx.CompCategories.getInfoForType(E->getType()); | 
 |     const VarDecl *VD = CmpInfo.getValueInfo(CmpInfo.makeWeakResult(CCR))->VD; | 
 |     // Check and evaluate the result as a constant expression. | 
 |     LValue LV; | 
 |     LV.set(VD); | 
 |     if (!handleLValueToRValueConversion(Info, E, E->getType(), LV, Result)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     return CheckConstantExpression(Info, E->getExprLoc(), E->getType(), Result, | 
 |                                    ConstantExprKind::Normal); | 
 |   }; | 
 |   return EvaluateComparisonBinaryOperator(Info, E, OnSuccess, [&]() { | 
 |     return ExprEvaluatorBaseTy::VisitBinCmp(E); | 
 |   }); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool RecordExprEvaluator::VisitCXXParenListInitExpr( | 
 |     const CXXParenListInitExpr *E) { | 
 |   return VisitCXXParenListOrInitListExpr(E, E->getInitExprs()); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool IntExprEvaluator::VisitBinaryOperator(const BinaryOperator *E) { | 
 |   // We don't support assignment in C. C++ assignments don't get here because | 
 |   // assignment is an lvalue in C++. | 
 |   if (E->isAssignmentOp()) { | 
 |     Error(E); | 
 |     if (!Info.noteFailure()) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (DataRecursiveIntBinOpEvaluator::shouldEnqueue(E)) | 
 |     return DataRecursiveIntBinOpEvaluator(*this, Result).Traverse(E); | 
 |  | 
 |   assert((!E->getLHS()->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() || | 
 |           !E->getRHS()->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) && | 
 |          "DataRecursiveIntBinOpEvaluator should have handled integral types"); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (E->isComparisonOp()) { | 
 |     // Evaluate builtin binary comparisons by evaluating them as three-way | 
 |     // comparisons and then translating the result. | 
 |     auto OnSuccess = [&](CmpResult CR, const BinaryOperator *E) { | 
 |       assert((CR != CmpResult::Unequal || E->isEqualityOp()) && | 
 |              "should only produce Unequal for equality comparisons"); | 
 |       bool IsEqual   = CR == CmpResult::Equal, | 
 |            IsLess    = CR == CmpResult::Less, | 
 |            IsGreater = CR == CmpResult::Greater; | 
 |       auto Op = E->getOpcode(); | 
 |       switch (Op) { | 
 |       default: | 
 |         llvm_unreachable("unsupported binary operator"); | 
 |       case BO_EQ: | 
 |       case BO_NE: | 
 |         return Success(IsEqual == (Op == BO_EQ), E); | 
 |       case BO_LT: | 
 |         return Success(IsLess, E); | 
 |       case BO_GT: | 
 |         return Success(IsGreater, E); | 
 |       case BO_LE: | 
 |         return Success(IsEqual || IsLess, E); | 
 |       case BO_GE: | 
 |         return Success(IsEqual || IsGreater, E); | 
 |       } | 
 |     }; | 
 |     return EvaluateComparisonBinaryOperator(Info, E, OnSuccess, [&]() { | 
 |       return ExprEvaluatorBaseTy::VisitBinaryOperator(E); | 
 |     }); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   QualType LHSTy = E->getLHS()->getType(); | 
 |   QualType RHSTy = E->getRHS()->getType(); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isPointerType() && | 
 |       E->getOpcode() == BO_Sub) { | 
 |     LValue LHSValue, RHSValue; | 
 |  | 
 |     bool LHSOK = EvaluatePointer(E->getLHS(), LHSValue, Info); | 
 |     if (!LHSOK && !Info.noteFailure()) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     if (!EvaluatePointer(E->getRHS(), RHSValue, Info) || !LHSOK) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     // Reject differing bases from the normal codepath; we special-case | 
 |     // comparisons to null. | 
 |     if (!HasSameBase(LHSValue, RHSValue)) { | 
 |       // Handle &&A - &&B. | 
 |       if (!LHSValue.Offset.isZero() || !RHSValue.Offset.isZero()) | 
 |         return Error(E); | 
 |       const Expr *LHSExpr = LHSValue.Base.dyn_cast<const Expr *>(); | 
 |       const Expr *RHSExpr = RHSValue.Base.dyn_cast<const Expr *>(); | 
 |  | 
 |       auto DiagArith = [&](unsigned DiagID) { | 
 |         std::string LHS = LHSValue.toString(Info.Ctx, E->getLHS()->getType()); | 
 |         std::string RHS = RHSValue.toString(Info.Ctx, E->getRHS()->getType()); | 
 |         Info.FFDiag(E, DiagID) << LHS << RHS; | 
 |         if (LHSExpr && LHSExpr == RHSExpr) | 
 |           Info.Note(LHSExpr->getExprLoc(), | 
 |                     diag::note_constexpr_repeated_literal_eval) | 
 |               << LHSExpr->getSourceRange(); | 
 |         return false; | 
 |       }; | 
 |  | 
 |       if (!LHSExpr || !RHSExpr) | 
 |         return DiagArith(diag::note_constexpr_pointer_arith_unspecified); | 
 |  | 
 |       if (ArePotentiallyOverlappingStringLiterals(Info, LHSValue, RHSValue)) | 
 |         return DiagArith(diag::note_constexpr_literal_arith); | 
 |  | 
 |       const AddrLabelExpr *LHSAddrExpr = dyn_cast<AddrLabelExpr>(LHSExpr); | 
 |       const AddrLabelExpr *RHSAddrExpr = dyn_cast<AddrLabelExpr>(RHSExpr); | 
 |       if (!LHSAddrExpr || !RHSAddrExpr) | 
 |         return Error(E); | 
 |       // Make sure both labels come from the same function. | 
 |       if (LHSAddrExpr->getLabel()->getDeclContext() != | 
 |           RHSAddrExpr->getLabel()->getDeclContext()) | 
 |         return Error(E); | 
 |       return Success(APValue(LHSAddrExpr, RHSAddrExpr), E); | 
 |     } | 
 |     const CharUnits &LHSOffset = LHSValue.getLValueOffset(); | 
 |     const CharUnits &RHSOffset = RHSValue.getLValueOffset(); | 
 |  | 
 |     SubobjectDesignator &LHSDesignator = LHSValue.getLValueDesignator(); | 
 |     SubobjectDesignator &RHSDesignator = RHSValue.getLValueDesignator(); | 
 |  | 
 |     // C++11 [expr.add]p6: | 
 |     //   Unless both pointers point to elements of the same array object, or | 
 |     //   one past the last element of the array object, the behavior is | 
 |     //   undefined. | 
 |     if (!LHSDesignator.Invalid && !RHSDesignator.Invalid && | 
 |         !AreElementsOfSameArray(getType(LHSValue.Base), LHSDesignator, | 
 |                                 RHSDesignator)) | 
 |       Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_pointer_subtraction_not_same_array); | 
 |  | 
 |     QualType Type = E->getLHS()->getType(); | 
 |     QualType ElementType = Type->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); | 
 |  | 
 |     CharUnits ElementSize; | 
 |     if (!HandleSizeof(Info, E->getExprLoc(), ElementType, ElementSize)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     // As an extension, a type may have zero size (empty struct or union in | 
 |     // C, array of zero length). Pointer subtraction in such cases has | 
 |     // undefined behavior, so is not constant. | 
 |     if (ElementSize.isZero()) { | 
 |       Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_pointer_subtraction_zero_size) | 
 |           << ElementType; | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // FIXME: LLVM and GCC both compute LHSOffset - RHSOffset at runtime, | 
 |     // and produce incorrect results when it overflows. Such behavior | 
 |     // appears to be non-conforming, but is common, so perhaps we should | 
 |     // assume the standard intended for such cases to be undefined behavior | 
 |     // and check for them. | 
 |  | 
 |     // Compute (LHSOffset - RHSOffset) / Size carefully, checking for | 
 |     // overflow in the final conversion to ptrdiff_t. | 
 |     APSInt LHS(llvm::APInt(65, (int64_t)LHSOffset.getQuantity(), true), false); | 
 |     APSInt RHS(llvm::APInt(65, (int64_t)RHSOffset.getQuantity(), true), false); | 
 |     APSInt ElemSize(llvm::APInt(65, (int64_t)ElementSize.getQuantity(), true), | 
 |                     false); | 
 |     APSInt TrueResult = (LHS - RHS) / ElemSize; | 
 |     APSInt Result = TrueResult.trunc(Info.Ctx.getIntWidth(E->getType())); | 
 |  | 
 |     if (Result.extend(65) != TrueResult && | 
 |         !HandleOverflow(Info, E, TrueResult, E->getType())) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     return Success(Result, E); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   return ExprEvaluatorBaseTy::VisitBinaryOperator(E); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// VisitUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr - Evaluate a sizeof, alignof or vec_step with | 
 | /// a result as the expression's type. | 
 | bool IntExprEvaluator::VisitUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr( | 
 |                                     const UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr *E) { | 
 |   switch(E->getKind()) { | 
 |   case UETT_PreferredAlignOf: | 
 |   case UETT_AlignOf: { | 
 |     if (E->isArgumentType()) | 
 |       return Success( | 
 |           GetAlignOfType(Info.Ctx, E->getArgumentType(), E->getKind()), E); | 
 |     else | 
 |       return Success( | 
 |           GetAlignOfExpr(Info.Ctx, E->getArgumentExpr(), E->getKind()), E); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   case UETT_PtrAuthTypeDiscriminator: { | 
 |     if (E->getArgumentType()->isDependentType()) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     return Success( | 
 |         Info.Ctx.getPointerAuthTypeDiscriminator(E->getArgumentType()), E); | 
 |   } | 
 |   case UETT_VecStep: { | 
 |     QualType Ty = E->getTypeOfArgument(); | 
 |  | 
 |     if (Ty->isVectorType()) { | 
 |       unsigned n = Ty->castAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements(); | 
 |  | 
 |       // The vec_step built-in functions that take a 3-component | 
 |       // vector return 4. (OpenCL 1.1 spec 6.11.12) | 
 |       if (n == 3) | 
 |         n = 4; | 
 |  | 
 |       return Success(n, E); | 
 |     } else | 
 |       return Success(1, E); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   case UETT_DataSizeOf: | 
 |   case UETT_SizeOf: { | 
 |     QualType SrcTy = E->getTypeOfArgument(); | 
 |     // C++ [expr.sizeof]p2: "When applied to a reference or a reference type, | 
 |     //   the result is the size of the referenced type." | 
 |     if (const ReferenceType *Ref = SrcTy->getAs<ReferenceType>()) | 
 |       SrcTy = Ref->getPointeeType(); | 
 |  | 
 |     CharUnits Sizeof; | 
 |     if (!HandleSizeof(Info, E->getExprLoc(), SrcTy, Sizeof, | 
 |                       E->getKind() == UETT_DataSizeOf ? SizeOfType::DataSizeOf | 
 |                                                       : SizeOfType::SizeOf)) { | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     } | 
 |     return Success(Sizeof, E); | 
 |   } | 
 |   case UETT_OpenMPRequiredSimdAlign: | 
 |     assert(E->isArgumentType()); | 
 |     return Success( | 
 |         Info.Ctx.toCharUnitsFromBits( | 
 |                     Info.Ctx.getOpenMPDefaultSimdAlign(E->getArgumentType())) | 
 |             .getQuantity(), | 
 |         E); | 
 |   case UETT_VectorElements: { | 
 |     QualType Ty = E->getTypeOfArgument(); | 
 |     // If the vector has a fixed size, we can determine the number of elements | 
 |     // at compile time. | 
 |     if (const auto *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) | 
 |       return Success(VT->getNumElements(), E); | 
 |  | 
 |     assert(Ty->isSizelessVectorType()); | 
 |     if (Info.InConstantContext) | 
 |       Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_non_const_vectorelements) | 
 |           << E->getSourceRange(); | 
 |  | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   llvm_unreachable("unknown expr/type trait"); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool IntExprEvaluator::VisitOffsetOfExpr(const OffsetOfExpr *OOE) { | 
 |   CharUnits Result; | 
 |   unsigned n = OOE->getNumComponents(); | 
 |   if (n == 0) | 
 |     return Error(OOE); | 
 |   QualType CurrentType = OOE->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType(); | 
 |   for (unsigned i = 0; i != n; ++i) { | 
 |     OffsetOfNode ON = OOE->getComponent(i); | 
 |     switch (ON.getKind()) { | 
 |     case OffsetOfNode::Array: { | 
 |       const Expr *Idx = OOE->getIndexExpr(ON.getArrayExprIndex()); | 
 |       APSInt IdxResult; | 
 |       if (!EvaluateInteger(Idx, IdxResult, Info)) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |       const ArrayType *AT = Info.Ctx.getAsArrayType(CurrentType); | 
 |       if (!AT) | 
 |         return Error(OOE); | 
 |       CurrentType = AT->getElementType(); | 
 |       CharUnits ElementSize = Info.Ctx.getTypeSizeInChars(CurrentType); | 
 |       Result += IdxResult.getSExtValue() * ElementSize; | 
 |       break; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     case OffsetOfNode::Field: { | 
 |       FieldDecl *MemberDecl = ON.getField(); | 
 |       const RecordType *RT = CurrentType->getAs<RecordType>(); | 
 |       if (!RT) | 
 |         return Error(OOE); | 
 |       RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); | 
 |       if (RD->isInvalidDecl()) return false; | 
 |       const ASTRecordLayout &RL = Info.Ctx.getASTRecordLayout(RD); | 
 |       unsigned i = MemberDecl->getFieldIndex(); | 
 |       assert(i < RL.getFieldCount() && "offsetof field in wrong type"); | 
 |       Result += Info.Ctx.toCharUnitsFromBits(RL.getFieldOffset(i)); | 
 |       CurrentType = MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType(); | 
 |       break; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     case OffsetOfNode::Identifier: | 
 |       llvm_unreachable("dependent __builtin_offsetof"); | 
 |  | 
 |     case OffsetOfNode::Base: { | 
 |       CXXBaseSpecifier *BaseSpec = ON.getBase(); | 
 |       if (BaseSpec->isVirtual()) | 
 |         return Error(OOE); | 
 |  | 
 |       // Find the layout of the class whose base we are looking into. | 
 |       const RecordType *RT = CurrentType->getAs<RecordType>(); | 
 |       if (!RT) | 
 |         return Error(OOE); | 
 |       RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); | 
 |       if (RD->isInvalidDecl()) return false; | 
 |       const ASTRecordLayout &RL = Info.Ctx.getASTRecordLayout(RD); | 
 |  | 
 |       // Find the base class itself. | 
 |       CurrentType = BaseSpec->getType(); | 
 |       const RecordType *BaseRT = CurrentType->getAs<RecordType>(); | 
 |       if (!BaseRT) | 
 |         return Error(OOE); | 
 |  | 
 |       // Add the offset to the base. | 
 |       Result += RL.getBaseClassOffset(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl())); | 
 |       break; | 
 |     } | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |   return Success(Result, OOE); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool IntExprEvaluator::VisitUnaryOperator(const UnaryOperator *E) { | 
 |   switch (E->getOpcode()) { | 
 |   default: | 
 |     // Address, indirect, pre/post inc/dec, etc are not valid constant exprs. | 
 |     // See C99 6.6p3. | 
 |     return Error(E); | 
 |   case UO_Extension: | 
 |     // FIXME: Should extension allow i-c-e extension expressions in its scope? | 
 |     // If so, we could clear the diagnostic ID. | 
 |     return Visit(E->getSubExpr()); | 
 |   case UO_Plus: | 
 |     // The result is just the value. | 
 |     return Visit(E->getSubExpr()); | 
 |   case UO_Minus: { | 
 |     if (!Visit(E->getSubExpr())) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     if (!Result.isInt()) return Error(E); | 
 |     const APSInt &Value = Result.getInt(); | 
 |     if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isMinSignedValue() && E->canOverflow()) { | 
 |       if (Info.checkingForUndefinedBehavior()) | 
 |         Info.Ctx.getDiagnostics().Report(E->getExprLoc(), | 
 |                                          diag::warn_integer_constant_overflow) | 
 |             << toString(Value, 10, Value.isSigned(), /*formatAsCLiteral=*/false, | 
 |                         /*UpperCase=*/true, /*InsertSeparators=*/true) | 
 |             << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange(); | 
 |  | 
 |       if (!HandleOverflow(Info, E, -Value.extend(Value.getBitWidth() + 1), | 
 |                           E->getType())) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |     } | 
 |     return Success(-Value, E); | 
 |   } | 
 |   case UO_Not: { | 
 |     if (!Visit(E->getSubExpr())) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     if (!Result.isInt()) return Error(E); | 
 |     return Success(~Result.getInt(), E); | 
 |   } | 
 |   case UO_LNot: { | 
 |     bool bres; | 
 |     if (!EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(E->getSubExpr(), bres, Info)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     return Success(!bres, E); | 
 |   } | 
 |   } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// HandleCast - This is used to evaluate implicit or explicit casts where the | 
 | /// result type is integer. | 
 | bool IntExprEvaluator::VisitCastExpr(const CastExpr *E) { | 
 |   const Expr *SubExpr = E->getSubExpr(); | 
 |   QualType DestType = E->getType(); | 
 |   QualType SrcType = SubExpr->getType(); | 
 |  | 
 |   switch (E->getCastKind()) { | 
 |   case CK_BaseToDerived: | 
 |   case CK_DerivedToBase: | 
 |   case CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase: | 
 |   case CK_Dynamic: | 
 |   case CK_ToUnion: | 
 |   case CK_ArrayToPointerDecay: | 
 |   case CK_FunctionToPointerDecay: | 
 |   case CK_NullToPointer: | 
 |   case CK_NullToMemberPointer: | 
 |   case CK_BaseToDerivedMemberPointer: | 
 |   case CK_DerivedToBaseMemberPointer: | 
 |   case CK_ReinterpretMemberPointer: | 
 |   case CK_ConstructorConversion: | 
 |   case CK_IntegralToPointer: | 
 |   case CK_ToVoid: | 
 |   case CK_VectorSplat: | 
 |   case CK_IntegralToFloating: | 
 |   case CK_FloatingCast: | 
 |   case CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast: | 
 |   case CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast: | 
 |   case CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast: | 
 |   case CK_ObjCObjectLValueCast: | 
 |   case CK_FloatingRealToComplex: | 
 |   case CK_FloatingComplexToReal: | 
 |   case CK_FloatingComplexCast: | 
 |   case CK_FloatingComplexToIntegralComplex: | 
 |   case CK_IntegralRealToComplex: | 
 |   case CK_IntegralComplexCast: | 
 |   case CK_IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex: | 
 |   case CK_BuiltinFnToFnPtr: | 
 |   case CK_ZeroToOCLOpaqueType: | 
 |   case CK_NonAtomicToAtomic: | 
 |   case CK_AddressSpaceConversion: | 
 |   case CK_IntToOCLSampler: | 
 |   case CK_FloatingToFixedPoint: | 
 |   case CK_FixedPointToFloating: | 
 |   case CK_FixedPointCast: | 
 |   case CK_IntegralToFixedPoint: | 
 |   case CK_MatrixCast: | 
 |   case CK_HLSLAggregateSplatCast: | 
 |     llvm_unreachable("invalid cast kind for integral value"); | 
 |  | 
 |   case CK_BitCast: | 
 |   case CK_Dependent: | 
 |   case CK_LValueBitCast: | 
 |   case CK_ARCProduceObject: | 
 |   case CK_ARCConsumeObject: | 
 |   case CK_ARCReclaimReturnedObject: | 
 |   case CK_ARCExtendBlockObject: | 
 |   case CK_CopyAndAutoreleaseBlockObject: | 
 |     return Error(E); | 
 |  | 
 |   case CK_UserDefinedConversion: | 
 |   case CK_LValueToRValue: | 
 |   case CK_AtomicToNonAtomic: | 
 |   case CK_NoOp: | 
 |   case CK_LValueToRValueBitCast: | 
 |   case CK_HLSLArrayRValue: | 
 |   case CK_HLSLElementwiseCast: | 
 |     return ExprEvaluatorBaseTy::VisitCastExpr(E); | 
 |  | 
 |   case CK_MemberPointerToBoolean: | 
 |   case CK_PointerToBoolean: | 
 |   case CK_IntegralToBoolean: | 
 |   case CK_FloatingToBoolean: | 
 |   case CK_BooleanToSignedIntegral: | 
 |   case CK_FloatingComplexToBoolean: | 
 |   case CK_IntegralComplexToBoolean: { | 
 |     bool BoolResult; | 
 |     if (!EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(SubExpr, BoolResult, Info)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     uint64_t IntResult = BoolResult; | 
 |     if (BoolResult && E->getCastKind() == CK_BooleanToSignedIntegral) | 
 |       IntResult = (uint64_t)-1; | 
 |     return Success(IntResult, E); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   case CK_FixedPointToIntegral: { | 
 |     APFixedPoint Src(Info.Ctx.getFixedPointSemantics(SrcType)); | 
 |     if (!EvaluateFixedPoint(SubExpr, Src, Info)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     bool Overflowed; | 
 |     llvm::APSInt Result = Src.convertToInt( | 
 |         Info.Ctx.getIntWidth(DestType), | 
 |         DestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(), &Overflowed); | 
 |     if (Overflowed && !HandleOverflow(Info, E, Result, DestType)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     return Success(Result, E); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   case CK_FixedPointToBoolean: { | 
 |     // Unsigned padding does not affect this. | 
 |     APValue Val; | 
 |     if (!Evaluate(Val, Info, SubExpr)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     return Success(Val.getFixedPoint().getBoolValue(), E); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   case CK_IntegralCast: { | 
 |     if (!Visit(SubExpr)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     if (!Result.isInt()) { | 
 |       // Allow casts of address-of-label differences if they are no-ops | 
 |       // or narrowing.  (The narrowing case isn't actually guaranteed to | 
 |       // be constant-evaluatable except in some narrow cases which are hard | 
 |       // to detect here.  We let it through on the assumption the user knows | 
 |       // what they are doing.) | 
 |       if (Result.isAddrLabelDiff()) | 
 |         return Info.Ctx.getTypeSize(DestType) <= Info.Ctx.getTypeSize(SrcType); | 
 |       // Only allow casts of lvalues if they are lossless. | 
 |       return Info.Ctx.getTypeSize(DestType) == Info.Ctx.getTypeSize(SrcType); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     if (Info.Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Info.InConstantContext && | 
 |         Info.EvalMode == EvalInfo::EM_ConstantExpression && | 
 |         DestType->isEnumeralType()) { | 
 |  | 
 |       bool ConstexprVar = true; | 
 |  | 
 |       // We know if we are here that we are in a context that we might require | 
 |       // a constant expression or a context that requires a constant | 
 |       // value. But if we are initializing a value we don't know if it is a | 
 |       // constexpr variable or not. We can check the EvaluatingDecl to determine | 
 |       // if it constexpr or not. If not then we don't want to emit a diagnostic. | 
 |       if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>( | 
 |               Info.EvaluatingDecl.dyn_cast<const ValueDecl *>())) | 
 |         ConstexprVar = VD->isConstexpr(); | 
 |  | 
 |       const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(DestType.getCanonicalType()); | 
 |       const EnumDecl *ED = ET->getDecl(); | 
 |       // Check that the value is within the range of the enumeration values. | 
 |       // | 
 |       // This corressponds to [expr.static.cast]p10 which says: | 
 |       // A value of integral or enumeration type can be explicitly converted | 
 |       // to a complete enumeration type ... If the enumeration type does not | 
 |       // have a fixed underlying type, the value is unchanged if the original | 
 |       // value is within the range of the enumeration values ([dcl.enum]), and | 
 |       // otherwise, the behavior is undefined. | 
 |       // | 
 |       // This was resolved as part of DR2338 which has CD5 status. | 
 |       if (!ED->isFixed()) { | 
 |         llvm::APInt Min; | 
 |         llvm::APInt Max; | 
 |  | 
 |         ED->getValueRange(Max, Min); | 
 |         --Max; | 
 |  | 
 |         if (ED->getNumNegativeBits() && ConstexprVar && | 
 |             (Max.slt(Result.getInt().getSExtValue()) || | 
 |              Min.sgt(Result.getInt().getSExtValue()))) | 
 |           Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_unscoped_enum_out_of_range) | 
 |               << llvm::toString(Result.getInt(), 10) << Min.getSExtValue() | 
 |               << Max.getSExtValue() << ED; | 
 |         else if (!ED->getNumNegativeBits() && ConstexprVar && | 
 |                  Max.ult(Result.getInt().getZExtValue())) | 
 |           Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_unscoped_enum_out_of_range) | 
 |               << llvm::toString(Result.getInt(), 10) << Min.getZExtValue() | 
 |               << Max.getZExtValue() << ED; | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     return Success(HandleIntToIntCast(Info, E, DestType, SrcType, | 
 |                                       Result.getInt()), E); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   case CK_PointerToIntegral: { | 
 |     CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_invalid_cast) | 
 |         << 2 << Info.Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus << E->getSourceRange(); | 
 |  | 
 |     LValue LV; | 
 |     if (!EvaluatePointer(SubExpr, LV, Info)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     if (LV.getLValueBase()) { | 
 |       // Only allow based lvalue casts if they are lossless. | 
 |       // FIXME: Allow a larger integer size than the pointer size, and allow | 
 |       // narrowing back down to pointer width in subsequent integral casts. | 
 |       // FIXME: Check integer type's active bits, not its type size. | 
 |       if (Info.Ctx.getTypeSize(DestType) != Info.Ctx.getTypeSize(SrcType)) | 
 |         return Error(E); | 
 |  | 
 |       LV.Designator.setInvalid(); | 
 |       LV.moveInto(Result); | 
 |       return true; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     APSInt AsInt; | 
 |     APValue V; | 
 |     LV.moveInto(V); | 
 |     if (!V.toIntegralConstant(AsInt, SrcType, Info.Ctx)) | 
 |       llvm_unreachable("Can't cast this!"); | 
 |  | 
 |     return Success(HandleIntToIntCast(Info, E, DestType, SrcType, AsInt), E); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   case CK_IntegralComplexToReal: { | 
 |     ComplexValue C; | 
 |     if (!EvaluateComplex(SubExpr, C, Info)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     return Success(C.getComplexIntReal(), E); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   case CK_FloatingToIntegral: { | 
 |     APFloat F(0.0); | 
 |     if (!EvaluateFloat(SubExpr, F, Info)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     APSInt Value; | 
 |     if (!HandleFloatToIntCast(Info, E, SrcType, F, DestType, Value)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     return Success(Value, E); | 
 |   } | 
 |   case CK_HLSLVectorTruncation: { | 
 |     APValue Val; | 
 |     if (!EvaluateVector(SubExpr, Val, Info)) | 
 |       return Error(E); | 
 |     return Success(Val.getVectorElt(0), E); | 
 |   } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   llvm_unreachable("unknown cast resulting in integral value"); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool IntExprEvaluator::VisitUnaryReal(const UnaryOperator *E) { | 
 |   if (E->getSubExpr()->getType()->isAnyComplexType()) { | 
 |     ComplexValue LV; | 
 |     if (!EvaluateComplex(E->getSubExpr(), LV, Info)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     if (!LV.isComplexInt()) | 
 |       return Error(E); | 
 |     return Success(LV.getComplexIntReal(), E); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   return Visit(E->getSubExpr()); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool IntExprEvaluator::VisitUnaryImag(const UnaryOperator *E) { | 
 |   if (E->getSubExpr()->getType()->isComplexIntegerType()) { | 
 |     ComplexValue LV; | 
 |     if (!EvaluateComplex(E->getSubExpr(), LV, Info)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     if (!LV.isComplexInt()) | 
 |       return Error(E); | 
 |     return Success(LV.getComplexIntImag(), E); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   VisitIgnoredValue(E->getSubExpr()); | 
 |   return Success(0, E); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool IntExprEvaluator::VisitSizeOfPackExpr(const SizeOfPackExpr *E) { | 
 |   return Success(E->getPackLength(), E); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool IntExprEvaluator::VisitCXXNoexceptExpr(const CXXNoexceptExpr *E) { | 
 |   return Success(E->getValue(), E); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool IntExprEvaluator::VisitConceptSpecializationExpr( | 
 |        const ConceptSpecializationExpr *E) { | 
 |   return Success(E->isSatisfied(), E); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool IntExprEvaluator::VisitRequiresExpr(const RequiresExpr *E) { | 
 |   return Success(E->isSatisfied(), E); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool FixedPointExprEvaluator::VisitUnaryOperator(const UnaryOperator *E) { | 
 |   switch (E->getOpcode()) { | 
 |     default: | 
 |       // Invalid unary operators | 
 |       return Error(E); | 
 |     case UO_Plus: | 
 |       // The result is just the value. | 
 |       return Visit(E->getSubExpr()); | 
 |     case UO_Minus: { | 
 |       if (!Visit(E->getSubExpr())) return false; | 
 |       if (!Result.isFixedPoint()) | 
 |         return Error(E); | 
 |       bool Overflowed; | 
 |       APFixedPoint Negated = Result.getFixedPoint().negate(&Overflowed); | 
 |       if (Overflowed && !HandleOverflow(Info, E, Negated, E->getType())) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |       return Success(Negated, E); | 
 |     } | 
 |     case UO_LNot: { | 
 |       bool bres; | 
 |       if (!EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(E->getSubExpr(), bres, Info)) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |       return Success(!bres, E); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool FixedPointExprEvaluator::VisitCastExpr(const CastExpr *E) { | 
 |   const Expr *SubExpr = E->getSubExpr(); | 
 |   QualType DestType = E->getType(); | 
 |   assert(DestType->isFixedPointType() && | 
 |          "Expected destination type to be a fixed point type"); | 
 |   auto DestFXSema = Info.Ctx.getFixedPointSemantics(DestType); | 
 |  | 
 |   switch (E->getCastKind()) { | 
 |   case CK_FixedPointCast: { | 
 |     APFixedPoint Src(Info.Ctx.getFixedPointSemantics(SubExpr->getType())); | 
 |     if (!EvaluateFixedPoint(SubExpr, Src, Info)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     bool Overflowed; | 
 |     APFixedPoint Result = Src.convert(DestFXSema, &Overflowed); | 
 |     if (Overflowed) { | 
 |       if (Info.checkingForUndefinedBehavior()) | 
 |         Info.Ctx.getDiagnostics().Report(E->getExprLoc(), | 
 |                                          diag::warn_fixedpoint_constant_overflow) | 
 |           << Result.toString() << E->getType(); | 
 |       if (!HandleOverflow(Info, E, Result, E->getType())) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |     } | 
 |     return Success(Result, E); | 
 |   } | 
 |   case CK_IntegralToFixedPoint: { | 
 |     APSInt Src; | 
 |     if (!EvaluateInteger(SubExpr, Src, Info)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     bool Overflowed; | 
 |     APFixedPoint IntResult = APFixedPoint::getFromIntValue( | 
 |         Src, Info.Ctx.getFixedPointSemantics(DestType), &Overflowed); | 
 |  | 
 |     if (Overflowed) { | 
 |       if (Info.checkingForUndefinedBehavior()) | 
 |         Info.Ctx.getDiagnostics().Report(E->getExprLoc(), | 
 |                                          diag::warn_fixedpoint_constant_overflow) | 
 |           << IntResult.toString() << E->getType(); | 
 |       if (!HandleOverflow(Info, E, IntResult, E->getType())) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     return Success(IntResult, E); | 
 |   } | 
 |   case CK_FloatingToFixedPoint: { | 
 |     APFloat Src(0.0); | 
 |     if (!EvaluateFloat(SubExpr, Src, Info)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     bool Overflowed; | 
 |     APFixedPoint Result = APFixedPoint::getFromFloatValue( | 
 |         Src, Info.Ctx.getFixedPointSemantics(DestType), &Overflowed); | 
 |  | 
 |     if (Overflowed) { | 
 |       if (Info.checkingForUndefinedBehavior()) | 
 |         Info.Ctx.getDiagnostics().Report(E->getExprLoc(), | 
 |                                          diag::warn_fixedpoint_constant_overflow) | 
 |           << Result.toString() << E->getType(); | 
 |       if (!HandleOverflow(Info, E, Result, E->getType())) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     return Success(Result, E); | 
 |   } | 
 |   case CK_NoOp: | 
 |   case CK_LValueToRValue: | 
 |     return ExprEvaluatorBaseTy::VisitCastExpr(E); | 
 |   default: | 
 |     return Error(E); | 
 |   } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool FixedPointExprEvaluator::VisitBinaryOperator(const BinaryOperator *E) { | 
 |   if (E->isPtrMemOp() || E->isAssignmentOp() || E->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) | 
 |     return ExprEvaluatorBaseTy::VisitBinaryOperator(E); | 
 |  | 
 |   const Expr *LHS = E->getLHS(); | 
 |   const Expr *RHS = E->getRHS(); | 
 |   FixedPointSemantics ResultFXSema = | 
 |       Info.Ctx.getFixedPointSemantics(E->getType()); | 
 |  | 
 |   APFixedPoint LHSFX(Info.Ctx.getFixedPointSemantics(LHS->getType())); | 
 |   if (!EvaluateFixedPointOrInteger(LHS, LHSFX, Info)) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   APFixedPoint RHSFX(Info.Ctx.getFixedPointSemantics(RHS->getType())); | 
 |   if (!EvaluateFixedPointOrInteger(RHS, RHSFX, Info)) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   bool OpOverflow = false, ConversionOverflow = false; | 
 |   APFixedPoint Result(LHSFX.getSemantics()); | 
 |   switch (E->getOpcode()) { | 
 |   case BO_Add: { | 
 |     Result = LHSFX.add(RHSFX, &OpOverflow) | 
 |                   .convert(ResultFXSema, &ConversionOverflow); | 
 |     break; | 
 |   } | 
 |   case BO_Sub: { | 
 |     Result = LHSFX.sub(RHSFX, &OpOverflow) | 
 |                   .convert(ResultFXSema, &ConversionOverflow); | 
 |     break; | 
 |   } | 
 |   case BO_Mul: { | 
 |     Result = LHSFX.mul(RHSFX, &OpOverflow) | 
 |                   .convert(ResultFXSema, &ConversionOverflow); | 
 |     break; | 
 |   } | 
 |   case BO_Div: { | 
 |     if (RHSFX.getValue() == 0) { | 
 |       Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_expr_divide_by_zero); | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     } | 
 |     Result = LHSFX.div(RHSFX, &OpOverflow) | 
 |                   .convert(ResultFXSema, &ConversionOverflow); | 
 |     break; | 
 |   } | 
 |   case BO_Shl: | 
 |   case BO_Shr: { | 
 |     FixedPointSemantics LHSSema = LHSFX.getSemantics(); | 
 |     llvm::APSInt RHSVal = RHSFX.getValue(); | 
 |  | 
 |     unsigned ShiftBW = | 
 |         LHSSema.getWidth() - (unsigned)LHSSema.hasUnsignedPadding(); | 
 |     unsigned Amt = RHSVal.getLimitedValue(ShiftBW - 1); | 
 |     // Embedded-C 4.1.6.2.2: | 
 |     //   The right operand must be nonnegative and less than the total number | 
 |     //   of (nonpadding) bits of the fixed-point operand ... | 
 |     if (RHSVal.isNegative()) | 
 |       Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_negative_shift) << RHSVal; | 
 |     else if (Amt != RHSVal) | 
 |       Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_large_shift) | 
 |           << RHSVal << E->getType() << ShiftBW; | 
 |  | 
 |     if (E->getOpcode() == BO_Shl) | 
 |       Result = LHSFX.shl(Amt, &OpOverflow); | 
 |     else | 
 |       Result = LHSFX.shr(Amt, &OpOverflow); | 
 |     break; | 
 |   } | 
 |   default: | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |   if (OpOverflow || ConversionOverflow) { | 
 |     if (Info.checkingForUndefinedBehavior()) | 
 |       Info.Ctx.getDiagnostics().Report(E->getExprLoc(), | 
 |                                        diag::warn_fixedpoint_constant_overflow) | 
 |         << Result.toString() << E->getType(); | 
 |     if (!HandleOverflow(Info, E, Result, E->getType())) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |   return Success(Result, E); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | 
 | // Float Evaluation | 
 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | 
 |  | 
 | namespace { | 
 | class FloatExprEvaluator | 
 |   : public ExprEvaluatorBase<FloatExprEvaluator> { | 
 |   APFloat &Result; | 
 | public: | 
 |   FloatExprEvaluator(EvalInfo &info, APFloat &result) | 
 |     : ExprEvaluatorBaseTy(info), Result(result) {} | 
 |  | 
 |   bool Success(const APValue &V, const Expr *e) { | 
 |     Result = V.getFloat(); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   bool ZeroInitialization(const Expr *E) { | 
 |     Result = APFloat::getZero(Info.Ctx.getFloatTypeSemantics(E->getType())); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   bool VisitCallExpr(const CallExpr *E); | 
 |  | 
 |   bool VisitUnaryOperator(const UnaryOperator *E); | 
 |   bool VisitBinaryOperator(const BinaryOperator *E); | 
 |   bool VisitFloatingLiteral(const FloatingLiteral *E); | 
 |   bool VisitCastExpr(const CastExpr *E); | 
 |  | 
 |   bool VisitUnaryReal(const UnaryOperator *E); | 
 |   bool VisitUnaryImag(const UnaryOperator *E); | 
 |  | 
 |   // FIXME: Missing: array subscript of vector, member of vector | 
 | }; | 
 | } // end anonymous namespace | 
 |  | 
 | static bool EvaluateFloat(const Expr* E, APFloat& Result, EvalInfo &Info) { | 
 |   assert(!E->isValueDependent()); | 
 |   assert(E->isPRValue() && E->getType()->isRealFloatingType()); | 
 |   return FloatExprEvaluator(Info, Result).Visit(E); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static bool TryEvaluateBuiltinNaN(const ASTContext &Context, | 
 |                                   QualType ResultTy, | 
 |                                   const Expr *Arg, | 
 |                                   bool SNaN, | 
 |                                   llvm::APFloat &Result) { | 
 |   const StringLiteral *S = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(Arg->IgnoreParenCasts()); | 
 |   if (!S) return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   const llvm::fltSemantics &Sem = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(ResultTy); | 
 |  | 
 |   llvm::APInt fill; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Treat empty strings as if they were zero. | 
 |   if (S->getString().empty()) | 
 |     fill = llvm::APInt(32, 0); | 
 |   else if (S->getString().getAsInteger(0, fill)) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (Context.getTargetInfo().isNan2008()) { | 
 |     if (SNaN) | 
 |       Result = llvm::APFloat::getSNaN(Sem, false, &fill); | 
 |     else | 
 |       Result = llvm::APFloat::getQNaN(Sem, false, &fill); | 
 |   } else { | 
 |     // Prior to IEEE 754-2008, architectures were allowed to choose whether | 
 |     // the first bit of their significand was set for qNaN or sNaN. MIPS chose | 
 |     // a different encoding to what became a standard in 2008, and for pre- | 
 |     // 2008 revisions, MIPS interpreted sNaN-2008 as qNan and qNaN-2008 as | 
 |     // sNaN. This is now known as "legacy NaN" encoding. | 
 |     if (SNaN) | 
 |       Result = llvm::APFloat::getQNaN(Sem, false, &fill); | 
 |     else | 
 |       Result = llvm::APFloat::getSNaN(Sem, false, &fill); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool FloatExprEvaluator::VisitCallExpr(const CallExpr *E) { | 
 |   if (!IsConstantEvaluatedBuiltinCall(E)) | 
 |     return ExprEvaluatorBaseTy::VisitCallExpr(E); | 
 |  | 
 |   switch (E->getBuiltinCallee()) { | 
 |   default: | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_huge_val: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_huge_valf: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_huge_vall: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_huge_valf16: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_huge_valf128: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_inf: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_inff: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_infl: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_inff16: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_inff128: { | 
 |     const llvm::fltSemantics &Sem = | 
 |       Info.Ctx.getFloatTypeSemantics(E->getType()); | 
 |     Result = llvm::APFloat::getInf(Sem); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_nans: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_nansf: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_nansl: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_nansf16: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_nansf128: | 
 |     if (!TryEvaluateBuiltinNaN(Info.Ctx, E->getType(), E->getArg(0), | 
 |                                true, Result)) | 
 |       return Error(E); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |  | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_nan: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_nanf: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_nanl: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_nanf16: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_nanf128: | 
 |     // If this is __builtin_nan() turn this into a nan, otherwise we | 
 |     // can't constant fold it. | 
 |     if (!TryEvaluateBuiltinNaN(Info.Ctx, E->getType(), E->getArg(0), | 
 |                                false, Result)) | 
 |       return Error(E); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |  | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabs: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsf: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsl: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsf128: | 
 |     // The C standard says "fabs raises no floating-point exceptions, | 
 |     // even if x is a signaling NaN. The returned value is independent of | 
 |     // the current rounding direction mode."  Therefore constant folding can | 
 |     // proceed without regard to the floating point settings. | 
 |     // Reference, WG14 N2478 F.10.4.3 | 
 |     if (!EvaluateFloat(E->getArg(0), Result, Info)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     if (Result.isNegative()) | 
 |       Result.changeSign(); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |  | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__arithmetic_fence: | 
 |     return EvaluateFloat(E->getArg(0), Result, Info); | 
 |  | 
 |   // FIXME: Builtin::BI__builtin_powi | 
 |   // FIXME: Builtin::BI__builtin_powif | 
 |   // FIXME: Builtin::BI__builtin_powil | 
 |  | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_copysign: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_copysignf: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_copysignl: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_copysignf128: { | 
 |     APFloat RHS(0.); | 
 |     if (!EvaluateFloat(E->getArg(0), Result, Info) || | 
 |         !EvaluateFloat(E->getArg(1), RHS, Info)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     Result.copySign(RHS); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_fmax: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_fmaxf: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_fmaxl: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_fmaxf16: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_fmaxf128: { | 
 |     // TODO: Handle sNaN. | 
 |     APFloat RHS(0.); | 
 |     if (!EvaluateFloat(E->getArg(0), Result, Info) || | 
 |         !EvaluateFloat(E->getArg(1), RHS, Info)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     // When comparing zeroes, return +0.0 if one of the zeroes is positive. | 
 |     if (Result.isZero() && RHS.isZero() && Result.isNegative()) | 
 |       Result = RHS; | 
 |     else if (Result.isNaN() || RHS > Result) | 
 |       Result = RHS; | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_fmin: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_fminf: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_fminl: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_fminf16: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_fminf128: { | 
 |     // TODO: Handle sNaN. | 
 |     APFloat RHS(0.); | 
 |     if (!EvaluateFloat(E->getArg(0), Result, Info) || | 
 |         !EvaluateFloat(E->getArg(1), RHS, Info)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     // When comparing zeroes, return -0.0 if one of the zeroes is negative. | 
 |     if (Result.isZero() && RHS.isZero() && RHS.isNegative()) | 
 |       Result = RHS; | 
 |     else if (Result.isNaN() || RHS < Result) | 
 |       Result = RHS; | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_fmaximum_num: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_fmaximum_numf: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_fmaximum_numl: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_fmaximum_numf16: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_fmaximum_numf128: { | 
 |     APFloat RHS(0.); | 
 |     if (!EvaluateFloat(E->getArg(0), Result, Info) || | 
 |         !EvaluateFloat(E->getArg(1), RHS, Info)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     Result = maximumnum(Result, RHS); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_fminimum_num: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_fminimum_numf: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_fminimum_numl: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_fminimum_numf16: | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_fminimum_numf128: { | 
 |     APFloat RHS(0.); | 
 |     if (!EvaluateFloat(E->getArg(0), Result, Info) || | 
 |         !EvaluateFloat(E->getArg(1), RHS, Info)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     Result = minimumnum(Result, RHS); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |   } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool FloatExprEvaluator::VisitUnaryReal(const UnaryOperator *E) { | 
 |   if (E->getSubExpr()->getType()->isAnyComplexType()) { | 
 |     ComplexValue CV; | 
 |     if (!EvaluateComplex(E->getSubExpr(), CV, Info)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     Result = CV.FloatReal; | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   return Visit(E->getSubExpr()); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool FloatExprEvaluator::VisitUnaryImag(const UnaryOperator *E) { | 
 |   if (E->getSubExpr()->getType()->isAnyComplexType()) { | 
 |     ComplexValue CV; | 
 |     if (!EvaluateComplex(E->getSubExpr(), CV, Info)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     Result = CV.FloatImag; | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   VisitIgnoredValue(E->getSubExpr()); | 
 |   const llvm::fltSemantics &Sem = Info.Ctx.getFloatTypeSemantics(E->getType()); | 
 |   Result = llvm::APFloat::getZero(Sem); | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool FloatExprEvaluator::VisitUnaryOperator(const UnaryOperator *E) { | 
 |   switch (E->getOpcode()) { | 
 |   default: return Error(E); | 
 |   case UO_Plus: | 
 |     return EvaluateFloat(E->getSubExpr(), Result, Info); | 
 |   case UO_Minus: | 
 |     // In C standard, WG14 N2478 F.3 p4 | 
 |     // "the unary - raises no floating point exceptions, | 
 |     // even if the operand is signalling." | 
 |     if (!EvaluateFloat(E->getSubExpr(), Result, Info)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     Result.changeSign(); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool FloatExprEvaluator::VisitBinaryOperator(const BinaryOperator *E) { | 
 |   if (E->isPtrMemOp() || E->isAssignmentOp() || E->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) | 
 |     return ExprEvaluatorBaseTy::VisitBinaryOperator(E); | 
 |  | 
 |   APFloat RHS(0.0); | 
 |   bool LHSOK = EvaluateFloat(E->getLHS(), Result, Info); | 
 |   if (!LHSOK && !Info.noteFailure()) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   return EvaluateFloat(E->getRHS(), RHS, Info) && LHSOK && | 
 |          handleFloatFloatBinOp(Info, E, Result, E->getOpcode(), RHS); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool FloatExprEvaluator::VisitFloatingLiteral(const FloatingLiteral *E) { | 
 |   Result = E->getValue(); | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool FloatExprEvaluator::VisitCastExpr(const CastExpr *E) { | 
 |   const Expr* SubExpr = E->getSubExpr(); | 
 |  | 
 |   switch (E->getCastKind()) { | 
 |   default: | 
 |     return ExprEvaluatorBaseTy::VisitCastExpr(E); | 
 |  | 
 |   case CK_IntegralToFloating: { | 
 |     APSInt IntResult; | 
 |     const FPOptions FPO = E->getFPFeaturesInEffect( | 
 |                                   Info.Ctx.getLangOpts()); | 
 |     return EvaluateInteger(SubExpr, IntResult, Info) && | 
 |            HandleIntToFloatCast(Info, E, FPO, SubExpr->getType(), | 
 |                                 IntResult, E->getType(), Result); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   case CK_FixedPointToFloating: { | 
 |     APFixedPoint FixResult(Info.Ctx.getFixedPointSemantics(SubExpr->getType())); | 
 |     if (!EvaluateFixedPoint(SubExpr, FixResult, Info)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     Result = | 
 |         FixResult.convertToFloat(Info.Ctx.getFloatTypeSemantics(E->getType())); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   case CK_FloatingCast: { | 
 |     if (!Visit(SubExpr)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     return HandleFloatToFloatCast(Info, E, SubExpr->getType(), E->getType(), | 
 |                                   Result); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   case CK_FloatingComplexToReal: { | 
 |     ComplexValue V; | 
 |     if (!EvaluateComplex(SubExpr, V, Info)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     Result = V.getComplexFloatReal(); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |   case CK_HLSLVectorTruncation: { | 
 |     APValue Val; | 
 |     if (!EvaluateVector(SubExpr, Val, Info)) | 
 |       return Error(E); | 
 |     return Success(Val.getVectorElt(0), E); | 
 |   } | 
 |   } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | 
 | // Complex Evaluation (for float and integer) | 
 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | 
 |  | 
 | namespace { | 
 | class ComplexExprEvaluator | 
 |   : public ExprEvaluatorBase<ComplexExprEvaluator> { | 
 |   ComplexValue &Result; | 
 |  | 
 | public: | 
 |   ComplexExprEvaluator(EvalInfo &info, ComplexValue &Result) | 
 |     : ExprEvaluatorBaseTy(info), Result(Result) {} | 
 |  | 
 |   bool Success(const APValue &V, const Expr *e) { | 
 |     Result.setFrom(V); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   bool ZeroInitialization(const Expr *E); | 
 |  | 
 |   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// | 
 |   //                            Visitor Methods | 
 |   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// | 
 |  | 
 |   bool VisitImaginaryLiteral(const ImaginaryLiteral *E); | 
 |   bool VisitCastExpr(const CastExpr *E); | 
 |   bool VisitBinaryOperator(const BinaryOperator *E); | 
 |   bool VisitUnaryOperator(const UnaryOperator *E); | 
 |   bool VisitInitListExpr(const InitListExpr *E); | 
 |   bool VisitCallExpr(const CallExpr *E); | 
 | }; | 
 | } // end anonymous namespace | 
 |  | 
 | static bool EvaluateComplex(const Expr *E, ComplexValue &Result, | 
 |                             EvalInfo &Info) { | 
 |   assert(!E->isValueDependent()); | 
 |   assert(E->isPRValue() && E->getType()->isAnyComplexType()); | 
 |   return ComplexExprEvaluator(Info, Result).Visit(E); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool ComplexExprEvaluator::ZeroInitialization(const Expr *E) { | 
 |   QualType ElemTy = E->getType()->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(); | 
 |   if (ElemTy->isRealFloatingType()) { | 
 |     Result.makeComplexFloat(); | 
 |     APFloat Zero = APFloat::getZero(Info.Ctx.getFloatTypeSemantics(ElemTy)); | 
 |     Result.FloatReal = Zero; | 
 |     Result.FloatImag = Zero; | 
 |   } else { | 
 |     Result.makeComplexInt(); | 
 |     APSInt Zero = Info.Ctx.MakeIntValue(0, ElemTy); | 
 |     Result.IntReal = Zero; | 
 |     Result.IntImag = Zero; | 
 |   } | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool ComplexExprEvaluator::VisitImaginaryLiteral(const ImaginaryLiteral *E) { | 
 |   const Expr* SubExpr = E->getSubExpr(); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (SubExpr->getType()->isRealFloatingType()) { | 
 |     Result.makeComplexFloat(); | 
 |     APFloat &Imag = Result.FloatImag; | 
 |     if (!EvaluateFloat(SubExpr, Imag, Info)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     Result.FloatReal = APFloat(Imag.getSemantics()); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } else { | 
 |     assert(SubExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() && | 
 |            "Unexpected imaginary literal."); | 
 |  | 
 |     Result.makeComplexInt(); | 
 |     APSInt &Imag = Result.IntImag; | 
 |     if (!EvaluateInteger(SubExpr, Imag, Info)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     Result.IntReal = APSInt(Imag.getBitWidth(), !Imag.isSigned()); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool ComplexExprEvaluator::VisitCastExpr(const CastExpr *E) { | 
 |  | 
 |   switch (E->getCastKind()) { | 
 |   case CK_BitCast: | 
 |   case CK_BaseToDerived: | 
 |   case CK_DerivedToBase: | 
 |   case CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase: | 
 |   case CK_Dynamic: | 
 |   case CK_ToUnion: | 
 |   case CK_ArrayToPointerDecay: | 
 |   case CK_FunctionToPointerDecay: | 
 |   case CK_NullToPointer: | 
 |   case CK_NullToMemberPointer: | 
 |   case CK_BaseToDerivedMemberPointer: | 
 |   case CK_DerivedToBaseMemberPointer: | 
 |   case CK_MemberPointerToBoolean: | 
 |   case CK_ReinterpretMemberPointer: | 
 |   case CK_ConstructorConversion: | 
 |   case CK_IntegralToPointer: | 
 |   case CK_PointerToIntegral: | 
 |   case CK_PointerToBoolean: | 
 |   case CK_ToVoid: | 
 |   case CK_VectorSplat: | 
 |   case CK_IntegralCast: | 
 |   case CK_BooleanToSignedIntegral: | 
 |   case CK_IntegralToBoolean: | 
 |   case CK_IntegralToFloating: | 
 |   case CK_FloatingToIntegral: | 
 |   case CK_FloatingToBoolean: | 
 |   case CK_FloatingCast: | 
 |   case CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast: | 
 |   case CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast: | 
 |   case CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast: | 
 |   case CK_ObjCObjectLValueCast: | 
 |   case CK_FloatingComplexToReal: | 
 |   case CK_FloatingComplexToBoolean: | 
 |   case CK_IntegralComplexToReal: | 
 |   case CK_IntegralComplexToBoolean: | 
 |   case CK_ARCProduceObject: | 
 |   case CK_ARCConsumeObject: | 
 |   case CK_ARCReclaimReturnedObject: | 
 |   case CK_ARCExtendBlockObject: | 
 |   case CK_CopyAndAutoreleaseBlockObject: | 
 |   case CK_BuiltinFnToFnPtr: | 
 |   case CK_ZeroToOCLOpaqueType: | 
 |   case CK_NonAtomicToAtomic: | 
 |   case CK_AddressSpaceConversion: | 
 |   case CK_IntToOCLSampler: | 
 |   case CK_FloatingToFixedPoint: | 
 |   case CK_FixedPointToFloating: | 
 |   case CK_FixedPointCast: | 
 |   case CK_FixedPointToBoolean: | 
 |   case CK_FixedPointToIntegral: | 
 |   case CK_IntegralToFixedPoint: | 
 |   case CK_MatrixCast: | 
 |   case CK_HLSLVectorTruncation: | 
 |   case CK_HLSLElementwiseCast: | 
 |   case CK_HLSLAggregateSplatCast: | 
 |     llvm_unreachable("invalid cast kind for complex value"); | 
 |  | 
 |   case CK_LValueToRValue: | 
 |   case CK_AtomicToNonAtomic: | 
 |   case CK_NoOp: | 
 |   case CK_LValueToRValueBitCast: | 
 |   case CK_HLSLArrayRValue: | 
 |     return ExprEvaluatorBaseTy::VisitCastExpr(E); | 
 |  | 
 |   case CK_Dependent: | 
 |   case CK_LValueBitCast: | 
 |   case CK_UserDefinedConversion: | 
 |     return Error(E); | 
 |  | 
 |   case CK_FloatingRealToComplex: { | 
 |     APFloat &Real = Result.FloatReal; | 
 |     if (!EvaluateFloat(E->getSubExpr(), Real, Info)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     Result.makeComplexFloat(); | 
 |     Result.FloatImag = APFloat(Real.getSemantics()); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   case CK_FloatingComplexCast: { | 
 |     if (!Visit(E->getSubExpr())) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     QualType To = E->getType()->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(); | 
 |     QualType From | 
 |       = E->getSubExpr()->getType()->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(); | 
 |  | 
 |     return HandleFloatToFloatCast(Info, E, From, To, Result.FloatReal) && | 
 |            HandleFloatToFloatCast(Info, E, From, To, Result.FloatImag); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   case CK_FloatingComplexToIntegralComplex: { | 
 |     if (!Visit(E->getSubExpr())) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     QualType To = E->getType()->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(); | 
 |     QualType From | 
 |       = E->getSubExpr()->getType()->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(); | 
 |     Result.makeComplexInt(); | 
 |     return HandleFloatToIntCast(Info, E, From, Result.FloatReal, | 
 |                                 To, Result.IntReal) && | 
 |            HandleFloatToIntCast(Info, E, From, Result.FloatImag, | 
 |                                 To, Result.IntImag); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   case CK_IntegralRealToComplex: { | 
 |     APSInt &Real = Result.IntReal; | 
 |     if (!EvaluateInteger(E->getSubExpr(), Real, Info)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     Result.makeComplexInt(); | 
 |     Result.IntImag = APSInt(Real.getBitWidth(), !Real.isSigned()); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   case CK_IntegralComplexCast: { | 
 |     if (!Visit(E->getSubExpr())) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     QualType To = E->getType()->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(); | 
 |     QualType From | 
 |       = E->getSubExpr()->getType()->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(); | 
 |  | 
 |     Result.IntReal = HandleIntToIntCast(Info, E, To, From, Result.IntReal); | 
 |     Result.IntImag = HandleIntToIntCast(Info, E, To, From, Result.IntImag); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   case CK_IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex: { | 
 |     if (!Visit(E->getSubExpr())) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     const FPOptions FPO = E->getFPFeaturesInEffect( | 
 |                                   Info.Ctx.getLangOpts()); | 
 |     QualType To = E->getType()->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(); | 
 |     QualType From | 
 |       = E->getSubExpr()->getType()->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(); | 
 |     Result.makeComplexFloat(); | 
 |     return HandleIntToFloatCast(Info, E, FPO, From, Result.IntReal, | 
 |                                 To, Result.FloatReal) && | 
 |            HandleIntToFloatCast(Info, E, FPO, From, Result.IntImag, | 
 |                                 To, Result.FloatImag); | 
 |   } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   llvm_unreachable("unknown cast resulting in complex value"); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | void HandleComplexComplexMul(APFloat A, APFloat B, APFloat C, APFloat D, | 
 |                              APFloat &ResR, APFloat &ResI) { | 
 |   // This is an implementation of complex multiplication according to the | 
 |   // constraints laid out in C11 Annex G. The implementation uses the | 
 |   // following naming scheme: | 
 |   //   (a + ib) * (c + id) | 
 |  | 
 |   APFloat AC = A * C; | 
 |   APFloat BD = B * D; | 
 |   APFloat AD = A * D; | 
 |   APFloat BC = B * C; | 
 |   ResR = AC - BD; | 
 |   ResI = AD + BC; | 
 |   if (ResR.isNaN() && ResI.isNaN()) { | 
 |     bool Recalc = false; | 
 |     if (A.isInfinity() || B.isInfinity()) { | 
 |       A = APFloat::copySign(APFloat(A.getSemantics(), A.isInfinity() ? 1 : 0), | 
 |                             A); | 
 |       B = APFloat::copySign(APFloat(B.getSemantics(), B.isInfinity() ? 1 : 0), | 
 |                             B); | 
 |       if (C.isNaN()) | 
 |         C = APFloat::copySign(APFloat(C.getSemantics()), C); | 
 |       if (D.isNaN()) | 
 |         D = APFloat::copySign(APFloat(D.getSemantics()), D); | 
 |       Recalc = true; | 
 |     } | 
 |     if (C.isInfinity() || D.isInfinity()) { | 
 |       C = APFloat::copySign(APFloat(C.getSemantics(), C.isInfinity() ? 1 : 0), | 
 |                             C); | 
 |       D = APFloat::copySign(APFloat(D.getSemantics(), D.isInfinity() ? 1 : 0), | 
 |                             D); | 
 |       if (A.isNaN()) | 
 |         A = APFloat::copySign(APFloat(A.getSemantics()), A); | 
 |       if (B.isNaN()) | 
 |         B = APFloat::copySign(APFloat(B.getSemantics()), B); | 
 |       Recalc = true; | 
 |     } | 
 |     if (!Recalc && (AC.isInfinity() || BD.isInfinity() || AD.isInfinity() || | 
 |                     BC.isInfinity())) { | 
 |       if (A.isNaN()) | 
 |         A = APFloat::copySign(APFloat(A.getSemantics()), A); | 
 |       if (B.isNaN()) | 
 |         B = APFloat::copySign(APFloat(B.getSemantics()), B); | 
 |       if (C.isNaN()) | 
 |         C = APFloat::copySign(APFloat(C.getSemantics()), C); | 
 |       if (D.isNaN()) | 
 |         D = APFloat::copySign(APFloat(D.getSemantics()), D); | 
 |       Recalc = true; | 
 |     } | 
 |     if (Recalc) { | 
 |       ResR = APFloat::getInf(A.getSemantics()) * (A * C - B * D); | 
 |       ResI = APFloat::getInf(A.getSemantics()) * (A * D + B * C); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | void HandleComplexComplexDiv(APFloat A, APFloat B, APFloat C, APFloat D, | 
 |                              APFloat &ResR, APFloat &ResI) { | 
 |   // This is an implementation of complex division according to the | 
 |   // constraints laid out in C11 Annex G. The implementation uses the | 
 |   // following naming scheme: | 
 |   //   (a + ib) / (c + id) | 
 |  | 
 |   int DenomLogB = 0; | 
 |   APFloat MaxCD = maxnum(abs(C), abs(D)); | 
 |   if (MaxCD.isFinite()) { | 
 |     DenomLogB = ilogb(MaxCD); | 
 |     C = scalbn(C, -DenomLogB, APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven); | 
 |     D = scalbn(D, -DenomLogB, APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven); | 
 |   } | 
 |   APFloat Denom = C * C + D * D; | 
 |   ResR = | 
 |       scalbn((A * C + B * D) / Denom, -DenomLogB, APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven); | 
 |   ResI = | 
 |       scalbn((B * C - A * D) / Denom, -DenomLogB, APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven); | 
 |   if (ResR.isNaN() && ResI.isNaN()) { | 
 |     if (Denom.isPosZero() && (!A.isNaN() || !B.isNaN())) { | 
 |       ResR = APFloat::getInf(ResR.getSemantics(), C.isNegative()) * A; | 
 |       ResI = APFloat::getInf(ResR.getSemantics(), C.isNegative()) * B; | 
 |     } else if ((A.isInfinity() || B.isInfinity()) && C.isFinite() && | 
 |                D.isFinite()) { | 
 |       A = APFloat::copySign(APFloat(A.getSemantics(), A.isInfinity() ? 1 : 0), | 
 |                             A); | 
 |       B = APFloat::copySign(APFloat(B.getSemantics(), B.isInfinity() ? 1 : 0), | 
 |                             B); | 
 |       ResR = APFloat::getInf(ResR.getSemantics()) * (A * C + B * D); | 
 |       ResI = APFloat::getInf(ResI.getSemantics()) * (B * C - A * D); | 
 |     } else if (MaxCD.isInfinity() && A.isFinite() && B.isFinite()) { | 
 |       C = APFloat::copySign(APFloat(C.getSemantics(), C.isInfinity() ? 1 : 0), | 
 |                             C); | 
 |       D = APFloat::copySign(APFloat(D.getSemantics(), D.isInfinity() ? 1 : 0), | 
 |                             D); | 
 |       ResR = APFloat::getZero(ResR.getSemantics()) * (A * C + B * D); | 
 |       ResI = APFloat::getZero(ResI.getSemantics()) * (B * C - A * D); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool ComplexExprEvaluator::VisitBinaryOperator(const BinaryOperator *E) { | 
 |   if (E->isPtrMemOp() || E->isAssignmentOp() || E->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) | 
 |     return ExprEvaluatorBaseTy::VisitBinaryOperator(E); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Track whether the LHS or RHS is real at the type system level. When this is | 
 |   // the case we can simplify our evaluation strategy. | 
 |   bool LHSReal = false, RHSReal = false; | 
 |  | 
 |   bool LHSOK; | 
 |   if (E->getLHS()->getType()->isRealFloatingType()) { | 
 |     LHSReal = true; | 
 |     APFloat &Real = Result.FloatReal; | 
 |     LHSOK = EvaluateFloat(E->getLHS(), Real, Info); | 
 |     if (LHSOK) { | 
 |       Result.makeComplexFloat(); | 
 |       Result.FloatImag = APFloat(Real.getSemantics()); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } else { | 
 |     LHSOK = Visit(E->getLHS()); | 
 |   } | 
 |   if (!LHSOK && !Info.noteFailure()) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   ComplexValue RHS; | 
 |   if (E->getRHS()->getType()->isRealFloatingType()) { | 
 |     RHSReal = true; | 
 |     APFloat &Real = RHS.FloatReal; | 
 |     if (!EvaluateFloat(E->getRHS(), Real, Info) || !LHSOK) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     RHS.makeComplexFloat(); | 
 |     RHS.FloatImag = APFloat(Real.getSemantics()); | 
 |   } else if (!EvaluateComplex(E->getRHS(), RHS, Info) || !LHSOK) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   assert(!(LHSReal && RHSReal) && | 
 |          "Cannot have both operands of a complex operation be real."); | 
 |   switch (E->getOpcode()) { | 
 |   default: return Error(E); | 
 |   case BO_Add: | 
 |     if (Result.isComplexFloat()) { | 
 |       Result.getComplexFloatReal().add(RHS.getComplexFloatReal(), | 
 |                                        APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven); | 
 |       if (LHSReal) | 
 |         Result.getComplexFloatImag() = RHS.getComplexFloatImag(); | 
 |       else if (!RHSReal) | 
 |         Result.getComplexFloatImag().add(RHS.getComplexFloatImag(), | 
 |                                          APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven); | 
 |     } else { | 
 |       Result.getComplexIntReal() += RHS.getComplexIntReal(); | 
 |       Result.getComplexIntImag() += RHS.getComplexIntImag(); | 
 |     } | 
 |     break; | 
 |   case BO_Sub: | 
 |     if (Result.isComplexFloat()) { | 
 |       Result.getComplexFloatReal().subtract(RHS.getComplexFloatReal(), | 
 |                                             APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven); | 
 |       if (LHSReal) { | 
 |         Result.getComplexFloatImag() = RHS.getComplexFloatImag(); | 
 |         Result.getComplexFloatImag().changeSign(); | 
 |       } else if (!RHSReal) { | 
 |         Result.getComplexFloatImag().subtract(RHS.getComplexFloatImag(), | 
 |                                               APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven); | 
 |       } | 
 |     } else { | 
 |       Result.getComplexIntReal() -= RHS.getComplexIntReal(); | 
 |       Result.getComplexIntImag() -= RHS.getComplexIntImag(); | 
 |     } | 
 |     break; | 
 |   case BO_Mul: | 
 |     if (Result.isComplexFloat()) { | 
 |       // This is an implementation of complex multiplication according to the | 
 |       // constraints laid out in C11 Annex G. The implementation uses the | 
 |       // following naming scheme: | 
 |       //   (a + ib) * (c + id) | 
 |       ComplexValue LHS = Result; | 
 |       APFloat &A = LHS.getComplexFloatReal(); | 
 |       APFloat &B = LHS.getComplexFloatImag(); | 
 |       APFloat &C = RHS.getComplexFloatReal(); | 
 |       APFloat &D = RHS.getComplexFloatImag(); | 
 |       APFloat &ResR = Result.getComplexFloatReal(); | 
 |       APFloat &ResI = Result.getComplexFloatImag(); | 
 |       if (LHSReal) { | 
 |         assert(!RHSReal && "Cannot have two real operands for a complex op!"); | 
 |         ResR = A; | 
 |         ResI = A; | 
 |         // ResR = A * C; | 
 |         // ResI = A * D; | 
 |         if (!handleFloatFloatBinOp(Info, E, ResR, BO_Mul, C) || | 
 |             !handleFloatFloatBinOp(Info, E, ResI, BO_Mul, D)) | 
 |           return false; | 
 |       } else if (RHSReal) { | 
 |         // ResR = C * A; | 
 |         // ResI = C * B; | 
 |         ResR = C; | 
 |         ResI = C; | 
 |         if (!handleFloatFloatBinOp(Info, E, ResR, BO_Mul, A) || | 
 |             !handleFloatFloatBinOp(Info, E, ResI, BO_Mul, B)) | 
 |           return false; | 
 |       } else { | 
 |         HandleComplexComplexMul(A, B, C, D, ResR, ResI); | 
 |       } | 
 |     } else { | 
 |       ComplexValue LHS = Result; | 
 |       Result.getComplexIntReal() = | 
 |         (LHS.getComplexIntReal() * RHS.getComplexIntReal() - | 
 |          LHS.getComplexIntImag() * RHS.getComplexIntImag()); | 
 |       Result.getComplexIntImag() = | 
 |         (LHS.getComplexIntReal() * RHS.getComplexIntImag() + | 
 |          LHS.getComplexIntImag() * RHS.getComplexIntReal()); | 
 |     } | 
 |     break; | 
 |   case BO_Div: | 
 |     if (Result.isComplexFloat()) { | 
 |       // This is an implementation of complex division according to the | 
 |       // constraints laid out in C11 Annex G. The implementation uses the | 
 |       // following naming scheme: | 
 |       //   (a + ib) / (c + id) | 
 |       ComplexValue LHS = Result; | 
 |       APFloat &A = LHS.getComplexFloatReal(); | 
 |       APFloat &B = LHS.getComplexFloatImag(); | 
 |       APFloat &C = RHS.getComplexFloatReal(); | 
 |       APFloat &D = RHS.getComplexFloatImag(); | 
 |       APFloat &ResR = Result.getComplexFloatReal(); | 
 |       APFloat &ResI = Result.getComplexFloatImag(); | 
 |       if (RHSReal) { | 
 |         ResR = A; | 
 |         ResI = B; | 
 |         // ResR = A / C; | 
 |         // ResI = B / C; | 
 |         if (!handleFloatFloatBinOp(Info, E, ResR, BO_Div, C) || | 
 |             !handleFloatFloatBinOp(Info, E, ResI, BO_Div, C)) | 
 |           return false; | 
 |       } else { | 
 |         if (LHSReal) { | 
 |           // No real optimizations we can do here, stub out with zero. | 
 |           B = APFloat::getZero(A.getSemantics()); | 
 |         } | 
 |         HandleComplexComplexDiv(A, B, C, D, ResR, ResI); | 
 |       } | 
 |     } else { | 
 |       ComplexValue LHS = Result; | 
 |       APSInt Den = RHS.getComplexIntReal() * RHS.getComplexIntReal() + | 
 |         RHS.getComplexIntImag() * RHS.getComplexIntImag(); | 
 |       if (Den.isZero()) | 
 |         return Error(E, diag::note_expr_divide_by_zero); | 
 |  | 
 |       Result.getComplexIntReal() = | 
 |         (LHS.getComplexIntReal() * RHS.getComplexIntReal() + | 
 |          LHS.getComplexIntImag() * RHS.getComplexIntImag()) / Den; | 
 |       Result.getComplexIntImag() = | 
 |         (LHS.getComplexIntImag() * RHS.getComplexIntReal() - | 
 |          LHS.getComplexIntReal() * RHS.getComplexIntImag()) / Den; | 
 |     } | 
 |     break; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool ComplexExprEvaluator::VisitUnaryOperator(const UnaryOperator *E) { | 
 |   // Get the operand value into 'Result'. | 
 |   if (!Visit(E->getSubExpr())) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   switch (E->getOpcode()) { | 
 |   default: | 
 |     return Error(E); | 
 |   case UO_Extension: | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   case UO_Plus: | 
 |     // The result is always just the subexpr. | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   case UO_Minus: | 
 |     if (Result.isComplexFloat()) { | 
 |       Result.getComplexFloatReal().changeSign(); | 
 |       Result.getComplexFloatImag().changeSign(); | 
 |     } | 
 |     else { | 
 |       Result.getComplexIntReal() = -Result.getComplexIntReal(); | 
 |       Result.getComplexIntImag() = -Result.getComplexIntImag(); | 
 |     } | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   case UO_Not: | 
 |     if (Result.isComplexFloat()) | 
 |       Result.getComplexFloatImag().changeSign(); | 
 |     else | 
 |       Result.getComplexIntImag() = -Result.getComplexIntImag(); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool ComplexExprEvaluator::VisitInitListExpr(const InitListExpr *E) { | 
 |   if (E->getNumInits() == 2) { | 
 |     if (E->getType()->isComplexType()) { | 
 |       Result.makeComplexFloat(); | 
 |       if (!EvaluateFloat(E->getInit(0), Result.FloatReal, Info)) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |       if (!EvaluateFloat(E->getInit(1), Result.FloatImag, Info)) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |     } else { | 
 |       Result.makeComplexInt(); | 
 |       if (!EvaluateInteger(E->getInit(0), Result.IntReal, Info)) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |       if (!EvaluateInteger(E->getInit(1), Result.IntImag, Info)) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |     } | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |   return ExprEvaluatorBaseTy::VisitInitListExpr(E); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool ComplexExprEvaluator::VisitCallExpr(const CallExpr *E) { | 
 |   if (!IsConstantEvaluatedBuiltinCall(E)) | 
 |     return ExprEvaluatorBaseTy::VisitCallExpr(E); | 
 |  | 
 |   switch (E->getBuiltinCallee()) { | 
 |   case Builtin::BI__builtin_complex: | 
 |     Result.makeComplexFloat(); | 
 |     if (!EvaluateFloat(E->getArg(0), Result.FloatReal, Info)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     if (!EvaluateFloat(E->getArg(1), Result.FloatImag, Info)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     return true; | 
 |  | 
 |   default: | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | 
 | // Atomic expression evaluation, essentially just handling the NonAtomicToAtomic | 
 | // implicit conversion. | 
 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | 
 |  | 
 | namespace { | 
 | class AtomicExprEvaluator : | 
 |     public ExprEvaluatorBase<AtomicExprEvaluator> { | 
 |   const LValue *This; | 
 |   APValue &Result; | 
 | public: | 
 |   AtomicExprEvaluator(EvalInfo &Info, const LValue *This, APValue &Result) | 
 |       : ExprEvaluatorBaseTy(Info), This(This), Result(Result) {} | 
 |  | 
 |   bool Success(const APValue &V, const Expr *E) { | 
 |     Result = V; | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   bool ZeroInitialization(const Expr *E) { | 
 |     ImplicitValueInitExpr VIE( | 
 |         E->getType()->castAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType()); | 
 |     // For atomic-qualified class (and array) types in C++, initialize the | 
 |     // _Atomic-wrapped subobject directly, in-place. | 
 |     return This ? EvaluateInPlace(Result, Info, *This, &VIE) | 
 |                 : Evaluate(Result, Info, &VIE); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   bool VisitCastExpr(const CastExpr *E) { | 
 |     switch (E->getCastKind()) { | 
 |     default: | 
 |       return ExprEvaluatorBaseTy::VisitCastExpr(E); | 
 |     case CK_NullToPointer: | 
 |       VisitIgnoredValue(E->getSubExpr()); | 
 |       return ZeroInitialization(E); | 
 |     case CK_NonAtomicToAtomic: | 
 |       return This ? EvaluateInPlace(Result, Info, *This, E->getSubExpr()) | 
 |                   : Evaluate(Result, Info, E->getSubExpr()); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 | }; | 
 | } // end anonymous namespace | 
 |  | 
 | static bool EvaluateAtomic(const Expr *E, const LValue *This, APValue &Result, | 
 |                            EvalInfo &Info) { | 
 |   assert(!E->isValueDependent()); | 
 |   assert(E->isPRValue() && E->getType()->isAtomicType()); | 
 |   return AtomicExprEvaluator(Info, This, Result).Visit(E); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | 
 | // Void expression evaluation, primarily for a cast to void on the LHS of a | 
 | // comma operator | 
 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | 
 |  | 
 | namespace { | 
 | class VoidExprEvaluator | 
 |   : public ExprEvaluatorBase<VoidExprEvaluator> { | 
 | public: | 
 |   VoidExprEvaluator(EvalInfo &Info) : ExprEvaluatorBaseTy(Info) {} | 
 |  | 
 |   bool Success(const APValue &V, const Expr *e) { return true; } | 
 |  | 
 |   bool ZeroInitialization(const Expr *E) { return true; } | 
 |  | 
 |   bool VisitCastExpr(const CastExpr *E) { | 
 |     switch (E->getCastKind()) { | 
 |     default: | 
 |       return ExprEvaluatorBaseTy::VisitCastExpr(E); | 
 |     case CK_ToVoid: | 
 |       VisitIgnoredValue(E->getSubExpr()); | 
 |       return true; | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   bool VisitCallExpr(const CallExpr *E) { | 
 |     if (!IsConstantEvaluatedBuiltinCall(E)) | 
 |       return ExprEvaluatorBaseTy::VisitCallExpr(E); | 
 |  | 
 |     switch (E->getBuiltinCallee()) { | 
 |     case Builtin::BI__assume: | 
 |     case Builtin::BI__builtin_assume: | 
 |       // The argument is not evaluated! | 
 |       return true; | 
 |  | 
 |     case Builtin::BI__builtin_operator_delete: | 
 |       return HandleOperatorDeleteCall(Info, E); | 
 |  | 
 |     default: | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   bool VisitCXXDeleteExpr(const CXXDeleteExpr *E); | 
 | }; | 
 | } // end anonymous namespace | 
 |  | 
 | bool VoidExprEvaluator::VisitCXXDeleteExpr(const CXXDeleteExpr *E) { | 
 |   // We cannot speculatively evaluate a delete expression. | 
 |   if (Info.SpeculativeEvaluationDepth) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = E->getOperatorDelete(); | 
 |   if (!OperatorDelete->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction()) { | 
 |     Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_new_non_replaceable) | 
 |         << isa<CXXMethodDecl>(OperatorDelete) << OperatorDelete; | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   const Expr *Arg = E->getArgument(); | 
 |  | 
 |   LValue Pointer; | 
 |   if (!EvaluatePointer(Arg, Pointer, Info)) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   if (Pointer.Designator.Invalid) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Deleting a null pointer has no effect. | 
 |   if (Pointer.isNullPointer()) { | 
 |     // This is the only case where we need to produce an extension warning: | 
 |     // the only other way we can succeed is if we find a dynamic allocation, | 
 |     // and we will have warned when we allocated it in that case. | 
 |     if (!Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20) | 
 |       Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_new); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   std::optional<DynAlloc *> Alloc = CheckDeleteKind( | 
 |       Info, E, Pointer, E->isArrayForm() ? DynAlloc::ArrayNew : DynAlloc::New); | 
 |   if (!Alloc) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   QualType AllocType = Pointer.Base.getDynamicAllocType(); | 
 |  | 
 |   // For the non-array case, the designator must be empty if the static type | 
 |   // does not have a virtual destructor. | 
 |   if (!E->isArrayForm() && Pointer.Designator.Entries.size() != 0 && | 
 |       !hasVirtualDestructor(Arg->getType()->getPointeeType())) { | 
 |     Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_delete_base_nonvirt_dtor) | 
 |         << Arg->getType()->getPointeeType() << AllocType; | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // For a class type with a virtual destructor, the selected operator delete | 
 |   // is the one looked up when building the destructor. | 
 |   if (!E->isArrayForm() && !E->isGlobalDelete()) { | 
 |     const FunctionDecl *VirtualDelete = getVirtualOperatorDelete(AllocType); | 
 |     if (VirtualDelete && | 
 |         !VirtualDelete->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction()) { | 
 |       Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_new_non_replaceable) | 
 |           << isa<CXXMethodDecl>(VirtualDelete) << VirtualDelete; | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!HandleDestruction(Info, E->getExprLoc(), Pointer.getLValueBase(), | 
 |                          (*Alloc)->Value, AllocType)) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!Info.HeapAllocs.erase(Pointer.Base.dyn_cast<DynamicAllocLValue>())) { | 
 |     // The element was already erased. This means the destructor call also | 
 |     // deleted the object. | 
 |     // FIXME: This probably results in undefined behavior before we get this | 
 |     // far, and should be diagnosed elsewhere first. | 
 |     Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_double_delete); | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static bool EvaluateVoid(const Expr *E, EvalInfo &Info) { | 
 |   assert(!E->isValueDependent()); | 
 |   assert(E->isPRValue() && E->getType()->isVoidType()); | 
 |   return VoidExprEvaluator(Info).Visit(E); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | 
 | // Top level Expr::EvaluateAsRValue method. | 
 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | 
 |  | 
 | static bool Evaluate(APValue &Result, EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E) { | 
 |   assert(!E->isValueDependent()); | 
 |   // In C, function designators are not lvalues, but we evaluate them as if they | 
 |   // are. | 
 |   QualType T = E->getType(); | 
 |   if (E->isGLValue() || T->isFunctionType()) { | 
 |     LValue LV; | 
 |     if (!EvaluateLValue(E, LV, Info)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     LV.moveInto(Result); | 
 |   } else if (T->isVectorType()) { | 
 |     if (!EvaluateVector(E, Result, Info)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |   } else if (T->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { | 
 |     if (!IntExprEvaluator(Info, Result).Visit(E)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |   } else if (T->hasPointerRepresentation()) { | 
 |     LValue LV; | 
 |     if (!EvaluatePointer(E, LV, Info)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     LV.moveInto(Result); | 
 |   } else if (T->isRealFloatingType()) { | 
 |     llvm::APFloat F(0.0); | 
 |     if (!EvaluateFloat(E, F, Info)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     Result = APValue(F); | 
 |   } else if (T->isAnyComplexType()) { | 
 |     ComplexValue C; | 
 |     if (!EvaluateComplex(E, C, Info)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     C.moveInto(Result); | 
 |   } else if (T->isFixedPointType()) { | 
 |     if (!FixedPointExprEvaluator(Info, Result).Visit(E)) return false; | 
 |   } else if (T->isMemberPointerType()) { | 
 |     MemberPtr P; | 
 |     if (!EvaluateMemberPointer(E, P, Info)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     P.moveInto(Result); | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } else if (T->isArrayType()) { | 
 |     LValue LV; | 
 |     APValue &Value = | 
 |         Info.CurrentCall->createTemporary(E, T, ScopeKind::FullExpression, LV); | 
 |     if (!EvaluateArray(E, LV, Value, Info)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     Result = Value; | 
 |   } else if (T->isRecordType()) { | 
 |     LValue LV; | 
 |     APValue &Value = | 
 |         Info.CurrentCall->createTemporary(E, T, ScopeKind::FullExpression, LV); | 
 |     if (!EvaluateRecord(E, LV, Value, Info)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     Result = Value; | 
 |   } else if (T->isVoidType()) { | 
 |     if (!Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) | 
 |       Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_nonliteral) | 
 |         << E->getType(); | 
 |     if (!EvaluateVoid(E, Info)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |   } else if (T->isAtomicType()) { | 
 |     QualType Unqual = T.getAtomicUnqualifiedType(); | 
 |     if (Unqual->isArrayType() || Unqual->isRecordType()) { | 
 |       LValue LV; | 
 |       APValue &Value = Info.CurrentCall->createTemporary( | 
 |           E, Unqual, ScopeKind::FullExpression, LV); | 
 |       if (!EvaluateAtomic(E, &LV, Value, Info)) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |       Result = Value; | 
 |     } else { | 
 |       if (!EvaluateAtomic(E, nullptr, Result, Info)) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |     } | 
 |   } else if (Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { | 
 |     Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_nonliteral) << E->getType(); | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   } else { | 
 |     Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr); | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// EvaluateInPlace - Evaluate an expression in-place in an APValue. In some | 
 | /// cases, the in-place evaluation is essential, since later initializers for | 
 | /// an object can indirectly refer to subobjects which were initialized earlier. | 
 | static bool EvaluateInPlace(APValue &Result, EvalInfo &Info, const LValue &This, | 
 |                             const Expr *E, bool AllowNonLiteralTypes) { | 
 |   assert(!E->isValueDependent()); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!AllowNonLiteralTypes && !CheckLiteralType(Info, E, &This)) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (E->isPRValue()) { | 
 |     // Evaluate arrays and record types in-place, so that later initializers can | 
 |     // refer to earlier-initialized members of the object. | 
 |     QualType T = E->getType(); | 
 |     if (T->isArrayType()) | 
 |       return EvaluateArray(E, This, Result, Info); | 
 |     else if (T->isRecordType()) | 
 |       return EvaluateRecord(E, This, Result, Info); | 
 |     else if (T->isAtomicType()) { | 
 |       QualType Unqual = T.getAtomicUnqualifiedType(); | 
 |       if (Unqual->isArrayType() || Unqual->isRecordType()) | 
 |         return EvaluateAtomic(E, &This, Result, Info); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // For any other type, in-place evaluation is unimportant. | 
 |   return Evaluate(Result, Info, E); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// EvaluateAsRValue - Try to evaluate this expression, performing an implicit | 
 | /// lvalue-to-rvalue cast if it is an lvalue. | 
 | static bool EvaluateAsRValue(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E, APValue &Result) { | 
 |   assert(!E->isValueDependent()); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (E->getType().isNull()) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!CheckLiteralType(Info, E)) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (Info.EnableNewConstInterp) { | 
 |     if (!Info.Ctx.getInterpContext().evaluateAsRValue(Info, E, Result)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     return CheckConstantExpression(Info, E->getExprLoc(), E->getType(), Result, | 
 |                                    ConstantExprKind::Normal); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!::Evaluate(Result, Info, E)) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Implicit lvalue-to-rvalue cast. | 
 |   if (E->isGLValue()) { | 
 |     LValue LV; | 
 |     LV.setFrom(Info.Ctx, Result); | 
 |     if (!handleLValueToRValueConversion(Info, E, E->getType(), LV, Result)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Check this core constant expression is a constant expression. | 
 |   return CheckConstantExpression(Info, E->getExprLoc(), E->getType(), Result, | 
 |                                  ConstantExprKind::Normal) && | 
 |          CheckMemoryLeaks(Info); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static bool FastEvaluateAsRValue(const Expr *Exp, Expr::EvalResult &Result, | 
 |                                  const ASTContext &Ctx, bool &IsConst) { | 
 |   // Fast-path evaluations of integer literals, since we sometimes see files | 
 |   // containing vast quantities of these. | 
 |   if (const auto *L = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Exp)) { | 
 |     Result.Val = APValue(APSInt(L->getValue(), | 
 |                                 L->getType()->isUnsignedIntegerType())); | 
 |     IsConst = true; | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (const auto *L = dyn_cast<CXXBoolLiteralExpr>(Exp)) { | 
 |     Result.Val = APValue(APSInt(APInt(1, L->getValue()))); | 
 |     IsConst = true; | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (const auto *FL = dyn_cast<FloatingLiteral>(Exp)) { | 
 |     Result.Val = APValue(FL->getValue()); | 
 |     IsConst = true; | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (const auto *L = dyn_cast<CharacterLiteral>(Exp)) { | 
 |     Result.Val = APValue(Ctx.MakeIntValue(L->getValue(), L->getType())); | 
 |     IsConst = true; | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (const auto *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(Exp)) { | 
 |     if (CE->hasAPValueResult()) { | 
 |       APValue APV = CE->getAPValueResult(); | 
 |       if (!APV.isLValue()) { | 
 |         Result.Val = std::move(APV); | 
 |         IsConst = true; | 
 |         return true; | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // The SubExpr is usually just an IntegerLiteral. | 
 |     return FastEvaluateAsRValue(CE->getSubExpr(), Result, Ctx, IsConst); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // This case should be rare, but we need to check it before we check on | 
 |   // the type below. | 
 |   if (Exp->getType().isNull()) { | 
 |     IsConst = false; | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   return false; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static bool hasUnacceptableSideEffect(Expr::EvalStatus &Result, | 
 |                                       Expr::SideEffectsKind SEK) { | 
 |   return (SEK < Expr::SE_AllowSideEffects && Result.HasSideEffects) || | 
 |          (SEK < Expr::SE_AllowUndefinedBehavior && Result.HasUndefinedBehavior); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static bool EvaluateAsRValue(const Expr *E, Expr::EvalResult &Result, | 
 |                              const ASTContext &Ctx, EvalInfo &Info) { | 
 |   assert(!E->isValueDependent()); | 
 |   bool IsConst; | 
 |   if (FastEvaluateAsRValue(E, Result, Ctx, IsConst)) | 
 |     return IsConst; | 
 |  | 
 |   return EvaluateAsRValue(Info, E, Result.Val); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static bool EvaluateAsInt(const Expr *E, Expr::EvalResult &ExprResult, | 
 |                           const ASTContext &Ctx, | 
 |                           Expr::SideEffectsKind AllowSideEffects, | 
 |                           EvalInfo &Info) { | 
 |   assert(!E->isValueDependent()); | 
 |   if (!E->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!::EvaluateAsRValue(E, ExprResult, Ctx, Info) || | 
 |       !ExprResult.Val.isInt() || | 
 |       hasUnacceptableSideEffect(ExprResult, AllowSideEffects)) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static bool EvaluateAsFixedPoint(const Expr *E, Expr::EvalResult &ExprResult, | 
 |                                  const ASTContext &Ctx, | 
 |                                  Expr::SideEffectsKind AllowSideEffects, | 
 |                                  EvalInfo &Info) { | 
 |   assert(!E->isValueDependent()); | 
 |   if (!E->getType()->isFixedPointType()) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!::EvaluateAsRValue(E, ExprResult, Ctx, Info)) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!ExprResult.Val.isFixedPoint() || | 
 |       hasUnacceptableSideEffect(ExprResult, AllowSideEffects)) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// EvaluateAsRValue - Return true if this is a constant which we can fold using | 
 | /// any crazy technique (that has nothing to do with language standards) that | 
 | /// we want to.  If this function returns true, it returns the folded constant | 
 | /// in Result. If this expression is a glvalue, an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion | 
 | /// will be applied to the result. | 
 | bool Expr::EvaluateAsRValue(EvalResult &Result, const ASTContext &Ctx, | 
 |                             bool InConstantContext) const { | 
 |   assert(!isValueDependent() && | 
 |          "Expression evaluator can't be called on a dependent expression."); | 
 |   ExprTimeTraceScope TimeScope(this, Ctx, "EvaluateAsRValue"); | 
 |   EvalInfo Info(Ctx, Result, EvalInfo::EM_IgnoreSideEffects); | 
 |   Info.InConstantContext = InConstantContext; | 
 |   return ::EvaluateAsRValue(this, Result, Ctx, Info); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool Expr::EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(bool &Result, const ASTContext &Ctx, | 
 |                                       bool InConstantContext) const { | 
 |   assert(!isValueDependent() && | 
 |          "Expression evaluator can't be called on a dependent expression."); | 
 |   ExprTimeTraceScope TimeScope(this, Ctx, "EvaluateAsBooleanCondition"); | 
 |   EvalResult Scratch; | 
 |   return EvaluateAsRValue(Scratch, Ctx, InConstantContext) && | 
 |          HandleConversionToBool(Scratch.Val, Result); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool Expr::EvaluateAsInt(EvalResult &Result, const ASTContext &Ctx, | 
 |                          SideEffectsKind AllowSideEffects, | 
 |                          bool InConstantContext) const { | 
 |   assert(!isValueDependent() && | 
 |          "Expression evaluator can't be called on a dependent expression."); | 
 |   ExprTimeTraceScope TimeScope(this, Ctx, "EvaluateAsInt"); | 
 |   EvalInfo Info(Ctx, Result, EvalInfo::EM_IgnoreSideEffects); | 
 |   Info.InConstantContext = InConstantContext; | 
 |   return ::EvaluateAsInt(this, Result, Ctx, AllowSideEffects, Info); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool Expr::EvaluateAsFixedPoint(EvalResult &Result, const ASTContext &Ctx, | 
 |                                 SideEffectsKind AllowSideEffects, | 
 |                                 bool InConstantContext) const { | 
 |   assert(!isValueDependent() && | 
 |          "Expression evaluator can't be called on a dependent expression."); | 
 |   ExprTimeTraceScope TimeScope(this, Ctx, "EvaluateAsFixedPoint"); | 
 |   EvalInfo Info(Ctx, Result, EvalInfo::EM_IgnoreSideEffects); | 
 |   Info.InConstantContext = InConstantContext; | 
 |   return ::EvaluateAsFixedPoint(this, Result, Ctx, AllowSideEffects, Info); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool Expr::EvaluateAsFloat(APFloat &Result, const ASTContext &Ctx, | 
 |                            SideEffectsKind AllowSideEffects, | 
 |                            bool InConstantContext) const { | 
 |   assert(!isValueDependent() && | 
 |          "Expression evaluator can't be called on a dependent expression."); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!getType()->isRealFloatingType()) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   ExprTimeTraceScope TimeScope(this, Ctx, "EvaluateAsFloat"); | 
 |   EvalResult ExprResult; | 
 |   if (!EvaluateAsRValue(ExprResult, Ctx, InConstantContext) || | 
 |       !ExprResult.Val.isFloat() || | 
 |       hasUnacceptableSideEffect(ExprResult, AllowSideEffects)) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   Result = ExprResult.Val.getFloat(); | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool Expr::EvaluateAsLValue(EvalResult &Result, const ASTContext &Ctx, | 
 |                             bool InConstantContext) const { | 
 |   assert(!isValueDependent() && | 
 |          "Expression evaluator can't be called on a dependent expression."); | 
 |  | 
 |   ExprTimeTraceScope TimeScope(this, Ctx, "EvaluateAsLValue"); | 
 |   EvalInfo Info(Ctx, Result, EvalInfo::EM_ConstantFold); | 
 |   Info.InConstantContext = InConstantContext; | 
 |   LValue LV; | 
 |   CheckedTemporaries CheckedTemps; | 
 |   if (!EvaluateLValue(this, LV, Info) || !Info.discardCleanups() || | 
 |       Result.HasSideEffects || | 
 |       !CheckLValueConstantExpression(Info, getExprLoc(), | 
 |                                      Ctx.getLValueReferenceType(getType()), LV, | 
 |                                      ConstantExprKind::Normal, CheckedTemps)) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   LV.moveInto(Result.Val); | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static bool EvaluateDestruction(const ASTContext &Ctx, APValue::LValueBase Base, | 
 |                                 APValue DestroyedValue, QualType Type, | 
 |                                 SourceLocation Loc, Expr::EvalStatus &EStatus, | 
 |                                 bool IsConstantDestruction) { | 
 |   EvalInfo Info(Ctx, EStatus, | 
 |                 IsConstantDestruction ? EvalInfo::EM_ConstantExpression | 
 |                                       : EvalInfo::EM_ConstantFold); | 
 |   Info.setEvaluatingDecl(Base, DestroyedValue, | 
 |                          EvalInfo::EvaluatingDeclKind::Dtor); | 
 |   Info.InConstantContext = IsConstantDestruction; | 
 |  | 
 |   LValue LVal; | 
 |   LVal.set(Base); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!HandleDestruction(Info, Loc, Base, DestroyedValue, Type) || | 
 |       EStatus.HasSideEffects) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!Info.discardCleanups()) | 
 |     llvm_unreachable("Unhandled cleanup; missing full expression marker?"); | 
 |  | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool Expr::EvaluateAsConstantExpr(EvalResult &Result, const ASTContext &Ctx, | 
 |                                   ConstantExprKind Kind) const { | 
 |   assert(!isValueDependent() && | 
 |          "Expression evaluator can't be called on a dependent expression."); | 
 |   bool IsConst; | 
 |   if (FastEvaluateAsRValue(this, Result, Ctx, IsConst) && Result.Val.hasValue()) | 
 |     return true; | 
 |  | 
 |   ExprTimeTraceScope TimeScope(this, Ctx, "EvaluateAsConstantExpr"); | 
 |   EvalInfo::EvaluationMode EM = EvalInfo::EM_ConstantExpression; | 
 |   EvalInfo Info(Ctx, Result, EM); | 
 |   Info.InConstantContext = true; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (Info.EnableNewConstInterp) { | 
 |     if (!Info.Ctx.getInterpContext().evaluate(Info, this, Result.Val, Kind)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     return CheckConstantExpression(Info, getExprLoc(), | 
 |                                    getStorageType(Ctx, this), Result.Val, Kind); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // The type of the object we're initializing is 'const T' for a class NTTP. | 
 |   QualType T = getType(); | 
 |   if (Kind == ConstantExprKind::ClassTemplateArgument) | 
 |     T.addConst(); | 
 |  | 
 |   // If we're evaluating a prvalue, fake up a MaterializeTemporaryExpr to | 
 |   // represent the result of the evaluation. CheckConstantExpression ensures | 
 |   // this doesn't escape. | 
 |   MaterializeTemporaryExpr BaseMTE(T, const_cast<Expr*>(this), true); | 
 |   APValue::LValueBase Base(&BaseMTE); | 
 |   Info.setEvaluatingDecl(Base, Result.Val); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (Info.EnableNewConstInterp) { | 
 |     if (!Info.Ctx.getInterpContext().evaluateAsRValue(Info, this, Result.Val)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |   } else { | 
 |     LValue LVal; | 
 |     LVal.set(Base); | 
 |     // C++23 [intro.execution]/p5 | 
 |     // A full-expression is [...] a constant-expression | 
 |     // So we need to make sure temporary objects are destroyed after having | 
 |     // evaluating the expression (per C++23 [class.temporary]/p4). | 
 |     FullExpressionRAII Scope(Info); | 
 |     if (!::EvaluateInPlace(Result.Val, Info, LVal, this) || | 
 |         Result.HasSideEffects || !Scope.destroy()) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     if (!Info.discardCleanups()) | 
 |       llvm_unreachable("Unhandled cleanup; missing full expression marker?"); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!CheckConstantExpression(Info, getExprLoc(), getStorageType(Ctx, this), | 
 |                                Result.Val, Kind)) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   if (!CheckMemoryLeaks(Info)) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   // If this is a class template argument, it's required to have constant | 
 |   // destruction too. | 
 |   if (Kind == ConstantExprKind::ClassTemplateArgument && | 
 |       (!EvaluateDestruction(Ctx, Base, Result.Val, T, getBeginLoc(), Result, | 
 |                             true) || | 
 |        Result.HasSideEffects)) { | 
 |     // FIXME: Prefix a note to indicate that the problem is lack of constant | 
 |     // destruction. | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool Expr::EvaluateAsInitializer(APValue &Value, const ASTContext &Ctx, | 
 |                                  const VarDecl *VD, | 
 |                                  SmallVectorImpl<PartialDiagnosticAt> &Notes, | 
 |                                  bool IsConstantInitialization) const { | 
 |   assert(!isValueDependent() && | 
 |          "Expression evaluator can't be called on a dependent expression."); | 
 |  | 
 |   llvm::TimeTraceScope TimeScope("EvaluateAsInitializer", [&] { | 
 |     std::string Name; | 
 |     llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(Name); | 
 |     VD->printQualifiedName(OS); | 
 |     return Name; | 
 |   }); | 
 |  | 
 |   Expr::EvalStatus EStatus; | 
 |   EStatus.Diag = &Notes; | 
 |  | 
 |   EvalInfo Info(Ctx, EStatus, | 
 |                 (IsConstantInitialization && | 
 |                  (Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Ctx.getLangOpts().C23)) | 
 |                     ? EvalInfo::EM_ConstantExpression | 
 |                     : EvalInfo::EM_ConstantFold); | 
 |   Info.setEvaluatingDecl(VD, Value); | 
 |   Info.InConstantContext = IsConstantInitialization; | 
 |  | 
 |   SourceLocation DeclLoc = VD->getLocation(); | 
 |   QualType DeclTy = VD->getType(); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (Info.EnableNewConstInterp) { | 
 |     auto &InterpCtx = const_cast<ASTContext &>(Ctx).getInterpContext(); | 
 |     if (!InterpCtx.evaluateAsInitializer(Info, VD, Value)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     return CheckConstantExpression(Info, DeclLoc, DeclTy, Value, | 
 |                                    ConstantExprKind::Normal); | 
 |   } else { | 
 |     LValue LVal; | 
 |     LVal.set(VD); | 
 |  | 
 |     { | 
 |       // C++23 [intro.execution]/p5 | 
 |       // A full-expression is ... an init-declarator ([dcl.decl]) or a | 
 |       // mem-initializer. | 
 |       // So we need to make sure temporary objects are destroyed after having | 
 |       // evaluated the expression (per C++23 [class.temporary]/p4). | 
 |       // | 
 |       // FIXME: Otherwise this may break test/Modules/pr68702.cpp because the | 
 |       // serialization code calls ParmVarDecl::getDefaultArg() which strips the | 
 |       // outermost FullExpr, such as ExprWithCleanups. | 
 |       FullExpressionRAII Scope(Info); | 
 |       if (!EvaluateInPlace(Value, Info, LVal, this, | 
 |                            /*AllowNonLiteralTypes=*/true) || | 
 |           EStatus.HasSideEffects) | 
 |         return false; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // At this point, any lifetime-extended temporaries are completely | 
 |     // initialized. | 
 |     Info.performLifetimeExtension(); | 
 |  | 
 |     if (!Info.discardCleanups()) | 
 |       llvm_unreachable("Unhandled cleanup; missing full expression marker?"); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   return CheckConstantExpression(Info, DeclLoc, DeclTy, Value, | 
 |                                  ConstantExprKind::Normal) && | 
 |          CheckMemoryLeaks(Info); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool VarDecl::evaluateDestruction( | 
 |     SmallVectorImpl<PartialDiagnosticAt> &Notes) const { | 
 |   Expr::EvalStatus EStatus; | 
 |   EStatus.Diag = &Notes; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Only treat the destruction as constant destruction if we formally have | 
 |   // constant initialization (or are usable in a constant expression). | 
 |   bool IsConstantDestruction = hasConstantInitialization(); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Make a copy of the value for the destructor to mutate, if we know it. | 
 |   // Otherwise, treat the value as default-initialized; if the destructor works | 
 |   // anyway, then the destruction is constant (and must be essentially empty). | 
 |   APValue DestroyedValue; | 
 |   if (getEvaluatedValue() && !getEvaluatedValue()->isAbsent()) | 
 |     DestroyedValue = *getEvaluatedValue(); | 
 |   else if (!handleDefaultInitValue(getType(), DestroyedValue)) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!EvaluateDestruction(getASTContext(), this, std::move(DestroyedValue), | 
 |                            getType(), getLocation(), EStatus, | 
 |                            IsConstantDestruction) || | 
 |       EStatus.HasSideEffects) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   ensureEvaluatedStmt()->HasConstantDestruction = true; | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// isEvaluatable - Call EvaluateAsRValue to see if this expression can be | 
 | /// constant folded, but discard the result. | 
 | bool Expr::isEvaluatable(const ASTContext &Ctx, SideEffectsKind SEK) const { | 
 |   assert(!isValueDependent() && | 
 |          "Expression evaluator can't be called on a dependent expression."); | 
 |  | 
 |   EvalResult Result; | 
 |   return EvaluateAsRValue(Result, Ctx, /* in constant context */ true) && | 
 |          !hasUnacceptableSideEffect(Result, SEK); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | APSInt Expr::EvaluateKnownConstInt(const ASTContext &Ctx, | 
 |                     SmallVectorImpl<PartialDiagnosticAt> *Diag) const { | 
 |   assert(!isValueDependent() && | 
 |          "Expression evaluator can't be called on a dependent expression."); | 
 |  | 
 |   ExprTimeTraceScope TimeScope(this, Ctx, "EvaluateKnownConstInt"); | 
 |   EvalResult EVResult; | 
 |   EVResult.Diag = Diag; | 
 |   EvalInfo Info(Ctx, EVResult, EvalInfo::EM_IgnoreSideEffects); | 
 |   Info.InConstantContext = true; | 
 |  | 
 |   bool Result = ::EvaluateAsRValue(this, EVResult, Ctx, Info); | 
 |   (void)Result; | 
 |   assert(Result && "Could not evaluate expression"); | 
 |   assert(EVResult.Val.isInt() && "Expression did not evaluate to integer"); | 
 |  | 
 |   return EVResult.Val.getInt(); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | APSInt Expr::EvaluateKnownConstIntCheckOverflow( | 
 |     const ASTContext &Ctx, SmallVectorImpl<PartialDiagnosticAt> *Diag) const { | 
 |   assert(!isValueDependent() && | 
 |          "Expression evaluator can't be called on a dependent expression."); | 
 |  | 
 |   ExprTimeTraceScope TimeScope(this, Ctx, "EvaluateKnownConstIntCheckOverflow"); | 
 |   EvalResult EVResult; | 
 |   EVResult.Diag = Diag; | 
 |   EvalInfo Info(Ctx, EVResult, EvalInfo::EM_IgnoreSideEffects); | 
 |   Info.InConstantContext = true; | 
 |   Info.CheckingForUndefinedBehavior = true; | 
 |  | 
 |   bool Result = ::EvaluateAsRValue(Info, this, EVResult.Val); | 
 |   (void)Result; | 
 |   assert(Result && "Could not evaluate expression"); | 
 |   assert(EVResult.Val.isInt() && "Expression did not evaluate to integer"); | 
 |  | 
 |   return EVResult.Val.getInt(); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | void Expr::EvaluateForOverflow(const ASTContext &Ctx) const { | 
 |   assert(!isValueDependent() && | 
 |          "Expression evaluator can't be called on a dependent expression."); | 
 |  | 
 |   ExprTimeTraceScope TimeScope(this, Ctx, "EvaluateForOverflow"); | 
 |   bool IsConst; | 
 |   EvalResult EVResult; | 
 |   if (!FastEvaluateAsRValue(this, EVResult, Ctx, IsConst)) { | 
 |     EvalInfo Info(Ctx, EVResult, EvalInfo::EM_IgnoreSideEffects); | 
 |     Info.CheckingForUndefinedBehavior = true; | 
 |     (void)::EvaluateAsRValue(Info, this, EVResult.Val); | 
 |   } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool Expr::EvalResult::isGlobalLValue() const { | 
 |   assert(Val.isLValue()); | 
 |   return IsGlobalLValue(Val.getLValueBase()); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// isIntegerConstantExpr - this recursive routine will test if an expression is | 
 | /// an integer constant expression. | 
 |  | 
 | /// FIXME: Pass up a reason why! Invalid operation in i-c-e, division by zero, | 
 | /// comma, etc | 
 |  | 
 | // CheckICE - This function does the fundamental ICE checking: the returned | 
 | // ICEDiag contains an ICEKind indicating whether the expression is an ICE, | 
 | // and a (possibly null) SourceLocation indicating the location of the problem. | 
 | // | 
 | // Note that to reduce code duplication, this helper does no evaluation | 
 | // itself; the caller checks whether the expression is evaluatable, and | 
 | // in the rare cases where CheckICE actually cares about the evaluated | 
 | // value, it calls into Evaluate. | 
 |  | 
 | namespace { | 
 |  | 
 | enum ICEKind { | 
 |   /// This expression is an ICE. | 
 |   IK_ICE, | 
 |   /// This expression is not an ICE, but if it isn't evaluated, it's | 
 |   /// a legal subexpression for an ICE. This return value is used to handle | 
 |   /// the comma operator in C99 mode, and non-constant subexpressions. | 
 |   IK_ICEIfUnevaluated, | 
 |   /// This expression is not an ICE, and is not a legal subexpression for one. | 
 |   IK_NotICE | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | struct ICEDiag { | 
 |   ICEKind Kind; | 
 |   SourceLocation Loc; | 
 |  | 
 |   ICEDiag(ICEKind IK, SourceLocation l) : Kind(IK), Loc(l) {} | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static ICEDiag NoDiag() { return ICEDiag(IK_ICE, SourceLocation()); } | 
 |  | 
 | static ICEDiag Worst(ICEDiag A, ICEDiag B) { return A.Kind >= B.Kind ? A : B; } | 
 |  | 
 | static ICEDiag CheckEvalInICE(const Expr* E, const ASTContext &Ctx) { | 
 |   Expr::EvalResult EVResult; | 
 |   Expr::EvalStatus Status; | 
 |   EvalInfo Info(Ctx, Status, EvalInfo::EM_ConstantExpression); | 
 |  | 
 |   Info.InConstantContext = true; | 
 |   if (!::EvaluateAsRValue(E, EVResult, Ctx, Info) || EVResult.HasSideEffects || | 
 |       !EVResult.Val.isInt()) | 
 |     return ICEDiag(IK_NotICE, E->getBeginLoc()); | 
 |  | 
 |   return NoDiag(); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static ICEDiag CheckICE(const Expr* E, const ASTContext &Ctx) { | 
 |   assert(!E->isValueDependent() && "Should not see value dependent exprs!"); | 
 |   if (!E->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) | 
 |     return ICEDiag(IK_NotICE, E->getBeginLoc()); | 
 |  | 
 |   switch (E->getStmtClass()) { | 
 | #define ABSTRACT_STMT(Node) | 
 | #define STMT(Node, Base) case Expr::Node##Class: | 
 | #define EXPR(Node, Base) | 
 | #include "clang/AST/StmtNodes.inc" | 
 |   case Expr::PredefinedExprClass: | 
 |   case Expr::FloatingLiteralClass: | 
 |   case Expr::ImaginaryLiteralClass: | 
 |   case Expr::StringLiteralClass: | 
 |   case Expr::ArraySubscriptExprClass: | 
 |   case Expr::MatrixSubscriptExprClass: | 
 |   case Expr::ArraySectionExprClass: | 
 |   case Expr::OMPArrayShapingExprClass: | 
 |   case Expr::OMPIteratorExprClass: | 
 |   case Expr::MemberExprClass: | 
 |   case Expr::CompoundAssignOperatorClass: | 
 |   case Expr::CompoundLiteralExprClass: | 
 |   case Expr::ExtVectorElementExprClass: | 
 |   case Expr::DesignatedInitExprClass: | 
 |   case Expr::ArrayInitLoopExprClass: | 
 |   case Expr::ArrayInitIndexExprClass: | 
 |   case Expr::NoInitExprClass: | 
 |   case Expr::DesignatedInitUpdateExprClass: | 
 |   case Expr::ImplicitValueInitExprClass: | 
 |   case Expr::ParenListExprClass: | 
 |   case Expr::VAArgExprClass: | 
 |   case Expr::AddrLabelExprClass: | 
 |   case Expr::StmtExprClass: | 
 |   case Expr::CXXMemberCallExprClass: | 
 |   case Expr::CUDAKernelCallExprClass: | 
 |   case Expr::CXXAddrspaceCastExprClass: | 
 |   case Expr::CXXDynamicCastExprClass: | 
 |   case Expr::CXXTypeidExprClass: | 
 |   case Expr::CXXUuidofExprClass: | 
 |   case Expr::MSPropertyRefExprClass: | 
 |   case Expr::MSPropertySubscriptExprClass: | 
 |   case Expr::CXXNullPtrLiteralExprClass: | 
 |   case Expr::UserDefinedLiteralClass: | 
 |   case Expr::CXXThisExprClass: | 
 |   case Expr::CXXThrowExprClass: | 
 |   case Expr::CXXNewExprClass: | 
 |   case Expr::CXXDeleteExprClass: | 
 |   case Expr::CXXPseudoDestructorExprClass: | 
 |   case Expr::UnresolvedLookupExprClass: | 
 |   case Expr::TypoExprClass: | 
 |   case Expr::RecoveryExprClass: | 
 |   case Expr::DependentScopeDeclRefExprClass: | 
 |   case Expr::CXXConstructExprClass: | 
 |   case Expr::CXXInheritedCtorInitExprClass: | 
 |   case Expr::CXXStdInitializerListExprClass: | 
 |   case Expr::CXXBindTemporaryExprClass: | 
 |   case Expr::ExprWithCleanupsClass: | 
 |   case Expr::CXXTemporaryObjectExprClass: | 
 |   case Expr::CXXUnresolvedConstructExprClass: | 
 |   case Expr::CXXDependentScopeMemberExprClass: | 
 |   case Expr::UnresolvedMemberExprClass: | 
 |   case Expr::ObjCStringLiteralClass: | 
 |   case Expr::ObjCBoxedExprClass: | 
 |   case Expr::ObjCArrayLiteralClass: | 
 |   case Expr::ObjCDictionaryLiteralClass: | 
 |   case Expr::ObjCEncodeExprClass: | 
 |   case Expr::ObjCMessageExprClass: | 
 |   case Expr::ObjCSelectorExprClass: | 
 |   case Expr::ObjCProtocolExprClass: | 
 |   case Expr::ObjCIvarRefExprClass: | 
 |   case Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass: | 
 |   case Expr::ObjCSubscriptRefExprClass: | 
 |   case Expr::ObjCIsaExprClass: | 
 |   case Expr::ObjCAvailabilityCheckExprClass: | 
 |   case Expr::ShuffleVectorExprClass: | 
 |   case Expr::ConvertVectorExprClass: | 
 |   case Expr::BlockExprClass: | 
 |   case Expr::NoStmtClass: | 
 |   case Expr::OpaqueValueExprClass: | 
 |   case Expr::PackExpansionExprClass: | 
 |   case Expr::SubstNonTypeTemplateParmPackExprClass: | 
 |   case Expr::FunctionParmPackExprClass: | 
 |   case Expr::AsTypeExprClass: | 
 |   case Expr::ObjCIndirectCopyRestoreExprClass: | 
 |   case Expr::MaterializeTemporaryExprClass: | 
 |   case Expr::PseudoObjectExprClass: | 
 |   case Expr::AtomicExprClass: | 
 |   case Expr::LambdaExprClass: | 
 |   case Expr::CXXFoldExprClass: | 
 |   case Expr::CoawaitExprClass: | 
 |   case Expr::DependentCoawaitExprClass: | 
 |   case Expr::CoyieldExprClass: | 
 |   case Expr::SYCLUniqueStableNameExprClass: | 
 |   case Expr::CXXParenListInitExprClass: | 
 |   case Expr::HLSLOutArgExprClass: | 
 |     return ICEDiag(IK_NotICE, E->getBeginLoc()); | 
 |  | 
 |   case Expr::InitListExprClass: { | 
 |     // C++03 [dcl.init]p13: If T is a scalar type, then a declaration of the | 
 |     // form "T x = { a };" is equivalent to "T x = a;". | 
 |     // Unless we're initializing a reference, T is a scalar as it is known to be | 
 |     // of integral or enumeration type. | 
 |     if (E->isPRValue()) | 
 |       if (cast<InitListExpr>(E)->getNumInits() == 1) | 
 |         return CheckICE(cast<InitListExpr>(E)->getInit(0), Ctx); | 
 |     return ICEDiag(IK_NotICE, E->getBeginLoc()); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   case Expr::SizeOfPackExprClass: | 
 |   case Expr::GNUNullExprClass: | 
 |   case Expr::SourceLocExprClass: | 
 |   case Expr::EmbedExprClass: | 
 |   case Expr::OpenACCAsteriskSizeExprClass: | 
 |     return NoDiag(); | 
 |  | 
 |   case Expr::PackIndexingExprClass: | 
 |     return CheckICE(cast<PackIndexingExpr>(E)->getSelectedExpr(), Ctx); | 
 |  | 
 |   case Expr::SubstNonTypeTemplateParmExprClass: | 
 |     return | 
 |       CheckICE(cast<SubstNonTypeTemplateParmExpr>(E)->getReplacement(), Ctx); | 
 |  | 
 |   case Expr::ConstantExprClass: | 
 |     return CheckICE(cast<ConstantExpr>(E)->getSubExpr(), Ctx); | 
 |  | 
 |   case Expr::ParenExprClass: | 
 |     return CheckICE(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr(), Ctx); | 
 |   case Expr::GenericSelectionExprClass: | 
 |     return CheckICE(cast<GenericSelectionExpr>(E)->getResultExpr(), Ctx); | 
 |   case Expr::IntegerLiteralClass: | 
 |   case Expr::FixedPointLiteralClass: | 
 |   case Expr::CharacterLiteralClass: | 
 |   case Expr::ObjCBoolLiteralExprClass: | 
 |   case Expr::CXXBoolLiteralExprClass: | 
 |   case Expr::CXXScalarValueInitExprClass: | 
 |   case Expr::TypeTraitExprClass: | 
 |   case Expr::ConceptSpecializationExprClass: | 
 |   case Expr::RequiresExprClass: | 
 |   case Expr::ArrayTypeTraitExprClass: | 
 |   case Expr::ExpressionTraitExprClass: | 
 |   case Expr::CXXNoexceptExprClass: | 
 |     return NoDiag(); | 
 |   case Expr::CallExprClass: | 
 |   case Expr::CXXOperatorCallExprClass: { | 
 |     // C99 6.6/3 allows function calls within unevaluated subexpressions of | 
 |     // constant expressions, but they can never be ICEs because an ICE cannot | 
 |     // contain an operand of (pointer to) function type. | 
 |     const CallExpr *CE = cast<CallExpr>(E); | 
 |     if (CE->getBuiltinCallee()) | 
 |       return CheckEvalInICE(E, Ctx); | 
 |     return ICEDiag(IK_NotICE, E->getBeginLoc()); | 
 |   } | 
 |   case Expr::CXXRewrittenBinaryOperatorClass: | 
 |     return CheckICE(cast<CXXRewrittenBinaryOperator>(E)->getSemanticForm(), | 
 |                     Ctx); | 
 |   case Expr::DeclRefExprClass: { | 
 |     const NamedDecl *D = cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl(); | 
 |     if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(D)) | 
 |       return NoDiag(); | 
 |  | 
 |     // C++ and OpenCL (FIXME: spec reference?) allow reading const-qualified | 
 |     // integer variables in constant expressions: | 
 |     // | 
 |     // C++ 7.1.5.1p2 | 
 |     //   A variable of non-volatile const-qualified integral or enumeration | 
 |     //   type initialized by an ICE can be used in ICEs. | 
 |     // | 
 |     // We sometimes use CheckICE to check the C++98 rules in C++11 mode. In | 
 |     // that mode, use of reference variables should not be allowed. | 
 |     const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); | 
 |     if (VD && VD->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Ctx) && | 
 |         !VD->getType()->isReferenceType()) | 
 |       return NoDiag(); | 
 |  | 
 |     return ICEDiag(IK_NotICE, E->getBeginLoc()); | 
 |   } | 
 |   case Expr::UnaryOperatorClass: { | 
 |     const UnaryOperator *Exp = cast<UnaryOperator>(E); | 
 |     switch (Exp->getOpcode()) { | 
 |     case UO_PostInc: | 
 |     case UO_PostDec: | 
 |     case UO_PreInc: | 
 |     case UO_PreDec: | 
 |     case UO_AddrOf: | 
 |     case UO_Deref: | 
 |     case UO_Coawait: | 
 |       // C99 6.6/3 allows increment and decrement within unevaluated | 
 |       // subexpressions of constant expressions, but they can never be ICEs | 
 |       // because an ICE cannot contain an lvalue operand. | 
 |       return ICEDiag(IK_NotICE, E->getBeginLoc()); | 
 |     case UO_Extension: | 
 |     case UO_LNot: | 
 |     case UO_Plus: | 
 |     case UO_Minus: | 
 |     case UO_Not: | 
 |     case UO_Real: | 
 |     case UO_Imag: | 
 |       return CheckICE(Exp->getSubExpr(), Ctx); | 
 |     } | 
 |     llvm_unreachable("invalid unary operator class"); | 
 |   } | 
 |   case Expr::OffsetOfExprClass: { | 
 |     // Note that per C99, offsetof must be an ICE. And AFAIK, using | 
 |     // EvaluateAsRValue matches the proposed gcc behavior for cases like | 
 |     // "offsetof(struct s{int x[4];}, x[1.0])".  This doesn't affect | 
 |     // compliance: we should warn earlier for offsetof expressions with | 
 |     // array subscripts that aren't ICEs, and if the array subscripts | 
 |     // are ICEs, the value of the offsetof must be an integer constant. | 
 |     return CheckEvalInICE(E, Ctx); | 
 |   } | 
 |   case Expr::UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExprClass: { | 
 |     const UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr *Exp = cast<UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr>(E); | 
 |     if ((Exp->getKind() ==  UETT_SizeOf) && | 
 |         Exp->getTypeOfArgument()->isVariableArrayType()) | 
 |       return ICEDiag(IK_NotICE, E->getBeginLoc()); | 
 |     return NoDiag(); | 
 |   } | 
 |   case Expr::BinaryOperatorClass: { | 
 |     const BinaryOperator *Exp = cast<BinaryOperator>(E); | 
 |     switch (Exp->getOpcode()) { | 
 |     case BO_PtrMemD: | 
 |     case BO_PtrMemI: | 
 |     case BO_Assign: | 
 |     case BO_MulAssign: | 
 |     case BO_DivAssign: | 
 |     case BO_RemAssign: | 
 |     case BO_AddAssign: | 
 |     case BO_SubAssign: | 
 |     case BO_ShlAssign: | 
 |     case BO_ShrAssign: | 
 |     case BO_AndAssign: | 
 |     case BO_XorAssign: | 
 |     case BO_OrAssign: | 
 |       // C99 6.6/3 allows assignments within unevaluated subexpressions of | 
 |       // constant expressions, but they can never be ICEs because an ICE cannot | 
 |       // contain an lvalue operand. | 
 |       return ICEDiag(IK_NotICE, E->getBeginLoc()); | 
 |  | 
 |     case BO_Mul: | 
 |     case BO_Div: | 
 |     case BO_Rem: | 
 |     case BO_Add: | 
 |     case BO_Sub: | 
 |     case BO_Shl: | 
 |     case BO_Shr: | 
 |     case BO_LT: | 
 |     case BO_GT: | 
 |     case BO_LE: | 
 |     case BO_GE: | 
 |     case BO_EQ: | 
 |     case BO_NE: | 
 |     case BO_And: | 
 |     case BO_Xor: | 
 |     case BO_Or: | 
 |     case BO_Comma: | 
 |     case BO_Cmp: { | 
 |       ICEDiag LHSResult = CheckICE(Exp->getLHS(), Ctx); | 
 |       ICEDiag RHSResult = CheckICE(Exp->getRHS(), Ctx); | 
 |       if (Exp->getOpcode() == BO_Div || | 
 |           Exp->getOpcode() == BO_Rem) { | 
 |         // EvaluateAsRValue gives an error for undefined Div/Rem, so make sure | 
 |         // we don't evaluate one. | 
 |         if (LHSResult.Kind == IK_ICE && RHSResult.Kind == IK_ICE) { | 
 |           llvm::APSInt REval = Exp->getRHS()->EvaluateKnownConstInt(Ctx); | 
 |           if (REval == 0) | 
 |             return ICEDiag(IK_ICEIfUnevaluated, E->getBeginLoc()); | 
 |           if (REval.isSigned() && REval.isAllOnes()) { | 
 |             llvm::APSInt LEval = Exp->getLHS()->EvaluateKnownConstInt(Ctx); | 
 |             if (LEval.isMinSignedValue()) | 
 |               return ICEDiag(IK_ICEIfUnevaluated, E->getBeginLoc()); | 
 |           } | 
 |         } | 
 |       } | 
 |       if (Exp->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) { | 
 |         if (Ctx.getLangOpts().C99) { | 
 |           // C99 6.6p3 introduces a strange edge case: comma can be in an ICE | 
 |           // if it isn't evaluated. | 
 |           if (LHSResult.Kind == IK_ICE && RHSResult.Kind == IK_ICE) | 
 |             return ICEDiag(IK_ICEIfUnevaluated, E->getBeginLoc()); | 
 |         } else { | 
 |           // In both C89 and C++, commas in ICEs are illegal. | 
 |           return ICEDiag(IK_NotICE, E->getBeginLoc()); | 
 |         } | 
 |       } | 
 |       return Worst(LHSResult, RHSResult); | 
 |     } | 
 |     case BO_LAnd: | 
 |     case BO_LOr: { | 
 |       ICEDiag LHSResult = CheckICE(Exp->getLHS(), Ctx); | 
 |       ICEDiag RHSResult = CheckICE(Exp->getRHS(), Ctx); | 
 |       if (LHSResult.Kind == IK_ICE && RHSResult.Kind == IK_ICEIfUnevaluated) { | 
 |         // Rare case where the RHS has a comma "side-effect"; we need | 
 |         // to actually check the condition to see whether the side | 
 |         // with the comma is evaluated. | 
 |         if ((Exp->getOpcode() == BO_LAnd) != | 
 |             (Exp->getLHS()->EvaluateKnownConstInt(Ctx) == 0)) | 
 |           return RHSResult; | 
 |         return NoDiag(); | 
 |       } | 
 |  | 
 |       return Worst(LHSResult, RHSResult); | 
 |     } | 
 |     } | 
 |     llvm_unreachable("invalid binary operator kind"); | 
 |   } | 
 |   case Expr::ImplicitCastExprClass: | 
 |   case Expr::CStyleCastExprClass: | 
 |   case Expr::CXXFunctionalCastExprClass: | 
 |   case Expr::CXXStaticCastExprClass: | 
 |   case Expr::CXXReinterpretCastExprClass: | 
 |   case Expr::CXXConstCastExprClass: | 
 |   case Expr::ObjCBridgedCastExprClass: { | 
 |     const Expr *SubExpr = cast<CastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr(); | 
 |     if (isa<ExplicitCastExpr>(E)) { | 
 |       if (const FloatingLiteral *FL | 
 |             = dyn_cast<FloatingLiteral>(SubExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts())) { | 
 |         unsigned DestWidth = Ctx.getIntWidth(E->getType()); | 
 |         bool DestSigned = E->getType()->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); | 
 |         APSInt IgnoredVal(DestWidth, !DestSigned); | 
 |         bool Ignored; | 
 |         // If the value does not fit in the destination type, the behavior is | 
 |         // undefined, so we are not required to treat it as a constant | 
 |         // expression. | 
 |         if (FL->getValue().convertToInteger(IgnoredVal, | 
 |                                             llvm::APFloat::rmTowardZero, | 
 |                                             &Ignored) & APFloat::opInvalidOp) | 
 |           return ICEDiag(IK_NotICE, E->getBeginLoc()); | 
 |         return NoDiag(); | 
 |       } | 
 |     } | 
 |     switch (cast<CastExpr>(E)->getCastKind()) { | 
 |     case CK_LValueToRValue: | 
 |     case CK_AtomicToNonAtomic: | 
 |     case CK_NonAtomicToAtomic: | 
 |     case CK_NoOp: | 
 |     case CK_IntegralToBoolean: | 
 |     case CK_IntegralCast: | 
 |       return CheckICE(SubExpr, Ctx); | 
 |     default: | 
 |       return ICEDiag(IK_NotICE, E->getBeginLoc()); | 
 |     } | 
 |   } | 
 |   case Expr::BinaryConditionalOperatorClass: { | 
 |     const BinaryConditionalOperator *Exp = cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E); | 
 |     ICEDiag CommonResult = CheckICE(Exp->getCommon(), Ctx); | 
 |     if (CommonResult.Kind == IK_NotICE) return CommonResult; | 
 |     ICEDiag FalseResult = CheckICE(Exp->getFalseExpr(), Ctx); | 
 |     if (FalseResult.Kind == IK_NotICE) return FalseResult; | 
 |     if (CommonResult.Kind == IK_ICEIfUnevaluated) return CommonResult; | 
 |     if (FalseResult.Kind == IK_ICEIfUnevaluated && | 
 |         Exp->getCommon()->EvaluateKnownConstInt(Ctx) != 0) return NoDiag(); | 
 |     return FalseResult; | 
 |   } | 
 |   case Expr::ConditionalOperatorClass: { | 
 |     const ConditionalOperator *Exp = cast<ConditionalOperator>(E); | 
 |     // If the condition (ignoring parens) is a __builtin_constant_p call, | 
 |     // then only the true side is actually considered in an integer constant | 
 |     // expression, and it is fully evaluated.  This is an important GNU | 
 |     // extension.  See GCC PR38377 for discussion. | 
 |     if (const CallExpr *CallCE | 
 |         = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(Exp->getCond()->IgnoreParenCasts())) | 
 |       if (CallCE->getBuiltinCallee() == Builtin::BI__builtin_constant_p) | 
 |         return CheckEvalInICE(E, Ctx); | 
 |     ICEDiag CondResult = CheckICE(Exp->getCond(), Ctx); | 
 |     if (CondResult.Kind == IK_NotICE) | 
 |       return CondResult; | 
 |  | 
 |     ICEDiag TrueResult = CheckICE(Exp->getTrueExpr(), Ctx); | 
 |     ICEDiag FalseResult = CheckICE(Exp->getFalseExpr(), Ctx); | 
 |  | 
 |     if (TrueResult.Kind == IK_NotICE) | 
 |       return TrueResult; | 
 |     if (FalseResult.Kind == IK_NotICE) | 
 |       return FalseResult; | 
 |     if (CondResult.Kind == IK_ICEIfUnevaluated) | 
 |       return CondResult; | 
 |     if (TrueResult.Kind == IK_ICE && FalseResult.Kind == IK_ICE) | 
 |       return NoDiag(); | 
 |     // Rare case where the diagnostics depend on which side is evaluated | 
 |     // Note that if we get here, CondResult is 0, and at least one of | 
 |     // TrueResult and FalseResult is non-zero. | 
 |     if (Exp->getCond()->EvaluateKnownConstInt(Ctx) == 0) | 
 |       return FalseResult; | 
 |     return TrueResult; | 
 |   } | 
 |   case Expr::CXXDefaultArgExprClass: | 
 |     return CheckICE(cast<CXXDefaultArgExpr>(E)->getExpr(), Ctx); | 
 |   case Expr::CXXDefaultInitExprClass: | 
 |     return CheckICE(cast<CXXDefaultInitExpr>(E)->getExpr(), Ctx); | 
 |   case Expr::ChooseExprClass: { | 
 |     return CheckICE(cast<ChooseExpr>(E)->getChosenSubExpr(), Ctx); | 
 |   } | 
 |   case Expr::BuiltinBitCastExprClass: { | 
 |     if (!checkBitCastConstexprEligibility(nullptr, Ctx, cast<CastExpr>(E))) | 
 |       return ICEDiag(IK_NotICE, E->getBeginLoc()); | 
 |     return CheckICE(cast<CastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr(), Ctx); | 
 |   } | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   llvm_unreachable("Invalid StmtClass!"); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /// Evaluate an expression as a C++11 integral constant expression. | 
 | static bool EvaluateCPlusPlus11IntegralConstantExpr(const ASTContext &Ctx, | 
 |                                                     const Expr *E, | 
 |                                                     llvm::APSInt *Value, | 
 |                                                     SourceLocation *Loc) { | 
 |   if (!E->getType()->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType()) { | 
 |     if (Loc) *Loc = E->getExprLoc(); | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   APValue Result; | 
 |   if (!E->isCXX11ConstantExpr(Ctx, &Result, Loc)) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!Result.isInt()) { | 
 |     if (Loc) *Loc = E->getExprLoc(); | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (Value) *Value = Result.getInt(); | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool Expr::isIntegerConstantExpr(const ASTContext &Ctx, | 
 |                                  SourceLocation *Loc) const { | 
 |   assert(!isValueDependent() && | 
 |          "Expression evaluator can't be called on a dependent expression."); | 
 |  | 
 |   ExprTimeTraceScope TimeScope(this, Ctx, "isIntegerConstantExpr"); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) | 
 |     return EvaluateCPlusPlus11IntegralConstantExpr(Ctx, this, nullptr, Loc); | 
 |  | 
 |   ICEDiag D = CheckICE(this, Ctx); | 
 |   if (D.Kind != IK_ICE) { | 
 |     if (Loc) *Loc = D.Loc; | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | std::optional<llvm::APSInt> | 
 | Expr::getIntegerConstantExpr(const ASTContext &Ctx, SourceLocation *Loc) const { | 
 |   if (isValueDependent()) { | 
 |     // Expression evaluator can't succeed on a dependent expression. | 
 |     return std::nullopt; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   APSInt Value; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { | 
 |     if (EvaluateCPlusPlus11IntegralConstantExpr(Ctx, this, &Value, Loc)) | 
 |       return Value; | 
 |     return std::nullopt; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!isIntegerConstantExpr(Ctx, Loc)) | 
 |     return std::nullopt; | 
 |  | 
 |   // The only possible side-effects here are due to UB discovered in the | 
 |   // evaluation (for instance, INT_MAX + 1). In such a case, we are still | 
 |   // required to treat the expression as an ICE, so we produce the folded | 
 |   // value. | 
 |   EvalResult ExprResult; | 
 |   Expr::EvalStatus Status; | 
 |   EvalInfo Info(Ctx, Status, EvalInfo::EM_IgnoreSideEffects); | 
 |   Info.InConstantContext = true; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!::EvaluateAsInt(this, ExprResult, Ctx, SE_AllowSideEffects, Info)) | 
 |     llvm_unreachable("ICE cannot be evaluated!"); | 
 |  | 
 |   return ExprResult.Val.getInt(); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool Expr::isCXX98IntegralConstantExpr(const ASTContext &Ctx) const { | 
 |   assert(!isValueDependent() && | 
 |          "Expression evaluator can't be called on a dependent expression."); | 
 |  | 
 |   return CheckICE(this, Ctx).Kind == IK_ICE; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool Expr::isCXX11ConstantExpr(const ASTContext &Ctx, APValue *Result, | 
 |                                SourceLocation *Loc) const { | 
 |   assert(!isValueDependent() && | 
 |          "Expression evaluator can't be called on a dependent expression."); | 
 |  | 
 |   // We support this checking in C++98 mode in order to diagnose compatibility | 
 |   // issues. | 
 |   assert(Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Build evaluation settings. | 
 |   Expr::EvalStatus Status; | 
 |   SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Diags; | 
 |   Status.Diag = &Diags; | 
 |   EvalInfo Info(Ctx, Status, EvalInfo::EM_ConstantExpression); | 
 |  | 
 |   APValue Scratch; | 
 |   bool IsConstExpr = | 
 |       ::EvaluateAsRValue(Info, this, Result ? *Result : Scratch) && | 
 |       // FIXME: We don't produce a diagnostic for this, but the callers that | 
 |       // call us on arbitrary full-expressions should generally not care. | 
 |       Info.discardCleanups() && !Status.HasSideEffects; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!Diags.empty()) { | 
 |     IsConstExpr = false; | 
 |     if (Loc) *Loc = Diags[0].first; | 
 |   } else if (!IsConstExpr) { | 
 |     // FIXME: This shouldn't happen. | 
 |     if (Loc) *Loc = getExprLoc(); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   return IsConstExpr; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool Expr::EvaluateWithSubstitution(APValue &Value, ASTContext &Ctx, | 
 |                                     const FunctionDecl *Callee, | 
 |                                     ArrayRef<const Expr*> Args, | 
 |                                     const Expr *This) const { | 
 |   assert(!isValueDependent() && | 
 |          "Expression evaluator can't be called on a dependent expression."); | 
 |  | 
 |   llvm::TimeTraceScope TimeScope("EvaluateWithSubstitution", [&] { | 
 |     std::string Name; | 
 |     llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(Name); | 
 |     Callee->getNameForDiagnostic(OS, Ctx.getPrintingPolicy(), | 
 |                                  /*Qualified=*/true); | 
 |     return Name; | 
 |   }); | 
 |  | 
 |   Expr::EvalStatus Status; | 
 |   EvalInfo Info(Ctx, Status, EvalInfo::EM_ConstantExpressionUnevaluated); | 
 |   Info.InConstantContext = true; | 
 |  | 
 |   LValue ThisVal; | 
 |   const LValue *ThisPtr = nullptr; | 
 |   if (This) { | 
 | #ifndef NDEBUG | 
 |     auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Callee); | 
 |     assert(MD && "Don't provide `this` for non-methods."); | 
 |     assert(MD->isImplicitObjectMemberFunction() && | 
 |            "Don't provide `this` for methods without an implicit object."); | 
 | #endif | 
 |     if (!This->isValueDependent() && | 
 |         EvaluateObjectArgument(Info, This, ThisVal) && | 
 |         !Info.EvalStatus.HasSideEffects) | 
 |       ThisPtr = &ThisVal; | 
 |  | 
 |     // Ignore any side-effects from a failed evaluation. This is safe because | 
 |     // they can't interfere with any other argument evaluation. | 
 |     Info.EvalStatus.HasSideEffects = false; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   CallRef Call = Info.CurrentCall->createCall(Callee); | 
 |   for (ArrayRef<const Expr*>::iterator I = Args.begin(), E = Args.end(); | 
 |        I != E; ++I) { | 
 |     unsigned Idx = I - Args.begin(); | 
 |     if (Idx >= Callee->getNumParams()) | 
 |       break; | 
 |     const ParmVarDecl *PVD = Callee->getParamDecl(Idx); | 
 |     if ((*I)->isValueDependent() || | 
 |         !EvaluateCallArg(PVD, *I, Call, Info) || | 
 |         Info.EvalStatus.HasSideEffects) { | 
 |       // If evaluation fails, throw away the argument entirely. | 
 |       if (APValue *Slot = Info.getParamSlot(Call, PVD)) | 
 |         *Slot = APValue(); | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // Ignore any side-effects from a failed evaluation. This is safe because | 
 |     // they can't interfere with any other argument evaluation. | 
 |     Info.EvalStatus.HasSideEffects = false; | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Parameter cleanups happen in the caller and are not part of this | 
 |   // evaluation. | 
 |   Info.discardCleanups(); | 
 |   Info.EvalStatus.HasSideEffects = false; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Build fake call to Callee. | 
 |   CallStackFrame Frame(Info, Callee->getLocation(), Callee, ThisPtr, This, | 
 |                        Call); | 
 |   // FIXME: Missing ExprWithCleanups in enable_if conditions? | 
 |   FullExpressionRAII Scope(Info); | 
 |   return Evaluate(Value, Info, this) && Scope.destroy() && | 
 |          !Info.EvalStatus.HasSideEffects; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool Expr::isPotentialConstantExpr(const FunctionDecl *FD, | 
 |                                    SmallVectorImpl< | 
 |                                      PartialDiagnosticAt> &Diags) { | 
 |   // FIXME: It would be useful to check constexpr function templates, but at the | 
 |   // moment the constant expression evaluator cannot cope with the non-rigorous | 
 |   // ASTs which we build for dependent expressions. | 
 |   if (FD->isDependentContext()) | 
 |     return true; | 
 |  | 
 |   llvm::TimeTraceScope TimeScope("isPotentialConstantExpr", [&] { | 
 |     std::string Name; | 
 |     llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(Name); | 
 |     FD->getNameForDiagnostic(OS, FD->getASTContext().getPrintingPolicy(), | 
 |                              /*Qualified=*/true); | 
 |     return Name; | 
 |   }); | 
 |  | 
 |   Expr::EvalStatus Status; | 
 |   Status.Diag = &Diags; | 
 |  | 
 |   EvalInfo Info(FD->getASTContext(), Status, EvalInfo::EM_ConstantExpression); | 
 |   Info.InConstantContext = true; | 
 |   Info.CheckingPotentialConstantExpression = true; | 
 |  | 
 |   // The constexpr VM attempts to compile all methods to bytecode here. | 
 |   if (Info.EnableNewConstInterp) { | 
 |     Info.Ctx.getInterpContext().isPotentialConstantExpr(Info, FD); | 
 |     return Diags.empty(); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); | 
 |   const CXXRecordDecl *RD = MD ? MD->getParent()->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Fabricate an arbitrary expression on the stack and pretend that it | 
 |   // is a temporary being used as the 'this' pointer. | 
 |   LValue This; | 
 |   ImplicitValueInitExpr VIE(RD ? Info.Ctx.getRecordType(RD) : Info.Ctx.IntTy); | 
 |   This.set({&VIE, Info.CurrentCall->Index}); | 
 |  | 
 |   ArrayRef<const Expr*> Args; | 
 |  | 
 |   APValue Scratch; | 
 |   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) { | 
 |     // Evaluate the call as a constant initializer, to allow the construction | 
 |     // of objects of non-literal types. | 
 |     Info.setEvaluatingDecl(This.getLValueBase(), Scratch); | 
 |     HandleConstructorCall(&VIE, This, Args, CD, Info, Scratch); | 
 |   } else { | 
 |     SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); | 
 |     HandleFunctionCall( | 
 |         Loc, FD, (MD && MD->isImplicitObjectMemberFunction()) ? &This : nullptr, | 
 |         &VIE, Args, CallRef(), FD->getBody(), Info, Scratch, | 
 |         /*ResultSlot=*/nullptr); | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   return Diags.empty(); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool Expr::isPotentialConstantExprUnevaluated(Expr *E, | 
 |                                               const FunctionDecl *FD, | 
 |                                               SmallVectorImpl< | 
 |                                                 PartialDiagnosticAt> &Diags) { | 
 |   assert(!E->isValueDependent() && | 
 |          "Expression evaluator can't be called on a dependent expression."); | 
 |  | 
 |   Expr::EvalStatus Status; | 
 |   Status.Diag = &Diags; | 
 |  | 
 |   EvalInfo Info(FD->getASTContext(), Status, | 
 |                 EvalInfo::EM_ConstantExpressionUnevaluated); | 
 |   Info.InConstantContext = true; | 
 |   Info.CheckingPotentialConstantExpression = true; | 
 |  | 
 |   // Fabricate a call stack frame to give the arguments a plausible cover story. | 
 |   CallStackFrame Frame(Info, SourceLocation(), FD, /*This=*/nullptr, | 
 |                        /*CallExpr=*/nullptr, CallRef()); | 
 |  | 
 |   APValue ResultScratch; | 
 |   Evaluate(ResultScratch, Info, E); | 
 |   return Diags.empty(); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool Expr::tryEvaluateObjectSize(uint64_t &Result, ASTContext &Ctx, | 
 |                                  unsigned Type) const { | 
 |   if (!getType()->isPointerType()) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   Expr::EvalStatus Status; | 
 |   EvalInfo Info(Ctx, Status, EvalInfo::EM_ConstantFold); | 
 |   return tryEvaluateBuiltinObjectSize(this, Type, Info, Result); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | static bool EvaluateBuiltinStrLen(const Expr *E, uint64_t &Result, | 
 |                                   EvalInfo &Info, std::string *StringResult) { | 
 |   if (!E->getType()->hasPointerRepresentation() || !E->isPRValue()) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   LValue String; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!EvaluatePointer(E, String, Info)) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   QualType CharTy = E->getType()->getPointeeType(); | 
 |  | 
 |   // Fast path: if it's a string literal, search the string value. | 
 |   if (const StringLiteral *S = dyn_cast_or_null<StringLiteral>( | 
 |           String.getLValueBase().dyn_cast<const Expr *>())) { | 
 |     StringRef Str = S->getBytes(); | 
 |     int64_t Off = String.Offset.getQuantity(); | 
 |     if (Off >= 0 && (uint64_t)Off <= (uint64_t)Str.size() && | 
 |         S->getCharByteWidth() == 1 && | 
 |         // FIXME: Add fast-path for wchar_t too. | 
 |         Info.Ctx.hasSameUnqualifiedType(CharTy, Info.Ctx.CharTy)) { | 
 |       Str = Str.substr(Off); | 
 |  | 
 |       StringRef::size_type Pos = Str.find(0); | 
 |       if (Pos != StringRef::npos) | 
 |         Str = Str.substr(0, Pos); | 
 |  | 
 |       Result = Str.size(); | 
 |       if (StringResult) | 
 |         *StringResult = Str; | 
 |       return true; | 
 |     } | 
 |  | 
 |     // Fall through to slow path. | 
 |   } | 
 |  | 
 |   // Slow path: scan the bytes of the string looking for the terminating 0. | 
 |   for (uint64_t Strlen = 0; /**/; ++Strlen) { | 
 |     APValue Char; | 
 |     if (!handleLValueToRValueConversion(Info, E, CharTy, String, Char) || | 
 |         !Char.isInt()) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |     if (!Char.getInt()) { | 
 |       Result = Strlen; | 
 |       return true; | 
 |     } else if (StringResult) | 
 |       StringResult->push_back(Char.getInt().getExtValue()); | 
 |     if (!HandleLValueArrayAdjustment(Info, E, String, CharTy, 1)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |   } | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | std::optional<std::string> Expr::tryEvaluateString(ASTContext &Ctx) const { | 
 |   Expr::EvalStatus Status; | 
 |   EvalInfo Info(Ctx, Status, EvalInfo::EM_ConstantFold); | 
 |   uint64_t Result; | 
 |   std::string StringResult; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (EvaluateBuiltinStrLen(this, Result, Info, &StringResult)) | 
 |     return StringResult; | 
 |   return {}; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool Expr::EvaluateCharRangeAsString(std::string &Result, | 
 |                                      const Expr *SizeExpression, | 
 |                                      const Expr *PtrExpression, ASTContext &Ctx, | 
 |                                      EvalResult &Status) const { | 
 |   LValue String; | 
 |   EvalInfo Info(Ctx, Status, EvalInfo::EM_ConstantExpression); | 
 |   Info.InConstantContext = true; | 
 |  | 
 |   FullExpressionRAII Scope(Info); | 
 |   APSInt SizeValue; | 
 |   if (!::EvaluateInteger(SizeExpression, SizeValue, Info)) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   uint64_t Size = SizeValue.getZExtValue(); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!::EvaluatePointer(PtrExpression, String, Info)) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   QualType CharTy = PtrExpression->getType()->getPointeeType(); | 
 |   for (uint64_t I = 0; I < Size; ++I) { | 
 |     APValue Char; | 
 |     if (!handleLValueToRValueConversion(Info, PtrExpression, CharTy, String, | 
 |                                         Char)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |  | 
 |     APSInt C = Char.getInt(); | 
 |     Result.push_back(static_cast<char>(C.getExtValue())); | 
 |     if (!HandleLValueArrayAdjustment(Info, PtrExpression, String, CharTy, 1)) | 
 |       return false; | 
 |   } | 
 |   if (!Scope.destroy()) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!CheckMemoryLeaks(Info)) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |  | 
 |   return true; | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | bool Expr::tryEvaluateStrLen(uint64_t &Result, ASTContext &Ctx) const { | 
 |   Expr::EvalStatus Status; | 
 |   EvalInfo Info(Ctx, Status, EvalInfo::EM_ConstantFold); | 
 |   return EvaluateBuiltinStrLen(this, Result, Info); | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | namespace { | 
 | struct IsWithinLifetimeHandler { | 
 |   EvalInfo &Info; | 
 |   static constexpr AccessKinds AccessKind = AccessKinds::AK_IsWithinLifetime; | 
 |   using result_type = std::optional<bool>; | 
 |   std::optional<bool> failed() { return std::nullopt; } | 
 |   template <typename T> | 
 |   std::optional<bool> found(T &Subobj, QualType SubobjType) { | 
 |     return true; | 
 |   } | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | std::optional<bool> EvaluateBuiltinIsWithinLifetime(IntExprEvaluator &IEE, | 
 |                                                     const CallExpr *E) { | 
 |   EvalInfo &Info = IEE.Info; | 
 |   // Sometimes this is called during some sorts of constant folding / early | 
 |   // evaluation. These are meant for non-constant expressions and are not | 
 |   // necessary since this consteval builtin will never be evaluated at runtime. | 
 |   // Just fail to evaluate when not in a constant context. | 
 |   if (!Info.InConstantContext) | 
 |     return std::nullopt; | 
 |   assert(E->getBuiltinCallee() == Builtin::BI__builtin_is_within_lifetime); | 
 |   const Expr *Arg = E->getArg(0); | 
 |   if (Arg->isValueDependent()) | 
 |     return std::nullopt; | 
 |   LValue Val; | 
 |   if (!EvaluatePointer(Arg, Val, Info)) | 
 |     return std::nullopt; | 
 |  | 
 |   if (Val.allowConstexprUnknown()) | 
 |     return true; | 
 |  | 
 |   auto Error = [&](int Diag) { | 
 |     bool CalledFromStd = false; | 
 |     const auto *Callee = Info.CurrentCall->getCallee(); | 
 |     if (Callee && Callee->isInStdNamespace()) { | 
 |       const IdentifierInfo *Identifier = Callee->getIdentifier(); | 
 |       CalledFromStd = Identifier && Identifier->isStr("is_within_lifetime"); | 
 |     } | 
 |     Info.CCEDiag(CalledFromStd ? Info.CurrentCall->getCallRange().getBegin() | 
 |                                : E->getExprLoc(), | 
 |                  diag::err_invalid_is_within_lifetime) | 
 |         << (CalledFromStd ? "std::is_within_lifetime" | 
 |                           : "__builtin_is_within_lifetime") | 
 |         << Diag; | 
 |     return std::nullopt; | 
 |   }; | 
 |   // C++2c [meta.const.eval]p4: | 
 |   //   During the evaluation of an expression E as a core constant expression, a | 
 |   //   call to this function is ill-formed unless p points to an object that is | 
 |   //   usable in constant expressions or whose complete object's lifetime began | 
 |   //   within E. | 
 |  | 
 |   // Make sure it points to an object | 
 |   // nullptr does not point to an object | 
 |   if (Val.isNullPointer() || Val.getLValueBase().isNull()) | 
 |     return Error(0); | 
 |   QualType T = Val.getLValueBase().getType(); | 
 |   assert(!T->isFunctionType() && | 
 |          "Pointers to functions should have been typed as function pointers " | 
 |          "which would have been rejected earlier"); | 
 |   assert(T->isObjectType()); | 
 |   // Hypothetical array element is not an object | 
 |   if (Val.getLValueDesignator().isOnePastTheEnd()) | 
 |     return Error(1); | 
 |   assert(Val.getLValueDesignator().isValidSubobject() && | 
 |          "Unchecked case for valid subobject"); | 
 |   // All other ill-formed values should have failed EvaluatePointer, so the | 
 |   // object should be a pointer to an object that is usable in a constant | 
 |   // expression or whose complete lifetime began within the expression | 
 |   CompleteObject CO = | 
 |       findCompleteObject(Info, E, AccessKinds::AK_IsWithinLifetime, Val, T); | 
 |   // The lifetime hasn't begun yet if we are still evaluating the | 
 |   // initializer ([basic.life]p(1.2)) | 
 |   if (Info.EvaluatingDeclValue && CO.Value == Info.EvaluatingDeclValue) | 
 |     return Error(2); | 
 |  | 
 |   if (!CO) | 
 |     return false; | 
 |   IsWithinLifetimeHandler handler{Info}; | 
 |   return findSubobject(Info, E, CO, Val.getLValueDesignator(), handler); | 
 | } | 
 | } // namespace |